Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2/21/14 specifications2014 DOCUMENT 00015 LIST OF DRAWINGS Drawings are bound separate fromthis book. SheetDrawings COVERCOVERSHEET G1.0GENERAL INFORMATION C1.0EXISTING SITE PLAN C2.0SITEPLAN C3.0PHASE 1 REMOVALS C4.0PHASE 2 REMOVALS C5.0PHASE 3 REMOVALS C6.0GRADING PLAN C7.0UTILITY PLAN C8.0PAVING PLAN S0.0STRUCTURAL NOTES S1.0FOUNDATION AND MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN S2.0FOUNDATION AND FRAMING DETAILS A1.1FLOORPLAN A1.2MEZZANINEPLAN A1.3REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1.4MEZZANINE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1.5ROOF PLAN A2.1EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A2.2EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3.1BUILDING SECTIONS A3.2BUILDING SECTIONS/DETAILS A3.3BUILDING SECTIONS A4.1 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN A6.1SCHEDULES A7.1INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A7.2INTERIOR ELEVATIONS/CASEWORK SECTIONS M0.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING PLAN M0.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING PLAN M1.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-PLUMBING PLAN M1.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-PLUMBING PLAN M1.3MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN M2.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-HVAC PLAN M2.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-HVAC PLAN G03613.10 00015-1 M2.3MEZZANINE HVAC PLAN M3.1MECHANICAL SYMBOLSAND DETAILS M3.2MECHANICAL RISER M4.1MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M4.2MECHANICAL SCHEDULES E1.1 MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-LIGHTINGPLAN E1.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-LIGHTING PLAN E1.3MEZZANINE LIGHTING PLAN E2.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E2.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E2.3MEZZANINE POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E3.1ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E4.1ELECTRICAL RISERS E4.2ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.3ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.4ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND DETAILS E5.1ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E5.2ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E5.3ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES END OF DOCUMENT 00015 G03613.10 00015-2 SECTION 00100 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE OF HEARING AND LETTING NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PROPOSED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND FORMS OF CONTRACT FOR: JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROAD DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENTFACILITY 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 AND ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDSTHEREFORE. Notice is hereby given that there are now on file with the Office of Johnson County Engineer,Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter referred to as the Owner, proposed plans, specifications opinion forthe above project prepared by Ament, Inc. and described in general as: The Project consists of anew mechanics and storage replacement building of 38,600 GSF approximately (nominal100 x 340 ground floor with an80 x 57.5 mezzanine space above) and site improvements onthe existing Secondary Roads site in Iowa City, Iowa. The intent is to construct a pre-engineered metal building, with concrete slab-on-grade and foundations, service bays served by overhead doors, me roof panels; as well as other site improvements for the building and other surrounding structures and facilities.The Project will also require a phased demolition of an existing structure, with a portion of that structure being dismantled and after the new building is constructed and occupied; and the final phase is for replacement of the site access road that must remain open during most of the other site improvements are completed and allows alternative cir facilities. In addition, this project may become a LEED certified facility and a of the provisions in the process of construction, the completed for the work may be documented to accomplish that goal. The cont precautions to compile and preserve related records for that purpose. Payment for the proposed project will be made from money legally A public hearing will be conducted thereon at a meeting to be heat the Johnson County Administration Buildingon the 5th day of December, 2013, at which time and place any person may appear and file objections to the proposed plans, specifications, form of contra Sealed proposals for the construction ofthe project will be received by the Owner until 10:00A.M., on the 14thday of January, 2014, at theJCAB AuditorsOffices. The bids will be opened shortly thereafter and publicly read by the Owner. Bid documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,6015 Huntington Court NE, Cedar Rapids, upon payment of a fiftydollar ($50.00) refundable deposit per Iowa, 52402 (telephone 319-364-2473), set . Each bid shall be made on the bid form thathas been prepared for this purpose and included in the project manual. th day of January 2014, at 2:00 A pre-bid meeting on these plans and specifications will be held on th7 P.M. CDST at the County Engineers Offices, 4810 Melrose Avenue West,Iowa City, Iowa 52246. Each bid shall be accompanied by bid security attached in a separate envelope. Bid Security shall be U.S. Currency, a bid bond with corporate surety satisfactory to the B drawn on an Iowa bank or Credit Union chartered under the laws oount equal to at least fiver per cent (5%) of the bid and made payable to the G03613.10 00100-1 SECTION 00100 INVITATION TO BID as liquidated damages in the event the successful bidder fails o acceptance of the bid, to enter into a contract and to file a bond acceptable to the Owner faithful performance of the contract and the maintenance of said The succuessful bidder will be required to furnish a corporate scompany authorized to do business in Iowa, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the con a responsible surety approved by the Owner and shall guarantee t and the terms and conditions therein contained and the maintenance of said improvem for not less than one (1) year from the time of the acceptance o Payments will be made to the successful bidder based on monthly will be in amounts equal to ninety-five per cent (95%) of the contract value of the work completed, equipment delivered to the job during the preceding calendar mon due the successful bidder will be paid not earlier than thirty (30) days from the date of the acceptance of the work, including the materials and equipment su and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code Pursuant to Iowa Code Sections: 422.42 (16) & (17), and 422.47 (the contractor is authorized to purchase construction materials tax free for this contract. Com materials can be found at www.state.ia.us/tax, the Department of Revenue (IDR) website. It is the contractors responsibility to have records identifying the mate were used on this contract. Any materials purchased and not usecontract are subject sales and applicable local option taxes. Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates for this proj Office of the Johnson County Engineer. The General Contractor will need to provide company name, address, phone number, and type of contractor (electrical, m contractor and all sub-contractors. Work under the proposed contract shall start upon issuance of thwners Notice-to-Proceed; all work is to be completed and all materials and equipment are to be placed in operation on date noted on the bid form, subject to any extension of time whi All work is to be done and all materials and equipment are to beished in accordance with the proposed plans, specifications, and form of contract now on file specificaitons, and form of contract are by this reference made and incorporated herein. Those projects that are funded wholly with Johnson County, Iowa, funds and to which JohnsonCounty, Iowa, is signatory; the successful bidders must comply with all regulations, Affirmative Action Programs and the County Public Works Employment Ordinance. This project will be covered by a Project Labor Agreements betwe Building Trades, the Johnson County Board of Supervisors and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, the Johnson County Board of General Contractor, who each agree to be bound by the Project LaAll subcontractors by letter of assent will be required to agree to be bound by the Prt Labor Agreements unless excluded under the terms of the agreement. By virtue of statutory authority, a preference will be given to produced within the State of Iowa and to Iowa domestic labor, prard of contract will be made to the responsible bidder submitting the lowest acceptable The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waiv enter into such contract as it shall deem to be in theirbest interest. G03613.10 00100-2 SECTION 00100 INVITATION TO BID Published by order of the Office of Johnson County Engineer. th Publish date: 5dayof December, 2013. By _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________ Attest ____________________________ ____________________________ End of Document 00030 G03613.10 00100-3 DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 2 January 10, 2014 DATE: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department Replacement Facility PROJECT NAME: This addendum forms a part of the bidding and contract documents supplements all portions of the original bidding and contract do12-5-2013with which it conflicts. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY SUBJECT THE BIDDER TO DISQUALIFICATION. GENERAL ITEMS: 1.NPDES Permit: The Owner will provide a Stormwater Pollution Pre Contractor for use on the Project and two (2) newspaper proof of publications. It will be the Contractors responsibility to complete and apply for the City o Runoff (CSR) permit application and the Iowa Department of Natur Intent for the NPDES Permit. Payment of all fees associated with the permits is the respon of the Contractor. The permit fee for Citys CSR permit is $150 NPDES permit is $175 for a one-year permit and $350 for a three-year permit. The Contractor will also be responsible for filing the Notice of Discontinuatio acceptance of the Project by Johnson County.See attached documents for SWPPP Design Standards & inspection forms,Stormwater Pollution Prevention Planand the CSR (Construction SiteRunoff) permit application & checklists. 2.Refer to Addendum #1, General Note item 3 shall prevail over Dra has stated they will arrange to move two buildings, the northernand the Mechanics Shop portion of the southern building, shown withi 3.The Johnson County Secondary Roads Department will arrange for a concrete testing necessary for this project. There will be no cothat effort assigned to this bid. 4.The basis for design of the pre-engineered metal building roof and wall panels shall beas manufactured by Nucor Building Systems. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1.N/A PROJECT MANUAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to Addendum #1, SpecificationNote item 8, regarding Freeman Alarm. Freeman Alarm is Johnson Countys preferred vendor for access control. The biddin Freeman Alarm costs to coordinate and install the access control DRAWINGS ITEMS: 0.6C22 gauge. 1.Refer to sheet S1.0, Mezzanine metal deck shall be 2.See attached sheet SDA-01 which has been re-issued for print clarity. 3.Refer to Sheet SDA-06; Omit door 121B from Door Schedule. This door will not be use basis of design. 4.Refer to Sheet SDA-06 as referenced by Addendum #1-The following rooms shallhave gypsum board ceilings: Sign Shop 102, Fitness Room 104, Storage 106, Br and Womens 110. 5.Refer to Sheet SDA-06 as referenced by Addendum #1-the following rooms shall have ACP ceilings: Corridor 100, 108 & 112. 6.Refer to attached SDA-07 for tie-down details. These shall be set into slabs-on-grade within both shop and storage spaces as shown on Sheet A1.1. G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-1 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to attached sheets showing mechanical and electrical addento this work. Ament, Inc. Prepared By: _____________________________ Allen M. Varney, III, AIA Iowa Registration No. 2283 Registration Renewal Date: June 30, 2015 End of Document 000901 G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-2 Bid Package ADDENDUM #2 CEDAR RAPIDS 215 Second Avenue SE, Ste 200 Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 Ph: (319) 365-0030 Fax (319) 365-4122 Date: January 10, 2014 Project: Johnson County Maintenance Facility Johnson County, Iowa WPE Project #BI13030 TO: All prime contract bidders and all others to whom Drawings and Specifications have been issued by the Engineer. Acknowledge receipt of the Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents. It modifies them as follows: PRODUCT APPROVALS: The manufacturers and products, which are listed in the following texts, are approved for bidding. Final acceptance is contingent upon receipt and approval of final shop drawings. Manufacturer shall conform to all warranties, performances, size, etc., as the item specified. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Those items not specifically listed by addendum shall not be approved for bidding. SECTION DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 23 2113 - HYDRONIC PIPING 1. Refer to Paragraph 2.2.B. Replace this paragraph with the following: “1. Steel piping will not be allowed.” SECTION 23 5233 – STEEL WATER TUBE-CONDENSING BOILERS 1. Refer to Paragraph 2.2.B. Revise the phrase “stainless steel” to read “cast aluminum”. SECTION 23 8101 – TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS 1. Add this section which is attached in its entirety at the end of this Addendum. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET M1.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLAN: 1. Refer to the heating hot water piping layout above Corridor 201. Install a 2-1/2” bypass line (approximately ten feet long) between the 4” HWS and 4” HWR mains prior to them entering County Archive 204. This bypass line shall have a butterfly valve and a line-size balancing valve (initially set for 40 gpm) to prevent a deadheading condition on the Pumps P-15 and P-16. RAPID CITY, SD SIOUX FALLS, SD CASPER, WY CEDAR RAPIDS, IA ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET E1.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to the exterior lighting circuits (seven total); add keyed note #1 to each circuit of fixtures. 3. Refer to Mechanics 120; add keyed note #8 to lighting control station B1-D located next to the southwest entrance. 4. Refer to Oil-Fuel Storage; a. Lighting control station B3-A located next to the south entrance shall be placed on opposite side of the same wall next to the fan controllers. Verify location of control with Owner. b. Lighting control station B3-B located next to the north entrance shall be placed on the opposite side of the same wall. Verify location of control with Owner. SHEET E1.2 – MAIN FLOOR – NORTH – LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to the exterior lighting circuits (three total); add keyed note #1 to each circuit of fixtures. 3. Refer to wall separating Welding Shop 121 and Vehicle Maintenance 122; both walls running east and west are 1/2 height walls. 4. Refer to north center exterior fixture; fixture shall be shown as emergency. 5. Refer to Vehicle Maintenance 122; the thirteen emergency surface mount fixtures not labeled shall be shall be type A1. SHEET E1.3 – MEZZANINE LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to Secondary Roads Rough Storage 202; add keyed note #4 to space. 3. Refer to County Archive 204; add keyed note #4 to space. SHEET E2.1 – E2.3 KEYED POWER AND SPECIAL SYSTEMS NOTES: 1. Title shall read “KEYED POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS NOTES” in lieu of “KEYED POWER AND SPECIAL SYSTEMS NOTES”. 2. Refer to keyed note #1; delete reference to keypad. SHEET E2.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN: 1. Refer to Mechanics 120; a. Add keyed note #8 to equipment VL-1, VL-2, and VL-3. b. Add keyed note #4 to communications board and racks. 2. Refer to Corridor 108; add keyed note #5 to card access. 3. Refer to Oil/Fuel Storage 119; Provide a duplex convenience receptacle in lieu of connection and disconnect for equipment FP-1 (four total). 4. Refer to Utility 116; add an 18” ladder rack the length of room above the communications board and rack. SHEET E2.2 – MAIN FLOOR – NORTH – POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN: 1. Refer to Welding Shop 121; a. Add keyed noted #2 to equipment EQ-7 in southwest corner of space. b. Add six double duplex convenience receptacles to the 1/2 height walls, four on the east wall (both sides) and two on the south wall (both sides). Coordinate location of receptacles with equipment and furnishings. Provide two circuits from spare breakers in Panel 3 to the four receptacles on the east wall and provide one circuit from a spare breaker in Panel 3 to the two receptacles on the west wall. SHEET E3.1 – ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN: 1. Refer to Electrical Site Plan Notes; a. Title shall read “KEYED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES” in lieu of “ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES”. b. Refer to note #9; existing light pole is a 40’ wood pole. c. Refer to note #13; add “or equal Siemens, G.E. or Cutler Hammer” after “3021”. 2. Refer to the existing 1” conduit to existing office communications room. Delete keyed note #4. 3. Refer to the two 4” conduits extending to the utility transformer; conduits shall extend to CT cabinet in lieu of transformer. 4. Refer to existing office; conduit from disconnect on outside of building to ATS-3 shall be installed above ACT ceilings in corridors. SHEET E4.1 – ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS: 1. Refer to Schematic Electrical Riser Diagram; feeder from Panel MDP-1 to ATS-2 shall be 2”C, 4 #3/0, 1 #6 grnd. In lieu of 1 1/4"C, 4 #3, 1 #8 grnd. 2. Refer to Schematic Fire Alarm Riser Diagram; delete keyed note #7 from diagram. SHEET E5.1 – ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES: 1. Refer to Lighting Fixture Schedule; a. Refer to fixture type A1; Industrial Lighting Products and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. b. Refer to fixture type F1; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. c. Refer to fixture type F2; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. d. Refer to fixture type F3; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. e. Refer to fixture type H1; Beacon and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. f. Refer to fixture type H2; Beacon and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. 2. Refer to Generator Schedule; in note #4 provide a 60A/3P breaker in lieu of 70A/3P breaker. SHEET E5.2 – ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES: 1. Refer to Equipment Connection Schedule; a. Refer to equipment C-1; provide a 3 #8, 1 #10 grnd feeder in lieu of 3 #10, 1 #10 grnd feeder. b. Refer to equipment PU-15 and PU-16; disconnect at equipment shall be just noted as “IN VFD”. 2. Refer to Equipment VL-1, VL-2, and VL-3; equipment feeders shall be fed under the floor. 3. Refer to Panel EM1; Main Capacity shall be 60A in lieu of 70A. SECTION 23 8101-TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Unit heaters. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment. B.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. C.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide typical catalog of information including arrangements. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate cross sections of cabinets, grilles, bracing and reinforcing, and typical elevations. 2.Submit schedules of equipment andspecified heat required to actual heat output provided. 3.Indicate mechanical and electrical service locations and requirements., C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions and recommendations. D.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer’s descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings. 1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01UNIT HEATERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Reznor 2.Approved equals. B.82% Thermal efficiency. C.50-60F Rise range. D.Titanium stabilized aluminizedsteel heat exchanger. E.Single burner combustion system including a one-piece burner assembly. F.115/1/60 Supply voltage. G.115 Volt open fan motor with internal overload protection. H.Transformer for 24-volt controls. I.Integrated circuit board with diagnostic indicator lights. J.Multi-try direct ignition withtimed lockout. K.Fan relay (included on the circuit board). L.Single-stage natural gas valve (fieldadjustable for operation to 9,000 ft. elevation). M.Vibration/noise isolated fan and venter motors. N.Sealed control compartment houses all electrical components. O.Built-in disconnect switch (20A @ 115V Rating). Johnson County 23 8101-1 Maintenance FacilityTERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS P.External terminal switch for 24-volt wiring. Q.Sealed junction box for supply wiring. R.External gas connection. S.Fully gasketed door panel with safety door switch. T.Full fan guard. U.Separated combustion system. V.Downturn nozzle kit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Protection: Provide finished cabinet units with protective covers during balance of construction. C.Unit Heaters: Hang from building structure, with pipe hangers anchored to building, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain greatest headroom unless otherwise indicated. 3.02CLEANING A.After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets. B.Touch-up marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Johnson County 23 8101-2 Maintenance FacilityTERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS CONSTRUCTION POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN PROJECT NAME:Johnson County Secondary Roads Replacement Facility 4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, IA 52246 SE ¼ Section 12-T79N-R7W Latitude: 41.657944 Longitude: 91.606704 The Project is not part of an Indian Reservation. The Project is not considered a Federal Facility. NPDES Project or Permit Tracking Number: Not yet assigned OWNER/OPERATORNAME: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department c/o: Greg Parker 4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, IA 52246 Phone: (319) 356-6046 Fax: (319) 339-6133 Email:gparker@co.johnson.ia.us PROJECT MANAGER: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department c/o: Greg Parker 4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, IA 52246 Phone: (319) 356-6046 Fax: (319) 339-6133 Email: gparker@co.johnson.ia.us SWPPP CONTACT: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department c/o: Greg Parker 4810 Melrose AvenueWest Iowa City, IA 52246 Phone: (319) 356-6046 Fax: (319) 339-6133 Email: gparker@co.johnson.ia.us SWPPP PREPARED BY:AmentDesign c/o: Michael G. Dryden, PE nd 625 32Avenue SW Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 Phone: (319) 378-1401 Fax: (319) 378-1975 Email: mdryden@ament.com SUBCONTRACTOR(S):See Page 8 EMERGENCY 24-HOUR CONTACT:Johnson County Secondary Roads Department c/o: Greg Parker Phone: (319) 378-1401 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: The Johnson County Secondary Roads Replacement Facility is located 4810 Melrose Avenue West in Iowa City, Iowa 52246.The site is located within the Clear Creekdrainage basin. Runoff from the site drains east towards the creek. The Project is for the replacement of an existing maintenance building on the Johnson County Secondary Roads campus that was damaged by fire. No expansion of impervious area will occur as the result of the proposed construction on this site. The proposed building has a gross floor area of 34,285 square feet. P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 1 Construction Activity: Vehicle Maintenance and Storage Building Estimated Project Start Date: 04/01/2014 Estimated Project Completion Date: 05/30/2015 EXISTING AND PROPOSED INFORMATION Pre-Development Conditions The existing site is mostly hard surfaced (parking lot and buildings). Drainage is generally overland South to North, with limited storm sewer on the site. The area of construction is mostly impervious with an area of turf grass immediately adjacent to the building. There are two (2) soil types in the area. They include Clintonsilt loamand Fayette silt loam. The majority of the soils in the area are the Clinton silt loam soil, those soils are categorized as moderately well drained. The Fayette silt loam soils are categorized as well drained and are located along the extreme west edge of the construction area. Post-Development Conditions The proposed development includes the construction of a new 34,285 square foot building, removal of a building damaged by fire and another building and the reconstruction of the aprons and driveways around the building. There is no change in the balance between pervious and impervious areas on the site. CONSTRUCTION SITE ESTIMATES Total Project Areaunder construction:approximately 3.3acres Site Area to be Disturbed by Construction:approximately 3.3acres % Pervious Area before Construction:10% Runoff Coefficient before Construction:0.91 Percentage Impervious Area after Construction:90% Runoff Coefficient after Construction:0.91 EXISTING RUNOFF WATER QUALITY No information is available on the quality of existing runoff in the Project area. SURFACE WATERS ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE Clear Creek lies approximately oneand a half(1.5) miles to the eastof the site. No permanent water bodies or wetlands are located on the site. NAME OF RECEIVING WATERS: The entire site drains to Clear Creek, a tributary to the IowaRiver. SITE FEATURES AND SENSITIVE AREAS TO BE PROTECTED: There are no unique site features or sensitive areas to be protected. POTENTIAL SOURCES OF POLLUTION Potential Sources of Sediment to Stormwater Runoff: Construction activities Potential Pollutants and Sources, other than Sediment, to Stormwater Runoff: Trade Name MaterialStormwater PollutantsLocation None identified SOIL DISTURBING ACTIVITIES: Soil disturbing activities on the site include clearing and grubbing, stripping and stockpiling of topsoil, rough grading, excavation of sanitary sewer, water main, andstorm sewer trenches, fine grading for pavement subbase and pavement construction, backfilling of curbs, fine grading for P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 2 temporary seeding, respreading of topsoil, and permanent seeding or sodding. ENGANGERED SPECIES CERTIFICATION: There are no endangered or threatened species and critical habitats existing on or near the Project area. The Project site and surrounding areas are either cultivated or have been developed as commercial construction. HISTORIC PRESERVATION: There are no historic sites on or near the construction site. The Project site and surrounding areas are either cultivated or have been developed as commercial construction. APPLICABLE FEDERAL, TRIBAL, STATE OR LOCAL PROGRAMS: None applicable to the construction site. MAXIMUM SLOPES AFTERGRADING The maximum slope (either cut or fill) after grading is 3:1. The normal slope (either cut or fill is 6:1. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS: Temporary stabilization: Any top soil stockpiles and disturbed areas of the site where construction activity ceases for at least 21 days will be stabilized with temporary seed and mulch no later than 14 days from the last con- struction activity in that area. The temporary seed shall be as follows: March 1-June 1 ------3 bushels/ac. oats June 1-August 15 ------35 lbs/ac. piper sudangrass or 3 bushels/ac. oats August 15-September 15------3 bushels/ac. oats September 15-December 1------2 bushels/ac. grain rye Prior to seeding, fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 50-100-100 per acre or lime shall be applied at the rate of 3000 ECCE per acre to all disturbed areas. After seeding, each area shall be mulched with straw applied at a rate of 1.5 to 2.5 tons/acre. The straw mulch is to be tacked into place by a disk with blades set nearly straight. Areas of the site that are to be paved will be stabilized by installation of a granular stone subbase. Permanent Stabilization: Disturbed portions of the site where construction activity permanently ceases shall be stabilized with permanent seed no later than 14 days after the last construction activity. The permanent seed mix shall be as follows: March 1-June 1-----20 lbs./ac. of annual rye grass and 80 lbs./ac. of Kentucky bluegrass June 1-August 15-----No permanent seeding will be allowed August 15-September 15-----65 lbs./ac of red fescue and 65 lbs./ac of Kentucky bluegrass September 15-December 1-----No permanent seeding will be allowed Prior to seeding, fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 50-100-100 per acre or lime shall be applied at the rate of 3000 ECCE per acre to all disturbed areas. After seeding, each area shall be mulched with straw applied at a rate of 1.5 to 2.5 tons/acre. The straw mulch isto be tacked into place by a P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 3 disk with blades set nearly straight. STRUCTURAL PRACTICES: Silt Fence: Will be constructed parallel with the toe of all fill slopes. Additional silt fences will be installed parallel with the proposed contours when thelength of unbroken flow exceeds 300 feet. Sediment Basins: Will be constructed along drainage features, which concentrate rainfall runoff. The total storage volume of sediment basins provided will be 3600 cubic feet per disturbed acre, when there willbe more than 10 upstream acres disturbed at one time. Construction Entrance: Contractor shall use the existing paved driveways onto Melrose Avenue West as construction site entrances. Concrete Washout: Concrete washout shall be accomplished in temporary above ground stilling basins adjacent to the existing driveways at the south side of the site. If at any time a structural practice is not providing adequate erosion control and/or sediment control, the practice shall be immediately replaced. All changes to Best Management Practices, including structural practices, shall be documented in the SWPPP. A determination of effectiveness or lack of adequate protection may be made by Federal, State or local officials. STORM WATER MANAGEMENT: Storm water drainage will be provided by curb and gutter, intakes, storm sewers, and drainage tiles. The maximum cut or fill slope shall be 3:1. Allimperviousdisturbed areas will receive permanent seeding or plantings. WASTE DISPOSAL: Waste Materials: All waste materials resulting from construction activities will be collected and stored in a lidded metal dumpster. The dumpster will meet all City and State regulations. The dumpster will be emptied weekly or as required. Hazardous Waste: All hazardous waste materials will be disposed of in the manner specified by City or State regulation or by the manufacturer. Sanitary Waste: All sanitary waste will be collected from the portable units weekly or as required. TIMING OF CONTROLS/MEASURES: Areas where construction activity temporarily ceases for more than 21 days will be stabilized with a temporary seed and mulch within 14 days of the last disturbance. Once construction activity ceases permanently in an area, that area will be stabilized with permanent seed and mulch. After the entire site is stabilized, the accumulated sediments will be removed from the sediment basins and the sediment basin will be removed. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS: P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 4 The storm water pollution prevention plan reflects the City of Iowa Cityrequirements for storm water management and erosion and sediment control. This plan was prepared in accordance with the Iowa Department of Natural Resources "Summary Guidance, January 1993" for General Permit No. 2 for the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). MAINTENANCE/INSPECTION PROCEDURES: These are the inspection and maintenance practices that will be used to maintain erosion and sediment controls. 1.All control measures will be inspected at least once each week and following any storm event of 0.5 inches or greater. 2.All measures will be maintained in good working order; if a repair is necessary, it will be initiated within 24 hours of report. 3.Built-up sediment will be removed from silt fence when it has reached one-third the height of the fence. 4.Silt fence will be inspected for depth of sediment, tears, to see if fabric is securely attached to fence posts, and to see that the fence posts are firmly inthe ground. 5.Sediment Basins (if required) will be inspected for depth of sediment, and built up sediment will be removed when it reaches 25 percent of the design capacity or at the end of the job. 6.Temporary and permanent seeding and planting will be inspected for bare spots, washouts, and healthy growth. NON-STORM WATER DISCHARGE: It is expected that the following non-storm water discharges may occur from the site during the construction period: A.Water from water line flushings. B.P.C.concrete truck wash waters. C.Uncontaminated groundwater (from de-watering excavation.) SPILL PREVENTION MATERIAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills or other accidentalexposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff. GOOD HOUSEKEEPING: The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on-site during the construction project: •An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job. •All materials stored on-site will be stored in a neat, orderly manner in their appropriate containers and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure. •Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label. •Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer. •Whenever possible, all of a product will be used up before disposing of the container. •Manufacturers' recommendations for proper use and disposal will befollowed. P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 5 •The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on- site. HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS: These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials. •Products will be kept in originalcontainers unless they are not resealable. •Original labels and material safety data will be retained; they contain important product information. •If surplus product must be disposed of, manufacturers' or local and State recommended methods for proper disposal will be followed. PRODUCT SPECIFIC PRACTICES The following product specific practices will be followed on-site: PETROLEUM PRODUCTS: All on-site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are clearly labeled. Any asphalt substances used on-site will be applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. FERTILIZERS: Fertilizers used will be applied only in the minimum amounts recommended by the manufacturer. Once applied, fertilizer will be worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. Storage will be in a covered shed. The contents of any partially used bags of fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills. PAINTS: All containers will be tightly sealed and stored when not required for use. Excess paint will not be discharged to the storm sewer system but will be property disposed of according to manufacturers' instructions or State and local regulations. SPILL CONTROL PRACTICES In addition to the good housekeeping and material management practices discussed in the previous sections of this plan, the following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup: •Manufacturers' recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly posted and site personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup supplies. •Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on-site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags, gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for this purpose. •All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery. •The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance. •Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate State or local government agency, regardless of the size. •The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 6 from reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included. •The site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate other site personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup. The names of responsible spill personnel will be posted in the material storage area and in the office trailer on-site. P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 7 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN DECLARATION Icertify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the Stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site as part of this certification. Further, by my signature, I understand that I am becoming the permittee or a co-permittee, along with the owner(s) and other contractors and subcontractors signing such certifications, to the Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) NPDES General Permit No. 2 for “Stormwater Discharge Associated with Industrial Activity for Construction Activities” at the identified site. As a permittee or co-permittee, I understand that I, and my company, are legally required under the Clean Water Act and the Code of Iowa, to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the Stormwater pollution prevention plan developed under this CSR/NPDES permit and the terms of this CSR/NPDES permit. Construction Project Address:4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, Iowa 52246 Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Contractor:___________________________________Title:___________________________________ Date: ___________________Signed: ________________________________________________ P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 8 SUBCONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the Stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site as part of this certification. Further, by my signature, I understand that I am becoming the permittee or a co-permittee, along with the owner(s) and other contractors and subcontractors signing such certifications, to the Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) NPDES General Permit No. 2 for “Stormwater Discharge Associated with Industrial Activity for Construction Activities” at the identified site. As a permittee or co-permittee, I understand that I, and my company, are legally required under the Clean Water Act and the Code of Iowa, to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the Stormwater pollution prevention plan developed under this CSR/NPDES permit and the terms of this CSR/NPDES permit. Construction Project Address:4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, Iowa 52246 Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 9 SUBCONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION (Continued) Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ CompanyName:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 10 SUBCONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION (Continued) Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ Signature Responsibilities Include: ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Dated: __________________Signed:___________________________________________ Company Name:____________________________________ Address:__________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code:_________________________________ Phone:____________________________________________ Fax:______________________________________________ Email:_____________________________________________ P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 11 Stormwater Construction Site Inspection Report General Information Project Name NPDES Tracking No.Location Date of InspectionStart/End Time Inspector’s Name(s) Inspector’s Title(s) Inspector’s Contact Information Inspector’s Qualifications Describe present phase of construction Type of Inspection: RegularPre-storm eventDuring storm eventPost-storm event Weather Information Hasthere been a storm eventsince the last inspection? YesNo If yes, provide: Storm Start Date & Time: Storm Duration (hrs): ApproximateAmount of Precipitation(in): Weatherat time of thisinspection? ClearCloudyRainSleetFogSnowing HighWinds Other:Temperature: Have any discharges occurred since the last inspection? YesNo If yes, describe: Are there any discharges at the time of inspection? YesNo If yes, describe: Site-specific BMPs Number the structural and non-structural BMPs identified in your SWPPP on your site mapand list them below(add as many BMPs as necessary). Carry a copy of the numbered site map with you during your inspections. This list will ensure that you are inspecting all required BMPs at your site. Describe corrective actions initiated, date completed, and note the person that completed the work in the Corrective Action Log. BMPBMPBMPCorrective Action Needed and Notes Installed?Maintenance Required? 1 YesNoYesNo 2 YesNoYesNo 3 YesNoYesNo 4 YesNoYesNo 5 YesNoYesNo 6 YesNoYesNo 7 YesNoYesNo 8 YesNoYesNo 9 YesNoYesNo 10 YesNoYesNo P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 12 BMPBMPBMPCorrective Action Needed and Notes Installed?Maintenance Required? 11 YesNoYesNo 12 YesNoYesNo 13 YesNoYesNo 14 YesNoYesNo 15 YesNoYesNo 16 YesNoYesNo 17 YesNoYesNo 18 YesNoYesNo 19 YesNoYesNo 20 YesNoYesNo Overall Site Issues Below are some general site issues that should be assessed during inspections. Customize this list as needed for conditions at your site. BMP/activity Implemented?MaintenanceCorrective Action Needed and Notes Required? 1Are all slopes YesNoYesNo and disturbed areas not actively being worked properly stabilized? 2Are natural YesNoYesNo resource areas (e.g., streams, wetlands, mature trees, etc.) protected with barriers or similar BMPs? 3Are perimeter YesNoYesNo controls and sediment barriers adequately installed (keyed into substrate) and maintained? 4Are discharge YesNoYesNo points and receiving waters free of any sediment deposits? 5Are storm drain YesNoYesNo inletsproperly protected? 6Is the YesNoYesNo construction exit preventing sediment from being tracked into the street? P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 13 7Is trash/litter YesNoYesNo from work areas collected and placed in covered dumpsters? 8Are washout YesNoYesNo facilities (e.g., paint, stucco, concrete) available, clearly marked, and maintained? 9Are vehicle and YesNoYesNo equipment fueling, cleaning, and maintenance areas free of spills, leaks, or any other deleterious material? 10Are materials YesNoYesNo that are potential stormwater contaminants stored inside or under cover? 11Are non- YesNoYesNo stormwater discharges (e.g., wash water, dewatering) properly controlled? 12(Other) YesNoYesNo Non-Compliance Describe any incidents of non-compliance not described above: P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 14 CERTIFICATION STATEMENT “I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction orsupervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gatheredand evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage thesystem, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowingviolations.” Print name and title: ___________________________________________________________________________ Signature:_________________________________________________________ Date:_____________________ P:\G03613.10 Johnson Co Shop Facility\Word\Addendum\Addenda #2\Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.DOC Page 15 ADDENDUM #2 CEDAR RAPIDS 215 Second Avenue SE, Ste 200 Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 Ph: (319) 365-0030 Fax (319) 365-4122 Date: January 10, 2014 Project: Johnson County Maintenance Facility Johnson County, Iowa WPE Project #BI13030 TO: All prime contract bidders and all others to whom Drawings and Specifications have been issued by the Engineer. Acknowledge receipt of the Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents. It modifies them as follows: PRODUCT APPROVALS: The manufacturers and products, which are listed in the following texts, are approved for bidding. Final acceptance is contingent upon receipt and approval of final shop drawings. Manufacturer shall conform to all warranties, performances, size, etc., as the item specified. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Those items not specifically listed by addendum shall not be approved for bidding. SECTION DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 23 2113 - HYDRONIC PIPING 1. Refer to Paragraph 2.2.B. Replace this paragraph with the following: “1. Steel piping will not be allowed.” SECTION 23 5233 – STEEL WATER TUBE-CONDENSING BOILERS 1. Refer to Paragraph 2.2.B. Revise the phrase “stainless steel” to read “cast aluminum”. SECTION 23 8101 – TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS 1. Add this section which is attached in its entirety at the end of this Addendum. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET M1.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLAN: 1. Refer to the heating hot water piping layout above Corridor 201. Install a 2-1/2” bypass line (approximately ten feet long) between the 4” HWS and 4” HWR mains prior to them entering County Archive 204. This bypass line shall have a butterfly valve and a line-size balancing valve (initially set for 40 gpm) to prevent a deadheading condition on the Pumps P-15 and P-16. RAPID CITY, SD SIOUX FALLS, SD CASPER, WY CEDAR RAPIDS, IA ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET E1.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to the exterior lighting circuits (seven total); add keyed note #1 to each circuit of fixtures. 3. Refer to Mechanics 120; add keyed note #8 to lighting control station B1-D located next to the southwest entrance. 4. Refer to Oil-Fuel Storage; a. Lighting control station B3-A located next to the south entrance shall be placed on opposite side of the same wall next to the fan controllers. Verify location of control with Owner. b. Lighting control station B3-B located next to the north entrance shall be placed on the opposite side of the same wall. Verify location of control with Owner. SHEET E1.2 – MAIN FLOOR – NORTH – LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to the exterior lighting circuits (three total); add keyed note #1 to each circuit of fixtures. 3. Refer to wall separating Welding Shop 121 and Vehicle Maintenance 122; both walls running east and west are 1/2 height walls. 4. Refer to north center exterior fixture; fixture shall be shown as emergency. 5. Refer to Vehicle Maintenance 122; the thirteen emergency surface mount fixtures not labeled shall be shall be type A1. SHEET E1.3 – MEZZANINE LIGHTING PLAN: 1. Refer to all dimmable type lighting fixtures; provide low voltage cabling in conduit as recommended by manufacturer to every fixture, even if the fixture is not being dimmed. 2. Refer to Secondary Roads Rough Storage 202; add keyed note #4 to space. 3. Refer to County Archive 204; add keyed note #4 to space. SHEET E2.1 – E2.3 KEYED POWER AND SPECIAL SYSTEMS NOTES: 1. Title shall read “KEYED POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS NOTES” in lieu of “KEYED POWER AND SPECIAL SYSTEMS NOTES”. 2. Refer to keyed note #1; delete reference to keypad. SHEET E2.1 – MAIN FLOOR – SOUTH – POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN: 1. Refer to Mechanics 120; a. Add keyed note #8 to equipment VL-1, VL-2, and VL-3. b. Add keyed note #4 to communications board and racks. 2. Refer to Corridor 108; add keyed note #5 to card access. 3. Refer to Oil/Fuel Storage 119; Provide a duplex convenience receptacle in lieu of connection and disconnect for equipment FP-1 (four total). 4. Refer to Utility 116; add an 18” ladder rack the length of room above the communications board and rack. SHEET E2.2 – MAIN FLOOR – NORTH – POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN: 1. Refer to Welding Shop 121; a. Add keyed noted #2 to equipment EQ-7 in southwest corner of space. b. Add six double duplex convenience receptacles to the 1/2 height walls, four on the east wall (both sides) and two on the south wall (both sides). Coordinate location of receptacles with equipment and furnishings. Provide two circuits from spare breakers in Panel 3 to the four receptacles on the east wall and provide one circuit from a spare breaker in Panel 3 to the two receptacles on the west wall. SHEET E3.1 – ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN: 1. Refer to Electrical Site Plan Notes; a. Title shall read “KEYED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES” in lieu of “ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES”. b. Refer to note #9; existing light pole is a 40’ wood pole. c. Refer to note #13; add “or equal Siemens, G.E. or Cutler Hammer” after “3021”. 2. Refer to the existing 1” conduit to existing office communications room. Delete keyed note #4. 3. Refer to the two 4” conduits extending to the utility transformer; conduits shall extend to CT cabinet in lieu of transformer. 4. Refer to existing office; conduit from disconnect on outside of building to ATS-3 shall be installed above ACT ceilings in corridors. SHEET E4.1 – ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS: 1. Refer to Schematic Electrical Riser Diagram; feeder from Panel MDP-1 to ATS-2 shall be 2”C, 4 #3/0, 1 #6 grnd. In lieu of 1 1/4"C, 4 #3, 1 #8 grnd. 2. Refer to Schematic Fire Alarm Riser Diagram; delete keyed note #7 from diagram. SHEET E5.1 – ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES: 1. Refer to Lighting Fixture Schedule; a. Refer to fixture type A1; Industrial Lighting Products and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. b. Refer to fixture type F1; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. c. Refer to fixture type F2; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. d. Refer to fixture type F3; Cooper Lighting shall be an approved equal manufacturer. e. Refer to fixture type H1; Beacon and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. f. Refer to fixture type H2; Beacon and Cooper Lighting shall be approved equal manufacturers. 2. Refer to Generator Schedule; in note #4 provide a 60A/3P breaker in lieu of 70A/3P breaker. SHEET E5.2 – ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES: 1. Refer to Equipment Connection Schedule; a. Refer to equipment C-1; provide a 3 #8, 1 #10 grnd feeder in lieu of 3 #10, 1 #10 grnd feeder. b. Refer to equipment PU-15 and PU-16; disconnect at equipment shall be just noted as “IN VFD”. 2. Refer to Equipment VL-1, VL-2, and VL-3; equipment feeders shall be fed under the floor. 3. Refer to Panel EM1; Main Capacity shall be 60A in lieu of 70A. SECTION 23 8101-TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Unit heaters. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment. B.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. C.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide typical catalog of information including arrangements. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate cross sections of cabinets, grilles, bracing and reinforcing, and typical elevations. 2.Submit schedules of equipment andspecified heat required to actual heat output provided. 3.Indicate mechanical and electrical service locations and requirements., C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions and recommendations. D.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer’s descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings. 1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01UNIT HEATERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Reznor 2.Approved equals. B.82% Thermal efficiency. C.50-60F Rise range. D.Titanium stabilized aluminizedsteel heat exchanger. E.Single burner combustion system including a one-piece burner assembly. F.115/1/60 Supply voltage. G.115 Volt open fan motor with internal overload protection. H.Transformer for 24-volt controls. I.Integrated circuit board with diagnostic indicator lights. J.Multi-try direct ignition withtimed lockout. K.Fan relay (included on the circuit board). L.Single-stage natural gas valve (fieldadjustable for operation to 9,000 ft. elevation). M.Vibration/noise isolated fan and venter motors. N.Sealed control compartment houses all electrical components. O.Built-in disconnect switch (20A @ 115V Rating). Johnson County 23 8101-1 Maintenance FacilityTERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS P.External terminal switch for 24-volt wiring. Q.Sealed junction box for supply wiring. R.External gas connection. S.Fully gasketed door panel with safety door switch. T.Full fan guard. U.Separated combustion system. V.Downturn nozzle kit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Protection: Provide finished cabinet units with protective covers during balance of construction. C.Unit Heaters: Hang from building structure, with pipe hangers anchored to building, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain greatest headroom unless otherwise indicated. 3.02CLEANING A.After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets. B.Touch-up marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Johnson County 23 8101-2 Maintenance FacilityTERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS SECTION 26 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Coordination drawings. B.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. C.Number of copies of submittals. D.Submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Provide information for preparation of coordination drawings. B.Review drawings prior to submission to the Owner. C.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades priorto installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. B.Submit to the Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C.Contractor is responsible for dimensions and compliance with construction documents. Engineer's review is to assist the Contractor only. D.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.4SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Other types as indicated. 3.5NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1 Johnson County26 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Submit electronically in the form of pdf files. Engineer shall return comments and/or one marked-up copy. B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.6SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Owner, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals electronically via email or ftp site. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.Identify variations fromContract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F.Provide space for Engineer's review stamp. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed if they have not been checked and stamped by theGeneral Contractor and Electrical Contractor. J.The Contractor shall be responsible for timely submittal of shop drawings to avoid delays in material delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate with all sub-contractors and/or suppliers to expedite the generation of shop drawings. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer on a reasonable timeframe for the review of shop drawings by the Engineer for each set of shop drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for a periodic checking on the status of all shop drawings and material delivery. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0130-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0132 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. C.Manufacturers listed as "equal" to the specified manufacturer and model are encouraged to submit information on their product prior to bid. D.Manufacturers interested in bidding their materials shall review the drawings, specifications, and construction codes during the bidding period to assure that their products meet the applications for the project. Manufacturers shall include all accessories and components for their material/equipment to be installed per the project requirements, applicable building codes, and their own instructions and recommendations. Manufacturers shall advise the Engineer of any potential issues or additional material requirements before 8 days prior to bid so any corrections can be addressed in an addendum. Requests for additional compensation after the bid to install materials per the project requirements, construction codes, or manufacturer's instructions/recommendations shall be denied. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.The Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1 Johnson County26 0132-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All transportation costs shall be by this Contractor. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of Insurance is required for off-site storage. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0132-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS HighwayMaintenance Building SECTION 26 0135 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Cleaning and protection. D.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. E.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. F.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.3COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.In finished areas, conceal conduits and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E.After occupancy of premises, coordinate access tosite for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. F.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1NOT USED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1CLARIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A.Prior to submitting written questions in the form of Requests for Information (RFI's) or similar paperwork, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer by telephone to discuss the question and possible solutions. Written correspondence shall follow the verbal communications where paperwork is necessary to document significant changes to the construction documents or contract price. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. 1 Johnson County26 0135-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.3GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. 3.4CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to executepatching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.Fit work air tight to sleeves, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. E.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. 3.5PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.6PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. C.Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D.Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. 3.7STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. C.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. D.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. E.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. F.Provide written test results to owner with all data. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Johnson County26 0135-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.8DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration andinstruction of owner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.9ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.10FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.11CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. B.Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C.Completeitems of work determined by final inspections. D.Prior to a formal onsite observation visit by the Engineer to generate a punchlist, the Contractor shall perform an onsite observation to verify that the work is ready for the Engineer to visit the site. This shall include the generation and completion of a punchlist by the Contractor prior to the Engineer visiting the site. If the Engineer travels to the site to find the construction not ready for the observation visit, the Contractor shall pay for the Engineer's time and travel expenses. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0135-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0519 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wire and cable for 600 volts and less. B.Wiring connectors and connections. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1WIRING REQUIREMENTS A.Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. B.Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. C.Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. D.Exterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN/THWN insulation in raceway. E.Underground Installations: Use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway. F.Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 12 AWG and smaller. G.Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. H.Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet. I.Conductor sizes are based on copper. Aluminum conductors are not allowed. J.Provide a seperate neutral for each phase wire -NO SHARED NEUTRALS. 2.2BUILDING WIRE A.Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B.Conductor: Copper. C.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D.Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN. 2.3METAL CLAD CABLE A.Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. B.Conductor: Copper. C.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D.Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees C. E.Insulation Material: Thermoplastic. F.Armor Material: Aluminum. G.Armor Design: Interlocked metal tape. 1 Johnson County26 0519-LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER Highway Maintenance BuildingCONDUCTORS AND CABLES 2.4WIRING CONNECTORS A.Product: Burndy or T and B. B.Product: 3M #312 and #512 or equivalent Ideal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B.Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C.Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. D.Protect conductors from paint. 3.2PREPARATION A.Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 1.Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2.Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths. 3.Include wire/cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location shown. B.Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. C.Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for all building wire. D.Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. E.Clean conductor surfaces beforeinstalling lugs and connectors. F.Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity with no perceptible temperature rise. G.Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. H.Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. Twist the wires together a minimum of four times (and trim) beforeinstallation of connector. I.Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 0553. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. J.Wire shall not be installed until the building is enclosed and/or the masonry work is completed. K.All cable for major feeder shall be continuous from origin to termination where possible. L.Splices in branch circuit wiring shall be made in junction boxes only. Keep conductor splices to a minimum. M.The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependant on service connections such as lamp holders, receptacles, etc. where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0519-2LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER Highway Maintenance BuildingCONDUCTORS AND CABLES SECTION 26 0526 -GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Grounding and bonding components. B.Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of: 1.Metal underground water pipe. 2.Metal frame of the building. 3.Concrete-encased electrode. 4.Rod electrodes. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. B.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1ELECTRODES A.Rod Electrodes: Copper. 1.Diameter: 3/4 inch. 2.Length: 10 feet. B.Foundation Electrodes: 3/0 AWG. 2.2CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES A.Wire: Stranded copper. B.Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install ground electrodes at locations indicated.Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B.Install 4 AWG bare copper wire in foundation footing. C.Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. Bond steel together. D.Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance. E.Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.13. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 0526-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0529 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Conduit and equipment supports. B.Anchors and fasteners. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MATERIALS A.Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners -General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. B.Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized for metal conduit. C.Wire ties are not an approved conduit support. D.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder-actuated anchors, or preset inserts. 2.Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset fasteners, or welded fasteners. 3.Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors. 4.Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners. 5.Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors or preset inserts. 6.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 7.Wood Elements: Use wood screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1.Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2.Do notdrill or cut structural members. B.All supports shall be securely positioned to the structure, not equipment or ceiling tile supports. Coordinate structure load capabilities with General Contractor. C.Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in walls. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 0529-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0534 -CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. D.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). B.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. C.NECA 101 -Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT); National Electrical Contractors Association. D.NEMA FB 1 -Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. E.NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable forpurpose specified and shown. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B.Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C.Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A.Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70. 1.Minimum Size: Electrical conduits -1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. 2.Conduits shall be sized as noted or as required by NEC for number and size of conductors installed except that 3/4 inch shall be minimum size for branch circuit home runs and 1/2 inch shall be minimum size for all other conduit runs. Maximum size shall be as allowed by the NEC and within the limits of commonly manufactured sizes. 3.Minimum Size:Data/Voice/CATV conduits -3/4 inch unless otherwise specified B.Underground Installations: 1.More than 5 Feet from Foundation Wall: Use thinwall non-metallic conduit. 2.Within 5 Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit. 3.In or Under Slab on Grade: Use thinwall non-metallic conduit. 4.Minimum Size: 3/4 inch. 1 Johnson County26 0534-CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building 5.Other locations shall be Schedule 40 PVC. C.Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit, rigid aluminum conduit, or intermediate metal conduit. 1.Liquid tight conduit with liquid tight fittings shall be used in kitchens, exterior, and other areas of moisture content. D.Dry Locations: 1.Concealed:Use electrical metallic tubing. 2.Exposed: Use electrical metallic tubing. 2.2METAL CONDUIT A.Manufacturers: Republic Steel Company, Triangle, Allied, or approved equivalent. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.3FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A.Description: Interlocked aluminum construction. B.Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.4LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A.Description: Interlocked aluminum construction with PVC jacket. B.Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.5ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron set screw type. 2.6NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A.Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B.Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C.Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Conduit shall be run concealed where possible. B.Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. C.Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101. D.Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E.Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. F.Support conduit using method approved for installation. G.Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. H.Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces, not equipment. I.Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove temporary supports. J.Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. K.Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. L.Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. Johnson County26 0534-2CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building M.Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. N.Do not cross conduits in slab. O.Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. P.Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. Q.Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. R.Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. S.Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. T.Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. U.Provide grounding bushings on all conduits 2" and larger. V.Flexible metal conduit shall not be used in lengths longer then six feet. W.Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 0526. X.Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 0553. Y.Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all cabinets, junction boxes, pull boxes, and equipment. Z.All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile panel removal. All ceiling mounted equipment and fixtures in accessible ceilings shall be connected with flexible metal conduit or MC cable runfrom an accessible junction box on the structure above. AA.In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum in EMT. Conduit for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures, and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Do not use flexible metal conduit or MC cable inside new walls or for horizontal runs above ceilings. Short horizontal runs or flexible metal conduit in wood framing is acceptable. AB.Use condulet fittings for sharp turns, tees, etc. in exposed locations. AC.Conduit may be installed exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, and at connections to 3.3INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A.Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. B.Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork wherever possible. Where separate roofing penetration is required, coordinate location and installation method with roofing installation. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0534-3CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0537 -BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B.Pull and junction boxes. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA OS 1 -Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Appleton, Steel City, National Electric, or approved equivalent. 2.2OUTLET BOXES A.Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1.Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. B.Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. 2.3PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A.Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify locations of outlets in prior to rough-in. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B.Install in locations as shown on Drawings and approved by owner, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70. C.Provide multi-gang boxes for switches shown grouped on the drawings. D.Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. E.Electrical boxes are shown on Drawingsin approximate locations unless dimensioned. 1.Adjust box locations up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose. F.Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 2726. G.Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. H.Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. 1 Johnson County26 0537-BOXES Highway Maintenance Building I.Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters and backsplashes. J.Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. K.Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. L.Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. M.Secure flush mounting box to partition studs. Position to allow for surface finish thickness. N.Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. O.Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. P.Use properly supported, adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. Q.Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. R.Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. S.Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. T.Use 4" square box with plaster ring for single device outlets. U.Use cast outlet box, FS type, in exterior locations and wet locations. V.Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pull or junction boxes may not be shown. However, where these items are required by code, by other sections of the specifications, or for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 3.3ADJUSTING A.Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. B.Install knockout closures in unused box openings. C.Outlet boxes shall be plumb and square with wall face. 3.4CLEANING A.Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0537-2BOXES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates and labels. B.Wire and cable markers. C.Field-painted identification of conduit. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, black letters on white background. B.Locations: 1.Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2.Switchboards and panels shall have a nameplate designating voltage, phase, and name of equipment of service origin (name of upstream panel). 3.Disconnects,starters, and VFD’s. 4.Other equipment to be identified shall include, but not limited to, lighting controllers, pushbutton stations, special switches, special receptacles, and communication pull boxes.. C.Letter Size: 1.Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment. D.Circuit Numbers: Label panel and circuit numbers in a concealed location behind he cover plate of all receptacles and light switches. Label panel and circuit numbers on all equipment and junction boxes. 2.2WIRE MARKERS A.Description: tape type wire markers on feeder cables #4 and larger. Branch circuit wire and cable #6 and smaller shall be factory color coded by integral pigmentation. B.Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters and junction boxes each load connection. 2.3UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A.Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Equipment to be identified with nameplates shall include, but not limited to, panelboards, special system control panels, disconnects,pushbuttons stations, special lighting or control switches, special receptacles, communication pull boxes and j-boxes, and empty conduits provided for future use. B.Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. C.Secure nameplates to equipment front using screws. 1 Johnson County26 0553-IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building D.Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. E.All j-boxes shall be legibly and permanently marked to indicate the circuit numbers associated with the conductors in the j-box. F.Each panelboard shall be provided with a neatly typed directory with plastic protector. G.Identify feeder cables using the following: 1.Colors: a.208/120 Volt System: Phase A -black, phase B -red, phase C -blue, neutral -white, equipment ground -green, isolated ground -green with yellow stripes/bands, switchleg -purple. H.Identify conduit using field painting. 1.Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. 2.Paint bands 10 feet on center. Do not paint where conduits are exposed in finished areas and are being painted to match the adjacent finishes. 3.Colors: a.208 Volt System: none. b.Fire AlarmSystem: All j-boxes in the fire alarm system shall be painted Red. c.Telephone/Data and CATV systems: blue. d.Life Safety systems:yellow. e.Emergency:orange. I.Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0553-2IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0918 -REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Networked switching controls. B.Programmable switching controls. C.Remote control switching relays. D.Remote switches. E.Power supplies. F.Relay cabinets. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0534 -Conduit. B.Section 26 0537 -Boxes: Switch outlets and installation of switch devices. C.Section 26 2416 -Panelboards. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 4 -Industrial Control and Systems: Terminal Blocks; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions and ratings for components. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate wiring diagrams ofsystem, showing interface with branch circuit wiring. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and record circuiting and switching arrangements. E.Maintenance Data: Include replacement parts numbers. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirementsof NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.6EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish two of each relay type. B.Furnish two of each switch type. C.Furnish two of each cabinet key. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Leviton Lighting Controls B.Watt-Stopper C.Synergy 1 Johnson County26 0918-REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building D.Crestron 2.2NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL A.Description: Distributed switching control using networking programmable relay panels, with central computer software for operator interface, programming control sequences, and monitoring. B.Software Features: 1.Security: Password protection for accessing and modifying data. 2.Data Protection: Full data backup capability. 3.Operating Schedules: Capacity of 12 for each programmable relay panel and 12 system wide time schedules. System-wide schedules adjust relaypanel schedules globally. 4.Programming: Available from central computer and downloaded to individual programmable relay panels. 5.Diagnostics: Include diagnostic and testing procedures to enable troubleshooting. 6.Maintenance Data: Track runtime in minutes and relay operation in cycles. 7.Warning Flicker: Flash lights 5 minutes before shutting down. 8.Time Delay: Allow adjustable time delay between scheduled ON-OFF and operation of individual relay. 9.Egress and Common Area Links: Operate identifiedrelays ON when other circuits in common area are energized; allow adjustable time delay after other circuits de-energize before operating identified relays OFF. C.Networking Hardware and Software: Support 2-wire communications between programmable relay panels, allow global switching and telephone control, and include RS-232 serial data port for connecting a computer. 2.3PROGRAMMABLE RELAY PANELS A.Description: Relay cabinet with power supply, terminal blocks, and logic cards for the specified programming functions. B.Relays per Panel: As indicated. C.Programming Functions: 1.Multiple Switch Control: More than 1 switch can control each relay. 2.Pilot Status Indication: Signal for indicating relay status at remote location. 3.Relay Grouping: Allow relays to be grouped for common control. 4.Scheduling: Allow scheduling of 99 events each capable of switching 12 relay groups according to a programmed time schedule. Allow for up to 12 holidays. 5.Sweep On/Off: Allow to "sweep" on and off loads at scheduled times. 6.Phone Control: Allow remote control using up to 50 telephone numbers, each capable of switching 1 relay groups. 7.Building Automation Interface: Allow interface to building automation system for time of day control and monitoring. D.Cabinet: Surface-mounted sheet metal cabinet. 2.4REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING RELAYS A.Description: Heavy duty, two-coil momentary contact type remote control relays. B.Contacts: Rated 20 amperes at 277 volts and with isolated and non-isolated pilot contacts whereindicated. C.Line Voltage Connections: Clamp type screw terminals. 2.5REMOTE SWITCHES A.Wall Switch: Pushbutton type. 1.Description: Momentary contact, three position switches, color to match wiring devices, ratings as required. Johnson County26 0918-2REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building 2.6RELAY CABINETS A.Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable endwalls. B.Box Size: 24 inches wide x 48 inches high x 6 inches deep. C.Interior Panel: Metal, suitable for mounting components, matte white. D.Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps door with concealed hinge, and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard. Finish with gray baked enamel. E.Metal Barriers: Between wiring of different systems and voltages. F.Power Terminals: NEMA ICS 4, unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. G.Signal and Control Terminals: NEMA ICS 4, modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. H.Ground Bus Terminal Block: Bond each connector to enclosure. I.Plastic Raceway: 1.Description: Plastic channel with hinged or snap-on cover. J.Power Supply: NFPA 70, Class 2 transformer. 1.Ratings: 120 /24 volt, 75 VA momentary, 40 VA continuous. 2.Rectifier: Silicon, rated 20 amperes intermittent, 7.5 amperes continuous, 30 VAC, 100 PRV. 2.7POWER LIMITED WIRE AND CABLE A.Remote Control Cable: Copper conductor, 300 volt insulation rated 60 degrees C, individual conductors twisted together and covered with plenum-rated jacket. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install all wiring in conduit or neatly bundled above accessible ceilings. B.Install relay cabinets to be accessible. Allow space for adequate ventilation and circulation of air. 3.2TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION A.Provide factory certified personnel to conduct on-site programming, check-out, and testing of the system. B.Demonstrate proper operation of system for a minimum of two hours to the Owner's representatives. 3.3DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS A.See the drawings for diagram. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0918-3REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2416 -PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Main Distribution panelboards (Service Equipment). B.Lighting and appliance panelboards. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers. C.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D.NEMA PB 1 -Panelboards; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. E.NEMA PB 1.1 -General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Square D Company, General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, Siemens. 2.2MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS A.Panels shall be similar to Square D I-Line. B.Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type. C.Panel shall be UL listed and bear the UL label "Suitable for use as Service Equipment". D.All panels shall have a minimum of 20% spare space. E.Panelboard Bus: Copper or Aluminum, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus. F.Series rating is not allowed. 2.3LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A.Panels shall be similar to Square D Type NQ (120/208V) with Q series breakers. B.Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C.Panelboard Bus: Aluminum, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard. 1 Johnson County26 2416-PANELBOARDS Highway Maintenance Building D.Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: As indicated. Series rating not allowed. E.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. 1.Type SWD for lighting circuits. 2.Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits. 3.Do not use tandem circuit breakers. F.Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. Same height boxes for multi-tub panels. G.Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide. H.Cabinet Front: Flush or surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA 1. B.Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. C.Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. D.Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. E.Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. Hand written directories are not acceptable. F.Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 26 0553. G.Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 26 0526. 3.2ADJUSTING A.Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2416-2PANELBOARDS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2726 -WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall switches. B.Wall dimmers. C.Receptacles. D.Device plate covers. E.Occupancy sensors. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-596-Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for; Federal Specification. B.FS W-S-896-Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush-mounted (General Specification); Federal Specification. C.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. E.UL 20 -General-Use Snap Switches. F.UL 498 -Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. G.UL 514D -Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2PRODUCTS 2.1ALL WIRING DEVICES A.Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.2WALL SWITCHES A.Manufacturers: Hubbell CS series, or equal Pass and Seymour, or Leviton. B.Wall Switches: NEMA WD 1, Heavy Duty, AC only general-use snap switch. 1.Body and Handle: plastic (color per architect) with rocker handle. 2.Ratings: a.Voltage: 120 -277 volts, AC. b.Current: 20 amperes. 2.3WALL DIMMERS A.Wall Dimmers: NEMA WD 1; Semiconductor dimmer for incandescent and fluorescent lamps, Type as indicated on drawings. 2.4RECEPTACLES A.Manufacturers: Hubbell CR series or equal Pass and Seymour, or Leviton. 1 Johnson County26 2726-WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building B.Receptacles: General duty, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1.Device Body: Plastic (color per architect). C.Convenience Receptacles: Type 5 -20. D.GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. Receptacles shall be "WR" weather resistant. E.Surge Suppression Receptacles: Heavy duty, specification grade. 2.5WALL PLATES A.Decorative Cover Plates: color per architect, nylon. 1.Product: Hubbell P Series or equal Pass and Seymour or Leviton. B.In-Use Weatherproof Cover Plates: Self-closing, hinged, deep outlet cover with gasket between the hinged cover and mounting plate and between the enclosure and the mounting surface. Must be listed and labeled for wet location while in use. 2.6OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND DAYLIGHT HARVESTING SENSORS A.Sensors shall be of the ultrasonic, infrared, or multi-technology type per the schedule on the drawings. B.Provide relay packs and all accessories for sensors for control of the light fixtures. Relay packs shall be 120/277 volt, 20 amp minimum, for manual-on strategy. C.Sensor layout is based on the base manufacturer listed on the schedule. Manufacturers listed as equals shall raise the quantity of layout of sensors to fit their product's specifications prior to bid, and shall advise the bidding contractors of these adjustments. Do not lower quantity of sensors. D.See the schedule on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. B.Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C.Verify that floor boxes are adjusted properly. D.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to devices. 3.2PREPARATION A.Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B.Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1, including mounting heights specified in that standard unless otherwise indicated. B.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0537 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section. C.Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches long. Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. E.Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. F.Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. G.Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. Johnson County26 2726-2WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building H.Provide single coverplate for multi-gang boxes for switches shown grouped on the drawings. I.Install wall switches with OFF position down. J.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. K.Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom. L.Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. 3.4INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes to obtain mounting heights specified. B.Heights of devices shown on the drawings are to the center of the box. C.Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be on the "knob" side. D.Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verifyfrom the general construction drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes, and locations for counters and work benches. 3.5FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. B.Operate each wall switch, wall dimmer, and fan speed controller with circuit energized to verify proper operation. C.Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D.Verify that each receptacle device is energized. E.Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity. F.Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. G.Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.6ADJUSTING A.Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.7CLEANING A.Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2726-3WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2813 -FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fuses. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data sheets showing electrical characteristics, including time-current curves. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A.Furnish three of each size and type fuse installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Bussman, Littlefuse. 2.2FUSES -GENERAL A.Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated. B.Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage. C.Motor Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install fuses with labeloriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 2813-FUSES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2818 -ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fusible switches. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 2813 -Fuses. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA (INST) -Standard of Installation; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. C.Shop Drawings: Provide product data and list of equipmet to be served. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Same manufacturer as panelboards. 2.2COMPONENTS A.Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, Type GD (general-duty) enclosed load interrupter knife switch. 1.Externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. 2.Handle lockable in OFF position. 3.Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1, Class R fuses. B.Enclosures: NEMA KS 1. 1.Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2.Exterior Locations: Type 3R. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches -size per nameplate & NEC. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.5.1.1. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 2818-ENCLOSED SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2913 -ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Magnetic motor controllers. B.Combination magnetic motor controllers and disconnects. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Engraved nameplates. C.Section 26 2813 -Fuses. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures.. B.Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Same as panelboards. 2.2AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS A.Magnetic Motor Controllers: NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower. B.Overload Relays: NEMA ICS 2; electronic. Provide phase loss, phase reversal, and phase unbalance protection. C.Enclosures: NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 unless otherwise noted. 2.3ACCESSORIES A.Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2, 2 field convertible contacts in addition to seal-in contact. B.Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, heavy duty oiltight type. Provide green -"run" & a red "off" lights. C.Pilot Device Contacts: NEMA ICS 5, Form Z, rated A150. D.Selector Switches: Rotary type. Cover mounted HOA. Provide on/off cover mounted switch. 1 Johnson County26 2913-ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building E.Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, as scheduled or as needed. Provide fused primary, secondary, and bond unfused leg of secondaryto enclosure. F.Provide phase loss, phase unbalance, and phase reversal protection on all 3 phase motors. 2.4DISCONNECTS A.Combination Controllers: Combine motor controllers with disconnects in common enclosure. Obtain IEC Class 2 coordinated componentprotection. B.Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install enclosed controllers where indicated, in accordancewith manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 0529. C.Height: 5 ft to operating handle. D.Provide fuses for fusible switches; refer to Section 26 2813 for product requirements. E.Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. F.Provide engraved plastic nameplates; refer to Section 26 0553 for product requirements and location. G.Neatly type label inside each motor controller door identifying motor served,nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Place label in clear plastic holder. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.16.1. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2913-2ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2924 -VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Variable frequency controllers. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 26 0553 -Identification: Engraved nameplates. 1.3REFERENCES A.NEMA ICS 7.1 -Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation, and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NEMA ICS 7 -Industrial Control and Systems: Adjustable Speed Drives; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1993. C.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1991. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Providecatalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions and weights shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; and nameplate legends. C.Test Reports: Indicate field test and inspection procedures and test results. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. E.Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up inspection findings. F.Operation Data: NEMA ICS 7.1. Includeinstructions for starting and operating controllers, and describe operating limits that may result in hazardous or unsafe conditions. G.Maintenance Data: NEMA ICS 7.1. Include routine preventive maintenance schedule. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience and with service facilities within 125 miles of Project. C.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. B.Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish. 1.7MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Provide service and maintenance of controller for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1 Johnson County26 2924-VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.ABB. B.Toshiba. C.Danfoss. 2.2DESCRIPTION A.Variable Frequency Controllers: Enclosed controllers suitable for operating the indicated loads, in conformance with requirements of NEMA ICS 7. Select unspecified features and options in accordance with NEMA ICS 3.1. 1.Employ microprocessor-based inverter logic isolated from power circuits. 2.Employ pulse-width-modulated inverter system. 3.Design for ability to operate controller with motor disconnected from output. 4.Design to attempt five automatic restarts following fault condition before locking out and requiring manual restart. B.Enclosures: NEMA 1, lockable, suitable for equipment application in places accessible only to qualified personnel. C.Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.3OPERATING REQUIREMENTS A.Rated Input Voltage: 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hertz. B.Motor Nameplate Voltage: 200 volts,three phase, 60 Hertz. C.HP Rating: See schedule. D.AIC Rating: 26,000 amps. E.Displacement Power Factor: Between 1.0 and 0.95, lagging, over entire range of operating speed and load. F.Operating Ambient: 0 degrees C to 40 degrees C. G.Volts Per Hertz Adjustment: Plus or minus 10 percent. H.Current Limit Adjustment: 30 to 110 percent of rated. I.Acceleration Rate Adjustment: 0.5 to 30 seconds. J.Deceleration Rate Adjustment: 1 to 30 seconds. K.Input Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC and 0/2 to 10 Vdc. 2.4COMPONENTS A.Display: Provide integral digital display to indicate output voltage, output frequency, and output current. B.Status Indicators: Separate indicators for overcurrent, overvoltage, ground fault, overtemperature, and input power ON. C.Furnish HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC selector switch and manual speed control. D.Include undervoltage release. E.Control Power Source: Integral control transformer. F.Door Interlocks: Furnish mechanical means to prevent opening of equipment with power connected, or to disconnect power if door is opened; include means for defeating interlock by qualified persons. G.Safety Interlocks: Furnish terminals for remote contact to inhibit starting under both manual and automatic mode. H.Control Interlocks: Furnish terminals for remote contact to allow starting in automatic mode. Johnson County26 2924-2VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building I.Manual Bypass: Furnish contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit protection for full voltage, non-reversing operation of the motor. Include isolation switch to allow maintenance of inverter during bypass operation. J.Line contactor: Furnish contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit protection for full voltage, non-reversing operation of the motor. Include full speed operation contactor. K.Emergency Stop: Use dynamic brakes for emergency stop function. L.Disconnecting Means: Include integral MCP circuit breaker on the line side of each controller. M.Motors shall be protected against phase reversal and single phase conditions. N.Intelligent Interface Card: Provide an intelligent interface card to communicate with the building automation system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that surface is suitable for controller installation. B.Do not install controller until building environment can be maintainedwithin the service conditions required by the manufacturer. C.Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with NEMA ICS 7.1 and manufacturer's instructions. B.Tighten accessible connectionsand mechanical fasteners after placing controller. C.Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. D.Neatly type label inside each motor controller door identifying motor served, nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Place in clear plastic holder. 3.3MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A.Provide the service of the manufacturer's field representative to prepare and start controllers. 3.4ADJUSTING A.Make final adjustments to installed controller to assure proper operation of load system. Obtain performance requirements from installer of driven loads. 3.5DEMONSTRATION A.Demonstrate operation of controllers in automatic and manual modes. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2924-3VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 3600 -TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Automatic Transfer Switch. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 3213 -Engine Generators: Testing requirements. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 10 -Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. D.Operation Data: Instructions for operating equipment under emergency conditions when engine generator is running. E.Maintenance Data: Routine preventative maintenance and lubrication schedule. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. C.Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.6MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Provide maintenance of transfer switches for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.ASCO B.Russelectric C.Caterpillar D.Kohler E.Onan 2.2AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A.Description: NEMA ICS10, automatic transfer switch, open transition type. B.Configuration: Electrically operated, mechanically held transfer switch. 1 Johnson County26 3600-TRANSFER SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building 2.3COMPONENTS A.Indicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE, ALTERNATE SOURCE AVAILABLE, and SWITCH POSITION. B.Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source. C.Return to Normal Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to initiate manual transfer from alternate source to normal source. D.Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: 2 normally open; 2 normally closed. E.Normal Source Monitor: Monitor each line of normal source voltage and frequency; initiate transfer when voltage drops below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value. F.Alternate Source Monitor: Monitor alternate source voltage and frequency; inhibit transfer when voltage is below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value. G.In-Phase Monitor: Inhibit transfer until source and load are within 3 electrical degrees. H.Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1, finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. I.See the schedule on the drawings. 2.4AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A.Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate SourceGenerator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. B.Time Delay To Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: adjustable. C.Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by alternate source monitor. D.Time Delay Before Transfer to Alternate Power Source: adjustable. E.Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor. F.Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Power: adjustable; bypass time delay in event of alternate source failure. G.Time Delay Before Engine Shut Down: adjustable, of unloaded operation. H.Engine Exerciser: Start engine every 7 days; run for 30 minutes before shutting down. Bypass exerciser control if normal source fails during exercising period. I.Alternate System Exerciser: Transfer load to alternate source during engine exercising period. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.22.3. 3.3MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A.Provide the services of the manufacturer's technical representative to check out transfer switch connections and operations and place in service. 3.4CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal, and emergency modes. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 3600-2TRANSFER SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 27 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.References to Division 26 for general project information. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. B.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. C.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1DIVISON 26 REFERENCES A.Refer to the following general information sections in Division 26. These shall apply to all Division 27 labor and materials. 1.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. 2.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. 3.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. B.Division 27 Contractor shall serve as a sub-contractor to the Division 26 Contractor. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County27 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 27 5132 -TELEVISION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Cable and accessories. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0534 -Conduit. B.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Premises wiring for broadband distribution of CATV signal, including individual outlets. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Show installation details, cable routing, and system configuration. C.Product Data: Provide showing electrical characteristics and connection requirements for each component. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of outlets, devices, and cable routing. 1.6QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and cable television utility company. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section withminimum three years documented experience with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. C.Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D.Installer Qualifications: Authorized installer of specified manufacturer with service facilities within 100 miles of the project. E.Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1RECEIVING COMPONENTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Same as Voice/Data cabling. 2.2ACCESSORIES A.Splitter: 1.Inline, all channel, back-matched splitter. 2.Through Loss: 3.5 dB for two-way; 6.7 dB for four-way. 3.Isolation: 16 dB, minimum. 4.Install 4-way splitters at the termination board for the distribution cables. B.Branch Distribution Cable: 1 Johnson County27 5132-TELEVISION SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Description: RG 6/F. Quad-shield, copper covered steel. 2.Terminate in standard F connector, compression type. 3.Cable shall be plenum rated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Connect cable television service in accordance with cable utility instructions. C.Provide proper grounding of television system components and wiring. D.Label all cables at each end. E.Cables shall be neatly bundled and routed in a direct path between termination points. F.All cable shall be kept clear of heat sources and fluorescent lighting. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform field inspection and testing. B.Measure signal level at each outlet. END OF SECTION Johnson County27 5132-2TELEVISION SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 28 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.References to Division 26 for general project information. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. B.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. C.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1DIVISON 26 REFERENCES A.Refer to the following general information sections in Division 26. These shall apply to all Division 28 labor and materials. 1.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. 2.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. 3.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. B.Division 28 Contractor shall serve as a sub-contractor to the Division 26 Contractor. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County28 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 28 3100 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fire alarm system and components shall be addressable. B.Transmitters for communication with supervising station. C.Maintenance of fire alarm system under contract for specified warranty period. 1.2REFERENCES A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. B.NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code. C.NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Evidence of installer qualifications. B.Evidence ofmaintenance contractor qualifications, if different from installer. C.Inspection and Test Reports: 1.Submit inspection and test plan prior to closeout demonstration. 2.Submit documentation of satisfactory inspections and tests. 3.Submit NFPA 72 "Inspection and Test Form," filled out. D.Operating and Maintenance Data: Revise and resubmit until acceptable; have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1.Complete set of specified design documents, as approved by authority having jurisdiction. 2.Additional printed set of project record documents and closeout documents, bound or filed in same manuals. 3.Contact information for firm that will be providing contract maintenance and trouble call- back service. 4.List of recommended spare parts, tools, and instruments for testing. 5.Replacement parts list with current prices, and source of supply. 6.Detailed troubleshooting guide and large scale input/output matrix. 7.Preventive maintenance, inspection, and testing schedule complying with NFPA 72; provide printed copy and computer format acceptable to the Owner. 8.Detailed but easy to read explanation of procedures to be taken by non-technical administrative personnel in the event of system trouble, when routine testing is being conducted, for fire drills, and when entering into contracts for remodeling. E.Project Record Documents: Have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1.Complete set of floor plans showing actual installed locations of components, conduit, and zones. 2."As installed" wiring and schematic diagrams, with final terminal identifications. 3."As programmed" operating sequences, including control events by device, updated input/output chart, and voice messages by event. F.Closeout Documents: 1.Certification by manufacturer that the system has been installed in compliance with his installation requirements, is complete, and is in satisfactory operating condition. 2.NFPA 72 "Record of Completion", filled out completely and signed by installer and authorized representativeof authority having jurisdiction. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum 3 years documented experience installing fire alarm systems of the specified type and providing contract maintenance service as a regular part of their business. Johnson County28 3100-1FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building 1.Authorized representative of control unit manufacturer; submit manufacturer's certification that installer is authorized; include name and title of manufacturer's representative making certification. 2.Installer Personnel: At least 2 years ofexperience installing fire alarm systems. 3.Supervisor: NICET level III or IV (3 or 4) certified fire alarm technician; furnish name and address. B.Maintenance Contractor Qualifications: Same entity as installer or different entity with specified qualifications. 1.5WARRANTY A.Provide control panel manufacturer's warranty that system components other than wire and conduit are free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide installer's warranty that the installation is free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Fire Alarm System Panel and Components: Provided products that meet or exceed the performance of the basis of design product, products of the following are acceptable: 1.Match Gamewell FCI system in office building. System shallbe by Hawkeye Communications. 2.2FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A.Fire Alarm System: Provide anewsystemtotieto the existing automatic fire detection and alarm system: 1.Provide all components necessary, regardless of whether shown in the contract documents or not. 2.Comply with the following; where requirements conflict, order of precedence of requirements is as listed: a.The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). b.The requirements of the local Fire Chief. c.Applicable local codes. d.The contract documents (drawings and specifications). e.NFPA 101. f.NFPA 72. 3.Evacuation Alarm: Single smoke zone; general evacuation of entire premises. B.Supervising Stations and Fire Department Connections: 1.Means of Transmission to Remote Supervising Station: Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), 2 telephone lines. C.Circuits: 1.Initiating Device Circuits (IDC): Class B, Style A. 2.Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) Within Single Building: Class B, Style 0.5. 3.Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC): Class B, Style W. D.Spare Capacity: 1.Initiating Device Circuits: Minimum 25 percent spare capacity. 2.Notification Appliance Circuits: Minimum 25 percent spare capacity. 2.3FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANEL A.Control Panel: Modular construction with flush wall-mounted enclosure. B.Provide a remote annunciators where indicated on plans with a minimum of a 80 character display. C.Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators, door holders, smoke dampers, and relays, and alarm signaling devices. Include Johnson County28 3100-2FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standbymode for 48 hours followed by alarm mode for 15 minutes. D.System Supervision: Component or power supply failure places system in trouble mode. E.Initiating Device Circuits: Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from initiating an alarm. F.Indicating Appliance Circuits: Supervised signal module, sufficient for signal devices connected to system; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from signaling an alarm. G.Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically supervised digital alarm communicator transmitter, capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over telephone lines to central station receiver. H.Auxiliary Relays: Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts for each detection zone to provide accessory functions specified. I.Provide TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE, DRILL, and ALARM SILENCE switch. J.Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit trouble places system in trouble mode, which causes the following system operations: 1.Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated by zone at fire alarm control panel. 2.Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated at remote annunciator panel. 3.Trouble signal transmitted to central station. 4.Manual acknowledge function at fire alarm control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating failure or circuit trouble is cleared. K.Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating device places circuit in alarm mode, which causes the following system operations: 1.Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with march time signal. 2.Transmit non-coded signal to central station. 3.Indicate location of alarm zone on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel. 4.Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and damper operation. 5.Transmit signal to release door hold-open devices. L.Alarm Reset: System remains in alarm mode until manually reset with key-accessible reset function; system resets only if initiating circuits are out of alarm mode. M.Lamp Test: Manual lamp test function causes alarm indication at each zone at fire alarm control panel at annunciator panel. N.Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual drill function causes alarm mode operation as described. O.Addresses: 99 detectors, 99 modules. 2.4COMPONENTS A.General: 1.Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface mounted unit are acceptable. 2.Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation and maintenance data. B.Remote Annunciators: Provide remote annunciators where indicated on plans with a minimum of a 80 character LCD display. C.Initiating Devices: 1.Manual Pull Stations: a.A double action type, red LEXAN or metal, and finished in red with molded, raised- letter operating instructions of contrasting color. Station will mechanically latch upon Johnson County28 3100-3FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building operation and remain so until manually reset by opening with a key common with the control units. 2.Smoke Detectors: a.Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric type. Each sensor base shall contain an LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the Control Unit. In alarm condition, the LED shall be on steady. 3.Heat Detectors: a.Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise unit with plug-in base and alarm indication lamp; 135-deg F fixed-temperature setting except as indicated. Sensor fixed temperature sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at 135-deg F or 155-deg F. Sensor shall have the capability to be programmed as a utility monitoring device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range from 32-deg F to 155-deg F. 4.Monitor Modules: a.Addressable type with built-in LED, programmable to monitor normall open contacts. D.Auxiliary Devices: 1.Control Modules: Addressable type with built-in LED, programmable to operate 24v DC relays. 2.Cut-out Relays: UL listed relay, 120 volt/10 amp rated. E.Notification Appliances: 1.Combination Audio/visuals: a.Audible/Visible: Combination Audible/Visible (A/V) Notification Appliances shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 464. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific strobe. The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 85 dBA @ 24VDC. The audible/visible enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapters or trim rings. b.Color shall be red. 2.Horns: a.Piezoelectric type horn shall be listed to UL 464. The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 85 dBA @ 24VDC. The horn shall mount directly to a standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapter or trim rings. b.Color shall be red. 3.Strobes: a.Visible/Only: Strobe shall be listed to UL 1971. The V/O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The V/O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box,without the use of special adapters or trim rings. V/O appliances shall be provided with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd, 75cd and 110cd. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible/Onlyappliance. b.Color shall be red. F.Circuit Conductors: Plenum and fire alarm rated jacketed twisted pair copper, color coded and labeled. Manufacturer shall be approved by the Fire Alarm system supplier. All cabling shall be in conduit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and the contract documents. B.Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas. Johnson County28 3100-4FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building 3.2INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION A.Notify 7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests. B.Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel. C.Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments. D.Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests as required. E.Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing. F.Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local authorities; document each inspection and test. G.Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with contract documents. 3.3CLOSEOUT A.Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to the Owner's Representative. 1.Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests. 2.Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during demonstration. 3.Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during demonstration. 4.Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration. 5.Repeat demonstration until successful. 3.4MAINTENANCE A.Provide to theOwner, at no extra cost, a written maintenance contract for entire manufacturer's warranty period, to include the work described below. B.Perform routine inspection, testing, and preventive maintenance required by NFPA 72, including: 1.Maintenance of fire safety interface and supervisory devices connected to fire alarm system. 2.Repairs required, unless due to improper use, accidents, or negligence beyond the control of the maintenance contractor. 3.Record keeping required by NFPA 72 and authorities having jurisdiction. C.Provide trouble call-back service upon notification by Owner: 1.Provide on-site response within 2 hours of notification. 2.Include allowance for call-back service during normal working hours at no extra cost to Owner. 3.Owner will pay for call-back service outside of normal working hours on an hourly basis, based on actual time spent at site and not including travel time; include hourly rate and definition of normal working hours in maintenance contract. END OF SECTION Johnson County28 3100-5FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 21 0010 -FIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Coordination drawings. B.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. C.Number of copies of submittals. D.Submittal procedures. 1.2PROJECT COORDINATION A.Make the following types of submittals to the Architect/Engineer through the Project Coordinator: 1.Requests for interpretation. 2.Requests for substitution. 3.Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 4.Test and inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6.Applications for payment and change order requests. 7.Progress schedules. 8.Coordination drawings. 9.Closeout submittals. 10.As-built Record Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Provide information required by Project Coordinator for preparation of coordination drawings. B.Review drawings prior to submission to West Plains Engineering/Engineer. C.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate theconstruction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings on first through third floors, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. B.Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C.Contractor is responsible for dimensions and compliance with construction documents. Engineer's review is to assist the Contractor only. D.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. Johnson County21 0010-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. B.Submit for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the JohnsonCounty. No action will be taken. 3.4SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.5NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by theEngineer.A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. B.Documents for Information: Submit 3 copies. C.Documents for Project Closeout: Make 3 reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.6SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to theEngineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F.Provide space for the Engineer's review stamp. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission and identify it as a RESUBMITTAL. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed if they have not been checked and stamped by the General Contractor and Mechanical Contractor. Johnson County21 0010-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS J.The Contractor shall be responsible for timely submittal of shop drawings to avoid delays in material delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate with all sub-contractors and/or suppliers to expedite the generation ofshop drawings. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer on a reasonable timeframe for the review of shop drawings by the Engineer for each set of shop drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for a periodic checking on the status of all shop drawingsand material delivery. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0010-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0040 -FIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. B.Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced. C.Motors: NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections. D.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. E.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by NamingOne or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. D.Manufacturers listed as "equivalent" to the specified manufacturer are encouraged to submit information on their product prior to bid. E.Manufacturers interested in bidding their materials shall review the drawings, specifications, and construction codes during the bidding period to assure that their products meet the application requirements for the project. Manufacturers shall include all accessories and components for their material/equipment to be installed per the project requirements, applicable building codes, and their own written installation instructions and/or recommendations. F.Manufacturers shall advise the engineer in writing of any potential issues or additional material requirements at least eight (8) days prior to bid date so any corrections can be addressed in an addendum. Requests for additional compensation after the bid to install materials per the project requirements, building codes, or manufacturer's instructions and/or recommendations shall be denied. Johnson County21 0040-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B.Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in that section in addition to any in this section giving preference to the Instructions to Bidders. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost toJohnsonCounty. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. Johnson County21 0040-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS G.Provide equipment and personnel to store productsby methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0040-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0070 -FIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Cleaning and protection. D.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. E.Demonstration and instruction of personnel. F.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work ofJohnsonCounty or separate Contractor. 1.3DRAWINGS ANDMEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.4ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 21 and pay all fees in connection with same. C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.5PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. Johnson County21 0070-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1.6COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G.After JohnsonCounty occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of JohnsonCounty's activities. H.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B.Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C.Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Division 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1CLARIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A.Prior to submitting written questions in the form of Requests for Information (RFI's) or similar paperwork, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer by telephone to discuss the question and possible solutions. Written correspondence shall follow the verbal communications where paperwork is necessary to document significant changes to the construction documents or contract price. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. Johnson County21 0070-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS D.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. E.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. F.Protect the work of other trades. 3.3PREPARATION A.Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and finishes. B.Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. C.Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. D.Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.4LAYING OUT THE WORK A.Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B.Promptly notify West Plains Engineering of any discrepancies discovered. C.Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D.Promptly report to West Plains Engineering the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E.Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to West Plains Engineering. F.Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G.Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1.Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2.Grid or axis for structures. 3.Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. H.Periodically verify layouts by same means. I.Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.5GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. B.Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. C.When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to West Plains Engineering. D.Where there are multiple similar rooms or equipment installations, the Contractor shall "mock- up" a completed room or installation prior to beginning construction of the remaining similar rooms or equipment. This will give the Engineer, Architect, and/or Owner the opportunity to view a typical installation. 3.6CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete thework, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in Johnson County21 0070-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E.Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F.Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. H.Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. I.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.7PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and removewaste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.8PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.9STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checkedfor proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. Johnson County21 0070-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.10DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to JohnsonCounty's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.11ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B.Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: 3.12FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. D.Replace filters of operating equipment. E.Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F.Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.13CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to the Engineer. B.Notify the Engineerwhen work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C.Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents andready for the Engineer's review. D.Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to JohnsonCounty-occupied areas. E.Notify the Engineerwhen work is considered finally complete. The Contractor shall review the project for completion and prepare a punchlist prior to notifying the architect. F.Prior to a formal onsite visit by the Engineer to verify project completion, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the final punchlist for review. If the Engineer travels to the site to find the construction not ready for the observation visit, the Contractor shall pay for the Engineer's time and travel expenses. G.Complete items of work determined by Engineer's Final Review. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0070-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0500 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler systems. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. B.ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2005. C.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 1998 (R2006). D.ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 1998 (R2006). E.ASME B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2009 (ANSI/ASME B16.5). F.ASME B16.9 -Factory-made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. G.ASME B16.11 -Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-welding and Threaded; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2009. H.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005) (ANSI B16.18). I.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005). J.ASME B16.25 -Buttwelding Ends; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. K.ASME B36.10M -Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2004. L.ASTM A47/A47M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings; 1999 (Reapproved 2009). M.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2007. N.ASTM A135/A135M -Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance Welded Steel Pipe; 2009. O.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2007. P.ASTM A795/A795M -Standard Specification forBlack and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use; 2008. Q.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2010. R.NFPA 24 -Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances; National Fire Protection Association; 1995. S.UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. T.UL 262 -Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Johnson County21 0500-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION U.UL 312 -Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.SeeDivision 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. Provide piping layouts on drawings prepared to a common architectural scale on 24"x36" sheet size. Clearly identify geographical orientation, plan title, scale, and all applicable installation notes & dimensions including elevation above finished floor. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering. E.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare parts lists. F.COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. 2.Review drawings prior to submission to Architect/Engineer. 3.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. Coordination drawings shall be prepared for all of first floor due to the limited space available above ceilings and the limited floor-to-floor space. Coordination drawings shall also be prepared specifically forthe main chase at all levels. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience approved by manufacturer. C.Conform to UL requirements. D.Valves: Bear UL label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. E.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A.Sprinkler Systems: Conform work to NFPA 13. B.Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code. 2.2ABOVE GROUND PIPING A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A 795 Schedule 10 or ASTM A 53 Schedule 40, black. 1.Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded. 2.Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings and ASME B16.4, threaded fittings. 3.Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings. Johnson County21 0500-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 4.Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 5.Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon steel housing with integral pipe stop and O-ring pocked and O-ring, uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. 2.3PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. D.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook. E.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. F.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. G.Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 2.4GATE VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch,handwheel, OS&Y, solid rubber covered bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends. 2.5BALL VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle or gear drive handwheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged. 2.6BUTTERFLY VALVES A.Bronze Body: 1.Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. B.Cast or Ductile Iron Body 1.Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. 2.7CHECK VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends with automatic ball check. C.4 inches and Over: 1.Iron body, bronze disc, stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. Johnson County21 0500-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 2.8DRAIN VALVES A.Compression Stop: 1.Bronze with hose thread nipple and cap. B.Ball Valve: 1.Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13. B.Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C.Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E.Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors. F.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G.Inserts: 1.Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork. 2.Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3.Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4.Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5.Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt withrecessed square steel plate and nut above slab. H.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 2.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 3.Use hangers with1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 4.Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 5.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. I.Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. J.Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K.Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. L.Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Johnson County21 0500-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION M.When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. N.Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation. O.Provide gate, ball, or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service. P.Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0500-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 21 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification. C.Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. D.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. B.Champion America, Inc: www.Champion-America.com. C.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2NAMEPLATES A.Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters. 1.Letter Color: White. 2.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 3.Background Color: Black. 2.3TAGS A.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. B.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. C.Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.4PIPE MARKERS A.Color: Conform to ASME A13.1. B.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. C.Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Johnson County21 0553-1 Highway Maintenance Building IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.Install plastic pipe markers inaccordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E.Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0553-2 Highway Maintenance Building IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 21 1300 -FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wet-pipe sprinkler system. B.System design, installation, and certification. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 28 3100 -Fire Detection and Alarm. B.Section 21 0500 -Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Pipe, fittings, and valves. C.Section 21 0553 -Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FM P7825 -Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition. B.ITS (DIR) -Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. C.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2010. D.UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. C.Shop Drawings: 1.Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. 2.Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. 3.Submit shop drawings, product data, and hydraulic calculations to authority having jurisdiction for approval. Submit proof of approval to West Plains Engineering. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. E.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds code requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment: 2.2SPRINKLER SYSTEM A.Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building. B.Occupancy: Light hazard; comply with NFPA 13, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. C.Water Supply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data. Johnson County21 1300-1FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Highway Maintenance Building 2.3SPRINKLERS A.Suspended Ceiling and Plaster Ceiling Types: Concealed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 1.Finish: Brass. 2.Escutcheon Plate Finish: In rooms with acoustical tile ceilings, escutheon plates shall be white. In all other areas, escutheon plates shall be Enamel, color -painted to match exiting color of adjacent surface. 3.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. B.Exposed Area Type: Standard upright type with guard. 1.Finish: Brass. 2.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. C.Sidewall Type: Recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate and guard. 1.Finish in the Rotunda: Enamel, color -painted to match existing adjacent surface. 2.Escutcheon Plate Finish: Brass. 3.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. D.Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. E.Spray Nozzles: Brass with solid cone discharge, 30 degrees of arc with blow-off dust cap. 2.4PIPING SPECIALTIES A.Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim; with test and drain valve. B.Water Motor Alarm: Hydraulically operated impeller type alarm with aluminum alloy red enameled gong and motor housing, nylon bearings, and inlet strainer. C.Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B.Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Provide post indicator. D.Provide approved double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. E.Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated. F.Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. G.Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. H.Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. I.Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers. J.Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. K.Install guards on sprinklers where indicated. L.Hydrostatically test entire system. M.Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshal. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 1300-2FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0100 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. B.Number of copies of submittals. C.Submittal procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0120 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B.Section 22 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. 3.Samples for selection. 4.Samples for verification. B.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.4NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall besubmitted. Johnson County22 0100-1ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.5SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. F.Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. J.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0100-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0110 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturers'standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and otherdata. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. B.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the samewarranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. Johnson County22 0110-1PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 4.Request shall be made in writing and be delivered to A/E no later than seven days prior to receipt of bids. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intactand legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage andprotection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilationto prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0110-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0120 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Surveying for laying out the work. D.Cleaning and protection. E.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. F.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. B.Section 22 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.4DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions areset forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.5ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 22 and pay all fees in connection with same. Johnson County22 0120-1EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations,it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.6PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.7COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G.After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. D.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. E.Protect the work of other trades. 3.2GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. Johnson County22 0120-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.3CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. E.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.4PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean andorderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.5PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.6STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. Johnson County22 0120-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.7DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction ofowner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.8ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B.Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Section 23 0593. 3.9FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Replace filters of operating equipment. D.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.10CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to Architect/Engineer. B.Notify Architect/Engineer when work is considered finally complete. C.Complete items of work determined by Architect/Engineer's final inspection. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0120-4EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0130 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Project Record Documents. B.Operation and Maintenance Data. C.Warranties and bonds. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B.Section 22 0120 -Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect/Engineer 2 weeks prior to substantial completion review. B.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 3.Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within10 days after final inspection. C.Warranties and Bonds: 1.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner 's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Make other submittals within tendays after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3.For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1.Drawings. 2.Specifications. 3.Addenda. 4.Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5.Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6.Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B.Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C.Record information concurrent with construction progress. D.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1.Manufacturer's name and product model and number. Johnson County22 0130-1CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building 2.Changes made by Addenda and modifications. E.Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1.Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2.Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3.Field changes of dimension and detail. 4.Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.2OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B.Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C.Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 3.3OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1.Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2.Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3.Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4.Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B.Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C.Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. D.Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E.Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions for each component. F.Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G.Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H.Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. (Record Drawings) I.Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. J.Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. K.Include test and balancing reports. L.Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.4OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B.Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C.Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 3 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Johnson County22 0130-2CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building D.Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify Contractor Name; identify Architect and Engineer Firms names; identify subject matter of contents. E.Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F.Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H.Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I.Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0130-3CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Piping:Pipe markers. B.Small-sized Equipment: Tags. 2.2TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. 2.3PIPE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.MIFAB, Inc.: www.mifab.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Comply with ASME A13.1. C.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. Johnson County22 0553-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT D.Color code as follows: 1.Potable, Cooling, Boiler, Feed, Other Water: Green with white letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. 1.Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2.Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3.Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0553-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 22 0719 -PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. B.Jackets and accessories. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B.ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. C.ASTM B209M -Standard Specificationfor Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]. D.ASTM C177 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. E.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. F.ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. G.ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. H.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. J.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. K.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum three years of experience. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. Johnson County22 0719-1PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building B.Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTSOF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2GLASS FIBER A.Manufacturers: 1.einsulation.com, Inc.: www.einsulation.com 2.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 3.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 4.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 5.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 6.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C547and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1.'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2.Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F. 3.Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches. D.Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: 1.Compatible with insulation. 2.3JACKETS A.PVC Plastic. 1.Manufacturers: a.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. 2.Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a.Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b.Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d.Thickness: 10 mil. e.Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D.Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. Johnson County22 0719-2PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building E.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1.Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive orPVC fitting covers. F.For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. G.For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment. H.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1.Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. I.Inserts and Shields: 1.Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2.Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4.Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5.Insert material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. J.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations. K.Pipe Exposedin Mechanical Equipment RoomsFinished SpacesorontheMezzanine(less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Plumbing Systems: 1.Domestic Hot Water Supply: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: Less than 1-1/2 inch. 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. b.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. 2.Domestic Hot Water Recirculation: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: All sizes. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. 3.Domestic Cold Water: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: Less than 1-1/2 inch. 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. b.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. Johnson County22 0719-3PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 4.Plumbing Vents Within 10 Feet of the Exterior: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: All Sizes 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0719-4PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 1005 -PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems. 1.Sanitary sewer. 2.Domestic water. 3.Gas. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0553 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2012 (ANSI B16.18). C.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings -DWV; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME B16.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. F.ASME B31.1 -Power Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2010 (ANSI/ASME B31.1). G.ASME B31.2 -Fuel Gas Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. H.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2011 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). I.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. J.ASTM A74 -Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. K.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. L.ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. M.ASTM B42 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. N.ASTM B68 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed. O.ASTM B75/B75M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. P.ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. Q.ASTM B88M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric). R.ASTM B306 -Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). S.ASTM C564 -Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. T.ASTM F477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. U.ASTM F679 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. Johnson County22 1005-1PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building V.ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. W.AWWA C105/A21.5 -Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems; American Water Works Association; 2010 (ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5). X.AWWA C651 -Disinfecting Water Mains; American Water Works Association; 2005 (ANSI/AWWA C651). Y.CISPI 301 -Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittingsfor Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. Z.CISPI 310 -Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute AA.MSS SP-69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AB.MSS SP-71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AC.MSS SP-80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AD.MSS SP-110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AE.NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association. AF.NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 01 for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B.Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, potable water certification, water pressure rating. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Perform Work in accordance with State of Iowa plumbing code. B.Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices. C.Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. Johnson County22 1005-2PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A.Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B.PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 1.Fittings: PVC. 2.Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. C.PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665, ASTM D3034, or ASTM F679. 1.Fittings: PVC. 2.Joints: Push-on, using ASTM F477 elastomeric gaskets. 2.2SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joint Seals: ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets, or lead and oakum. B.Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. C.Copper Tube: ASTM B306, DWV. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.29, wrought copper, or ASME B16.32, sovent. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn50 solder. 2.3WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H). 1.Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copperand bronze. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.4WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE (CONCEALED INSIDE WALLS) A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type K (A), Drawn (H). 1.Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.5NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1.Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type. 2.Joints: ASME B31.1, welded. 3.Jacket: AWWA C105/A21.5 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.6NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type. 2.Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ASME B31.1. 2.7FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A.Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under: 1.Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints. B.Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch: 1.Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. C.Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. Johnson County22 1005-3PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building 2.8PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 1.If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2.Overhead Supports: Individual steel rod hangers attached to structure or to trapeze hangers. 3.Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channel frames attached to structure. 4.Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp. B.Plumbing Piping -Drain, Waste, and Vent: 1.Conform to ASME B31.9. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 5.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 6.Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 7.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. C.Plumbing Piping -Water: 1.Conform to ASME B31.9. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4.Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 5.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. 2.9BALL VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 3.Grinnell Mechanical Products, a Tyco International Company: www.grinnell.com. 4.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 5.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 6.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Construction, 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blow-out proof stem, lever handle with balancing stops, solder ends with union. 2.10SWING CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 3.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 4.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Up to 2 Inches: 1.MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body and cap, bronze swing disc with rubber seat, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.MSS SP-71, Class 125, iron body, bronze swing disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged or grooved ends. Johnson County22 1005-4PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C.Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D.Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. E.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F.Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 0719. G.Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 4.0 ft of cover. H.Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly; refer to Section 07 4100 Manufactured Metal Roofing Panels. I.Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. J.Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. K.Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. L.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. M.Install water piping to ASME B31.9. N.PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D2855. O.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2.Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5.Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6.Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9.Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 3.4APPLICATION A.Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B.Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C.Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. D.Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. Johnson County22 1005-5PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building 3.5TOLERANCES A.Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope unless noted otherwise on the drawings. B.Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at low points. 3.6DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A.Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. B.Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C.Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. D.Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. E.Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. F.If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. G.Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. H.Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.7SCHEDULES A.Pipe Hanger Spacing: 1.Metal Piping: a.Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 6.5 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inches. b.Pipe size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch. c.Pipe size: 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 1/2 inch. d.Pipe size: 4 inches to 6 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 5/8 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 1005-6PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 1006 -PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Drains. B.Cleanouts. C.Hose bibbs. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping. B.Section 22 4000 -Plumbing Fixtures. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B.ASME A112.6.3 -Floor and Trench Drains; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASSE 1011 -Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2004 (ANSI/ASSE 1011). D.ASSE 1012 -Backflow Preventer with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2009 (ANSI/ASSE 1012). E.ASSE 1019 -Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant Automatic Draining Type; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2011 (ANSI/ASSE 1019). F.DIN 19580 -Drainage Channels for Vehicular and Pedestrian Areas -Durability, Mass per Unit Area and Evaluation of Conformity. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, backflow preventers, water hammer arrestors. F.Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. G.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2.Extra Loose Keys for Outside Hose Bibbs: One. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years documented experience. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. Johnson County22 1006-1PLUMBING PIPNG SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DRAINS A.Manufacturers: 1.Josam Company: www.josam.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1. B.Floor Drain: 1.ASME A112.6.3; lacquered cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer. C.Prefabricated Trench Drain: Trench drain system assembled from factory fabricated, polymer concrete castings in standard lengths and variable depths, with integral joint flanges and integral grating support rails; includes joint gaskets and grating. 1.Trench Width: 12 inches. 2.Trench Section Length: 39 inches, and 19-1/2 inches. 3.Grating Support Rail: Galvanized steel. 4.Allcatchbasinsshallbeselectedtoallowatleastsixinchesofsedimentcollectionbelow theoutletpipefromthebasin. D.Floor Sink: 1.Lacquered cast iron body with dome strainer. 2.2CLEANOUTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 2.Josam Company: www.josam.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1. B.Cleanouts at Exterior Surfaced Areas: 1.Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover. C.Cleanouts at Interior Finished Floor Areas: 1.Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, threaded top assembly, and round gasketed scored cover in service areas and round gasketed depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. D.Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas: 1.Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. E.Cleanouts at Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: 1.Calked or threaded type. 2.3HOSE BIBBS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acorn Engineering Company: www.acorneng.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Watts Regulator Company: www.wattsregulator.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 B.Interior Hose Bibbs: 1.Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with handwheel, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011. Johnson County22 1006-2PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building 2.4HYDRANTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Arrowhead Brass Company: www.arrowheadbrass.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Wall Hydrants: 1.ASSE 1019; freeze resistant, self-draining type with chrome plated wall plate hose thread spout, lockshield and removable key, and integral vacuum breaker. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C.Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D.Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 1006-3PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 3000 -PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Water heaters. B.Diaghram-type compression tanks. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI Z21.10.1 -Gas Water Heaters -Volume I -Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu per Hour or Less. B.ANSI Z21.10.3 -Gas Water Heaters -Volume III -Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters. C.ASME (BPV VIII, 1) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 -Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.UL 1453 -Standard for Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: 1.Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2.Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, tappings, and drains. C.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. D.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.5CERTIFICATIONS A.Water Heaters: NSF approved. B.Gas Water Heaters: Certified by CSA International to ANSI Z21.10.1 or ANSI Z21.10.3, as applicable, in addition to requirements specified elsewhere. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 1.7WARRANTY A.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS A.A.O. SmithWater Products Co: www.hotwater.com. B.Bock Water Heaters, Inc: www.bockwaterheaters.com. C.Rheem Manufacturing Company: www.rheem.com. Johnson County22 3000-1PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Highway Maintenance Building 2.2COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS A.Type: Automatic, LP gas-fired, condensing-type B.Tank: Glass lined welded steel ASME labeled; multiple flue passages, 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches glass fiber, encased in corrosion- resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish; floor shield and legs. C.Accessories: Provide: 1.Water Connections: Brass. 2.Dip tube: Brass. 3.Drain Valve. 4.Anode: Magnesium. 5.Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME labelled. D.Controls: Automatic water thermostat with temperature range adjustable automatic reset high temperature limiting thermostat factory set gas, pressure regulator, multi-ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot and thermocouple. 2.3DIAPHRAGM-TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A.Construction: Welded steelwith flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. B.Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psig. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. B.Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping work to achieve operating system. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 3000-2PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 4000 -PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Water closets. B.Urinals. C.Lavatories. D.Sinks. E.Service sinks. F.Electric water coolers. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Seal fixtures to walls and floors. B.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping. C.Section 22 1006 -Plumbing Piping Specialties. D.Section 22 3000 -Plumbing Equipment. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE Std 18 -Methods of Testing for Rating Drinking-Water Coolers with Self-Contained Mechanical Refrigeration. B.ASME A112.6.1M -Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASME A112.18.1 -Plumbing Supply Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.ASME A112.19.2 -Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures and Hydraulic Requirements for Water Closets and Urinals; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME A112.19.3 -Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use); The American Society ofMechanical Engineers. F.ASME A112.19.5 -Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and Urinals; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Providecatalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation methods and procedures. D.Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. E.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. Johnson County22 4000-1PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. B.Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.8WARRANTY A.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric water cooler. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS A.Water Closets: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, floor mounted, siphon jet flush action, china bolt caps. 1.Flush Valve: Exposed (top spud). 2.Flush Operation: Manual, oscillating handle. 3.Handle Height: 44 inches or less. B.Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories. 1.Exposed Type: Chrome plated, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop. C.Seats: 1.Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, self-sustaining hinge, brass bolts, with cover. 2.2WALL HUNG URINALS A.Wall Hung Urinal Manufacturers: 1.American Standard Inc: www.americanstandard.com. 2.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 3.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. B.Urinals: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, wall hung with side shields and concealed carrier. 1.Flush Volume: 1.0 gallon, maximum. 2.Flush Style: Washout. 3.Flush Valve: Exposed (top spud). 4.Flush Operation: Manual, oscillating handle. 5.Trap: Integral. 6.Removable stainless steel strainer. 7.Supply Size: 3/4 inch. 8.Outlet Size: 2 inches. C.Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories. 1.Exposed Type: Chrome plated, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop. 2.Metering Type: Easily accessible adjustment nut. 3.Manufacturers: a.Coyne & Delany Co: www.coynedelany.com. b.Sloan Valve Company: www.sloanvalve.com. c.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. D.Carriers: 1.Manufacturers: a.JOSAM Company: www.josam.com. b.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 2.ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs. Johnson County22 4000-2PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building 2.3LAVATORIES A.Lavatory Manufacturers: 1.American Standard Inc: www.americanstandard.com. 2.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 3.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. B.Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china wall hung lavatory,with 4 inch high back, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression. 1.Drilling Centers: 4 inch. C.Supply Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with open grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum flow of 2.2 gallons per minute, indexed handles. D.Accessories: 1.Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. 2.Offset waste with perforated open strainer. 3.Wheel handle stops. 4.Rigid supplies. 5.Carrier: a.Manufacturers: 1)JOSAM Company: www.josam.com. 2)Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. b.ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs. 2.4SINKS A.Sink Manufacturers: 1.American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com. 2.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 3.Elkay. B.Double Compartment Bowl: ASME A112.19.3; 33 by 22 by 12 inch outside dimensions 20 gage thick, Type 302 stainless steel, self rimming and undercoated, with ledge back drilled for trim. 1.Drain: 1-1/2 inch chromed brass drain. 2.5ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS A.Electric Water Cooler Manufacturers: 1.Oasis: www.tripalmint.com. 2.Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com. 3.Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com. B.Water Cooler: Electric, mechanically refrigerated; surface handicapped mounted; stainless steel top, stainless steel body, elevated anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard, automatic stream regulator, push button, mounting bracket; integral air cooled condenser and stainless steel grille. 1.Capacity: 8 gallons per minute of 50 degrees F water with inlet at 80 degrees F and room temperature of 90 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASHRAE Std 18. 2.Electrical: 115 V, 60 Hertz compressor, 6 foot cord and plug for connection to electric wiring system including grounding connector. 2.6SERVICE SINKS A.Service Sink Manufacturers: 1.Commercial Enameling Company: www.cecosinks.com. 2.Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com. 3.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 4.Just Manufacturing Company: www.justmfg.com. 5.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. Johnson County22 4000-3PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building B.Bowl: 24 by 24 by 10 inch high white molded stone, floor mounted, with one inch wide shoulders, vinyl bumper guard, stainless steel strainer. C.Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type supply with cross handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges. D.Accessories: 1.5 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain end reinforced plastic hose. 2.Hose clamp hanger. 3.Mop hanger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. C.Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. 3.2PREPARATION A.Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B.Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C.Install components level and plumb. D.Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts. E.Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 9005, color to match fixture. F.Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. 3.4INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A.Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. 3.5ADJUSTING A.Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.6CLEANING A.Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.7PROTECTION A.Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction operations. B.Repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 4000-4PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0100 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. B.Number of copies of submittals. C.Submittal procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0120 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B.Section 23 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. 3.Samples for selection. 4.Samples for verification. B.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.4NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall besubmitted. Johnson County23 0100-1ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.5SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. F.Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. J.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0100-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0110 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. B.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the samewarranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. Johnson County23 0110-1PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 4.Request shall be made in writting and be delivered to A/E no later than seven days prior to receipt of bids. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0110-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0120 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Surveying for laying out the work. D.Cleaning and protection. E.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. F.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. B.Section 23 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.4DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serveas shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.5ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspectionof these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 23 and pay all fees in connection with same. Johnson County23 0120-1EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.6PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.7COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up ofwork of separate sections. G.After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. D.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. E.Protect the work of other trades. 3.2GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. Johnson County23 0120-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.3CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. E.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.4PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.5PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specifiedin individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.6STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. Johnson County23 0120-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.7DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction ofowner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.8ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.9FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Replace filters of operating equipment. D.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.10CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to Architect/Engineer. B.Notify Architect/Engineer when work is considered finally complete. C.Complete items of work determined by Architect/Engineer's final inspection. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0120-4EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0130 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Project Record Documents. B.Operation and Maintenance Data. C.Warranties and bonds. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B.Section 23 0120 -Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect/Engineer 2 weeks prior to substantial completion review. B.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 3.Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within10 days after final inspection. C.Warranties and Bonds: 1.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner 's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Make other submittals within tendays after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3.For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1.Drawings. 2.Specifications. 3.Addenda. 4.Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5.Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6.Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B.Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C.Record information concurrent with construction progress. D.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1.Manufacturer's name and product model and number. Johnson County23 0130-1CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building 2.Changes made by Addenda and modifications. E.Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1.Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2.Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3.Field changes of dimension and detail. 4.Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.2OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B.Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C.Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 3.3OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1.Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2.Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3.Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4.Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B.Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C.Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. D.Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E.Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions for each component. F.Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G.Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H.Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. (Record Drawings) I.Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. J.Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. K.Include test and balancing reports. L.Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.4OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B.Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C.Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 3 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Johnson County23 0130-2CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building D.Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify Contractor Name; identify Architect and Engineer Firms names; identify subject matter of contents. E.Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F.Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H.Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I.Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0130-3CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0513 -COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Single phase electric motors. B.Three phase electric motors. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ABMA STD 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings; American Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc.. B.IEEE 112 -IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators; Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. C.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase motors larger than 1/2 horsepower. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and wiring instructions. D.Operation Data: Include instructions for safe operating procedures. E.Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings, bearing data including replacement sizes, and lubrication instructions. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacture of electric motors for HVAC equipment use, and their accessories, with minimum three years documented product development, testing, and manufacturing experience. B.Conform to NFPA 70. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Lincoln Motors: www.lincolnmotors.com. B.A. O. Smith Electrical Products Company: www.aosmithmotors.com. C.Reliance Electric/Rockwell Automation: www.reliance.com. 2.2GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS A.Electrical Service: 1.Motors 1/2 HP and Smaller: 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. 2.Motors Larger than 1/2 Horsepower: 480 volts, three phase, 60 Hz. Johnson County23 0513-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT B.Nominal Efficiency: 1.Open Motor with Four Poles: 82.5. 2.Enclosed Motor with Four Poles: 82.5. C.Construction: 1.Open drip-proof type except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment. 3.Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limitsfor insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 4.Motors with frame sizes 254T and larger: Premium High Efficient Type. D.Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, efficiency. E.Wiring Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit. 2.For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. 2.3APPLICATIONS A.Exception: Motors less than 250 watts, for intermittent service may be the equipment manufacturer's standard and need not conform to these specifications. B.Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers: Permanent split capacitor type. C.Motors located outdoors: Totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-sealed type. 2.4SINGLE PHASE POWER -PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque. B.Starting Current: Up to six times full load current. C.Multiple Speed: Through tapped windings. D.Open Drip-proof or Enclosed Air Over Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset overload protector. 2.5THREE PHASE POWER -SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. B.Starting Current: Six times full load current. C.Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. D.Design, Construction, Testing, and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors. E.Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. F.Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. G.Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. H.Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring intomotor starter; refer to Section 26 2913. I.Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA STD 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. JohnsonCounty23 0513-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT J.Sound Power Levels: To NEMA MG 1. K.Nominal Efficiency: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. L.Nominal Power Factor: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. M.Provide three-phase loss protection for units not controlled by a starter of a variable frequency drive (VFD). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. C.Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate. END OF SECTION JohnsonCounty23 0513-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SECTION 23 0519 -METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pressure gauges and pressure gauge taps. B.Thermometers and thermometer wells. C.Test plugs. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. B.Section 23 0993 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME B40.100 -Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME MFC-3M -Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Orifice, Nozzleand Venturi; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASTM E1 -Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers. D.ASTM E77 -Standard Test Method for Inspection and Verification of Thermometers. E.UL 393 -Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and instrumentation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRESSURE GAUGES A.Manufacturers: 1.Dwyer Instruments, Inc: www.dwyer-inst.com. 2.Moeller Instrument Co., Inc: www.moellerinstrument.com. 3.Omega Engineering, Inc: www.omega.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements B.Pressure Gauges: ASME B40.100, UL 393 drawn steel case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, with front recalibration adjustment, black scale on white background. 1.Case: Steel with brass bourdon tube. 2.Size: 4-1/2 inch diameter. 3.Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4.Scale: Psi. 2.2PRESSURE GAUGE TAPPINGS A.Gauge Cock: Tee or lever handle, brass for maximum 150 psi. 2.3STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Dwyer Instruments, Inc: www.dwyer-inst.com. 2.Omega Engineering, Inc: www.omega.com. 3.Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp: www.wekslerglass.com. Johnson County23 0519-1METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Thermometers -Adjustable Angle: Red-or blue-appearing non-toxic liquid in glass; ASTM E1; lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish, cast aluminum adjustable joint with positive locking device; adjustable 360 degrees in horizontal plane, 180 degrees in vertical plane. 1.Size: 9 inch scale. 2.Window: Clear Lexan. 3.Stem: 3/4 inch NPT brass. 4.Accuracy: 2 percent, per ASTM E 77. 5.Calibration: Degrees F. 2.4THERMOMETER SUPPORTS A.Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain. B.Flange: 3 inch outside diameter reversible flange, designed to fasten to sheet metal air ducts, with brass perforated stem. 2.5TEST PLUGS A.Test Plug: 1/4 inch or 1/2 inch brass fitting and cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pressure or temperature probe with neoprene core for temperatures up to 200 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide one pressure gaugeon pump for installing taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump. Pipe to gauge. C.Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation. D.Install thermometer sockets adjacent to controls systems thermostat, transmitter, or sensor sockets. E.Coil and conceal excess capillary on remote element instruments. F.Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. G.Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. H.Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero. I.Locate test plugs where indicated. END OFSECTION Johnson County23 0519-2METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Control Panels: Nameplates. B.Piping: Pipe markers. C.Pumps: Nameplates. D.Tanks: Nameplates. 2.2NAMEPLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 5.Letter Color: White. 6.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 7.Background Color: Black. 8.Plastic: Conform to ASTM D709. 2.3TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. Johnson County23 0553-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.4PIPE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.MIFAB, Inc.: www.mifab.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Color: Conform to ASME A13.1. C.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic,preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. D.Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. E.Color code as follows: 1.Heating and Cooling: Green with white letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. 1.Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2.Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3.Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0553-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 23 0593 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Testing, adjustment, and balancing of all air movement equipment. B.Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic and airflow systems. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AABC MN-1-AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; Associated Air Balance Council. B.ASHRAE Std 111 -Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. C.NEBB (TAB) -Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems; National Environmental Balancing Bureau. D.SMACNA (TAB) -HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 7 days after award of Contract. B.TABPlan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1.Submit to the Commissioning Authority and Architect. 2.Submit 4 weeks prior to starting the testing, adjusting, and balancing work. 3.Include certification that the plan developer has reviewed the contract documents, the equipment and systems, and the control system with the Architect/Engineer and other installers to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system. C.Field Logs: Submit at least twice a week to Commissioning Authority. D.Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect, or could affect, the control system setup and operation. E.Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1.Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2.Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect/Engineer and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3.Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4.Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5.Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound) units only. 6.Include the following on the title page of each report: a.Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b.Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. c.Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d.Project name. e.Project location. f.Project Architect/Engineer. Johnson County23 0593-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC g.Project Engineer. h.Project Contractor. i.Project altitude. j.Report date. F.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1.AABC MN-1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2.ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. 3.NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4.SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. 5.Maintain at least one copy of the standard to be used at project site at all times. B.Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C.Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D.TAB Agency Qualifications: 1.Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3.Certified by one of the following: a.AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabchq.com; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b.NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org. c.TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org. E.TAB Supervisor Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1.Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2.Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3.Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4.Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 5.Pumps are rotating correctly. 6.Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 7.Service and balance valves are open. B.Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C.Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.3ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A.Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus zero percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. Johnson County23 0593-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC B.Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus 10 or minus zero percent of design. 3.4RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A.Field Logs: Maintain written logs including: 1.Running log of events and issues. 2.Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3.Contract interpretation requests. 4.Lists of completed tests. B.Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C.Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. D.Mark on the drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. E.After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. F.Leave systems in proper working order, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. G.At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Johnson County. H.Check andadjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.5AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B.Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C.Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D.Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E.Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F.Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G.Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H.Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I.Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J.Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. K.Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. 3.6WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust water systemsto provide required or design quantities. B.Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. Johnson County23 0593-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC C.Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D.Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. E.Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. F.Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.7SCOPE A.Test, adjust, and balance the following: 1.HVAC Pumps 2.Radiant floor manifolds 3.Registers 4.Furnaces 5.Water Tube Boilers 6.Energy Recovery Ventilator 7.Fans 3.8MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A.Electric Motors: 1.Manufacturer 2.Model/Frame 3.HP/BHP 4.Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load 5.RPM 6.Service factor 7.Starter size, rating, heater elements 8.Sheave Make/Size/Bore B.V-Belt Drives: 1.Identification/location 2.Required driven RPM 3.Driven sheave, diameter and RPM 4.Belt, size and quantity 5.Motor sheave diameter and RPM 6.Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual C.Pumps: 1.Identification/number 2.Manufacturer 3.Size/model 4.Impeller 5.Service 6.Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 7.Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 8.Discharge pressure 9.Suction pressure 10.Total operating head pressure 11.Shut off, discharge and suction pressures 12.Shut off, total head pressure D.Air Moving Equipment: 1.Location 2.Manufacturer 3.Model number Johnson County23 0593-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 4.Serialnumber 5.Arrangement/Class/Discharge 6.Air flow, specified and actual 7.Return air flow, specified and actual 8.Outside air flow, specified and actual 9.Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 10.Inlet pressure 11.Discharge pressure 12.Sheave Make/Size/Bore 13.Number of Belts/Make/Size 14.Fan RPM E.Exhaust Fans: 1.Location 2.Manufacturer 3.Model number 4.Serial number 5.Air flow, specified and actual 6.Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 7.Inlet pressure 8.Discharge pressure 9.Sheave Make/Size/Bore 10.Number of Belts/Make/Size 11.Fan RPM F.Air Distribution Tests: 1.Air terminal number 2.Room number/location 3.Terminal type 4.Terminal size 5.Area factor 6.Design velocity 7.Design airflow 8.Test (final) velocity 9.Test (final) air flow 10.Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0593-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC SECTION 23 0713 -DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Duct insulation. B.Duct Liner. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. B.ASTM C553 -Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. C.ASTM C612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. D.ASTM C916 -Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. E.ASTM C1071 -Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). F.ASTM C1290 -Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts. G.ASTM C1338 -Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. H.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. J.ASTM G21 -Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. K.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. L.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. M.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. Johnson County23 0713-1DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building B.Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.6FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B.Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTME 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A.Manufacturer: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 23 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1.'K' value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.3GLASS FIBER, RIGID A.Manufacturer: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation:www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1.'K' value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent. 4.Maximum Density: 8.0 lb/cu ft. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. Johnson County23 0713-2DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 2.4DUCT LINER A.Manufacturers: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Insulation: Non-corrosive, incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C1071; flexible blanket; impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer. 1.Fungi Resistance: ASTM G21. 2.Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. 3.Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 4.Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, minimum. 5.Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: a.1 inch Thickness: 0.45. C.Adhesive: Waterproof, fire-retardant type, ASTM C916. D.Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, impact applied or welded with integral head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that ducts have been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: 1.Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2.Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4.Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. D.Duct Liner Application: 1.Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. 2.Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible for spacing. 3.Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4.Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5.Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Outside Air Intake Ducts (Either of the following choices): 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1-1/2 inches thick. 2.Rigid Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1 inches thick. B.Supply Ducts (Either of the following choices): 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1 inches thick. C.Return Ducts: (Either of the Following:) 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1 inches thick. Johnson County23 0713-3DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building D.Outside Air Ducts (Either of the Following:) 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.RigidGlass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1 inches thick. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0713-4DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0719 -HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B.ASTM C177 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. C.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. D.ASTM C534/C534M -Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. E.ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. F.ASTM C585 -Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System). G.ASTM C591 -Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. H.ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. I.ASTM D1056 -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Sponge or Expanded Rubber. J.ASTM D2842 -Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. K.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. L.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. M.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. N.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum three years of experience. Johnson County23 0719-1HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B.Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2PRE-FORMED GLASS FIBER A.Manufacturers: 1.Knauf Insulation:www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation;: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1.'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2.Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F. 3.Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches. D.Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: 1.Compatible with insulation. E.Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black color. 2.3JACKETS A.PVC Plastic. 1.Manufacturers: a.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. b.Substitituions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers andsheet material, off-white color. a.Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b.Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d.Thickness: 10 mil. e.Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. B.Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTM A666, Type 304 stainless steel. 1.Thickness: 0.010 inch. 2.Finish: Smooth. 3.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel. Johnson County23 0719-2HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D.Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers,flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. E.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1.Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting covers. F.For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. G.For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment. H.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1.Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. I.Insertsand Shields: 1.Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2.Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4.Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5.Insert material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. J.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3.3SCHEDULE A.Heating Systems: 1.Heating Water Supply and Return: a.Up to 3" Size: 1" thick pre-formed fiberglass with factory applied vapor barrier. b.4" Size and Above: 1-1/2" thick pre-formed fiberglass with factory applied vapor barrier. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0719-3HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0993 -SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.The temperature controls shall be provided for the HVAC systems installed as part of this project. This section defines the manner and method by which controls function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified. Equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems are specified in other sections. B.Sequence of operation for: 1.In-slab heating. 2.Exhaust Fans. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Control System Diagrams: Submit graphic schematic of the control system showing each control component and each component controlled, monitored, or enabled. 1.Label with settings, adjustable range of control and limits. 2.Include flow diagrams for each control system, graphically depicting control logic. 3.Include the system and component layout of all equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls. 4.Include draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system components, and controlled function status and value. 5.Include all monitoring, control and virtual points specified in elsewhere. 6.Include a key to all abbreviations. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and setpoints of controls, including changes to sequences made after submission of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1HEATING WATER BOILER PLANT A.Central DDC System shall enable the lead boiler and energize the associated circulation pump whenever the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 60F. This central DDC system may be provided by either the boiler manufacturer or a temperature control contractor. B.Modular boilers shall be enabled as required to maintain the supply water temperature setpoint. The supply water temperature setpoint shall be adjustable by the Central DDC System. Manufacturer supplied boiler controlsshall cycle the boilers ON & OFF to maintain their internal setpoint of 180F (manually adjustable). C.Boilers shall be enabled on a “First ON/First OFF” basis and rotated monthly to prove serviceability. Each boiler shall be operated for a minimum of 1 hour each month. D.The primary circulating pump for each boiler shall be energized and the flow proved prior to enabling its respective boiler and will continue to operate for an adjustable time period (5 min. initially) after the boiler has been disabled. E.The lead secondary pump speed (Pump PU-15 or PU-16) shall be modulated as required to maintain the system differential pressure setpoint as measured in the mechanical room near the pumps. Verify exact location of the differential pressure sensor with the Engineer prior to installation. F.The lag secondary pump (Pump PU-15or PU-16) shall be cycled on whenever the lead pump fails to prove flow when it has been commanded ON. Johnson County23 0993-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS G.Lead and Lag secondary pumps shall be switched monthly to prove serviceability. The lag pump shall be operated for a minimum of 1 hour each month. H.Central DDC shall monitor the status of pumps, water temperature supplied to floor slab, and space temperature. 3.2 IN-FLOOR RADIANT HEAT A.Central DDC BAS shall enable manifold circulator pumps whenever Outside Air temperature is less than or equal to 50F. B.Cycle pumps to maintain floor slab temperature setpoint. Floor slab temperature setpoint shall be reset by space temperature from 70F minimum to 85F maximum. C.Temperature of In-floor heat supply water shall be manually set as scheduledon drawings (initial setpoint). This setting shall be adjusted during first heating season when the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 50F but warmer than 40F. D.Central DDC BAS shall monitor the status of pumps, water temperature supplied to floor slab, and space temperature. 3.3UNIT HEATERS A.Single temperature room thermostat set at 68F maintains constant space temperature by cycling unit fan motor and energizing electric heating elements. Integral thermostat continues fan operation until element temperature falls below 100F. 3.4FURNACES A.Controls for the furnaces and air-cooled condensing units shall be provided by the manufacturers. 3.5EXHAUST FANS A.EF-1, and EF-2shall beenergizedby any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its nitrous oxide action level. 3.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 4.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-1 and L-2 shall open. A wall- mounted variable speed drive shall allow adjustment of the airflow. B.EF-3, and EF-4 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its nitrous oxide action level. 3.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 4.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-3 and L-4 shall open. A wall- mounted variable speed drive shall allow adjustment of the airflow. C.EF-5 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 3.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-5 shall open. D.EF-6, 7, and 8 shall be energized via the light switch in the rooms that each fan serves. E.EF-9 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in thatbay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). G03613.10 -Johnson County23 0993-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 3.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever the fanisenergized the operable damper on louver L-6shall open.Awall-mounted variable. END OF SECTION G03613.10 -Johnson County23 0993-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS SECTION 23 2110 -IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.In-floor heating system 1.2DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.System supplier shall provide a design layout of the snow-melt systems to the Engineer prior to contractor beginning work. Layout shall indicate circuit sizing, spacing, location and other information pertinent to a properly working system. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, finishes, product description, model, dimensions, pressure ratings (both operating and burst), bend radius, material composition, and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout including circuit lengths and pipe sizes, locations of underfloor piping, circuit manifolds, circulators, valves, and other required system components. C.Design Data: Indicate heating capacity, flow rate, pressure drop, and supply and return water temperatures for each circuit. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of in-floor heat systems piping and components. 1.4DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A.Handle system components carefully to prevent damage, breaking or scoring. Do not install damaged system components; refer to manufacturer's guidelines. Project Engineer shall determine whether to repair or replace. B.Store in-floor heat system tubing and components so as to protect from physical damage. Tubing shall be capable of withstanding exposure to direct sunlight without degradation for a period of at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to installation. 1.5WARRANTY A.Correct defective Work within a three year period after Date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide three year manufacturer warranty for all new in-slab heating. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Wirsbo -hePEX plus B.Rehau -RAUPEX O2 C.orApproved Equivalent. 2.2TUBING A.Material: 5/8inchdiameterCrosslinked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured by PEX-a or Engle method in accordance with ASTM F876 and ASTM F877 and tested for compliance by an independent third-party agency. B.Pressure Ratings: Standard Grade hydrostatic design and pressure ratings as issued by the Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI), a division of the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI). C.Show compliance with ASTM E119 and ANSI/UL 263 through certification listings through UL. 1.UL Design No. K913 -2 hour concrete floor/ceiling assemblies 2.UL Design No. V444 -1 hour steel stud/gypsum wallboard wall assemblies Johnson County23 2110-1IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building D.Minimum Bend Radius (Cold Bending): No less than six times the outside diameter. Use the PEX tubing manufacturer's bend supports if radius is less than stated. E.Wirsbo hePEX plus tubing with an oxygen diffusion barrier that does not exceed an oxygen diffusion rate of 0.10 grams per cubic meter per day at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) water temperature in accordance with German DIN 4726. F.Provide radiant tubing in lengths and locations as indicated, with capacities, sizes, spacings as indicated by drawings and schedules. G.The radiant tubing shall be warranted to 210 degrees F in hydronic heating applications without detrimental effect. Operating pressures shall not be more than 100 psi at 35 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Burst pressure shall not be less than 800 psi at 70degrees F. H.Tubing shall be crush-proof, recovering its original cross-sectional area and shape without assistance after intermittent flattening due to construction, installation, or site abuse. Heat transfer fluids shall only be water or water/glycol mixtures. Use of other heat transfer fluids such as oil, alcohol, or automotive glycol, is not permitted. 2.3MANIFOLDS A.Copper Manifolds: Materials shall be of type L copper trunks and copper or brass base branches with brass tee (sweat) branches, or brass barbs/branches, soldered with high- strength solder. Standard diameter is one inch (1") with other diameters available or as specified up to four inches (4"). Manifolds shall be fitted with ball valves (mini or standard size) or zone valves (non-electrictype) for flow control and/or isolation purposes as specified by drawings and/or schedules. Manifolds shall be fitted with unions for acceptance of pressure test kits. Where so indicated on the drawings, the manifold shall include low-voltage control valve. 2.4ACCESSORIES A.This contractor shall provide the following accessories: 1.REPAIR KIT: Two (2) for each size of radiant tubing used in the project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B.Pressure test the existing tubing prior to commencement of installation. Report any leakage detected by testing to the Owner prior to proceeding with the new installation. C.Examine areas and conditions in which the in-slab heat tubing is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer and the architect/engineer. D.Install tubing as indicated by architect/engineer on drawings, schedules, and specifications, in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate tubing in the floors as indicated; cover areas continuously edge to edgeat specified spacings unless otherwise indicated. Provide insulation as indicated by architect/engineer drawings. E.Secure tubing to rewire/rebar by mechanical attachments every eighteen inches (18") and at the midpoint of each turn or bend, with a minimum of three inches (3") of concrete coverage above the top of the tubing. F.Fill system with the heat transfer fluid specified and remove air from system. Pressure test system at 100 psig for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to, during, and for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours after the concrete pour. G.Install access panels centered in front of each manifold set. H.After construction is completed (including painting), clean exposed surfaces and components inside cabinets and in mechanical rooms, where accessible according to manufacturer's instructions. Repair any damaged materials prior to system start-up. Johnson County23 2110-2IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building I.Provide system start-up and balancing to ensure proper operation. Check pumps for flows, valves for proper setting and operation, and water temperature and pressure levels in accordance with design specification and manufacturer's written recommendations. System shall be operated satisfactorily for two (2) days before the architect/engineer shall be required to review system for compliance. 3.2INTERFACE WITH OTHER WORK A.Coordinate installation with floor slab, footings and foundation, and other work related. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2110-3IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2113 -HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe and pipe fittings for: 1.Heating water piping system. 2.Equipment drains and overflows. B.Valves: 1.Gate valves. 2.Globe or angle valves. 3.Ball valves. 4.Butterfly valves. 5.Check valves. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0553 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. C.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. D.Section 23 2500 -HVAC Water Treatment: Pipe cleaning. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005) (ANSI B16.18). D.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2008 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). F.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. G.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. H.ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. I.ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. J.ASTM B88M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric). K.ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. L.ASTM D2241 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). M.ASTM D2310 -Standard Classification for Machine-Made "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. N.ASTM D2466 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. Johnson County23 2113-1HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building O.ASTM D2467 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. P.ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. Q.ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. R.ASTM F876 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. S.ASTM F877 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot-and Cold- Water Distribution Systems. T.AWS A5.8/A5.8M -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; American Welding Society. U.AWS D1.1/D1.1M -Structural Welding Code -Steel. V.AWWA C606 -Standard Specification for Grooved and ShoulderedJoints; American Water Works Association. W.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacture; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. X.MSS SP-69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003. Y.MSS SP-89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003. 1.4SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Where more than one piping system material is specified, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. B.Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners in accessible locations. C.Use unions, flanges, and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment or other apparatus. D.Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. E.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 unless indicated otherwise. F.Use gate, ball, or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. G.Use globe or ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. H.Use spring loaded check valves on discharge of chilled water and heating water pumps. I.Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. J.Use 3/4 inch ball valves with cap for drains at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Pipe to nearest floor drain. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals, installation, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. Provide piping layouts on drawings prepared to a common architectural scale on 24"x36" sheet size. Clearly identify geographical orientation, plan title, scale, and all applicable installation notes & dimensions including elevation above finished floor. Johnson County23 2113-2HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 1.6QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. C.Welder Qualifications: Certify in accordance with ASME (BPV IX). D.COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. 2.Review drawings prior to submission to Architect/Engineer. 3.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coodination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations. B.Piping: Provide piping, fittings, hangers and supports as required, as indicated, and as follows: 1.Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. 2.Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. 3.Grooved mechanical joints may be used in accessible locations only. a.Accessible locations include those exposedon interior of building, in pipe chases, and in mechanical rooms, aboveground outdoors, and as approved by Architect/Engineer. b.Use rigid joints unless otherwise indicated. 4.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 unless indicated otherwise. C.Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges, unions, or grooved couplings to allow disconnection of components for servicing; do not use direct welded, soldered, or threaded connections. D.Valves: Provide valves where indicated and as follows: 1.Provide drain valves where indicated, and if not indicated provide at least at main shut-off, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Use 3/4 inch gate valves with cap; pipe to nearest floor drain. 2.Ondischarge of condenser water pumps, use spring loaded check valves. 3.Isolate equipment using butterfly valves with lug end flanges or grooved mechanical couplings. 4.For throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services, use ball or butterfly valves. Johnson County23 2113-3HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 5.In heating water, chilled water, or condenser water systems, butterfly valves may be used interchangeably with gate and globe valves. E.Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME (BPV IX). ABOVE-GROUND HEATING WATER PIPING 2.2 A.Copper Tube (2" & smaller): ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type K (A), drawn, using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings. a.Solder: ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. b.Braze: AWS A5.8/A5.8M BCuP copper/silver alloy. 2.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved tube, fittings of same material, and copper-tube- dimension mechanical couplings. 3.Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. 4.Joints: Solder, lead free, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver. B.Steel pipes (2" & larger): ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black; using one of the following joint types: 1.Welded Joints: ASTM A53/A53M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1 welded. 2.Threaded Joints; ASTM B16.3, malleable iron fittings. 3.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. 4.Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 5.Joints: Threaded or AWS D1.1 welded. 6.Mechanical Grooved Couplings; Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C: shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized piping. C.RTR Pipe (2"& larger): ASTM D 2996, fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin plastic. 1.Fittings: Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin. 2.Joints: Adhesive bonded matched tapered bell-and-spigot. 3.Manufacturer: Smith Fibercast Red Thread II. 2.3EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type K (A), drawn; using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings; ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. 2.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. B.PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26. 1.Fittings: ASTM D2466 or D2467, PVC. 2.Joints: Solvent welded. 2.4PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Conform to ASME B31.9. B.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. C.Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D.Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. F.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. H.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Johnson County23 2113-4HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building I.Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J.Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. K.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. L.Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. M.Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.5UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS A.Unions for Pipe 2 Inches and Under: 1.Ferrous Piping: 150 psig malleable iron, threaded. 2.Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints. B.Flanges for Pipe Over 2 Inches: 1.Ferrous Piping: 150 psig forged steel, slip-on. 2.Copper Piping: Bronze. 3.Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene. C.Mechanical Couplings for Grooved and Shouldered Joints: Two or more curved housing segments with continuous key to engage pipe groove, circular C-profile gasket, and bolts to secure and compressgasket. 1.Dimensions and Testing: In accordance with AWWA C606. 2.Housing Material: Malleable iron or ductile iron, galvanized. 3.Housing Clamps: Malleable iron galvanized to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, andexpansion. 4.Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. 5.Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc-electroplated steel. 6.When pipe is field grooved, provide coupling manufacturer's groovingtools. D.Dielectric Connections: Union or waterway fitting with water impervious isolation barrier and one galvanized or plated steel end and one copper tube end, end types to match pipe joint types used. 2.6GATE VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, non-rising stem, lockshield stem, inside screw with backseating stem, solid wedge disc, alloy seat rings, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. 2.7BALL VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. Johnson County23 2113-5HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze one piece body, chrome plated brass ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle with balancing stops, solder ends with union. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle, flanged. 2.8BUTTERFLY VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Crane Co.: www.cranevalve.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Body: Cast or ductile iron with resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer or lug ends, extended neck. C.Disc: Aluminum bronze. D.Operator: 10 position lever handle. 2.9SWING CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, bronze rotating swing disc, with composition disc, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, bronze or bronze faced rotating swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. 2.10SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Crane Co.: www.cranevalve.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Iron body, bronze trim, split plate, hinged with stainless steel spring, resilient seal bonded to body, wafer or threaded lug ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Prepare pipe for grooved mechanical joints as required by coupling manufacturer. C.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. D.Prepare piping connections toequipment using jointing system specified. E.Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. F.After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. Refer to Section 23 2500 for additional requirements. Johnson County23 2113-6HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install heating water, water piping to ASME B31.9 requirements. ______ C.PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855. D.Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. E.Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space. F.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. G.Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. H.Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. I.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. J.Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. K.Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. L.Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting. M.Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch and 3/4 inch: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1 inch: Maximum span, 6feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3.1-1/2 inch and 2 inch: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4.2-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.3 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.4 inch: Maximumspan, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 7.6 inch: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. B.Hanger Spacing for Steel Piping. 1.1/2 inch, 3/4 inch, and 1 inch: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1-1/4 inches: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.1-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4.2 inches: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.2-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.3 inches: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7.4 inches: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 8.6 inches: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. C.Hanger Spacing for Plastic Piping. 1.1/2 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimumrod size, 1/4 inch. 2.3/4 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3.1 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 4.1-1/4 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.1-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.2 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7.3 inches: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 8.4 inches: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 9.6 inches: Maximum span, 10feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2113-7HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2114 -HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Expansion tanks. B.Air vents. C.Air separators. D.Strainers. E.Flow indicators, controls, meters. F.Relief valves. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description, model and dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A.Manufacturers: 1.Amtrol Inc: www.amtrol.com. 2.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 3.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordancewith ASME (BPV VIII, 1); supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psi, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel support stand. C.Accessories: Pressure gauge and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psi. 2.2AIR VENTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 2.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 3.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Manual Type:Short vertical sections of 2 inch diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. C.Float Type: 1.Brass or semi-steel body, copper, polypropylene, or solid non-metallic float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.Cast iron body and cover, float, bronze pilot valve mechanism suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.3AIR SEPARATORS A.In-line Air Separators (1-1/2 Inch and smaller): 1.Manufacturers: a.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. JohnsonCounty23 2114-1HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building b.Spirotherm: www.spirotherm.com. c.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. d.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. e.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Cast iron for sizes 1-1/2 inch and smaller, or steel for sizes 2 inch and larger; tested and stamped in accordance with ASME (BPV VIII, 1); for 125 psi operating pressure. 3.Air Eliminators shall be capable of removing 100% of the free and entrained air, and up to 99% of the dissolved air in the system fluid. B.Combination Air Separators/Strainers (2 Inch and larger): 1.Manufacturers: a.Spirotherm, Inc.: www.spirotherm.com. b.Taco, Inc; Model 4900 Series: www.taco-hvac.com. c.John Wood Company: www.johnwood.com. d.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME (BPV VIII, 1); for 150 psi operating pressure, with integral bronze strainer, and flanged inlet andoutlet connections. 3.Coalescing type air eliminator and dirt separator sized for entering velocities not to exceed 4 feet per second at specified GPM, internal bundle filling the entire vessel to suppress turbulence and provide high efficiency consisting of a copper core tube with continuous wound copper medium permanently affixed to the core. A separate copper medium is to be wound completely around and permanently affixed to the internal element. 4.Each separator shall have a separate venting chamber to prevent system contaminants from harming the float and venting valve operation. At the top of the venting chamber shall be an integral full port float actuated brass venting mechanism. 5.Units shall include a valved side tap to flush floating dirt or liquids and for quick bleeding of large amounts of air during system fill or refill. Separator shall have the vessel extended below the pipe connections an equal distance for dirt separation with ball valve at bottom of separator for blow-down. 6.Air Eliminators shall be capable of removing 100% of the free air, 100% of the entrained air, and up to 99.6% of the dissolved air in the system fluid. 7.Dirt separation shall be at least 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes. 2.4STRAINERS (Y PATTERN) A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 2.Green Country Filtration: greencountryfiltration.com. 3.WEAMCO: www.weamco.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Size 3 inch and Under: 1.Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.5SUCTION DIFFUSERS A.Manufacturers: 1.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 2.PACO: www.paco-pumps.com. 3.Taco: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Fitting: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1/2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psi working pressure, with inlet vanes, cylinder strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. Johnson County23 2114-2HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building 2.6FLOW CONTROLS A.Manufacturers: 1.Amtrol Inc: www.amtrol.com. 2.Griswold Controls: www.griswoldcontrols.com. 3.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 4.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet with blowdown/backflush drain. C.Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, maximum minimum pressure 3.5 psi. D.Control Mechanism:Stainless steel or nickel plated brass piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. E.Accessories: In-line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. 2.7RELIEF VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 3.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 4.Conbraco Industries, Inc: www.conbraco.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. C.Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. D.For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. E.Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. F.Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. G.Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. H.Provide relief valveson expansion tanks. I.Select system relief valve capacity so that it is greater than make-up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. J.Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. K.Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2114-3HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2123 -HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.In-line circulators. B.Vertical in-line pumps. C.System lubricated circulators. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. C.Section 23 0716 -HVAC Equipment Insulation. D.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. E.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. C.UL 778 -Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS -VERTICAL IN-LINE PUMPS A.Grundfos: www.grundfos.us B.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. C.Armstrong: www.armstrongpumps.com. 2.2HVAC PUMPS -GENERAL A.Provide pumps that operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL or testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.3SYSTEM LUBRICATED CIRCULATORS A.Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected with multiple speed wet rotor motor for in- line mounting, for 140 psi maximum working pressure, 230 degrees F maximumwater temperature. B.Casing: Cast iron with flanged pump connections. C.Impeller, Shaft, Rotor: Stainless Steel. Johnson County23 2123-1HYDRONICPUMPS Highway Maintenance Building D.Bearings: Metal Impregnated carbon (graphite) and ceramic. E.Motor: Impedance protected, multiple speed, with external speed selector. 2.4IN-LINE CIRCULATORS A.Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, with resiliently mounted motor for in-line mounting, oil lubricated, for 125 psi maximum working pressure. B.Casing: Cast iron, with flanged pump connections. C.Impeller: Non-ferrous keyed to shaft. D.Bearings: Oil-lubricated bronze sleeve. E.Shaft: Alloy steel with bronze sleeve, integral thrust collar. F.Seal: Mechanical seal, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. G.Drive: Flexible coupling. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum space recommended by manufacturer. C.Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. D.Provide line sized shut-off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized soft seat check valve and balancing valve on pump discharge. E.Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. F.Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains. G.Lubricate pumps before start-up (as applicable). END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2123-2HYDRONICPUMPS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2300 -REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping. B.Refrigerant. C.Expansion valves. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AHRI 730 -Flow-Capacity Rating and Application of Suction-Line Filters and Filter Driers; Air- Conditioning,Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. B.AHRI 750 -Standard for Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves; Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. C.ASHRAE Std 15 -Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2010 (ANSI/ASHRAE Std 15). D.ASHRAE Std 34 -Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. E.ASME (BPV VIII, 1) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 -Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. F.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. G.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. H.ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components; The American Societyof Mechanical Engineers. I.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2011 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). J.ASTM B280 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. K.AWS A5.8/A5.8M -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; American Welding Society. L.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. 1.3SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Where more than one piping system material is specified ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. B.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5 unless indicated otherwise. C.Liquid Indicators: 1.Use line size liquid indicators in main liquid line leaving condenser. D.Valves: 1.Use service valves on suction and discharge of compressors. 2.Use gauge taps at compressor inlet and outlet. Johnson County23 2300-1REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building E.Filter-Driers: 1.Use a filter-drier immediately ahead of liquid-line controls, such as thermostatic expansion valves, solenoid valves, and moisture indicators. 2.Use a filter-drier on suction line just ahead of compressor. 3.Use sealed filter-driers in lines smaller than 1/2 inch outside diameter. 4.Use sealed filter-driers in systems utilizinghermetic compressors. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties, including manufacturer’s catalog information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. D.Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, andriser support hangers. E.Test Reports: Indicate results of leak test, acid test. F.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate support, connection requirements, and isolation for servicing. G.Project Record Documents: Record exact locations of equipment and refrigeration accessories on record drawings. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Conform to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL, as suitable for the purpose indicated. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store piping and specialties inshipping containers with labeling in place. B.Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation. C.Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment, until connected into system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PIPING A.Copper Tube: ASTM B280, H58 hard drawn or O60 soft annealed. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2.Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy. B.Pipe Supports and Anchors: 1.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. a.If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 4.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 5.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. 6.Hanger Rods: Mild steelthreaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. Johnson County23 2300-2REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 2.2REFRIGERANT A.Refrigerant: R-410a, as defined in ASHRAE Std 34. 2.3EXPANSION VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric: www.emersonflowcontrols.com. 2.ParkerHannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: www.parker.com. 3.Sporlan Valve Company: www.sporlan.com. B.Angle or Straight Through Type: AHRI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, internal or external equalizer, bleed hole, adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with non-replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb and remote bulb well. C.Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at part load. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Route piping in orderly manner, with plumbing parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. C.Install piping to conserve building space and avoid interference with use of space. D.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations and locations. Slopepiping one percent in direction of oil return. E.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. F.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2.Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. G.Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. H.Provide access to concealed valves and fittings. I.Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. J.Insulate piping and equipment. K.Follow ASHRAE Std.15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant. L.Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line. M.Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor connected to evaporator. Johnson County23 2300-3REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building N.Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. 3.3FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. B.Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 200 psi. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psi using electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage. 3.4SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch, 5/8 inch, and 7/8 inch OD: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2300-4REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2500 -HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.System cleaner. B.Closed system treatment. C.Glycol solution D.By-pass (pot) feeder. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. B.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide chemical treatment materials, chemicals, and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic, equipment locations, and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate placement of equipment in systems, piping configuration, and connection requirements. D.Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up of treatment systems when completed and operating properly. Indicate analysis of system water after cleaning and after treatment. E.Certificate: Submit certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of chemicals and their proposed disposal. F.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and piping, including sampling points and location of chemical injectors. G.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. H.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County's use in maintenance of project. 1.Sufficient chemicals for treatment and testing during required maintenance period. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. Company shall have local representatives with water analysis laboratories and full time service personnel. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.5REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Conform to applicable code for addition of non-potable chemicals to building mechanical systems and to public sewage systems. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. Johnson County23 2500-1HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Chemicals and chemical feed equipment for the boiler system and the snowmelt system shall be by Aqua Technologies of Iowa, LLC to match what Linn County is doing in the other county buildings. 2.2MATERIALS A.System Cleaner: 1.Manufacturer: Alliance Group, Inc., Product #WTC-10 2.A phosphate, carbonate, surfactant combination for use in pre-cleaning steam boilers, hot water boilers, and closed systems. Does not contain sodium or potassium hydroxide. Use at 4% by volume. B.Closed System Treatment 1.Manufacturer: Alliance Group, Inc. 2.Chilled Water: AGI Product #CS-167 C.Glycol Solution 1.Manufacturer: Dow, Dowfrost HD 2.Glycol Solution: a.Inhibited propylene glycol and deionized water pre-mixed solution suitable for operating temperatures from -30 degrees F to 250 degrees F. 1)Heating System: 30 percent glycol -70 percent water 2.3BY-PASS (POT) FEEDER A.1.8 gal quick opening cap for working pressure of 175 psi. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Systems shall be operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. B.Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. C.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2CLEANING SEQUENCE A.Concentration: 1.As recommended by manufacturer. B.Hot Water Heating Systems: 1.Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising temperature to 160 degrees F and maintain for 12 hours minimum. 2.Remove heat and circulate to 100 degrees F or less; drain systems as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. 3.Circulate for 6 hours at design temperatures, then drain. 4.Refill with clean waterand repeat until system cleaner is removed. C.Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and approval of Architect/Engineer. D.Flush glycol filled closed systems with clean water for one hour minimum. Drain completely and refill. E.Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. F.Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Johnson County23 2500-2HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building B.Fill the heating hot water system with 30%propylene glycol by weight. 3.4CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Training: Train JohnsonCounty's personnel on operation and maintenance of chemical treatment system. 3.5MAINTENANCE A.Provide service and maintenance of treatment systems for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide laboratory and technical assistance services during this maintenance period. C.Provide on site inspections of equipment during scheduled or emergency shutdown to properly evaluate success of water treatment program, and make recommendations in writing based upon these inspections. D.Perform monthly visits for two months to make glycol fluid concentration analysis on site with refractive index measurement instrument. Report findings in detail writing, including analysis and amounts of glycol or water added. Explain any corrective actions to JohnsonCounty's maintenance personnel in person. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2500-3HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3100 -HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal ductwork. B.Kitchen hood ductwork. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 0713 -Duct Insulation: External insulation and duct liner. B.Section 23 3300 -Air Duct Accessories. C.Section 23 3700 -Air Outlets and Inlets. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE (FUND) -ASHRAE Handbook -Fundamentals. B.ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. C.ASTM A240/A240M -Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and General Applications. D.ASTM A480/A480M -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. E.ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. F.ASTM A1008/A1008M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. G.ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. H.ASTM B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]. I.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. J.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. K.NFPA 96 -Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; National Fire Protection Association. L.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. M.SMACNA (KVS) -Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication & Installation Guidelines. N.UL 181 -Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. O.UL 1978 -Grease Ducts. P.UL 2221 -Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for duct materials and duct connections. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for +/-2.0 inch w.c. pressure class and higher systems. Johnson County23 3100-1HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B.Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DUCT ASSEMBLIES A.Low Pressure Supply (System with Cooling Coils): 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. B.Return and Relief: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. C.Dishwasher Exhaust: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. 1.Construct of 16 gauge un-galvanized steelusing continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. 2.Construct of 18 gauge stainless steel using continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. D.Grease Exhaust: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, stainless steel or un-galvanized steel. 1.Construct of ASTM A1011/A1011M 16 gage un-galvanized steel. 2.Construction: a.Liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. b.Where ducts are not self draining back to equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. 3.Access Doors: a.Provide for duct cleaning inside horizontal duct at drain pockets, every 20 feet and at each change of direction. b.Use same material and thickness as duct with gaskets and sealants rated 1500 degrees F for grease tight construction. 2.2MATERIALS A.Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating. B.Un-Galvanized Steel for Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold-rolled commercial steel. C.Stainless Steel for Ducts: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304. D.Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant. 1.Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2.VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. 3.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4.For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. Johnson County23 3100-2HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building E.Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. F.Hanger Fasteners: Attach hangers to structure using appropriate fasteners, as follows: 1.Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 2.Masonry Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC01. 3.Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 4.Masonry Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC106. 5.Concrete Adhesive Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC308. 2.3DUCTWORK FABRICATION A.Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B.Provide duct material, gauges, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C.Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide single thickness turning vanes. D.Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. E.Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller thanlouver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct. 2.4MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS A.Flexible Ducts: Two ply vinyl film supported by helically wound spring steel wire. 1.Insulation: Fiberglass insulation with polyethylene vapor barrier film. 2.Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. 3.Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 4.Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. B.Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA "E" rated rigidly class connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner clips. C.Grease Exhaust: Nominal 3 inches thick ceramic fiber insulation between 20 gauge, 304 stainless steel liner and 24 gauge, aluminized steel outer jacket. 1.Tested and UL listed for use with commercial cooking equipment in accordance with NFPA 96. 2.Certified for zero clearance to combustible material in accordance with: 3.Materials and construction of the modular sections and accessories to be in accordance with the terms of the following listings: a.UL 1978. b.UL 2221. D.Dishwasher Exhaust: Minimum 0.035 inches thick, single wall, type 304 stainless steel. 1.Single wall, factory built chimney liner system. 2.Designed, fabricated, and installed to be liquid tight preventing exhaust leakage into the building. 3.Joints to be sealed during installation with factory supplied overlapping V-bands and sealant. 2.5CASINGS A.Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and construct for operating pressures indicated. B.Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers toangles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18 gage galvanized Johnson County23 3100-3HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C.Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal andvertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. 2.6KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK A.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, SMACNA Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication & Installation Guidelines and NFPA 96. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. B.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. D.Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. E.Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. F.Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. G.Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. H.Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. I.Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly or with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. J.Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. K.Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position. L.At exterior wall louvers, seal duct to louver frame and install blank-out panels. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3100-4HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3300 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Air turning devices. B.Duct access doors. C.Duct test holes. D.Flexible duct connections. E.Volume control dampers. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 3100 -HVAC Ducts and Casings. B.Section 26 2717 -Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. B.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. C.UL 555 -Standard for Fire Dampers;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. D.UL 555S -Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers and duct access doors. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers and duct access doors. D.Project Record Drawings: Record actual locations of access doorsand test holes. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1AIR TURNING DEVICES A.Manufacturers: 1.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 2.Krueger: www.krueger-hvac.com. 3.PCI Industries, Inc; Pottorff Brand: www.portorff.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.Titus: www.titus-hvac.com. 6.Ward Industries by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.wardind.com. 7.Substitutions: SeeDivision 1-Product Requirements. Johnson County23 3300-1AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building B.Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.2DUCT ACCESS DOORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acudor Products Inc: www.acudor.com. 2.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 3.Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.SEMCO Incorporated: www.semcoinc.com. 6.Ward Industries by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.wardind.com. 7.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. 2.3DUCT TEST HOLES A.Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps. B.Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 2.4FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A.Manufacturers: 1.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 2.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C.Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1.Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. a.Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. 2.Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gauge thick galvanized steel. D.Leaded Vinyl Sheet: Minimum 0.55 inch thick, 0.87 lbs per sq ft, 10 dB attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz range. E.Maximum Installed Length: 14 inch. 2.5VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Louvers & Dampers, Inc: www.louvers-dampers.com. 2.Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 3.PCI Industries, Inc; Pottorff Brand: www.portorff.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C.Splitter Dampers: 1.Material: Same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over 24 inches. 2.Blade: Fabricate of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured with continuous hinge or rod. 3.Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod inself aligning, universal joint action, flanged bushing with set screw. Johnson County23 3300-2AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building D.Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. 1.Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. 2.Blade: 24 gauge, minimum. E.Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 1.Blade: 18 gauge, minimum. F.End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G.Quadrants: 1.Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2.On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 3.Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 3100 for duct construction and pressure class. B.Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. C.Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. D.At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. E.At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. F.Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. G.Use splitter dampers only where indicated. H.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3300-3AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3423 -HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Roof exhausters. B.Cabinet exhaust fans. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment. B.Section 22 0548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. C.Section 23 3300 -Air Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers. D.Section 26 2717 -Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AMCA 99 -Standards Handbook; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. B.AMCA 210 -Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2007 (ANSI/AMCA 210, same as ANSI/ASHRAE 51). C.AMCA(DIR) -[Directory of] Products Licensed Under AMCA International Certified Ratings Program; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. D.AMCA 300 -Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. E.AMCA 301 -Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. F.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.UL 705 -Power Ventilators; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Greenheck: www.greenheck.com. B.Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com. C.PennBarry: www.pennbarry.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.2POWER VENTILATORS -GENERAL A.Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B.Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C.Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. Johnson County23 3423-1HVACPOWERVENTILATORS Highway Maintenance Building D.UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705. E.Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.3ROOF EXHAUSTERS A.Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; resilient mounted motor; 1/2 inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire birdscreen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. B.Roof Curb: 14 inch high self-flashing of galvanized steel with continuously welded seams, built- in cant strips. C.Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor. D.Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked, and line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. E.Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. 2.4CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A.Centrifugal FanUnit: Direct driven with galvanized steel housing lined with acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge. B.Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug in housing for thermal overload protected motor and wall mounted solid state speed controller. C.Grille: Molded white plastic. D.Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb. C.Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening. D.Hung Cabinet Fans: 1.Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. 2.Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 3300 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. E.Provide sheaves required for final air balance. F.Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. G.Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3423-2HVACPOWERVENTILATORS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3700 -AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Registers/grilles. B.Louvers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AMCA 500-L-Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. B.ASHRAE Std.70-Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. C.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70. B.Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carnes Company HVAC: www.carnes.com. B.Krueger: www.krueger-hvac.com. C.Price Industries: www.price-hvac.com. D.Titus: www.titus-hvac.com. E.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of grille, one-way deflection. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. C.Color: Off white. D.Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. 2.3CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades set at 45 degrees, vertical face. Johnson County23 3700-1AIROUTLETSANDINLETS Highway Maintenance Building B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. C.Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage minimum frames and 22 gage minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimumframe, or aluminum extrusions, with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: Off white. E.Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans. 2.4CEILING GRIDCORE EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Fixed grilles of 1 x 1 x 1 inch louvers. B.Fabrication: Aluminum with factory baked enamel finish. C.Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range. D.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with concealed mounting. 2.5LOUVERS A.Type: 6 inch deep with blades on 45 degree slope, heavy channel frame, 1/2 inch square mesh screen over exhaust and 3/4 inch square mesh screen over intake. B.Fabrication: 12 gage thick extruded aluminum, welded assembly, with factory anodized finish. C.Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range. D.Mounting: Furnish with exterior flat flange for installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C.Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. E.Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3700-2AIROUTLETSANDINLETS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 5400 -FURNACES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Forced air furnaces. B.Controls. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate rigging, assembly, and installation instructions. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and connections. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner s name and registered with manufacturer. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.4REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5WARRANTY A.See Division 1-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide five year manufacturers warranty for heat exchangers and compressors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. B.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. C.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2GAS FIRED FURNACES A.Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE): 0.95 ("condensing"). B.Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, heating element, controls, air filter, and accessories; wired for single power connection with control transformer. 1.Safety certified by CSA in accordance with ANSI Z 21.47. 2.Venting System: Direct. Johnson County23 5400-1FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building 3.Combustion: Sealed 4.Air Flow Configuration: Downflow. 5.Heating: Propane gas fired. 6.Accessories: a.Condensate drain. b.Concentric wall termination kit. C.Performance: 1.Refer to Furnace Schedule. Gas heating capacities are sea level ratings. D.Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed and secured accessdoors with safety interlock switches, glass fiber insulation with reflective liner. E.Primary Heat Exchanger: 1.Material: Aluminized steel 2.Shape: Clamshell type. F.Secondary Heat Exchanger: 1.Material: Stainless steel. 2.Shape: fin and tube G.Gas Burner: 1.Atmospheric type with adjustable combustion air supply, 2.Gas valve, two stage provides 100 percent safety gas shut-off; 24 volt combining pressure regulation, safety pilot, manual set (On-Off), pilot filtration, automatic electric valve. 3.Electronic pilot ignition, with SiN hot surface igniter. 4.Non-corrosive combustion air blower with permanently lubricated motor. H.Gas Burner Safety Controls: 1.Thermocouple sensor: Prevents opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. 2.Flame rollout switch: Installed on burner box and prevents operation. 3.Vent safety shutoff sensor: Temperature sensor installed on draft hood and prevents operation, manual reset. 4.Limit Control: Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de-energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature, automatic resets. I.Supply Fan: Centrifugal type rubber mounted with direct drive. J.Motor: NEMA MG 1; 1750 rpm multiple speed, permanently lubricated, hinge mounted. K.Air Filters: 1 inch thick glass fiber, disposable type arranged for easy replacement. L.Operating Controls 1.Room Thermostat: Cycles burner to maintain room temperature setting. 2.Supply Fan Control: Energize from bonnet temperature independent of burner controls, with adjustable timed off delay and fixed timed on delay, with manual switch for continuous fan operation. Provide continuous low speed fan operation. 2.3THERMOSTATS A.Manufacturers: 1.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. 2.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. 3.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Room Thermostat: Low voltage, electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat with remote sensor: 1.System selector switch (heat-off) and fan control switch (auto-on). 2.Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from setpoint. 3.Instant override of setpoint for continuous or timed period from one hour to 31 days. 4.Short cycle protection. Johnson County23 5400-2FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building 5.Programming based on weekdays, Saturday and Sunday. 6.Selection features including degree F or degree C display, 12 or 24 hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, fan on-auto. 7.Battery replacement without program loss. 8.Thermostat display: a.Time of day. b.Actual room temperature. c.Programmed temperature. d.Day of week. e.System mode indication: heating,cooling, fan auto, off, and on. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrates are ready for installation of units and openings are as indicated on shop drawings. B.Verify that proper power supply is available and located correctly. C.Verify that proper fuel supply is available for connection. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B.Install in accordance with NFPA 90A. C.Install gas fired furnaces in accordance with NFPA 54. D.Provide vent connections in accordance with NFPA 211. E.Mount counterflow furnaces installed on additive base when furnaceis to be located on combustible floor. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 5400-3FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 6213 -PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Condensing unit package. B.Charge of refrigerant and oil. C.Refrigerant piping connections. D.Motor starters. E.Electrical power connections. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Placement of vibration isolators. B.Section 23 2300 -Refrigerant Piping. C.Section 23 5400 -Furnaces. D.Section 23 8216 -Air Coils. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AHRI 210/240 -Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment; Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. B.ASHRAE Std 15 -Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2010 (ANSI/ASHRAE Std 15). C.ASHRAE Std 23 -Methods of Testing for Rating Positive Displacement Refrigerant Compressors and Condensing Units; American Society of heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers, Inc. D.ASHRAE Std 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2007, Including All Addenda (ANSI/ASHRAE/ E.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.UL 207 -Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights specialties and accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. Include equipment served by condensing units in submittal, or submit at same time, to ensure capacities are complementary. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Include schematic layouts showing condensing units, cooling coils, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for complete system. D.Design Data: Indicate pipe and equipment sizing. E.Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturer's complete installation instructions. Johnson County23 6213-1 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include start-up instructions, maintenance instructions, parts lists, controls, and accessories. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.5WARRANTY A.See Division 1-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigerant compressors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. B.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. C.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2MANUFACTURED UNITS A.Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, integral sub-cooling coil, controls, liquid receiver, wind deflector, and screens. B.Construction and Ratings:In accordance with AHRI 210/240. Test in accordance with ASHRAE Std 23. C.Performance Ratings: Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than prescribed by ASHRAE Std 90.1. 2.3CASING A.House components in welded steel frame with galvanized steel panels with weather resistant, baked enamel finish. B.Mount starters, disconnects, and controls in weatherproof panel provided with full opening access doors. Provide mechanical interlock to disconnect power when door is opened. C.Provide removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners and piano hinges. 2.4CONDENSER COILS A.Coils: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Provide sub-cooling circuits. Air test under water to 425 psig, and vacuum dehydrate. Seal with holding charge of refrigerant. B.Coil Guard: Expanded metal with lint screens. 2.5FANS AND MOTORS A.Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. Equip with roller or ball bearings with grease fittings extended to outside of casing. B.Weatherproof motors suitable for outdoor use, single phase permanent split capacitor or 3 phase, with permanent lubricated ball bearings and built in current and thermal overload protection. 2.6COMPRESSORS A.Compressor: Hermetic scroll type. B.Mounting: Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts and mount on spring vibration isolators. Internally isolate hermetic units on springs. C.Lubrication System: Reversible, positive displacement oil pump with oil charging valve, oil level sight glass, and magnetic plug or strainer. Johnson County23 6213-2 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS D.Motor: Constant speed 1800 rpm suction gas cooled with electronic sensor and winding over temperature protection, designed for across-the-line starting. Furnish with starter. 2.7REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT A.Provide each unit with one refrigerant circuit, factory supplied and piped. Refer to Section 23 2300. B.For each refrigerant circuit, provide: 1.Thermal expansion valve for maximum operating pressure. 2.Insulated suction line. 3.Suction and liquid line service valves and gage ports. 4.Charging valve. 2.8CONTROLS A.For each compressor, provide across-the-line starter, non-recycling compressor overload, starter relay, and control power transformer or terminal for controls power. Provide manual reset current overload protection. For each condenser fan, provide across-the-line starter with starter relay. B.Provide safety controls arranged so any one will shut down machine: 1.High discharge pressure switch (manual reset) for each compressor. 2.Low suction pressure switch (automatic reset) for each compressor. 3.Oil Pressure switch (manual reset). C.Provide the following operating controls: 1.One minute off timer prevents compressor from short cycling. 2.Low ambient temperature controls. D.Provide controls to permit operation down to 0 degrees F ambient temperature. 1.Head pressure switch to cycle fan motors in response to refrigerant condensing pressure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B.Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C.Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators. Refer to Section 23 2300. Comply with ASHRAE Std 15. 3.2SYSTEM STARTUP A.Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system. Replace losses of oil or refrigerant prior to end of correction period. B.Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for leaks after completion of installation. Repair leaks, put system into operation, and test equipment performance. C.Provide cooling season start-up, and winter season shut-down for first year of operation. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 6213-3 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS SECTION 23 7210 -AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Energy recovery units (and also named as heat recovery ventilators). 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data on heat recovery units and accessories including fanperformance, power, RPM, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AFBMA 9: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings B.AMCA Standard 99: Standards Handbook C.AMCA /ANSI Standard 204: Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans D.AMCA Standard 210: Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Ratings E.AMCA Standard 300: Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans F.AMCA 320; Laboratory Method for Sound Testing of Fans Using Sound Intensity G.AMCA Standard 500:Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters H.AHRI Standard 1060: Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment I.AHRI Standard 410: Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coil J.ASHRAE Standard 52: Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter K.ASHRAE 52.2: Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used for Removing Particulate Matter L.ASHRAE 84-91: Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers M.ASHRAE/ANSI Standard 111: Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems N.ASTM A-525: Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process O.IEEE 112-B: Standard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators P.NEMA MG-1: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Motor Standards Q.NFPA 90A: Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems R.SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association S.UL Standard 1995: Heating and Cooling Equipment T.UL Standard 900: Test Performance of Air Filter Units 1.4QUALIFICATIONS A.Air handling unit manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in the energy recovery market. B.Energy recovery units shall be capable of transferring sensible energy as listed in the equipment schedule. 1.5WARRANTY A.The complete units shall be covered by a parts warranty issued by the manufacturer, warranting the units to be free from defects in material and workmanship for twelve (12) months from date of shipment unless a start-up form is on file and accepted by the manufacturer, in Johnson County23 7210-1AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building which case the warranty is twelve (12) months from the date of startup, or eighteen (18) months from date of shipment, whichever is shorter. B.The installing contractor shall provide labor warranty during the units’ first year of operation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Venmar. B.Energy Conservation Systems. C.Spinnaker. D.Innovent E.Annexair F.Mitsubishi: (For VRF Systems only) G.Approved equals. 2.2ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS A.Product Requirements 1.Packaged dedicated outdoor air energy recovery ventilator consisting of an air-to-air plate heat exchanger, supply air fan, exhaust air fan, and a supply air bypass damper. The unit shall also be provided with internal controls for defrost control. All other controls and actuators shall be provided by the Temperature ControlContractor and shall include all necessary temperature sensors and controls. B.Construction 1.Unit construction shall consist of an all welded structural steel base, insulated double-wall panels, interior partitions and roof. All units shall have a 20 gauge galvanized interior steel panels and a baked on paint or galvanized steel exterior finish. 2.Base: Unit base shall be constructed of all welded structural steel designed to protect the integrity of the case during lifting. Integral lifting lugs shallbe provided. Base of outdoor units shall be protected with corrosion resistant coating. 3.Frame: Frame shall be constructed of a system of tubes and cast corners designed to support flush mounted insulated panels. 4.Insulation: All walls, floor and roofshall be insulated with an 1.5 pcf, R-12.9 minimum fiberglass insulation or equivalent R-value of expanded foam insulation. Insulation shall not be exposed to the airstream. Insulation shall comply with NFPA requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. 5.Service Access: Hinged, gasket, insulated double wall access doors shall be provided for access to fan sections, filter racks, heat exchanger, and any other area requiring maintenance. All other panels shall be individually removable to provide total access to the unit if required. 6.Coil drain pans shall be constructed of 18 gauge stainless steel. The pans shall have 1 inch drains extending from the unit to be field trapped. C.Blower/Motor Assemblies: 1.Blowers shall be selected to operate on a stable, efficient part of the fan curve when delivering air quantities scheduled against the static pressure of the system. 2.Blowers shall be provided with internal vibration isolation mounts. Blower blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced and tested prior to shipment. 3.Motors: Motors shall be continuous duty, permanently lubricated, matched to the fan load and rated for inverter duty. Blower motors 1/2 HP or above shall be Premium Efficiency rated per NEMA MG-1 Part 31 and shall be inverterduty rated. 4.Fan bearings shall be greasable and have an average L50 life of 200,000 hours. The motors will be mounted on an adjustable base for proper tensioning of the belts. 5.Blower discharge and intake connections to unit exterior shall have flexible duct connections internal to unit. Johnson County23 7210-2AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building D.Air Filters 1.Pleated throwaway MERV 8 filters shall be installed on both sides of the heat wheel (the incoming outside air and exhaust air streams). Filters shall be mounted in a side access slide rack, and shallbe sized for 500 fpm maximum face velocity. E.Electrical 1.The unit shall be wired according to the NEC. All major components shall be UL listed. Enclosures for outdoor units shall be NEMA 3 R type, complete with a non-fused disconnect with a single power point connection. Wiring and controls shall be factory tested before shipment. F.Controls 1.Defrost controls shall be provided with the unit. 2.All service connectors shall be quick disconnect type. 3.Unit circuitry shall allow the following operational characteristics: a.Dry contacts for occupancy control. b.Selection of low or high speeds. c.24 volt contacts (30VA) for external components. d.Unoccupied recirc contacts. 4.All other control components shall be provided by Temperature Control Contractor and field installed by Mechanical Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install 1 inch condensate traps on all drain pan outlet. Condensate drains shall discharge directly on to the roof. C.Provide sheaves required for final air balance. D.Make connections to coils with unions or flanges. E.Provide new filters prior to owner occupancy of facility. 3.2STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.Adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. B.Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner 's designated representative. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 7210-3AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 26 0132 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 26 0135 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0534 CONDUIT 26 0537 BOXES 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0918 REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2813 FUSES 26 2818 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 2913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 2924 VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS 26 3213 ENGINE GENERATORS 26 3600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 27 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 1996 VOICE & DATA CABLING SYSTEM 27 5132 TELEVISION SYSTEMS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 3100 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0010FIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21 0040FIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 21 0070FIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 21 0500COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 1300FIRE SUPPERSSION SPRINKLERS DIVISION 22 -PLUMBING 22 0100ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 0110PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 22 0120EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 22 0130CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 22 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 0719PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 1005PLUMBING PIPING 22 1006PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 3000PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 4000PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR- CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 0100ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 0110PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 23 0120EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 23 0130CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 23 0513COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 0519METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0593TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0713DUCT INSULATION 23 0719HVAC PIPING INSULATION 23 0993SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 2110IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM 23 2113HYDRONIC PIPING 23 2114HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 23 2123HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 2300REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 2500HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 3100HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 3300AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3423HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 3700AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 5400FURNACES 23 6213PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 23 7210AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS PROJECT MANUAL JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENT FACILITY 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 OWNER: Office of Johnson County Engineer 4810 Melrose Avenue West Iowa City, IA 52246 nd 625 32AVENUE SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 319-378-1401 FAX 319-378-1975 Set No__________ G03613.10 PROJECT MANUAL FOR JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROAD DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENTFACILITY 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 OWNER: OFFICE OF JOHNSON COUNTY ENGINEER 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 AMENT, INC. ARCHITECT: ND 625 32AVENUE SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 JANUARY 7, 2014;2:00P.M. PREBID MEETING: AT THE JOHNSON COUNTY ENGINEERS OFFICE JANUARY 14, 2014;10:00A.M. BIDSDUE: AT THE ADMINISTRATION OFFICES PREPARED FOR:OFFICE OF JOHNSON COUNTY ENGINEER 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 PHONE: (319)-356-6046 FAX: (319)-339-6133 DECEMBER 5, 2013 ISSUE DATE: END OF DOCUMENT 00001 G03613.10 00001-1 00005 JOHNSON COUNTY REPLACEMENT FACILITY CERTIFICATIONS Certification of the Architectof Record I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under m a duly licensed Professional Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. Allen M. Varney III, AIA Date Iowa License No. 2283 My License Renewal Date is June 30, 2015 Certification of the Engineerof Record I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under m a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa Shanna Duggan Date Iowa License No. 16011 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2015 Certification of the Engineerof Record I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under my direct personal supervision, and I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa Steve Jennerjohn Date Iowa License No. 10815 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2015 Certification of the EngineerofRecord I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under m a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa Jeffrey Reinhart Date Iowa License No. 13499 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2015 G03613.10 1 00001- 00005 JOHNSON COUNTY REPLACEMENT FACILITY CERTIFICATIONS Certification of the Engineerof Record I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under m a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa Mike Dryden Date Iowa License No. 11440 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2015 G03613.10 2 00001- DOCUMENT 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 PROJECT MANUAL TITLE PAGE 00005 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00015 LIST OF DRAWINGS BIDDING DOCUMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00100 NOTICE OF PREBID AND LETTING 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00210 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00410 BID FORM 00420 SCHEDULE OF BID PRICES 00430 BID BOND 00500 AGREEMENT 00611 PERFORMANCE BOND 00612 PAYMENT BOND 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - AIA PLA DOCUMENTS FOR JOHNSON COUNTY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01330 SUBMITTALS 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01610 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING THE TABLES OF CONTENTS FOR THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (DIVISIONS 2-14 AND DIVISIONS 31-33) MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK ARE SHOWN AT THE START OF EACH OF THOSE SECTIONS OF THIS PROJECT MANUAL. END OF DOCUMENT 00010 G03613.10 00010-1 DOCUMENT 00015 LIST OF DRAWINGS Drawings are bound separate fromthis book. SheetDrawings COVERCOVERSHEET G1.0GENERAL INFORMATION C2.0SITEPLAN C3.0PHASE 1 REMOVALS C4.0PHASE 2 REMOVALS C5.0PHASE 3 REMOVALS C6.0GRADING PLAN C7.0UTILITY PLAN C8.0PAVING PLAN S0.0STRUCTURAL NOTES S1.0FOUNDATION AND MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN S2.0FOUNDATION AND FRAMING DETAILS A1.1FLOORPLAN A1.2MEZZANINEPLAN A1.3REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1.4MEZZANINE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1.5ROOF PLAN A2.1EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A2.2EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3.1BUILDING SECTIONS A3.2BUILDING SECTIONS/DETAILS A4.1 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN A6.1SCHEDULES A7.1INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A7.2INTERIOR ELEVATIONS/CASEWORK SECTIONS M0.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING PLAN M0.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING PLAN M1.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-PLUMBING PLAN M1.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-PLUMBING PLAN M1.3MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN M2.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-HVAC PLAN M2.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-HVAC PLAN M2.3MEZZANINE HVAC PLAN G03613.10 00015-1 M3.1MECHANICAL SYMBOLSAND DETAILS M3.2MECHANICAL RISER M4.1MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M4.2MECHANICAL SCHEDULES E1.1 MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-LIGHTINGPLAN E1.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-LIGHTING PLAN E1.3MEZZANINE LIGHTING PLAN E2.1MAIN FLOOR-SOUTH-POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E2.2MAIN FLOOR-NORTH-POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E2.3MEZZANINE POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E3.1ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E4.1ELECTRICAL RISERS E4.2ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.3ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.4ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND DETAILS E5.1ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E5.2ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES END OF DOCUMENT 00015 G03613.10 00015-2 SECTION 00030 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE OF HEARING AND LETTING NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PROPOSED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND FORMS OF CONTRACT FOR: JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROAD DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENTFACILITY 4810 MELROSE AVENUE WEST IOWA CITY, IOWA 52246 AND ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDSTHEREFORE. Notice is hereby given that there are now on file with the Office of Johnson County Engineer,Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter referred to as the Owner, proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and the cost opinion forthe above project prepared by Ament, Inc. and described in general as: The Project consists of anew mechanics and storage replacement building of 38,600 GSF approximately (nominal100’ x 340’ ground floor with an80’ x 57.5’ mezzanine space above) and site improvements onthe existing Secondary Roads site in Iowa City, Iowa. The intent is to construct a pre-engineered metal building, with concrete slab-on-grade and foundations, service bays served by overhead doors, metal wall and roof panels; as well as other site improvements for the building and other surrounding structures and facilities.The Project will also require a phased demolition of an existing structure, with a portion of that structure being dismantled and moved by Johnson County after the new building is constructed and occupied; and the final phase is for replacement of the site access road that must remain open during most of the construction period until other site improvements are completed and allows alternative circulation around the new facilities. In addition, this project may become a LEED certified facility and as such, some of the provisions in the process of construction, the completed project and materials used for the work may be documented to accomplish that goal. The contractor shall take precautions to compile and preserve related records for that purpose. Payment for the proposed project will be made from money legally available for such purposes. A public hearing will be conducted thereon at a meeting to be held at the Johnson County Administration Buildingon the 5th day of December, 2013, at which time and place any person may appear and file objections to the proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and the estimated cost of said project. Sealed proposals for the construction ofthe project will be received by the Owner until 10:00A.M., on the 14thday of January, 2014, at theJCAB Auditor’sOffices. The bids will be opened shortly thereafter and publicly read by the Owner. Bid documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,6015 Huntington Court NE, Cedar Rapids, upon payment of a fiftydollar ($50.00) refundable deposit per Iowa, 52402 (telephone 319-364-2473), set . Each bid shall be made on the bid form thathas been prepared for this purpose and included in the project manual. th day of January 2014, at 2:00 A pre-bid meeting on these plans and specifications will be held on the 7 P.M. CDST at the County Engineer’s Offices, 4810 Melrose Avenue West,Iowa City, Iowa 52246. Each bid shall be accompanied by bid security attached in a separate envelope. Bid Security shall be U.S. Currency, a bid bond with corporate surety satisfactory to the Board, or a cashier’s or certified check drawn on an Iowa bank or Credit Union chartered under the laws of the United States in a amount equal to at least fiver per cent (5%) of the bid and made payable to the Owner. This bid security shall be forfeited G03613.10 00030-1 SECTION 00030 INVITATION TO BID as liquidated damages in the event the successful bidder fails or refuses, within ten (10) days after the acceptance of the bid, to enter into a contract and to file a bond acceptable to the Owner assuring the faithful performance of the contract and the maintenance of said improvements as herein required. The succuessful bidder will be required to furnish a corporate surety bond, on acompany authorized to do business in Iowa, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price. This bond shall be issued by a responsible surety approved by the Owner and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained and the maintenance of said improvements in good repair for not less than one (1) year from the time of the acceptance of said project by the Owner. Payments will be made to the successful bidder based on monthly estimates and will be in amounts equal to ninety-five per cent (95%) of the contract value of the work completed, including materials and equipment delivered to the job during the preceding calendar month. The balance of five per cent (5%) due the successful bidder will be paid not earlier than thirty (30) days from the date of the Owner’s final acceptance of the work, including the materials and equipment subject to the conditions of the contract and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa. Pursuant to Iowa Code Sections: 422.42 (16) & (17), and 422.47 (5), the contractor is authorized to purchase construction materials tax free for this contract. Complete information on qualifying materials can be found at www.state.ia.us/tax, the Department of Revenue (IDR) website. It is the contractor’s responsibility to have records identifying the materials purchased and verifying they were used on this contract. Any materials purchased and not used in thecontract are subject sales and applicable local option taxes. Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates for this project can be obtained through the Office of the Johnson County Engineer. The General Contractor will need to provide company name, address, phone number, and type of contractor (electrical, mechanical, etc.) for the general contractor and all sub-contractors. Work under the proposed contract shall start upon issuance of the Owner’s Notice-to-Proceed; all work is to be completed and all materials and equipment are to be placed in operation on or before the completion date noted on the bid form, subject to any extension of time which may be granted by the Owner. All work is to be done and all materials and equipment are to be furnished in accordance with the proposed plans, specifications, and form of contract now on file with the Owner, and said plans, specificaitons, and form of contract are by this reference made a part of this Notice as though fully set out and incorporated herein. Those projects that are funded wholly with Johnson County, Iowa, funds and to which JohnsonCounty, Iowa, is signatory; the successful bidders must comply with all County Regulations, Safety and OSHA regulations, Affirmative Action Programs and the County Public Works Employment Ordinance. This project will be covered by a Project Labor Agreements between the Cedar Rapids and Iowa City Building Trades, the Johnson County Board of Supervisors and the General Contractor, and between the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, the Johnson County Board of Supervisors and the General Contractor, who each agree to be bound by the Project Labor Agreements.All subcontractors by letter of assent will be required to agree to be bound by the Project Labor Agreements unless excluded under the terms of the agreement. By virtue of statutory authority, a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa and to Iowa domestic labor, providing that the award of contract will be made to the responsible bidder submitting the lowest acceptable bid. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive informalities and technicalities and to enter into such contract as it shall deem to be in theirbest interest. G03613.10 00030-2 SECTION 00030 INVITATION TO BID Published by order of the Office of Johnson County Engineer. th Publish date: 5dayof December, 2013. By _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________ Attest ____________________________ ____________________________ End of Document 00030 G03613.10 00030-3 DOCUMENT 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AIA, A701-1997 I. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A.AIA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders (1997 Edition), is the Instructions to Bidders and is hereby made a part of these Documents to the same extent as if bound herein. This form can be purchased from the American Institute of Architects State Office. 11. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A.Refer to Document 00210 for additions and amendments to these Instructions to Bidders. END OF DOCUMENT 00200 G03613.10 00200-1 DOCUMENT 00210 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AIA A701-1997 The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the "Instructions to Bidders." AIA Document A701, 1997 Edition. Where any Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause or portion thereof is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect. SIB-1Delete Subparagraph 3.1.1 from ARTICLE 3, BIDDING DOCUMENTS and substitute the following: 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets ofthe Bidding Documents from Rapids ($50.00) Reproductions for a refundable deposit of fiftydollars for each set of documents. SIB-2Add Subparagraph 4.1.8 to ARTICLE 4, BIDDING PROCEDURES: SIB-3Delete Subparagraph 4.2.1 from ARTICLE 4, BIDDING PROCEDURES and substitute the following: 4.2.1 Each Bidder shall accompany the bid with a bid security, in a separate envelope, as security that the successful Bidder will enter into a Contract for the work bid upon and will furnish after the award of the Contract corporate surety bond or bonds, acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of the Contract, in an amount equivalent to 100% of the amount of the Contract. The Bidder's security shall be five percent (5%) of the bid amount, and shall be in the form of a cashier's or certified check drawn on a bank in Iowa or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, or a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States or a bid bond with corporate surety satisfactory to the Owner. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as apenalty. The amount of the Bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Subparagraph 6.2. SIB-4Delete Subparagraph 4.3.1 from ARTICLE 4, BIDDING PROCEDURES and substitute the following: 4.1.8Pursuant to Iowa Code Sections: 422.42 (16) & (17), and 422.47 (5), the contractor is authorized to purchase construction materials tax free for this contract. Complete information on qualifying materials can be found at www.state.ia.us/tax, the Department of Revenue (IDR) website. It is the contractor’s responsibility to have records identifying the materials purchased and verifying they were used on this contract. Any materials purchased and not used in the contract are subject sales and applicable local option taxes. Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates for this project can be obtained through the Office of the Johnson County Engineer. The General Contractor will need to provide company name, address, phone number, and type of contractor (electrical, mechanical, etc.) for the general contractor and all sub-contractors. 4.3.1All copies of the Bid and other documents, not including the bid security, required to be submitted with the Bid, shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The bidsecurity shall be submitted in a separate sealed opaque envelope. Each envelope shall bear the return address of the Bidder and shall be addressed as follows: G03613.10 00210-1 DOCUMENT 00210 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AIA A701-1997 “TO: Office of Johnson County Auditor Administration Office Building 913 SouthDubuque Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240” “BID FOR: JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENT FACILITY” -or- “BID SECURITY FOR: JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENTFACILITY” If the Bid, the bid security, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mail envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. SIB-5Add Subparagraph 6.1.2 to ARTICLE 6, POST-BID INFORMATION as follows: 6.1.2 Out-of-state Bidders shall furnish documentation prior to execution of the Agreement that confirms the Bidder is in compliance with applicable State of Iowa laws governing Construction Contractors and their licensing. END OF DOCUMENT 00210 G03613.10 00210-2 DOCUMENT 00410 BID FORM Johnson County Secondary Roads Department ReplacementFacility PROJECT: 4810 Melrose Avenue West, Iowa City, Iowa 52246 BID TO:Office of Johnson County Auditor Administration Office Building 913 South Dubuque Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 BID FROM: NOTE: Submit two copies of this Bid Form. All blanks shall be completed. Only bids on this form will be accepted. Submit Bid Security, if required, in separate envelope. 1.The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the schedule indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Notice and Instruction to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid 30 days security. . This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for after the day of Bid opening. 2.The undersigned Bidder submits, herewith, bid security in accordance with the terms set forth in the Notice and Instruction to Bidders. 3.The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: DateNumber 4.BIDDER has visited the site and become familiarwith and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.BIDDER is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. 6.BIDDER will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the prices indicated on the Document 00420, Schedule of Bid Prices. 7.In the event of discrepancies between unit prices and the unit price extension and/or total price listed on theSchedule of Bid Prices, unit price shall govern. 8.BIDDER agrees that the Work will be completed in accordance withthe project schedule in the Notice and Instruction to Bidders. 9.BIDDER certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or in connection with any other person, organization or corporation bidding on the work. G03613.10 00410-1 DOCUMENT 00410 BID FORM 10.Provide the Bid Security ina separate sealed envelope and made a condition of this bid. 11. This Bid is submitted on ,2014. 12.State Contractors License No. 13.Complete the applicable item(s) listed below. If an “agent” of BIDDER submits this bid, attach a current Power-of-Attorney certifying the agent's authority to bind the BIDDER. IF BIDDER IS: An Individual By (signature of individual) (type or print name) Doing Business as: Business Address: Phone Number: A Partnership Firm Name: (Signature of general partner)(type orprint name) Business Address: Phone Number: A Corporation Corporation Name: State of Incorporation: (Signature of person authorized to sign) (type or print name) Attest: Business Address: Phone Number: END OF DOCUMENT 00410 G03613.10 00410-2 DOCUMENT 00420 SCHEDULE OF BID PRICES JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS DEPARTMENT REPLACEMENT PROJECT: FACILITY BIDDER: The bid price on this form must be stated in words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, words will take precedence. Submit prices for all items below: BASEBID Furnish and install all necessary construction work in accordance with the contract documents required for Johnson County Secondary Roads Department ReplacementFacilityforJohnson County, to be the accomplished and completed within an agreed-to schedule between the Owner and Contractor . The work will be performed for the lump sum of: Dollars ($___________________) ALTERNATE NO 1 Furnish and install all necessary construction work in accordance with the contract documents required for Johnson the decorative wainscot surrounding the base of the building as shown on the elevations for the County Secondary Roads Department Replacement FacilityforJohnson County . (The base bid shall be contrasting color metal wall panels) The work will be performed for the lump sum of: (ADD) Dollars ($___________________) ALTERNATE NO 2 Furnish and install all necessary construction work in accordance with the contract documents required to increase the roof insulation value from R-30 to R-40 as shown on the plans, sections and in the specs for Johnson County Secondary Roads Department the “super saver banded type insulation package” for the Replacement FacilityforJohnson County . The work will be performed for the lump sum of: (ADD) Dollars ($___________________) ALTERNATE NO 3 Furnish and install all necessary construction work in accordance with the contract documents required for additional hose reels for fluids and compressed air distribution, as shown on the plans, sections and in the Johnson County Secondary Roads Department Replacement FacilityforJohnson specs for the County . The work will be performed for the lump sum of: (ADD) Dollars ($___________________) END OF DOCUMENT 00420 G03613.10 00420-1 DOCUMENT 00430 BID BOND 1.BID BOND A.Where it is provided in the Instructions to Bidders that the Bidder may submit a bid bond as the bid security, the Bidder may use AIA Document A310 "Bid Bond." AIA Document A310 is hereby made a part of these Documents to the same extent as if bound herein. This form can be purchased from the American Institute of Architects state officeor from the Architect/Engineer at cost. END OF DOCUMENT 00430 G03613.10 00430-1 DOCUMENT 00500 AGREEMENT 1.AGREEMENT A.AIA Document A101 "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor" where the basis of payment is a stipulated Sum (2007 Edition) forms the basis of the contract between the Owner and Contractor and is hereby made a part of theseDocuments to the same extent as if bound herein. All provisions that are not amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. END OF DOCUMENT 00500 G03613.10 00500-1 DOCUMENT 00611 PERFORMANCE BOND 1.PERFORMANCE BOND A.AIA Document A312 "Performance Bond", 2010 edition, is hereby made a part of these Documents to the same extent as if bound herein. All provisions that are not amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. END OF DOCUMENT 00611 G03613.10 00611-1 DOCUMENT 00612 PAYMENTBOND 1.PAYMENT BOND A.AIA Document A312 "Payment Bond", 2010 edition, is hereby made a part of these Documents to the same extent as if bound herein. All provisions that are not amended or supplemented remain in full and extent. END OF DOCUMENT 00612 G03613.10 00612-1 DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS I.GENERAL CONDITIONS A.AIA Document A201 "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" (2007 Edition), is the General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor and is hereby made a part of these Documents to the same extent as if bound herein. The document can be purchased from the American Institute of Architects state office or obtained from the Architect/Engineer. IISUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A.Refer to Document 00800, Supplementary Conditions, for amendments to these General Conditions. END OF DOCUMENT 00700 G03613.10 00700-1 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements modify, "General Conditions of the Contract-for Construction", AIA Document A201 (2007 ed.). Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1; GENERAL PROVISIONS No supplements. ARTICLE 2; OWNER 2.General Add the following clause 2.1.1.1 to 2.1.1: 2.1.1.1The Owner is:Office of Johnson County Engineer 4810 Melrose Avenue West IowaCity, Iowa 52246 2.2Information and Services Required of the Owner Delete Subparagraph 2.2.3 and substitute the following: 2.2.3 The Owner may furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations, and utility locations for the site of the project, and a legal description of the site. The furnishing of this information does not make the Owner responsible for the accuracy of the information and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to satisfy himself relative to the accuracy and completeness of such information. ARTICLE 3; CONTRACTOR No supplements. ARTICLE 4; ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1Architect/Engineer Delete Subparagraph 4.1.1 and substitute the following: 4.1.1The "Architect" is to be defined for this Contract as the Engineer or Architect lawfully licensed by the State to practice architecture or engineering or an entity, licensed by the State to lawfully practice architecture or engineering identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term “Engineer”, “Architect/Engineer”, “Engineer/Architect” or “Authorized Representative” shall mean, “Architect” as defined above. Add the following clause 4.1.1.1 to 4.1.1: G03613.10 00800-1 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 4.1.1.1 The Architect/Engineer is: AMENT, INC. nd 625 32Avenue SW Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52404 ARTICLE 5; SUBCONTRACTORS No supplements. ARTICLE 6; CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No supplements. ARTICLE 7; CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.2Changes Add the following Subparagraph 7.2.3 to Paragraph 7-2: 7.2.3Forms used to process a change order will include AIA Document G701, Change Order. ARTICLE 8; TIME No supplements. ARTICLE 9; PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3Application for Payment 9.3.1 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.3.1: The form of Application for Payment shall be a notarized AIA Document G702, Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. Add the following Clause 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1: 9.3.1.3Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay 95 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. 9.10Final Completion and Final Payment Add the following Subparagraph 9.10.6 to Paragraph 9.10: Final payment will be made not less than thirty (30) days after the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner subject to the provisions of Subparagraphs 9.10.1 through 9.10.5. Add the following paragraph 9.11 to Article 9: 9.11 Liquidated Damages 9.11.1 The Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner for any extra cost for engineering or architectural services and G03613.10 00800-2 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS construction services and related expenses necessitated by the delayed prosecution of the Work bythe Contractor beyond the date of Substantial Completion as required by the Agreement. The schedule for completion will be set by the contractor at the start of construction and shall be used by the Owner to determine progress and payments to the contractor. Such costsare in no way a penalty, but represent additional expenses to the Owner caused by the Substantial Completion will be set at the pre-construction Contractor's delay. meeting. 9.11.2 For purposes of this project liquidated damages shall be assumed to be $100/working day following the intended completion date designated in the contract. ARTICLE 10; PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.3Hazardous Materials Add the following Subparagraphs 10.3.4 to Paragraph 10.3. 10.3.4 No product containing asbestos or PCB shall be incorporated into the Work. ARTICLE 11; INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1.3 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 11.1.3: If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates shall be ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S (7/90) with AIA Document G715 Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S (7/90). Add the following Subparagraph to Paragraph 11.1. 11.1.4 The limits of liability and additional insured shall be as follows. Workers' compensation shall be carried by the contractor in accordance with the State workers' compensation statutes. 11.1.4.2Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000general aggregate limit; $1,000,000products-completed operations aggregate limit; $1,000,000personal and advertising injury; $1,000,000each occurrence limit. Commercial general liability shall be written on an "occurrence" form of coverage. Commercial general liability insurance shall include coverage for the hazards of underground, explosion, and collapse. 11.1.4.5 Commercial general liability shall be written with an endorsement stating that the aggregate limits of insurance are on a "per project" basis. G03613.10 00800-3 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 11.1.4.6Business automobile liability -including hired and non-owned automobile liability with: $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. 11-1.4.7 Excess/umbrella liability coverage shall be provided with limits of $1,000,000each occurrence, $1,000,000products/completed operations aggregate, $1,000,000general aggregate. Contractor shall name the Owner and the Architect/Engineer as additional insuredon the commercial general liability and excess/umbrella liability policies for the contract involved. A policy, if requested, shall be filed with the Owner evidencing this coverage. ARTICLE 12; UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK No supplements. ARTICLE 13; MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Add the followingparagraph. 13.8Equal Opportunity The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of the Federal Civil Rights Act and applicable similar State statues. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, physical or mental handicap. The Contractor shall require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. 13.8.1.1 Refrain from unlawful discrimination and discrimination based on citizenship status in employment and undertake affirmative action to assure equality of employment opportunity and eliminate the effects of past discrimination; 13.8.1.2Comply with the procedures and requirements of the Department's regulations concerning equal employment opportunities and affirmative action; 13.8.1.3Provide such information, with respect to its employees and applicants for employment, and assistance as the Department may reasonably request; 13.8.1.4Have written sexual harassment policies that shall include, at a minimum, the following information: (i) the illegality of sexual harassment; (ii) the definition of sexual harassment under State law; (iii) a description of sexual harassment, utilizing examples; (iv) the vendor's internal complaint process including penalties; (v) the legal recourse, investigative and complaint process available through the Department and the Commission; (vi) directions on how to contact the Department and Commission; and (vii) protection against retaliation as provided by applicable statutes. A copy of the policies shall be provided to the Department upon request. 13.8.1.5Require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. G03613.10 00800-4 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS END OF DOCUMENT 00800 G03613.10 00800-5 PROJECTLABORAGREEMENT forthe JohnsonCountySecondaryRoadsReplacementFacility between TheCedarRapidsandIowaCityBuildingTrades andthe JohnsonCountyBoardofSupervisors TABLEOFCONTENTS ArticleIPurpose................................................................ ArticleIIScopeofAgreement....................................................... ArticleIIILaborManagementCooperationJointAdministrativeCommittee.............................6 ArticleIVUnionRecognitionandEmployment...................................................... ArticleVHelmetstoHardhats........................................................ ArticleVIUnionRepresentationandStewards........................................................ ArticleVIIManagementRights.......................................................... ArticleVIIINoWorkStoppagesandNoLockouts........................................................ ArticleIXGrievanceProcedure....................................................... ArticleXJurisdictionalDisputes........................................................ ArticleXICompensation............................................................ ArticleXIIHoursofWork,Overtime,Shifts.......................................................... ArticleXIIISafety,ProtectionofPerson&Property........................................................ ArticleXIVSubcontracting&WorkPreservation............................................................. ArticleXVDuesCheckOff............................................................. ArticleXVIHolidays&PremiumDays............................................................ ArticleXVIIApprentices..................................................... ArticleXVIIINonDiscrimination.................................................. ArticleXIXBonding......................................................... ArticleXXSavingsClause................................................................ ArticleXXIMiscellaneous............................................................. ArticleXXIIDurationofAgreement....................................................... 2 ARTICLEIPURPOSE TheSecondaryRoadsReplacementFacilityisamajorpublicprojectundertakenbyJohnson County.Thisprojectiscomposedofanewfacilitytobeusedforgarage,shop,office,vehicle maintenanceandstoragepurposesasneededbytheJohnsonCountySecondaryRoadsDepartment.The projectshallprovideimprovedfacilitiesforoperationofthedepartmentandreplacethefacilities destroyedinafire. ThetimelyandsuccessfulcompletionoftheProjectiscriticaltotheoverallsuccessofthe projectandtothefutureeconomicefficiencyandvitalityofthedepartment.Lackofadequatefacilities forthe SecondaryRoadsDepartmenthasposedasignificanthardshiponthecountystaffinvolvedand thepublicserved.Therehasbeenadecreaseinefficiencyduetolimitedaccommodationscurrently available.Thetaxpayersandtheaffectedcountystaffneedtoknowwhenthebuildingwillbefully services.Constructionschedulingmustbestrictlyadheredto.Delaysin completedforoperationsand theflowofqualifiedcraftpersonneltothejobmustbeavoided.Thus,duringtheextendedperiodthat theconstructionactivitieswillbeperformed,workmustcontinuewithoutinterferenceordelay.Itis inanefficientandeconomicalmannerinordertosecure essentialthattheconstructionworkbedone optimumproductivityandtoeliminateanydelaysinthework. InrecognitionofthespecialneedsoftheSecondaryRoadsReplacementFacilityprojectandto maintainaspiritofharmony,labormanagementpeaceandstabilityduringthetermofthisAgreement, thepartiesagreetoestablisheffectiveandbindingmethodsforthesettlementofallmisunderstandings, disputesorgrievanceswhichmayarise.Therefore,theUnionsagreenottoengageinanystrike, slowdownorinterruptionofworkon,orwithrespectto,theProjectsite,andtheContractorsagreenot toengageinanylockouton,orwithrespectto,theProjectsite. Thepartiesarecommittedtoprovidingopenaccesstobiddingopportunitiesforallcontractors andtoassuringanadequatesupplyofcraftworkerspossessingtherequisiteskillsandtraininginorder toprovidetheCountyaprojectofthehighestqualitywithlesserfuturemaintenancecosts. ARTICLEIISCOPEOFAGREEMENT Section1.Theterm{-š“·©-·š©|shallincludetheGeneralContractorandall subcontractorsofwhatevertierengagedinonsiteconstructionworkswithinthescopeofthis Agreement.ThisAgreementshallapplyandislimitedtocertainconstructionasdescribedhereinunder thedirectionoftheGeneralContractorandperformedbycontractorsofwhatevertier.Itappliestoall contractorsawardedworkcoveredbythisAgreementafteritsapprovalbytheJohnsonCountyBoardof SupervisorswithregardtothesegmentsoftheprojectincludedintheworkcoveredbythisAgreement. 3 Section2.ThisAgreementshallcoverandapplytoallworkdescribedbelow,andasset forthinthehearingbeforetheBoardofSupervisorsontheBuildingPlansandspecificationsandformof Contract. TheProjectconsistsofanewmechanicsandstoragereplacementbuildingofapproximately 38,600GSF(nominal x xgroundfloorwithan xxuxmezzaninespaceabove)and siteimprovementsontheexistingSecondaryRoadssiteinIowaCity,Iowa.Theintentisto constructapreengineeredmetalbuilding,withconcreteslabongradeandfoundations,service doors,metalwallandroofpanels;aswellasothersiteimprovements baysservedbyoverhead forthebuildingandothersurroundingstructuresandfacilities.TheProjectwillalsorequirea phaseddemolitionofanexistingstructure,withaportionofthatstructurebeingdismantled andmovedbyJohnsonCountyafterthenewbuildingisconstructedandoccupied;andthefinal phaseisforreplacementofthesiteaccessroadthatmustremainopenduringmostofthe constructionperioduntilothersiteimprovementsarecompletedandallowsalternative circulationaroundthenewfacilities.Inaddition,thisprojectmaybecomeaLEEDcertified facilityandassuch,someoftheprovisionsintheprocessofconstruction,thecompletedproject andmaterialsusedfortheworkmaybedocumentedtoaccomplishthatgoal.Thecontractor shalltakeprecautionstocompileandpreserverelatedrecordsforthatpurpose. Theestimatedcostoftheprojectis$3,700,000.00. AnyadditionstotheconstructionworkwhichbecomeapartofthisProjectshallalsobe includedinthisAgreement. Section3.ThisAgreementshallbelimitedtotheconstructionworkwithinthescopeof thisAgreement,assetforthinSections1and2ofthisArticle,forwhichbidshavebeenreceivedonand aftertheeffectivedateofthisAgreement,includingspecifically,sitepreparationandrelateddemolition work(ifany)andconstruction.Nothingcontainedhereinshallbeconstruedtoprohibit,restrictor interferewiththeperformanceofanyotheroperation,workorfunctionawardedtoanycontractor beforetheeffectivedateofthisAgreementorwhichmaybeperformedorcontractedbytheOwnerfor itsownaccountontheproperty,orinandaroundtheconstructionsite. Section4.Itisunderstoodbythepartiesthattheownermay,atanytime,andatitssole discretion,determinetobuildormodifyadditionalprojectsunderthisAgreementnotcurrently proposed,ornottobuildanyoneormoreoftheparticularprojectstobecovered. ItemsspecificallyexcludedfromthescopeofthisAgreementinclude,butarenotlimitedto,the following: (a)Workofnonmanualemployees,includingbutnotlimitedto,superintendents,supervisors, staffengineers,inspectors,qualitycontrolandqualityassurancepersonnel,timekeepers,mail carriers,clerks,officeworkers,includingmessengers,safetypersonnel,emergencymedicaland firstaidtechnicians,andotherprofessional,engineering,administrative,supervisoryand managementemployees. 4 (b)AllemployeesoftheArchitectanddesignteamoranyotherconsultantnotperforming manuallabor. (c)Onoroffsitemaintenanceonleasedequipmentandonoroffsitewarrantyfunctions. (d)AllemployeesoftheOwnerandallworkbyhޓ;©x­employees,oritsConsultants. (e)Servicetypeemployees,i.e.,drinkingwater/icedelivery,portabletoiletsandservice,office equipmentandmaterialvendors. (f)Landscaping(design,plantingsandsod). (g)Dumpsterservices. Section5.(a)TheOwnerand/orContractors,asappropriate,havetheabsoluterightto selectanyqualifiedcontractorfortheawardofcontractsorsubcontractsonthisProjecthoweveritshall beimpermissibletoselectanycontractorbasedontheexistenceornonexistenceofanyagreements betweensuchcontractorandanypartytothisAgreementprovidedonlythatsuchcontractoriswilling, thesuccessful readyandabletoexecuteandcomplywiththisAgreement,shoulditbedesignated contractor. (b)TheGeneralContractorshallbeasignatorytothisAgreement.Itisfurther agreedthatallsubcontractors,ofanytier,whohavebeenawardedcontractsforworkcoveredbythis AgreementonoraftertheeffectivedateofthisAgreementshallberequiredtoacceptandbeboundby thetermsandconditionsofthisAgreement,andshallevidencetheiracceptancebytheexecutionofa LetterofAssent(Attachment1)priortocommencementofwork.TheGeneralContractorshallusetheir besteffortstomonitorandassurecompliancewiththisAgreementbyallsubcontractors. Section6.(a)Appendix1andAttachment1attachedhereto,areherebyincorporatedinto thisagreementbyreferenceandmadeapartthereof.TheprovisionsoftheProjectLaborAgreement (includingtheAppendicesandattachmentsattachedhereto)shallapplytotheworkcoveredbythis Agreement,notwithstandingtheprovisionsofanyotherlocal,areaand/ornationalagreementswhich mayconflictwithordifferfromthetermsofthisAgreementexceptasprovidedforinArticleXXI. (b)ItisunderstoodthatthisAgreement,togetherwiththereferredappendices, constitutesaselfcontained,standaloneAgreement.ThisAgreementrepresentsthecomplete understandingoftheparties.Exceptasrequiredtoparticipateinanyfringebenefittrustoremployee benefitplan,nocontractorisorwillberequiredtosignanyotheragreementwithasignatoryunionasa conditionofperformingworkwithinthescopeofthisAgreement.Nopractice,understanding,or agreementbetweenacontractorandaunionpartywhichisnotspecificallysetforthinthisAgreement willbebindingonanyotherpartyunlessendorsedinwritingbytheGeneralContractor.Byvirtueof havingbecomeboundtothisProjectLaborAgreement,nocontactorwillbeobligatedtosignorbecome partytoanyotherlocal,area,ornationalagreement.ThisAgreementshallnotapplytotheworkofany contactor,whichisperformedatanylocationotherthantheprojectsiteasdefinedinthisAgreement. 5 (c)Itisfurtherunderstoodthattheunionswillnotengageinanydistributionof literature,oranyotherjobdisruptingactivitiesontheProjectsiteduringworkinghours. Section7.ThisAgreementshallonlybebindingonthesignatorypartiesheretoandshall notapplytotheparents,affiliates,subsidiaries,orotherventuresofanysuchparty. Section8.(a)ItisunderstoodthattheOwnerisaCountyoftheStateofIowachargedwith governanceofCountyaffairs.OncethisAgreementisreviewedandapprovedbytheJohnsonCounty BoardofSupervisors,itshallbethepolicyoftheOwnerthattheconstructionworkcoveredbythis AgreementbecontractedtoContractorswhoagreetoexecuteand/orbeboundbythetermsofthis Agreement. (b)NeithertheOwnernoranyofitsaffiliatesorsubsidiariesisanemployerin theconstructionindustry,andshallnothireorbeanyemployerofanyemployeeshiredtoworkonthe ProjectcoveredbythisAgreement.Further,byvirtueofincludingthisAgreementinitsbid specifications,theOwnerwillnotbecomepartytoanycollectivebargainingagreementswithany signatorylabororganizations.ForthepurposesofthisAgreement,theroleoftheOwnershallbelimited toseekingproperapprovalofthisAgreement,andtodesigningbidspecificationstorequiresuccessful bidderstocomplywiththetermsofthisAgreement.Further,itisunderstoodthatnothinginthis AgreementshallbeconstruedaslimitingthesolediscretionoftheOwnerindeterminingwhich ContractorsshallbeawardedcontractsforsegmentsofthisProjectincludedinthecoveredworkunder thisAgreement.ItisalsounderstoodthattheOwner,initssoleexclusive,andnonreviewable discretion,may,foranyreason,cancel,terminate,delay,modifyorsuspendanyworktobeperformed onthisProject,includinganyandallcoveredwork,inwholeorinpart. Section9.ItisunderstoodthattheliabilityofanyContractorandtheliabilityofthe separateUnionsunderthisAgreementshallbeseveralandnotjoint.TheUnionsagreethatthis Agreementdoesnothavetheeffectofcreatinganyjointemploymentstatusbetweenoramongthe OwneroranyContractor. Section10.NoneoftheprovisionsofthisAgreementshouldbeconstruedtoprohibitor restricttheOwneroritsemployeesfromperformingworknotcoveredbythisAgreementonoraround theconstructionsite.AsareasandsystemsofthecoveredworkontheProjectareinspectedandtested bytheContractor,approvedbytheArchitect,andacceptedbytheOwner,theAgreementshallhaveno furtherforceoreffectonsuchitemsorareas,exceptwhentheContractorisdirectedtoengagein repairs,modifications,checkoutand/orwarrantyfunctionsrelatedtosuchitemsorareasrequiredbyits contract(s)withtheOwner. ARTICLEIIILABORMANAGEMENTCOOPERATIONJOINTADMINISTRATIONCOMMITTEE Section1.(a)ThepartiestothisAgreementwillformaProjectLaborAgreementJoint AdministrativeCommitteeconsistingofeight(8)members.Therewillbefour(4)unionrepresentatives namedbytheCedarRapidsandIowaCityBuildingTrades(BuildingTrades)andfour(4)contractor representatives,namedbytheOwner.EqualnumbersofUnionandContractorrepresentativeswillbe 6 selectedbytheBuildingTradesandtheOwner,respectively.Eachpartyreservestherighttoappoint alternatestotheJACastheydeemnecessary,butatnotimeshallthejointcommitteeexceedeight(8) totalmembers.Thecommitteeshallbejointlychaired.ThepurposeoftheCommitteeshallbeto promoteharmoniousandstablelabor/managementrelationsonthisProject,toinsureeffectiveand constructivecommunicationsbetweenthelaborandmanagementparties,andtoadvancethe proficiencyoftheworkersontheproject. (b)TheCommitteeshallmeetatleastmonthly,ormoreoften,ifspecial thecalloftheJointChairstodiscusstheadministrationoftheAgreement,the circumstanceswarrant,at progressoftheProject,labor/managementproblemsthatmayarise,andanyothermattersconsistent withthisAgreement.TheGeneralContractorshallberesponsiblefortheschedulingofthemeetingsand thepreparationoftheagendatopicsforthemeetingwithinputfromtheUnionsandContractors. Noticeofthedate,time,andplaceofthemeetingsshallbegiventotheCommitteemembersand Ownerseven(7)dayspriorthemeeting. ARTICLEIVUNIONRECOGNITIONANDEMPLOYMENT Section1.TheContractorrecognizestheUnionasthesoleandexclusivebargaining representativeofallcraftemployeeswithintheirrespectivejurisdictionworkingontheProjectwithin thescopeofthisAgreement. Section2.TheContractorshall,consistentwiththeattachedAppendices,havetherightto determinethecompetencyofallemployees,thenumberofemployeesrequired,andshallhavethesole responsibilityforselectingemployeestobelaidoffand/orterminated,consistentwithArticleVI, Section3.Further,alayoffcannotbeusedtoavoidorevadetheratioestablishedbyArticleIV,Section 5. Section3.(a)SubjecttotheprovisionsofthisAgreement,theContractoragreestohire employeesforcoveredworkthroughthejobreferralsystemsofferedbyeachsignatoryLocalas providedintheattachedAppendices.Thesejobreferralsystemswillbeoperatedinanon discriminatorymannerandinfullcompliancewithfederal,stateandlocallawsandregulations,which requireequalemploymentopportunitiesandnondiscrimination,andreferralsshallnotbeaffectedin anywaybytherules,regulations,bylaws,constitutionalprovisionsoranyotheraspectsorobligations ofunionmembership,policiesorrequirements,andtheyshallbesubjecttosuchotherconditionsas establishedbythisArticle. (b)Allhiringprocedures,includingrelatedpracticesaffectingapprenticeship training,willbeoperatedsoastofacilitatetheabilityofthecontractorstomeetanyandallequal employmentopportunity/affirmativeactionobligations.TheContractormayrejectanyreferralforany nondiscriminatoryreason,providedtheContractorcomplieswithArticleIV,Section5. (c)Thereshallbenononproductivepersonnelorfeatherbedding.Foremanor Stewardsaretoperformworkasdirectedbythecontractors.Crewsizeshallbeatthediscretionofthe 7 contractors.Contractorsmayusetheirownemployeesinkeymanagementpositionssuchas SuperintendentsorAssistantSuperintendents. Section4.TheContractorshallinformtheUnionofthename,address,andsocialsecurity numberofanyapplicantshiredfromanysourceotherthantheLocalUnionjobreferralsystemsand refertheapplicationtotheLocalUnionfordispatchtotheProjectincaseswheresuchreferralsystems areused. Section5.Toensurethatallenterpriseswillhaveanopportunitytoemploytheir{-š©;| employeesonthisProject,thepartiesagreethatinthosesituationswhereaContractornotapartyto thecurrentcollectivebargainingagreementwiththesignatoryUnionhavingjurisdictionoverthe affectedworkisasuccessfulbidder,theContractormayrequestbyname,andtheLocalwillhonor, referralofpersonswhohaveappliedtothelocalunionforProjectworkandwhomeetatleastoneof thefollowingqualifications: (a)possessanylicenserequiredbythecity,county,stateorfederallawfortheProjectworkto beperformed; (b)haveworkedatotalofatleast1,000hoursintheappropriateconstructioncraftduringthe priorthree(3)years;or (c)wereonthe/š“·©-·š©x­activepayrollforatleastsixty(60)outoftheonehundredeighty (180)calendardayspriortothecontractaward. TheUnionwillrefertosuchContractoronejourneypersonemployeefromthehiringhalloutof worklistfortheaffectedtradeorcraft,andwillthenreferoneofsuch/š“·©-·š©x­{-š©;|employeesas ajourneypersonandshallrepeattheprocess,oneandoneinaccordancewiththefollowingtable: TotalCrewSize%ofCoreEmployees 11450% 152040% 212536% 263330% 345022% 516020% 617717% 7810014% Thereafter,alladditionalemployeesintheaffectedtradeorcraftshallbehiredexclusivelyfrom thehiringhalloutofworklists(s),whichareopentoanyindividual,regardlessofUnionmembership. Section6.TheLocalUnionswillexerttheirutmosteffortstorecruitsufficientnumbersof skilledcraftworkerstofulfillthemanpowerrequirementsoftheContractor,includingcallstolocal unionsinotherareaswhenitsreferrallistshavebeenexhausted.ThepartiestothisAgreementsupport 8 thedevelopmentofincreasednumberofskilledconstructionworkersfromtheresidentsofEastern IowatomeettheneedsofthisProjectandtherequirementsoftheindustrygenerally.Towardthatend, theUnionsagreetoencouragethereferralandutilization,totheextentpermittedbylawandthehiring hallprocedures,ofqualifiedresidentsasjourneymen,apprenticesandtraineesonthisProject,and entranceintosuchapprenticeshipandtrainingprogramsasmaybeoperatedbythesignatorylocal unions. Section7.Intheeventthatauniondoesnotprovideforajobreferralsysteminits tothisAgreement,theContractorshallgivetheUnionequalopportunitytoreferapplicants. appendix TheContractorshallnotifytheUniontwentyfour(24)hoursinadvanceofwheneveritisinahiring modefortheProjectandwithinseven(7)daysofhireofthenamesofemployeeshiredfromanysource otherthanreferralbytheUnion. Section8.ALocalUnionshallnotknowinglyreferemployeestoaContractorunderthis Agreement,whoarecurrentlyemployedbyanotherContractorworkingunderthisAgreement. Section9.Theselectionofcraftforemenand/orgeneralforemenshallbethe responsibilityoftheContractor.Allforemenshalltakeordersexclusivelyfromthedesignated Contractorrepresentatives.Craftforemenshallbedesignatedasworkingforemenattherequestofthe Contractor.ForemanratesofpayshallbeestablishedintheAppendixfortheapplicablecraft. ARTICLEVHELMETSTOHARDHATS Section1.TheEmployersandtheUnionsrecognizeadesiretofacilitatetheentryintothe buildingandconstructiontradesofveteranswhoareinterestedincareersinthebuildingand constructionindustry.TheEmployersandUnionsagreetoutilizetheservicesoftheCenterforMilitary Recruitment,AssessmentandVeteransEmployment(hereinafter{/;“·;©|œandthe/;“·;©x­{I;Œ’;·­ toI©7w·­|programtoserveasaresourceforpreliminaryorientation,assessmentofconstruction aptitude,referraltoapprenticeshipprogramsorhiringhalls,counselingandmentoring,support network,employmentopportunitiesandotherneedsasidentifiedbytheparties. Section2.TheUnionsandEmployersagreetocoordinatewiththeCentertoparticipatein andutilizeanintegrateddatabaseofveteransinterestedinworkingonthisProjectandof apprenticeshipandemploymentopportunitiesforthisProject.Totheextentpermittedbylaw,the Unionswillgivecredittosuchveteransforbonafide,provableexperience. ARTICLEVIUNIONREPRESENTATIONANDSTEWARDS Section1.AuthorizedrepresentativesoftheUnionshallhaveaccesstotheProject, providedthatsuchrepresentativesfullycomplywiththevisitorandsecurityandsafetyrulesofthe GeneralContractorandtheOwner.Copiesofsaidsecurityandsafetyrulesshallbeprovidedtothe BuildingTradesatleastfifteen(15)dayspriortothecommencementofwork. Section2.(a)EachsignatoryLocalUnionshallhavetherighttodispatchaworking journeymanasastewardforeachshiftandshallnotifytheContractorinwritingoftheidentityofthe 9 designatedstewardorstewardspriortotheassumptionofdutiesassteward.Suchdesignatedsteward orstewardsshallnotexerciseanysupervisoryfunctions.Therewillbenononworkingstewards. Stewardswillreceivetheregularrateofplayoftheirrespectivecrafts. (b)Inadditiontohisworkasanemployee,thestewardshallhavetherightto receive,butnotsolicit,complaintsorgrievances.Eachstewardshallbeconcernedwiththeemployees ofthe­·;Þ©7x­Contractorandifapplicable,subcontractors,andnotwiththeemployeesofanyother contractor.TheContractorwillnotdiscriminateagainstthestewardintheproperperformanceofhis Unionduties. Section3.TheContractoragreestonotifytheappropriateUniontwentyfour(24)hours priortothelayoffofasteward,exceptinthecaseofdisciplineordischargeforjustcause.Ifastewardis protectedagainstsuchlayoffbytheprovisionsofanyAppendices,suchprovisionsshallberecognizedto theextentthatthestewardpossessesthenecessaryqualificationstoperformtheworkremaining.In anycaseinwhichastewardisdischargedordisciplined,theappropriateUnionshallbenotified immediatelybytheContractor. Section4.OnworkwherethepersonneloftheOwnerand/orofContractorsforsegments oftheProjectnotcoveredbythescopeofthisAgreementmaybeworkingincloseproximitytothe coveredworkconstructionactivities,theUnionagreesthatemployeeswillcooperatewitheffortsto coordinateworkactivitiesthatareongoingatthesite. ARTICLEVIIMANAGEMENTRIGHTS Section1.TheContractorretainsthefullandexclusiveauthorityforthemanagementof itsoperation.ExceptasexpresslylimitedbyotherprovisionsofthisAgreement,theContractorretains thesoleandexclusiverighttodirecttheworkforce,includingthehiring,promotion,transfer,layoff, disciplineordischargeofitsemployees;theselectionofforemen;theassignmentandschedulingof work;thepromulgationofreasonableworkrules;and,therequirementsofovertimework,the determinationofwhenitwillbeworkedandthenumberandidentityofemployeesengagedforsuch work.TheContractormayutilizeanymethodsortechniquesofconstruction. Section2.Thereshallbenolimitationorrestrictionuponthe/š“·©-·š©x­choiceof materialsordesign,nor,exceptaslimitedbyArticleII,uponthefulluseandinstallationofequipment, machinery,packageunits,precast,prefinished,orpreassembledmaterials,toolsorotherlaborsaving devices.Theonsiteinstallationorapplicationofallitemsshallbeperformedbythecrafthaving jurisdictionoversuchapplication;provided,however,itisrecognizedthatinstallationofspecialtyitems whichmaybefurnishedbytheOwnermaybeperformedbyemployeesemployedunderthis Agreementwiththeparticipationofotherpersonnelinlimitedcircumstances,requiringspecial knowledgeoftheparticularitem(s),orwhererequiredtoprotectaguaranteeorwarranty,maybe performedbyemployeesofthevendororothercompanieswhereemployeesworkingunderthis orwarrantyofferedbythevendor. Agreementlacktherequiredskillsorcannotprotectaguarantee 10 Section3.ExceptasotherwiseexpresslystatedinthisAgreement,itisrecognizedthatthe useofnewtechnology,equipment,machinery,toolsand/orlaborsavingdevicesandmethodsof performingworkwillbeinitiatedbytheContractorfromtimetotimeduringtheProject.TheUnion not,inanyway,restricttheimplementationofsuchnewdevicesorworkmethods.If agreesthatitwill thereisanydisagreementbetweentheContractorandtheUnionconcerningthemanneror implementationofsuchdeviceormethodofwork,theimplementationshallproceedasdirectedbythe havetherighttogrieveand/orarbitratethedisputeassetforthin Contractor,andtheUnionshall ArticleIXofthisAgreement. ARTICLEVIIINOWORKSTOPPAGESANDNOLOCKOUTS Section1.DuringthetermofthisAgreementthereshallbenoeconomic,ULP,recognition, orsympathystrikes,picketing,workstoppages,slowdownsoranydisruptiveactivityforanyreason (includingdisputesrelatingtothenegotiationsorrenegotiationsofcollectivebargainingagreements)by anyLocalUnionorBuildingTrades,orbyanyemployee,againstanyContractorcoveredbythis AgreementandfailureofanyLocalUnionoremployeetocrossanypicketlineestablishedbyanyUnion signatoryornonsignatorytotheConstructionsiteisaviolationofthisArticle.AnyUnionorLocalUnion, whichinitiatesorparticipatesinaworkstoppageinviolationofthisArticle,orwhichrecognizesor supportstheworkstoppageofanotherUnionorLocalUnion,whichisinviolationofthisArticle,agrees, asaremedyforsaidviolation,topayliquidateddamagesinaccordancewithSection6(h)ofthisArticle. Section2.TheBuildingTrades,itsaffiliatedlocalunionssignedtothisAgreement,and theiragents,shallnotsanction,aidorabet,encourageorcontinueanyworkstoppage,strike,picketing orotherdisruptiveactivityatthe/š“·©-·š©x­projectsite,andtheyshallundertakeallreasonable meanstopreventorterminatesuchactivity.Noemployeesshallengageinactivitieswhichviolatethis Article.Anyemployeewhoparticipatesinorencouragesanyactivitywhichinterfereswiththenormal operationoftheProject,shallbesubjecttodisciplinaryaction,includingdischarge.Theonlyissuefor arbitrationisparticipationbytheemployee. Section3.NeithertheBuildingTrades,noritsaffiliatesorothersignatorylocalunionsshall beliableforactsofemployeesforwhomithasnoresponsibility.TheofficersoftheBuildingTradesand the…“zš“x­signatorytothisAgreementwillimmediatelyinstruct,orderandusethebesteffortsoftheir officetocauseanyoneengagingindisruptiveactivitytoceasesuchaction.Theprincipalofficeror officersofalocalunionwillimmediatelyinstruct,orderandusethebesteffortsofhisofficetocausethe employeestheunionrepresentstoceaseanyviolationsofthisArticle.AUnioncomplyingwiththis obligationshallnotbeliableforunauthorizedactsofemployeesitrepresents.Thefailureofthe Contractortoexerciseitsrightinanyinstanceshallnotbedeemedawaiverofitsrightinanyother instance. Section4.Itisagreedbythepartiesthattheterm{Œš-‰šÒ·|rforpurposesofthis Agreement,doesnotincludedischarge,terminationorlayoffofemployeesbytheContractor,nordoes itincludethe/š“·©-·š©x­decisiontoterminateorsuspendworkontheProjectoranyportionthereof foranyreason,includinganyeventcontemplatedbyArticleXXbelow,providedtheUnionisgiven 11 writtennoticeasearlyaspossible.Thisprovisionwillnotaffectthe/š“·©-·š©x­righttosuspendor terminateworkonanyportionoftheProjectforoperationalorspecialcircumstances.IftheUnion contendsthatanyContractorhasviolatedthisArticle,itwillnotifytheContractorandtheOwnersetting forththefactswhichtheUnioncontendsviolatetheAgreement,atleasttwentyfour(24)hourspriorto invokingtheproceduresinArticleVIII,Section6. Section5.AnypartyallegingabreachofSection1ofArticleVIIIshallhavetherightto petitionacourtfortemporaryandpermanentinjunctiverelief.Themovingpartyneedstoshowthe existenceofirreparableharm,andshallberequiredtopostbondonlytosecurepaymentofcourtcosts andattorneyfeesasmaybeawardedbythecourt. Section6.Anyparty,includingtheOwner,whomthepartiesagreeisapartyininterestfor purposesofthisArticle,mayinstitutethefollowingprocedure,inlieuoforinadditiontoanyother contractualprocedureoranyactionatlaworequity,whenabreachofSection1,isalleged: Fagan,SimmonsPerrineMoyerBerganPLC, (a)ApartyinvokingthisprocedureshallnotifyBrian rd 1153StreetSE,Suite1200,CedarRapids,IA52401,whomthepartiesagreeshallbepermanent arbitratorunderthisprocedure.Intheeventthatthepermanentarbitratorisunavailableatanytime, he/sheshallappointanalternate.Noticetothearbitratorshallbebythemostexpeditiousmeans available,withnoticestothepartyallegedtobeinviolation,andtotheBuildingTradesifitisaUnion allegedtobeinviolation.ForpurposesofthisArticle,writtennoticemaybegivenbytelegram, facsimile,handdeliveryorovernightmail,butwillbedeemedeffectiveuponreceipt. (b)Uponreceiptofsaidnotice,thearbitratornamedaboveorhis/heralternateshallsitand holdahearingwithintwentyfour(24)hoursifitiscontendedthattheviolationstillexists,butnot soonerthantwentyfour(24)hoursafterthenoticetotheBuildingTradesrequiredbySubsection(a), above. (c)Thearbitratorshallnotifythepartiesoftheplaceandtimechosenforthehearing.Said hearingshallbecompletedinonesession,which,withappropriaterecessesatthe©,z·©·š©x­ discretion,shallnotexceedtwentyfour(24)hoursunlessotherwiseagreeduponbyallparties.Afailure ofanypartyorpartiestoattendsaidhearingsshallnotdelaythehearingofevidenceortheissuanceof anyawardbythearbitrator. (d)ThesoleissueatthehearingshallbewhetherornotaviolationofSection1,above,hasin factoccurred.Thearbitratorshallhavenoauthoritytoconsideranymatterinjustification,explanation, ormitigationofsuchviolationor,exceptasexpresslyprovidedbySection6(i)ofthisArticle,toaward damages,whichissueisreservedforcourtproceedings,ifany.Theawardshallbeissuedinwriting ofthehearing,andmaybeissuedwithoutanopinion.Ifanyparty withinthree(3)hoursaftertheclose desiresanopinion,oneshallbeissuedwithinfifteen(15)days,butitsissuanceshallnotdelay compliancewith,orenforcementof,theaward.Thearbitratormayordercessationoftheviolationof relief,andsuchawardshallbeservedonallpartiesbyhandor theArticleandotherappropriate registeredmailuponissuance. 12 (e)Suchawardshallbefinalandbindingonallpartiesandmaybeenforcedbyanycourtof competentjurisdictionuponthefilingofthisAgreementandallotherrelevantdocumentsreferredto hereinaboveinthefollowingmanner.Writtennoticeofthefilingofsuchenforcementproceedingsshall begiventotheotherparty.Intheproceedingtoobtainatemporaryorderenforcingthe©,z·©·š©x­ award,asissuedunderSection6(d)ofthisArticle,allpartieswaivetherightstoahearingandagreethat suchproceedingsmaybeexparte.Suchagreementdoesnotwaiveany¦©·äx­righttoparticipateina hearingforafinalorderofenforcement.The/šÒ©·x­orderorordersenforcingthe©,z·©·š©x­award shallbeservedonallpartiesbyhandorbydeliverytotheirlastknownaddressbyregisteredmail. (f)Anyrightscreatedbystatuteorlawgoverningarbitrationproceedingsinconsistentwiththe aboveprocedurewhichinterferewithcomplianceheretoareherebywaivedbythepartiestowhom theyaccrue. (g)Thefeesandexpensesofthearbitratorshallbeequallydividedbetweenthemovingpartyor partiesandthepartyorpartiesrespondent. (h)UponnotificationfromtheGeneralContractorthataworkstoppagehasoccurredin accordancewiththisArticle,theUnionrepresentingthecraftinvolvedwillimmediatelydirectallthe employeesitrepresentsontheProjecttoreturntowork. (i)IfthearbitratordeterminesthataviolationofSection1abovehasoccurredinaccordance withSection6(d)above,andifthetradeinvolveddoesnotreturntoworkimmediately,andtheUnion(s) hasnotcompliedwithSection2ofthisArticle,thentheUnion(s)shallpaythesumoftenthousand dollars($10,000.00)asliquidateddamagestotheOwner,suchliquidateddamagestoaccruefromthe timetheworkstoppagefirstoccurredandtheUnion(s)wasnotified.TheUnion(s)shallpayan additionaltenthousanddollars($10,000.00)pershiftforeachshiftthereafteronwhichthetradehas notyetreturnedtowork. IfthearbitratordeterminesthatalockouthasoccurredinviolationofSection1,s/heshallbe empoweredtoawardbackpaytotheemployeeswhowerelockedoutandtoorderthatthelockout ceaseimmediately.Failuretocomplywiththe©,z·©·š©x­awardshallresultinthepermanentremoval fromtheProjectoftheemployerengaginginthelockout. ThearbitratorshallretainjurisdictiontodeterminecompliancewiththissectionandSection2 ofthisArticle. Section7.TheOwnerisapartyininterestinallproceedingsarisingunderthisArticleand ArticlesIXandX,andshallbesentcontemporaneouscopiesofallnotificationsrequiredunderthese Articles,and,atitsoption,mayinitiateorparticipateasafullpartyinanyproceedinginitiatedunder theseArticles. ARTICLEIXGRIEVANCEPROCEDURE Section1.(a)ThisAgreementisintendedtoprovideclosecooperationbetween managementandlabor.OwnerandtheBuildingTradesshalleachassignarepresentativetothisProject 13 forthepurposeofassistingwiththeconstructionoftheProjecteconomically,efficiently,continuously andwithoutinterruption,delaysorworkstoppages. (b)TheContractors,Unions,andemployeescollectivelyandindividually,realize theimportancetoallpartiestomaintaincontinuousanduninterruptedperformanceoftheworkonthe Project,andagreetoresolvedisputesinaccordancewiththearbitrationprovisionssetforthinthis Article. Section2.Anyquestionarisingoutof,andduringthetermof,thisAgreement,involvingits interpretationandapplication(otherthantradejurisdictionaldisputesorallegedviolationofArticle andsubjecttoresolutionunderthefollowingprocedures. VIII),shallbeconsideredagrievance (a)Grievancesmustbefiledwithinfive(5)workingdaysaftertheeventgivingrisetothe grievanceoccurred.Agrievancecanbefiledbyanemployeeorthelocalunion.Atthisstage,the grievancewillbehandledbythebusinessrepresentativeoftheappropriatelocalunion.Anygrievance notfiledwithinthatfive(5)workingdaysshallbedeemedwaived.Allgrievancesmustbefiledin writing.AcopyofanygrievanceandsubsequentnotificationsrelatingtoitmustbesenttotheBuilding TradesandtheOwner. (b)ThebusinessrepresentativeandContractorwhoarepartiestothegrievanceshallmeet withinthree(3)workingdaysofthegrievanceandattempttosettleit.Thereshallbenoextendingthe deadlineforthismeeting.TheBuildingTradesandtheOwnershallbenotifiedofanysettlement reached.Ifthegrievanceisnotsettledwithinthesethree(3)workingdays,thegrievancemaybe referredbyeitherpartywithintwo(2)workingdaystotheCoChairsoftheProjectLaborAgreement JointAdministrativeCommittee›{W!/|œforadjustment.IfaUnionoraContractormemberoftheJACis apartytothegrievance,thatrepresentativeshouldexcusehim/herselffromtheJACforthepurposesof thatgrievance. (c)TheJACshallmeettoresolveanygrievancereferredtoitwithinthree(3)workingdaysofits referral.ThereshallbenoextendingthedeadlineforthisJACmeeting.Providedthereisaleastone(1) memberoftheJACpresentthegrievanceshallbeheard.TheUnionandtheContractormembersofthe JACshallhaveequalvotingstrengthonlyifatleastone(1)memberfromeachispresent.Inthose situationswherenocontractorornounionrepresentativeappears,fullauthoritytoresolvethe grievanceshallvestinthosecommitteememberswhoarepresent. (d)Thegrievancemaybedeliveredbyfacsimile,U.S.Mail,overnightmail,orhanddeliveredto theappropriatepartyworkingunderthisAgreement.Thegrievanceshallbeconsideredfiledwhensent totheotherparty. (e)Failureonthepartofapartytofulfillitsobligationsunderthisprocedureortoattendthe JAChearingshallbedeemedasacompleteandtotalwaiverofthat¦©·äx­position,andthegrievance shallbeconsideredsustainedordenied,asisappropriate,andasifrenderedpursuanttoafinalbinding decisionbythearbitrator. 14 (f)IftheJACdeadlocks,eitherpartymayreferthegrievancetothepermanentarbitratoror his/heralternate.Themattermustbeheardwithinseven(7)workingdaysofitsreceiptbythe permanentarbitrator.Adecisionwillberenderedwithinthree(3)hoursafterthehearinghas Thedecisionwillbeinwriting.Thedecisiondoesnotneedasupportingopinion. concluded. (g)AtitssolediscretiontheOwnermayelecttoparticipateinanon‘Ýš·z“mcapacityatany stageofthegrievanceprocess. (h)Thefeesandexpensesofthearbitratorshallbeequallydividedbetweenthemovingpartyor partiesandthepartyor¦©·äx­respondent. Section3.Onlytheactualpartiestothedisputeshallbeallowedtopresenttheir respectivecases.OnlyemployeesoftheapplicableContractorandUnionwillbeallowedtorepresent thepartiesathearingsbeforetheJACorthepermanentArbitrator.Anyindividualwhohasrelevant evidencecanbecalledasawitness. Section4.Anydecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedureshallbefinalandbindingonall parties,andshallnotbesubjecttojudicialappealunlesstheawardhasbeenobtainedfraudulentlyorin someotherillegalmanner.Nodecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedureshallhaveanyprecedential valueinanyproceedingconductedpursuanttothegrievance/arbitrationprocedure,establishedbyany collectivebargainingagreementbetweenanyemployeroremployerassociationandanylocalunion signatorytothisProjectLaborAgreement,norshallanydecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedurebe admissibleinanysubsequenthearingorproceedinginvolvingtheUnion,excepttoenforcethetermsof thatdecision. ARTICLEXJURISDICTIONALDISPUTES Section1.WorkshallbeassignedbytheContractorinaccordancewiththeProcedural RulesofthePlanfortheSettlementofJurisdictionalDisputesintheConstructionIndustry(hereinafter the{tŒ“|œrandshallbebasedupontheappropriateagreementsofrecords,decisionsofrecordsand previouslocalpracticesbetweenand/oramongtheunions.Suchassignmentsshallbedisclosedbythe Contractorataprejobconference,whichprejobconferencewillincludearepresentativeofthe ArchitectandtheOwner. Section2.(a)Thepartiesagreethatalljurisdictionaldisputesoverdivisionofworkwillbe settledinaccordancewiththeproceduralrulesandregulationsofthePlanfortheSettlementof JurisdictionalDisputesintheConstructionIndustry,effectiveJune1,1984,oranysuccessorplan. (b)Anyawardorresolutionmadepursuanttothisprocedure,shallbefinaland bindingonthedisputingUnionsandtheinvolvedContractorunderthisAgreementonly,andmaybe enforcedinanycourtofcompetentjurisdictioninaccordancewiththePlan.Suchawardorresolution shallnotestablishaprecedentonanyconstructionworknotcoveredbythisAgreement.Inalldisputes underthisArticle,theOwnershallbeconsideredapartyininterest,withafullrightofparticipation. 15 Section3.Inmakinganydeterminationhereunder,thereshallbenoauthoritytoassign worktoadoublecrew,thatis,tomoreemployeesthantheminimumrequiredtoperformthework involved;nortoassigntheworktoemployeeswhoarenotqualifiedtoperformtheworkinvolved.This doesnotprohibittheestablishment,withtheagreementoftheinvolvedContractor,ofcompositecrews wheremorethanone(1)employeeisneededforthejob.Theaforesaiddeterminationshalldecideonly towhomthedisputedworkbelongs. Section4.Therewillbenostrikes,workstoppages,slowdowns,orotherdisruptive activityarisingoutofanyjurisdictionaldispute.Pendingtheresolutionofthedispute,theworkshall proceedasassignedbytheContractor.Theawardorresolutionshallbeconfirmedinwritingtothe involvedparties.Thereshallbenostrike,workstoppage,orinterruptioninprotestofanysuchawardor anyresolution. Section5.EachContractorwillconductaprejobconferencewiththeBuildingTradesand theappropriateaffiliatespriortocommencingwork.TheArchitectandtheOwnerwillbeadvisedin advanceofallsuchconferencesandmayparticipateiftheywish. ARTICLEXICOMPENSATION Section1.ThecompensationpackageofeachcraftissetforthintheAppendicesattached tothisAgreement.Thecompensationpackage,ataminimum,includesthewagerateforthe journeyman,foreman,generalforeman,apprentices,andothermiscellaneousclassificationsofcraft workersaswellasthefringebenefitsprovidedforintheAppendices. Section2.(a)ThecompensationpackageofthecraftssignatorytothisAgreementmay increaseduringthetermoftheProject.Insomeinstances,theamountoftheincreaseinthe compensationpackagehasalreadybeenagreedto.WherethisisthecasetheapplicableAppendix specifiestheamountoftheincrease.Thedistributionofthatincreasetothevariouscomponentsofthe compensationpackagewillbeannouncedinatimelymannertoanycontractorsignatorytothis Agreementtobeaffectedbytheincrease,andtotheOwnerandtheBuildingTrades. (b)Insomeinstancestheamountoftheincreasetothecompensationpackage, ifany,hasnotyetbeenagreedto.Inthosecircumstances,everycontractorsignatorytothisAgreement agreestopayanyincreasetothecompensationpackagenegotiatedbytheapplicableunionandits employersandalsoagreestopaysuchincreaseretroactivelytothefirsteffectivedayofthenew collectivebargainingagreementbetweentheaffectedcraftanditssignatoryemployers.However,there shallbenoobligationtopayanyincreasetothecompensationpackageretroactivelytoanydateearlier thanthatbindingonthepartiestothisnegotiation. Section3.AllemployeescoveredbythisAgreementmaybepaidbycheckandshallbe paidnolaterthantheendoftheworkshiftFriday.Undernocircumstanceswillthewagesearnedbythe employeesbeheldbackbytheContractorformorethanseventytwo(72)hoursbeforepayday.If Fridayfallsonaholiday,thepaymentshallbemadebytheendoftheshiftonThursday.Anyemployee whoisdischargedorlaidoffshallbeentitledtoreceiveallaccruedwagesimmediatelyupondischarge 16 orlayoff.Notificationoflayoffshallbeatthe-š“·©-·š©x­discretionbutnotgivenlaterthantheendof theworkshiftonthedatethelayoffistobeeffective.Suchnotificationshallbeprovidedinwritingto theemployeeandtotheapplicableunion. Section4.TheContractorwillpaycontributionstotheestablishedemployeebenefits fundsforallemployeeswhochoosetoparticipateinsuchbenefitfundsintheamountsdesignatedin theappropriateAppendixandmakeallemployeeauthorizeddeductionsintheamountsdesignatedin theappropriateAppendix;providedhowever,thatthecontractorandtheUnionagreethatonlysuch bonafideemployeebenefitsasaccruetothedirectbenefitoftheemployees(suchaspensionand annuity,healthandwelfare,vacation,apprenticeship,trainingfunds,etc.)shallbeincludedinthis requirementandrequiredtobepaidbytheContractoronthisProject.Bonafidejointlytrusteedbenefit plansorauthorizedemployeedeductionprogramsestablishedundertheapplicableAppendix,orbythe partiestothisAgreement,duringthelifeofthisAgreementmaybeadded.Suchcontributionsshallbe dueandpayableontheduedatecontainedintheapplicableAppendix. TheContractoradoptsandagreestobeboundbythewrittentermsofthelegallyestablished trustagreements,specifyingthedetailedbasisonwhichpaymentsaretobemadeinto,andbenefits paidoutof,suchTrustFunds.TheContractorauthorizesthepartiestosuchTrustFundstoappoint TrusteesandsuccessorTrusteestoadministertheTrustFunds,andherebyratifiesandacceptsthe Trusteessoappointed,asifmadebytheContractor. A/š“·©-·š©x­{-š©;|employees,asdescribedinArticleIVofthisAgreement,maychoose whethertoparticipateintheunionsponsoredbenefitplanfortheirrespectivecraft,ortheymay choosetobecoveredbythefringebenefitplanofferedbytheContractor. Section5.Contractorsofwhatevertiershallmakeregularandtimelycontributionsrequiredby theapplicableTrustandEmployeebenefitfundsinamountsandonthetimeschedulesetforthinthe appropriateAppendix.DelinquencyinremissionofcontributionsisabreachofthisAgreement.Ifa Contractororsubcontractorisdelinquentinanysuchcontributions,theUnionortheTrustFundshall providepromptnotificationtotheOwneranditshallprovidedocumentaryevidenceofthedelinquency endorsedbytheFund. Section6.Uponsuchnotification,theOwnerwillattempttoresolvethedelinquency amongtheContractororsubcontractor,theUnionandtheFund.Ifthedelinquencyisnotresolved withinten(10)daysthereafter,theContractor,inthecaseofadelinquentsubcontractor,shallwithhold anamounttocoverthedelinquencyfromanyretainedfundsotherwisedueandowingtothe subcontractorandshallnotreleasesuchwithholdinguntilthesubcontractorisincompliance,provided, however,thatifthedelinquentamountisundisputedinwholeorinpartbetweentheFundandthe delinquentsubcontractor,theContractorshallissueajointcheckpayabletotheFundandthe subcontractorintheamountoftheundisputeddelinquency.InthecaseofadelinquentContractor,if thedelinquencyisnotresolvedwithinten(10)daysafternotificationtotheOwner,theOwnerwill withhold,inanappropriateamount,anyfundsdueandowingtotheContractor.Pursuanttothe theOwner,theContractorshallbesubjecttowithholdingofretainedamountswhich commitmentof 17 mayonlybereleaseduponthe-š“·©-·š©x­resolutionofthedelinquencyasevidencedbyawritten statementendorsedbytheFund.Wherethereisnodisputeastotheamountofthedelinquency, retainedamountsmaybereleasedbyajointcheckpayabletotheContractorandtheFundinthe amountofanyundisputeddelinquency. Section7.Itisagreedthatbeforefinalretainagesarereceivedbyacontractoror subcontractor,theOwnerwillobtaincertificationthatallapplicablefringebenefitandwagepayments havebeenmadebytheContractororsubcontractor. ARTICLEXIIHOURSOFWORK,OVERTIME,SHIFTS Section1.WorkDayandWorkWeek.Eight(8)hoursperdaybetweenthehoursof6:00 a.m.and5:30p.m.,plusonehalf(1/2)hourunpaidforlunch,approximatelymidwaythroughtheshift, shallconstitutethestandardworkday.Forty(40)hoursperweekshallconstitutearegularÞ;;‰x­work. TheworkweekwillstartonMondayandconcludeonSunday.Auniformstartingtimewillbe establishedforallcraftsoneachprojectorsegmentofthework.Nothinghereinshallbeconstruedas guaranteeinganyemployeeeight(8)hoursperdayorforty(40)hoursperweek.TheUnion(s)shallbe informedoftheworkstartingtimesetbytheContractorattheprejobconferencewhichmaybe changedthereafteruponthree(3)7ä­xnoticetotheUnion(s)andtheworkers. Section2.StartingTimes.Employeesshallbeattheirplaceofworkatthestartingtime andshallremainattheirplaceofwork(asdesignatedbytheContractor)performingtheirassigned functionsuntilquittingtime.Theplaceofworkshallbedefinedasthegangortoolbox,orequipmentat the;’¦Œšä;;x­assignedworklocationortheplacewheretheforemangivesinstructions.Theparties reaffirmtheirpolicyofafair7äx­workforafair7äx­wage. Section3.Overtime.Therewillbenorestrictiononthe/š“·©-·š©x­schedulingof overtimeorthenondiscriminatorydesignationofemployeeswhowillwork.Thereshallbeno pyramidingofovertimepayunderanycircumstances.Overtimeshallbedefinedasallhoursworkedin excessofeight(8)daily,MondaythroughFridayoroutsidethenormalhoursestablishedforanyshift. TheratesofpayforovertimehoursareestablishedbytherelevantAppendices. Section4.(a)Shifts.ShiftworkmaybeperformedattheoptionoftheContractor(s)upon three(3)7ä­xpriornoticetotheUnionandshallcontinueforaperiodofnotlessthanfive(5)working days.SaturdaysandSundays,ifworked,maybeusedforestablishingthefive(5)dayminimumwork shift. (b)TheContractormay,uponfive(5)7ä­xnoticetotheappropriateunion(s), establishaworkweekoffour(4)consecutiveten(10)hourworkdays(exclusiveofonehalf(1/2)hour unpaidlunch,approximatelymidwaythroughtheshift).SuchaworkweekwillstartonMondayand intenttoreturntoaneight(8)hour concludeonThursday.TheContractorshallprovidenoticeofany day,five(5)dayworkweeknolaterthantheendoftheshiftonThursdayforachangethatwillbegin thefollowingMonday. 18 Section5.ReportingPay.Reportingpayandcalloutpayshallbeassetoutinthe Appendicesforeachcraft. Section6.TimeKeeping.TheContractormayutilizebrassingsystemstocheckemployees inandout.Eachemployeemustcheckhimselfinandout.TheContractorwillprovideadequatefacilities forcheckinginandoutinanexpeditiousmanner. Section7.MealPeriod.TheContractorwillscheduleamealperiodnotlessthanonehalf (1/2)hourdurationattheworklocationatapproximatelythemidpointofthescheduledworkshift(4 hoursinafivedayworkweek,6hoursinfourdayworkweek),consistentwithSection1;provided, however,thattheContractormay,forefficiencyoftheoperation,establishaschedulewhich coordinatesthemealperiodoftwo(2)ormorecrafts.Ifanemployeeisrequiredtoworkthroughhis mealperiod,heshallbecompensatedinamannerestablishedintheapplicableAppendix. ARTICLEXIIIWORKPLACESAFETYANDWATERANDSANITARYFACILITIES Section1.TheemployeescoveredbythetermsofthisAgreementshallatalltimeswhile intheemployofanapplicableContractororSubcontractorbeboundbythesafetyrulesandregulations asestablishedbytheOwner,Contractor,Subcontractor,thisAgreement,orapplicablesafetylaws. Section2.TheContractorshallprovideadequatesuppliesofdrinkingwaterandsanitary facilitiesforallemployees. ARTICLEXIVSUBCONTRACTING&WORKPRESERVATION TheGeneralContractoragreesthatneitheritnoranyofitssubcontractorswillsubcontractany worktobedoneontheProjectexcepttoaperson,firmorcorporationwhois,oragreestobecome, partytothisAgreement.AnycontractororsubcontractorworkingontheProjectshall,asaconditionto workingonsaidProject,providealetterofassenttobeboundbyandtoperformallworkunderthe termsofthisAgreement.Thefurnishingofmaterials,suppliesorequipmentandthedeliverythereof shallbeinnocaseconsideredsubcontracting,withtheexceptionofreadymix,aggregates,andasphalt. ARTICLEXVDUESCHECKOFF NoemployeecoveredbythisAgreementshallberequiredtojoinanyUnion,orpayanyagency feesordues,asaconditionofbeingemployed,orremainingemployed,ontheProject.Where, however,theContractorisprovidedavoluntarywrittenduesdeductionauthorization,executedbythe employeeonastandardformfurnishedbytheUnion,theContractoragreestodeductunionduesfrom thepayoftheemployeeandtoremittheduestotheUnionatthesametimethattrustfund contributionsarerequiredtoberemittedtotheadministratorsoftheappropriatetrustfundsonbehalf ofthatemployee. ARTICLEXVIHOLIDAYS&PREMIUMDAYS Section1.Recognizedholidaysshallbe: 19 New—;©x­Day MemorialDay IndependenceDay LaborDay ThanksgivingDay ChristmasDay Section2.AholidayfallingonaSundaywillbeobservedontheimmediatelyfollowing Monday. Section3.AllhoursworkedonSundayoraholidayshallbepaidatdoubletime. ARTICLEXVII APPRENTICES Section1.TheGeneralContractor,theUnionsandthesubcontractorsunderstandthe needtosupportapprenticeshipandtrainingprogramsdesignedtodevelopanadequatenumberof competentandskilledworkersintheconstructionindustry. Section2.ItiswiththisunderstandingthattheGeneralContractorandsubcontractors agreetoworkwiththeUnionsinvolvedontheProject,toemployapprenticesintherespective-©E·­x programstoperformsuchworkasiswithintheircapabilities.Theemploymentandplacementof apprenticesshallbeaccordingtoproceduresassetforthbytheBureauofApprenticeshipTraining(BAT) oftheUnitedStatesDepartmentofLabor.TheUnionshallendeavortomeetsuchrequeststothelimits ofitsmanpowersupplyandtotheextentnotrestrictedbyfederalorstatelaw.ApprenticesinanyBAT approvedprogram,andonlysuchapprentices,shallbeeligibletoworkunderthisAgreement.Inthe eventanapprenticefromaBATapprovedprogramotherthantheoneinwhichtheBuildingTrades affiliateparticipatesishired,thentheappropriateunionandthecontractorshallreachanagreement, forpurposesofthisProjectonly,astotheappropriateclassificationforpurposesofwagesandbenefits asestablishedintheapplicableAppendix.Innoeventshallanyapprenticeparticipatingandregistered withaBATapprovedprogrambedeniedanemploymentopportunityonthisProjectonthesolebasis thathis/herprogramisnotonesponsoredbyaBuildingTradesaffiliate. Section3.AllContractors,subcontractorsandUnionsagreetoaratioofapprenticesto journeymenemployedontheProjectasperlocalpracticeanddescribedintheattachedAppendixfor eachcraft. Section4.IftheapplicableAppendixforanycraftsoprovides,othernonjourneymen classificationsmaybeutilizedatthe/š“·©-·š©x­discretionaspartoftheapplicableratio. ARTICLEXVIIINONDISCRIMINATION Section1.TheContractorandUnionagreethattheywillnotdiscriminateagainstany employeeorapplicantforemploymentbecauseofrace,color,creed,religion,sex,nationalorigin,age, 20 maritalstatus,unionmembership,genderidentity,sexualorientationorphysicalormentaldisabilityin anymannerprohibitedbylaworregulation.Anycomplaintsregardingtheapplicationofthisprovision shallbebroughttotheimmediateattentionoftheinvolvedContractorandtheOwnerforconsideration andresolution. Section2.Itisrecognizedthatspecialproceduresmaybeestablishedbyjointagreement ofthepartiestothisAgreementandgovernmentalagenciesforthetrainingandemploymentofpersons whohavenotpreviouslyqualifiedtobeemployedonconstructionprojectsofthetypecoveredbythis theywillmakeallgoodfaitheffortstoassistintheproper Agreement.Thepartiesagreethat implementationofsuchorders,regulationsoragreements,andtocooperatewithprogramsthat enhanceeffortstorecruitandretainminoritiesandwomenforthegeneralbenefitoftheresidentsof Iowa. Section3.Thepartiesrecognizethehޓ;©x­ interestinprovidingopportunitiesto participateontheProjecttominorityandwomenownedbusinessenterprises,aswellasother enterprises,whichmaynothavepreviouslyhadarelationshipwiththeUnionssignatorytothe Agreement.ItisrecognizedthattheCountymayadoptcertainpoliciesandcommitmentsforthe utilizationofbusinessenterprisesownedand/orcontrolledbyminoritiesand/orwomen.Theparties shalljointlyendeavortoassurethatthecommitments,andanyamendmentsthatmaybeadoptedby theCountyduringthelifeofthisAgreement,arefullymet,andthatanyprovisionsofthisAgreement, whichmayappeartointerferewithanyminorityorwomenownedbusinessenterprisesuccessfully biddingforworkwithinthescopeofthisAgreement,shallbecarefullyreviewed,andadjustmentsmade asmaybeappropriate,andagreeduponamongtheparties,toassurefullcompliancewiththespiritand theletterofthehޓ;©x­policiesandcommitmentsandallapplicablefederal,stateandlocalrulesand regulationsrelatingtoemploymentandutilizationofminoritiesandminorityand/orwomenowned businesses. ARTICLEXIXBONDING Everycontractoragreestoandshall,upondemandtotheUnion(s),furnishasuretybondinthe totalamountof$30,000.00foreachcraftitemploys.Thisbondistoassurepaymentsofwagesand fringebenefitcontributionsasrequiredbytheapplicableAppendix.Acopyofthisbondmustbefiled withtheLocalUnionoffice.Satisfactoryproofofcompliancewiththeaboverequirementsand qualificationsshallbefurnishedwithinseventytwo(72)hourstotheUnionandtheOwner. ARTICLEXXSAVINGSCLAUSE Section1.ItisnottheintentionofeithertheContractorortheUnionpartiestoviolateany lawsgoverningthesubjectmatterofthisAgreement.Thepartiesheretoagreethatintheeventany provisionsoftheAgreementarefinallyheldordeterminedtobeillegalorvoidasbeingincontravention ofanyapplicablelaw,theremainderoftheAgreementshallremaininfullforceandeffect,unlessthe partorpartssofoundtobevoidarewhollyinseparablefromtheremainingportionsofthisAgreement. Further,theContractorandUnionagreethatifandwhenanyprovisionsofthisAgreementarefinally heldordeterminedtobeillegalorvoidbyacourtofcompetentjurisdiction,thepartieswillpromptly 21 enterintonegotiationsconcerningthesubstanceaffectedbysuchdecisionforthepurposeofachieving conformitywiththerequirementsofanyapplicablelawandtheintentofthepartieshereto. Section2.ThepartiesrecognizetherightoftheOwnertowithdraw,atitsabsolute discretion,theutilizationofthisAgreementaspartofanybidspecification,shouldacourtofcompetent jurisdictionissueanyorderwhichcouldresult,temporarilyorpermanently,indelayofthebidding, awarding,and/orconstructionworkontheProject. ARTICLEXXIMISCELLANEOUS Itisfurtheragreedthat,wherethereisaconflict,thetermsandconditionsofthisProjectLabor Agreementshallsupersedeandoverridetermsandconditionsofanyandallothernational,areaorlocal collectivebargainingagreements,exceptworkcoveredundertheNTLArticlesofAgreement,the NationalStack/ChimneyAgreement,theNationalCoolingTowerAgreement,andtheNational AgreementoftheInternationalUnionofElevatorConstructors.Notwithstandingrecognitionofthe abovecitednationalagreements,ArticlesVII,VIII,IXandXofthisProjectLaborAgreementshallstill applytosuchwork. ARTICLEXXIIDURATIONOFTHISAGREEMENT ThisProjectLaborAgreementshallbeeffectiveonthedateapprovedbytheOwner,andshall continueineffectforthedurationoftheProjectConstructionworkdescribedinArticleIIhereof. Section1.(a)Turnover.Constructionofanyphase,portion,sectionorsegmentofthe Projectshallbedeemedcompletewhensuchphase,portion,sectionorsegmenthasbeenturnedover totheOwnerbytheContractorandtheOwnerhasacceptedsuchphase,portion,sectionorsegment. AsareasandsystemsoftheProjectareinspectedandconstructiontestedand/orapprovedbythe ArchitectandacceptedbytheOwnerorthirdpartieswiththeapprovaloftheOwner,theAgreement shallhavenofurtherforceoreffectonsuchitemsorareas,exceptwhentheContractorisdirectedby theArchitectorOwnertoengageinrepairsormodificationsrequiredbyitscontract(s)withtheOwner. (b)Notice.NoticeofeachfinalacceptancereceivedbytheContractorwillbe providedtotheUnionwithadescriptionofwhatportion,segment,etc.hasbeenaccepted.Final acceptancemaybesubjecttoa{¦Ò“-w|list,andinsuchcase,theAgreementwillcontinuetoapplyto eachsuchitemonthelistuntilitiscompletedtothesatisfactionoftheOwnerandNoticeofAcceptance isgivenbytheOwnertotheContractor. (c)Termination.Finalterminationofallobligations,rights,liabilitiesand disagreementsshalloccuruponreceiptbytheUnionofanoticefromtheArchitectortheOwnersaying thatnoworkremainswithinthescopeoftheAgreement. Section2.Appendicesincorporated,aspartofthisAgreementshallcontinueinfullforce andeffectuntilthecontractorand/orunionpartiestothecollectivebargainingagreementswhichare thebasisforsuchAppendicesnotifytheOwnerofmutuallyagreeduponchangesinsuchAgreements andtheireffectivedate(s). 22 Thepartiesagreetorecognizeandimplementsuchchangesontheireffectivedates.Any disagreementbetweenthepartiesovertheincorporationintoanAppendixofanysuchprovisionagreed uponinthenegotiationofthelocalcollectivebargainingagreement,whichservesasthebasisforthe referredtothepermanentarbitratorforresolutionundertheproceduresestablished Appendix,shallbe inArticleIX.Aspartofthisunderstanding,theContractoragreesandconsentstopaytheincreased contributionstotherelevantjointlyadministeredtrustfundspursuanttotheprovisionsofanycollective theworkperformedontheProjectretroactively bargainingagreementsnegotiatedbytheunionsduring totheexpirationdatesetoutintheapplicableAppendix,provided,however,iftheprovisionsofany suchnewcollectivebargainingagreementprovidethatsaidincreasesshallnotbecomeeffectiveuntila dateshallprevail. laterdateafterthedatefollowingtheexpirationdate,thenthatlater Section3.TheUnionagreesthattherewillbenostrikes,workstoppages,sympathy strikes,picketing,slowdowns,oranyotherdisruptiveactivityaffectingtheProjectbyanyunion involvedinthenegotiationofsuchlocalcollectivebargainingagreementandtheresultingAppendices, norshalltherebeanylockoutonthisProjectaffectingtheUnionduringthecourseofsuchnegotiations. OnbehalfoftheJohnsonCountyBoardofSupervisors BY:_____________________________________________________ JanelleRettig,ChairpersonDate Attest:______________________________ TravisWeipert,Auditor Onbehalfof____________________(GeneralContractor) BY:_____________________________________________________ _________________________________Date (PrintedName&Title) OnbehalfoftheCedarRapids/IowaCityBuildingTradesCouncil AsbestosWorkersLocalUnion#81________________________________ CurtisR.WiselyDate BoilermakersLocal#83________________________________ RandyCruseDate BricklayersLocal#3________________________________ RussGundersonDate CarpenterLocal#308________________________________ BruceWerningDate ElevatorConstructorsLocal#33________________________________ WayneSimsDate 23 GlaziersLocal#581________________________________ LarryGraftonDate I.B.E.W.Local#405________________________________ BillHanesDate IronworkersLocal#89________________________________ ZacharyGormanDate [,š©;©x­Local#43________________________________ RandyRaynerDate MillwrightLocal#2158________________________________ RonBerendsDate OperatingEngineersLocal#234________________________________ NickNortonDate PaintersLocal#447________________________________ ScottL.SmithDate Plasterers&CementMasons#21________________________________ EarlAgonDate Plumbers&Pipefitters#125________________________________ RaymondA.DochtermanDate RoofersLocal#182________________________________ RobertW.RoweDate SprinklerfittersLocal#__________________________________ PaulCunninghamDate SheetMetalWorkersLocal#263________________________________ RandyA.SconyersDate TeamstersLocal#238________________________________ DaleL.WalterDate 24 PROJECTLABORAGREEMENT forthe JohnsonCountySecondaryRoadsReplacementFacility between InternationalBrotherhoodofElectricalWorkersLocal405 andthe JohnsonCountyBoardofSupervisors TABLEOFCONTENTS ArticleIPurpose................................................................ ArticleIIScopeofAgreement....................................................... ArticleIIILaborManagementCooperationJointAdministrativeCommittee.............................6 ArticleIVUnionRecognitionandEmployment...................................................... ArticleVHelmetstoHardhats........................................................ ArticleVIUnionRepresentationandStewards........................................................ ArticleVIIManagementRights.......................................................... ArticleVIIINoWorkStoppagesandNoLockouts........................................................ ArticleIXGrievanceProcedure....................................................... ArticleXJurisdictionalDisputes........................................................ ArticleXICompensation............................................................ ArticleXIIHoursofWork,Overtime,Shifts.......................................................... ArticleXIIISafety,ProtectionofPerson&Property........................................................ ArticleXIVSubcontracting&WorkPreservation............................................................. ArticleXVDuesCheckOff............................................................. ArticleXVIHolidays&PremiumDays............................................................ ArticleXVIIApprentices..................................................... ArticleXVIIINonDiscrimination.................................................. ArticleXIXBonding......................................................... ArticleXXSavingsClause................................................................ ArticleXXIMiscellaneous............................................................. ArticleXXIIDurationofAgreement....................................................... 2 ARTICLEIPURPOSE TheSecondaryRoadsReplacementFacilityisamajorpublicprojectundertakenbyJohnson County.Thisprojectiscomposedofanewfacilitytobeusedforgarage,shop,office,vehicle maintenanceandstoragepurposesasneededbytheJohnsonCountySecondaryRoadsDepartment.The projectshallprovideimprovedfacilitiesforoperationofthedepartmentandreplacethefacilities destroyedinafire. ThetimelyandsuccessfulcompletionoftheProjectiscriticaltotheoverallsuccessofthe projectandtothefutureeconomicefficiencyandvitalityofthedepartment.Lackofadequatefacilities forthe SecondaryRoadsDepartmenthasposedasignificanthardshiponthecountystaffinvolvedand thepublicserved.Therehasbeenadecreaseinefficiencyduetolimitedaccommodationscurrently available.Thetaxpayersandtheaffectedcountystaffneedtoknowwhenthebuildingwillbefully services.Constructionschedulingmustbestrictlyadheredto.Delaysin completedforoperationsand theflowofqualifiedcraftpersonneltothejobmustbeavoided.Thus,duringtheextendedperiodthat theconstructionactivitieswillbeperformed,workmustcontinuewithoutinterferenceordelay.Itis inanefficientandeconomicalmannerinordertosecure essentialthattheconstructionworkbedone optimumproductivityandtoeliminateanydelaysinthework. InrecognitionofthespecialneedsoftheSecondaryRoadsReplacementFacilityprojectandto maintainaspiritofharmony,labormanagementpeaceandstabilityduringthetermofthisAgreement, thepartiesagreetoestablisheffectiveandbindingmethodsforthesettlementofallmisunderstandings, disputesorgrievanceswhichmayarise.Therefore,theUnionagreesnottoengageinanystrike, slowdownorinterruptionofworkon,orwithrespectto,theProjectsite,andtheContractorsagreenot toengageinanylockouton,orwithrespectto,theProjectsite. Thepartiesarecommittedtoprovidingopenaccesstobiddingopportunitiesforallcontractors andtoassuringanadequatesupplyofcraftworkerspossessingtherequisiteskillsandtraininginorder toprovidetheCountyaprojectofthehighestqualitywithlesserfuturemaintenancecosts. ARTICLEIISCOPEOFAGREEMENT Section1.Theterm{-š“·©-·š©|shallincludetheGeneralContractorandall subcontractorsofwhatevertierengagedinonsiteconstructionworkswithinthescopeofthis Agreement.ThisAgreementshallapplyandislimitedtocertainconstructionasdescribedhereinunder thedirectionoftheGeneralContractorandperformedbycontractorsofwhatevertier.Itappliestoall contractorsawardedworkcoveredbythisAgreementafteritsapprovalbytheJohnsonCountyBoardof SupervisorswithregardtothesegmentsoftheprojectincludedintheworkcoveredbythisAgreement. 3 Section2.ThisAgreementshallcoverandapplytoallworkdescribedbelow,andasset forthinthehearingbeforetheBoardofSupervisorsontheBuildingPlansandspecificationsandformof Contract. TheProjectconsistsofanewmechanicsandstoragereplacementbuildingofapproximately 38,600GSF(nominal x xgroundfloorwithan xxuxmezzaninespaceabove)and siteimprovementsontheexistingSecondaryRoadssiteinIowaCity,Iowa.Theintentisto constructapreengineeredmetalbuilding,withconcreteslabongradeandfoundations,service doors,metalwallandroofpanels;aswellasothersiteimprovements baysservedbyoverhead forthebuildingandothersurroundingstructuresandfacilities.TheProjectwillalsorequirea phaseddemolitionofanexistingstructure,withaportionofthatstructurebeingdismantled andmovedbyJohnsonCountyafterthenewbuildingisconstructedandoccupied;andthefinal phaseisforreplacementofthesiteaccessroadthatmustremainopenduringmostofthe constructionperioduntilothersiteimprovementsarecompletedandallowsalternative circulationaroundthenewfacilities.Inaddition,thisprojectmaybecomeaLEEDcertified facilityandassuch,someoftheprovisionsintheprocessofconstruction,thecompletedproject andmaterialsusedfortheworkmaybedocumentedtoaccomplishthatgoal.Thecontractor shalltakeprecautionstocompileandpreserverelatedrecordsforthatpurpose. Theestimatedcostoftheprojectis$3,700,000.00. AnyadditionstotheconstructionworkwhichbecomeapartofthisProjectshallalsobe includedinthisAgreement. Section3.ThisAgreementshallbelimitedtotheconstructionworkwithinthescopeof thisAgreement,assetforthinSections1and2ofthisArticle,forwhichbidshavebeenreceivedonand aftertheeffectivedateofthisAgreement,includingspecifically,sitepreparationandrelateddemolition work(ifany)andconstruction.Nothingcontainedhereinshallbeconstruedtoprohibit,restrictor interferewiththeperformanceofanyotheroperation,workorfunctionawardedtoanycontractor beforetheeffectivedateofthisAgreementorwhichmaybeperformedorcontractedbytheOwnerfor itsownaccountontheproperty,orinandaroundtheconstructionsite. Section4.Itisunderstoodbythepartiesthattheownermay,atanytime,andatitssole discretion,determinetobuildormodifyadditionalprojectsunderthisAgreementnotcurrently proposed,ornottobuildanyoneormoreoftheparticularprojectstobecovered. ItemsspecificallyexcludedfromthescopeofthisAgreementinclude,butarenotlimitedto,the following: (a)Workofnonmanualemployees,includingbutnotlimitedto,superintendents,supervisors, staffengineers,inspectors,qualitycontrolandqualityassurancepersonnel,timekeepers,mail carriers,clerks,officeworkers,includingmessengers,safetypersonnel,emergencymedicaland firstaidtechnicians,andotherprofessional,engineering,administrative,supervisoryand managementemployees. 4 (b)AllemployeesoftheArchitectanddesignteamoranyotherconsultantnotperforming manuallabor. (c)Onoroffsitemaintenanceonleasedequipmentandonoroffsitewarrantyfunctions. (d)AllemployeesoftheOwnerandallworkbyhޓ;©x­employees,oritsConsultants. (e)Servicetypeemployees,i.e.,drinkingwater/icedelivery,portabletoiletsandservice,office equipmentandmaterialvendors. (f)Landscaping(design,plantingsandsod). (g)Dumpsterservices. Section5.(a)TheOwnerand/orContractors,asappropriate,havetheabsoluterightto selectanyqualifiedcontractorfortheawardofcontractsorsubcontractsonthisProjecthoweveritshall beimpermissibletoselectanycontractorbasedontheexistenceornonexistenceofanyagreements betweensuchcontractorandanypartytothisAgreementprovidedonlythatsuchcontractoriswilling, thesuccessful readyandabletoexecuteandcomplywiththisAgreement,shoulditbedesignated contractor. (b)TheGeneralContractorshallbeasignatorytothisAgreement.Itisfurther agreedthatallsubcontractors,ofanytier,whohavebeenawardedcontractsforworkcoveredbythis AgreementonoraftertheeffectivedateofthisAgreementshallberequiredtoacceptandbeboundby thetermsandconditionsofthisAgreement,andshallevidencetheiracceptancebytheexecutionofa LetterofAssent(Attachment1)priortocommencementofwork.TheGeneralContractorshallusetheir besteffortstomonitorandassurecompliancewiththisAgreementbyallsubcontractors. Section6.(a)Appendix1andAttachment1attachedhereto,areherebyincorporatedinto thisagreementbyreferenceandmadeapartthereof.TheprovisionsoftheProjectLaborAgreement (includingtheAppendicesandattachmentsattachedhereto)shallapplytotheworkcoveredbythis Agreement,notwithstandingtheprovisionsofanyotherlocal,areaand/ornationalagreementswhich mayconflictwithordifferfromthetermsofthisAgreementexceptasprovidedforinArticleXXI. (b)ItisunderstoodthatthisAgreement,togetherwiththereferredappendices, constitutesaselfcontained,standaloneAgreement.ThisAgreementrepresentsthecomplete understandingoftheparties.Exceptasrequiredtoparticipateinanyfringebenefittrustoremployee benefitplan,nocontractorisorwillberequiredtosignanyotheragreementwithasignatoryunionasa conditionofperformingworkwithinthescopeofthisAgreement.Nopractice,understanding,or agreementbetweenacontractorandaunionpartywhichisnotspecificallysetforthinthisAgreement willbebindingonanyotherpartyunlessendorsedinwritingbytheGeneralContractor.Byvirtueof havingbecomeboundtothisProjectLaborAgreement,nocontactorwillbeobligatedtosignorbecome partytoanyotherlocal,area,ornationalagreement.ThisAgreementshallnotapplytotheworkofany contactor,whichisperformedatanylocationotherthantheprojectsiteasdefinedinthisAgreement. 5 (c)ItisfurtherunderstoodthattheUnionwillnotengageinanydistributionof literature,oranyotherjobdisruptingactivitiesontheProjectsiteduringworkinghours. Section7.ThisAgreementshallonlybebindingonthesignatorypartiesheretoandshall notapplytotheparents,affiliates,subsidiaries,orotherventuresofanysuchparty. Section8.(a)ItisunderstoodthattheOwnerisaCountyoftheStateofIowachargedwith governanceofCountyaffairs.OncethisAgreementisreviewedandapprovedbytheJohnsonCounty BoardofSupervisors,itshallbethepolicyoftheOwnerthattheconstructionworkcoveredbythis AgreementbecontractedtoContractorswhoagreetoexecuteand/orbeboundbythetermsofthis Agreement. (b)NeithertheOwnernoranyofitsaffiliatesorsubsidiariesisanemployerin theconstructionindustry,andshallnothireorbeanyemployerofanyemployeeshiredtoworkonthe ProjectcoveredbythisAgreement.Further,byvirtueofincludingthisAgreementinitsbid specifications,theOwnerwillnotbecomepartytoanycollectivebargainingagreementswithany signatorylabororganizations.ForthepurposesofthisAgreement,theroleoftheOwnershallbelimited toseekingproperapprovalofthisAgreement,andtodesigningbidspecificationstorequiresuccessful bidderstocomplywiththetermsofthisAgreement.Further,itisunderstoodthatnothinginthis AgreementshallbeconstruedaslimitingthesolediscretionoftheOwnerindeterminingwhich ContractorsshallbeawardedcontractsforsegmentsofthisProjectincludedinthecoveredworkunder thisAgreement.ItisalsounderstoodthattheOwner,initssoleexclusive,andnonreviewable discretion,may,foranyreason,cancel,terminate,delay,modifyorsuspendanyworktobeperformed onthisProject,includinganyandallcoveredwork,inwholeorinpart. Section9.ItisunderstoodthattheliabilityofanyContractorandtheliabilityofthe separateUnionunderthisAgreementshallbeseveralandnotjoint.TheUnionagreesthatthis Agreementdoesnothavetheeffectofcreatinganyjointemploymentstatusbetweenoramongthe OwneroranyContractor. Section10.NoneoftheprovisionsofthisAgreementshouldbeconstruedtoprohibitor restricttheOwneroritsemployeesfromperformingworknotcoveredbythisAgreementonoraround theconstructionsite.AsareasandsystemsofthecoveredworkontheProjectareinspectedandtested bytheContractor,approvedbytheArchitect,andacceptedbytheOwner,theAgreementshallhaveno furtherforceoreffectonsuchitemsorareas,exceptwhentheContractorisdirectedtoengagein repairs,modifications,checkoutand/orwarrantyfunctionsrelatedtosuchitemsorareasrequiredbyits contract(s)withtheOwner. ARTICLEIIILABORMANAGEMENTCOOPERATIONJOINTADMINISTRATIONCOMMITTEE Section1.(a)ThepartiestothisAgreementwillformaProjectLaborAgreementJoint AdministrativeCommitteeconsistingoffour(4)members.Therewillbetwo(2)unionrepresentatives namedbytheUnionandtwo(2)contractorrepresentatives,namedbytheOwner.Equalnumbersof UnionandContractorrepresentativeswillbeselectedbytheUnionandtheOwner,respectively.Each 6 partyreservestherighttoappointalternatestotheJACastheydeemnecessary,butatnotimeshallthe jointcommitteeexceedfour(4)totalmembers.Thecommitteeshallbejointlychaired.Thepurposeof theCommitteeshallbetopromoteharmoniousandstablelabor/managementrelationsonthisProject, toinsureeffectiveandconstructivecommunicationsbetweenthelaborandmanagementparties,and toadvancetheproficiencyoftheworkersontheproject. (b)TheCommitteeshallmeetatleastmonthly,ormoreoften,ifspecial circumstanceswarrant,atthecalloftheJointChairstodiscusstheadministrationoftheAgreement,the progressoftheProject,labor/managementproblemsthatmayarise,andanyothermattersconsistent withthisAgreement.TheGeneralContractorshallberesponsiblefortheschedulingofthemeetingsand thepreparationoftheagendatopicsforthemeetingwithinputfromtheUnionandContractors.Notice ofthedate,time,andplaceofthemeetingsshallbegiventotheCommitteemembersandOwnerseven (7)dayspriorthemeeting. ARTICLEIVUNIONRECOGNITIONANDEMPLOYMENT Section1.TheContractorrecognizestheUnionasthesoleandexclusivebargaining representativeofallcraftemployeeswithintheirrespectivejurisdictionworkingontheProjectwithin thescopeofthisAgreement. Section2.TheContractorshall,consistentwiththeattachedAppendices,havetherightto determinethecompetencyofallemployees,thenumberofemployeesrequired,andshallhavethesole responsibilityforselectingemployeestobelaidoffand/orterminated,consistentwithArticleVI, Section3.Further,alayoffcannotbeusedtoavoidorevadetheratioestablishedbyArticleIV,Section 5. Section3.(a)SubjecttotheprovisionsofthisAgreement,theContractoragreestohire employeesforcoveredworkthroughthejobreferralsystemsofferedbyeachsignatoryLocalas providedintheattachedAppendices.Thesejobreferralsystemswillbeoperatedinanon discriminatorymannerandinfullcompliancewithfederal,stateandlocallawsandregulations,which requireequalemploymentopportunitiesandnondiscrimination,andreferralsshallnotbeaffectedin anywaybytherules,regulations,bylaws,constitutionalprovisionsoranyotheraspectsorobligations ofunionmembership,policiesorrequirements,andtheyshallbesubjecttosuchotherconditionsas establishedbythisArticle. (b)Allhiringprocedures,includingrelatedpracticesaffectingapprenticeship training,willbeoperatedsoastofacilitatetheabilityofthecontractorstomeetanyandallequal employmentopportunity/affirmativeactionobligations.TheContractormayrejectanyreferralforany nondiscriminatoryreason,providedtheContractorcomplieswithArticleIV,Section5. (c)Thereshallbenononproductivepersonnelorfeatherbedding.Foremanor Stewardsaretoperformworkasdirectedbythecontractors.Crewsizeshallbeatthediscretionofthe contractors.Contractorsmayusetheirownemployeesinkeymanagementpositionssuchas SuperintendentsorAssistantSuperintendents. 7 Section4.TheContractorshallinformtheUnionofthename,address,andsocialsecurity numberofanyapplicantshiredfromanysourceotherthantheLocalUnionjobreferralsystemsand refertheapplicationtotheLocalUnionfordispatchtotheProjectincaseswheresuchreferralsystems areused. Section5.Toensurethatallenterpriseswillhaveanopportunitytoemploytheir{-š©;| employeesonthisProject,thepartiesagreethatinthosesituationswhereaContractornotapartyto thecurrentcollectivebargainingagreementwiththesignatoryUnionhavingjurisdictionoverthe workisasuccessfulbidder,theContractormayrequestbyname,andtheLocalwillhonor, affected referralofpersonswhohaveappliedtothelocalunionforProjectworkandwhomeetatleastoneof thefollowingqualifications: (a)possessanylicenserequiredbythecity,county,stateorfederallawfortheProjectworkto beperformed; (b)haveworkedatotalofatleast1,000hoursintheappropriateconstructioncraftduringthe priorthree(3)years;or (c)wereonthe/š“·©-·š©x­activepayrollforatleastsixty(60)outoftheonehundredeighty (180)calendardayspriortothecontractaward. TheUnionwillrefertosuchContractoronejourneypersonemployeefromthehiringhalloutof worklistfortheaffectedtradeorcraft,andwillthenreferoneofsuch/š“·©-·š©x­{-š©;|employeesas ajourneypersonandshallrepeattheprocess,oneandoneinaccordancewiththefollowingtable: TotalCrewSize%ofCoreEmployees 11450% 152040% 212536% 263330% 345022% 516020% 617717% 7810014% Thereafter,alladditionalemployeesintheaffectedtradeorcraftshallbehiredexclusivelyfrom thehiringhalloutofworklists(s),whichareopentoanyindividual,regardlessofUnionmembership. Section6.TheLocalUnionwillexertitsutmosteffortstorecruitsufficientnumbersof skilledcraftworkerstofulfillthemanpowerrequirementsoftheContractor,includingcallstolocal unionsinotherareaswhenitsreferrallistshavebeenexhausted.ThepartiestothisAgreementsupport thedevelopmentofincreasednumberofskilledconstructionworkersfromtheresidentsofEastern IowatomeettheneedsofthisProjectandtherequirementsoftheindustrygenerally.Towardthatend, 8 theUnionagreestoencouragethereferralandutilization,totheextentpermittedbylawandthehiring hallprocedures,ofqualifiedresidentsasjourneymen,apprenticesandtraineesonthisProject,and entranceintosuchapprenticeshipandtrainingprogramsasmaybeoperatedbythesignatorylocal Union. Section7.Intheeventthatauniondoesnotprovideforajobreferralsysteminits appendixtothisAgreement,theContractorshallgivetheUnionequalopportunitytoreferapplicants. TheContractorshallnotifytheUniontwentyfour(24)hoursinadvanceofwheneveritisinahiring modefortheProjectandwithinseven(7)daysofhireofthenamesofemployeeshiredfromanysource otherthanreferralbytheUnion. Section8.ALocalUnionshallnotknowinglyreferemployeestoaContractorunderthis Agreement,whoarecurrentlyemployedbyanotherContractorworkingunderthisAgreement. Section9.Theselectionofcraftforemenand/orgeneralforemenshallbethe responsibilityoftheContractor.Allforemenshalltakeordersexclusivelyfromthedesignated Contractorrepresentatives.Craftforemenshallbedesignatedasworkingforemenattherequestofthe Contractor.ForemanratesofpayshallbeestablishedintheAppendixfortheapplicablecraft. ARTICLEVHELMETSTOHARDHATS Section1.TheEmployersandtheUnionrecognizeadesiretofacilitatetheentryintothe buildingandconstructiontradesofveteranswhoareinterestedincareersinthebuildingand constructionindustry.TheEmployersandUnionagreetoutilizetheservicesoftheCenterforMilitary Recruitment,AssessmentandVeteransEmployment(hereinafter{/;“·;©|œandthe/;“·;©x­{I;Œ’;·­ toI©7w·­|programtoserveasaresourceforpreliminaryorientation,assessmentofconstruction aptitude,referraltoapprenticeshipprogramsorhiringhalls,counselingandmentoring,support network,employmentopportunitiesandotherneedsasidentifiedbytheparties. Section2.TheUnionandEmployersagreetocoordinatewiththeCentertoparticipatein andutilizeanintegrateddatabaseofveteransinterestedinworkingonthisProjectandof apprenticeshipandemploymentopportunitiesforthisProject.Totheextentpermittedbylaw,the Unionwillgivecredittosuchveteransforbonafide,provableexperience. ARTICLEVIUNIONREPRESENTATIONANDSTEWARDS Section1.AuthorizedrepresentativesoftheUnionshallhaveaccesstotheProject, providedthatsuchrepresentativesfullycomplywiththevisitorandsecurityandsafetyrulesofthe GeneralContractorandtheOwner.Copiesofsaidsecurityandsafetyrulesshallbeprovidedtothe Unionatleastfifteen(15)dayspriortothecommencementofwork. Section2.(a)EachsignatoryLocalUnionshallhavetherighttodispatchaworking journeymanasastewardforeachshiftandshallnotifytheContractorinwritingoftheidentityofthe designatedstewardorstewardspriortotheassumptionofdutiesassteward.Suchdesignatedsteward 9 orstewardsshallnotexerciseanysupervisoryfunctions.Therewillbenononworkingstewards. Stewardswillreceivetheregularrateofplayoftheirrespectivecrafts. (b)Inadditiontohisworkasanemployee,thestewardshallhavetherightto receive,butnotsolicit,complaintsorgrievances.Eachstewardshallbeconcernedwiththeemployees ofthe­·;Þ©7x­Contractorandifapplicable,subcontractors,andnotwiththeemployeesofanyother contractor.TheContractorwillnotdiscriminateagainstthestewardintheproperperformanceofhis Unionduties. Section3.TheContractoragreestonotifytheappropriateUniontwentyfour(24)hours priortothelayoffofasteward,exceptinthecaseofdisciplineordischargeforjustcause.Ifastewardis protectedagainstsuchlayoffbytheprovisionsofanyAppendices,suchprovisionsshallberecognizedto theextentthatthestewardpossessesthenecessaryqualificationstoperformtheworkremaining.In anycaseinwhichastewardisdischargedordisciplined,theappropriateUnionshallbenotified immediatelybytheContractor. Section4.OnworkwherethepersonneloftheOwnerand/orofContractorsforsegments oftheProjectnotcoveredbythescopeofthisAgreementmaybeworkingincloseproximitytothe coveredworkconstructionactivities,theUnionagreesthatemployeeswillcooperatewitheffortsto coordinateworkactivitiesthatareongoingatthesite. ARTICLEVIIMANAGEMENTRIGHTS Section1.TheContractorretainsthefullandexclusiveauthorityforthemanagementof itsoperation.ExceptasexpresslylimitedbyotherprovisionsofthisAgreement,theContractorretains thesoleandexclusiverighttodirecttheworkforce,includingthehiring,promotion,transfer,layoff, disciplineordischargeofitsemployees;theselectionofforemen;theassignmentandschedulingof work;thepromulgationofreasonableworkrules;and,therequirementsofovertimework,the determinationofwhenitwillbeworkedandthenumberandidentityofemployeesengagedforsuch work.TheContractormayutilizeanymethodsortechniquesofconstruction. Section2.Thereshallbenolimitationorrestrictionuponthe/š“·©-·š©x­choiceof materialsordesign,nor,exceptaslimitedbyArticleII,uponthefulluseandinstallationofequipment, machinery,packageunits,precast,prefinished,orpreassembledmaterials,toolsorotherlaborsaving devices.Theonsiteinstallationorapplicationofallitemsshallbeperformedbythecrafthaving jurisdictionoversuchapplication;provided,however,itisrecognizedthatinstallationofspecialtyitems whichmaybefurnishedbytheOwnermaybeperformedbyemployeesemployedunderthis Agreementwiththeparticipationofotherpersonnelinlimitedcircumstances,requiringspecial knowledgeoftheparticularitem(s),orwhererequiredtoprotectaguaranteeorwarranty,maybe performedbyemployeesofthevendororothercompanieswhereemployeesworkingunderthis Agreementlacktherequiredskillsorcannotprotectaguaranteeorwarrantyofferedbythevendor. Section3.ExceptasotherwiseexpresslystatedinthisAgreement,itisrecognizedthatthe useofnewtechnology,equipment,machinery,toolsand/orlaborsavingdevicesandmethodsof 10 performingworkwillbeinitiatedbytheContractorfromtimetotimeduringtheProject.TheUnion agreesthatitwillnot,inanyway,restricttheimplementationofsuchnewdevicesorworkmethods.If thereisanydisagreementbetweentheContractorandtheUnionconcerningthemanneror implementationofsuchdeviceormethodofwork,theimplementationshallproceedasdirectedbythe Contractor,andtheUnionshallhavetherighttogrieveand/orarbitratethedisputeassetforthin ArticleIXofthisAgreement. ARTICLEVIIINOWORKSTOPPAGESANDNOLOCKOUTS Section1.DuringthetermofthisAgreementthereshallbenoeconomic,ULP,recognition, orsympathystrikes,picketing,workstoppages,slowdownsoranydisruptiveactivityforanyreason (includingdisputesrelatingtothenegotiationsorrenegotiationsofcollectivebargainingagreements)by anyLocalUnionorBuildingTrades,orbyanyemployee,againstanyContractorcoveredbythis AgreementandfailureofanyLocalUnionoremployeetocrossanypicketlineestablishedbyanyUnion signatoryornonsignatorytotheConstructionsiteisaviolationofthisArticle.AnyUnionorLocalUnion, whichinitiatesorparticipatesinaworkstoppageinviolationofthisArticle,orwhichrecognizesor supportstheworkstoppageofanotherUnionorLocalUnion,whichisinviolationofthisArticle,agrees, asaremedyforsaidviolation,topayliquidateddamagesinaccordancewithSection6(h)ofthisArticle. Section2.TheUnion,anditsagents,shallnotsanction,aidorabet,encourageorcontinue anyworkstoppage,strike,picketingorotherdisruptiveactivityatthe/š“·©-·š©x­projectsite,andthey shallundertakeallreasonablemeanstopreventorterminatesuchactivity.Noemployeesshallengage inactivitieswhichviolatethisArticle.Anyemployeewhoparticipatesinorencouragesanyactivity whichinterfereswiththenormaloperationoftheProject,shallbesubjecttodisciplinaryaction, includingdischarge.Theonlyissueforarbitrationisparticipationbytheemployee. Section3.NeithertheUnion,noritsaffiliatesshallbeliableforactsofemployeesfor whomithasnoresponsibility.TheofficersoftheUnionwillimmediatelyinstruct,orderandusethebest effortsoftheirofficetocauseanyoneengagingindisruptiveactivitytoceasesuchaction.Theprincipal officerorofficersofalocalunionwillimmediatelyinstruct,orderandusethebesteffortsofhisofficeto causetheemployeestheunionrepresentstoceaseanyviolationsofthisArticle.AUnioncomplyingwith thisobligationshallnotbeliableforunauthorizedactsofemployeesitrepresents.Thefailureofthe Contractortoexerciseitsrightinanyinstanceshallnotbedeemedawaiverofitsrightinanyother instance. Section4.Itisagreedbythepartiesthattheterm{Œš-‰šÒ·|rforpurposesofthis Agreement,doesnotincludedischarge,terminationorlayoffofemployeesbytheContractor,nordoes itincludethe/š“·©-·š©x­decisiontoterminateorsuspendworkontheProjectoranyportionthereof foranyreason,includinganyeventcontemplatedbyArticleXXbelow,providedtheUnionisgiven writtennoticeasearlyaspossible.Thisprovisionwillnotaffectthe/š“·©-·š©x­righttosuspendor terminateworkonanyportionoftheProjectforoperationalorspecialcircumstances.IftheUnion contendsthatanyContractorhasviolatedthisArticle,itwillnotifytheContractorandtheOwnersetting 11 forththefactswhichtheUnioncontendsviolatetheAgreement,atleasttwentyfour(24)hourspriorto invokingtheproceduresinArticleVIII,Section6. Section5.AnypartyallegingabreachofSection1ofArticleVIIIshallhavetherightto petitionacourtfortemporaryandpermanentinjunctiverelief.Themovingpartyneedstoshowthe existenceofirreparableharm,andshallberequiredtopostbondonlytosecurepaymentofcourtcosts andattorneyfeesasmaybeawardedbythecourt. Section6.Anyparty,includingtheOwner,whomthepartiesagreeisapartyininterestfor purposesofthisArticle,mayinstitutethefollowingprocedure,inlieuoforinadditiontoanyother contractualprocedureoranyactionatlaworequity,whenabreachofSection1,isalleged: (a)ApartyinvokingthisprocedureshallnotifyBrianFagan,SimmonsPerrineMoyerBerganPLC, rd 1153StreetSE,Suite1200,CedarRapids,IA52401,whomthepartiesagreeshallbepermanent arbitratorunderthisprocedure.Intheeventthatthepermanentarbitratorisunavailableatanytime, he/sheshallappointanalternate.Noticetothearbitratorshallbebythemostexpeditiousmeans available,withnoticestothepartyallegedtobeinviolation,andtotheUnionifitisaUnionallegedto beinviolation.ForpurposesofthisArticle,writtennoticemaybegivenbytelegram,facsimile,hand deliveryorovernightmail,butwillbedeemedeffectiveuponreceipt. (b)Uponreceiptofsaidnotice,thearbitratornamedaboveorhis/heralternateshallsitand holdahearingwithintwentyfour(24)hoursifitiscontendedthattheviolationstillexists,butnot soonerthantwentyfour(24)hoursafterthenoticetotheUnionrequiredbySubsection(a),above. (c)Thearbitratorshallnotifythepartiesoftheplaceandtimechosenforthehearing.Said hearingshallbecompletedinonesession,which,withappropriaterecessesatthe©,z·©·š©x­ discretion,shallnotexceedtwentyfour(24)hoursunlessotherwiseagreeduponbyallparties.Afailure ofanypartyorpartiestoattendsaidhearingsshallnotdelaythehearingofevidenceortheissuanceof anyawardbythearbitrator. (d)ThesoleissueatthehearingshallbewhetherornotaviolationofSection1,above,hasin factoccurred.Thearbitratorshallhavenoauthoritytoconsideranymatterinjustification,explanation, ormitigationofsuchviolationor,exceptasexpresslyprovidedbySection6(i)ofthisArticle,toaward damages,whichissueisreservedforcourtproceedings,ifany.Theawardshallbeissuedinwriting withinthree(3)hoursafterthecloseofthehearing,andmaybeissuedwithoutanopinion.Ifanyparty desiresanopinion,oneshallbeissuedwithinfifteen(15)days,butitsissuanceshallnotdelay compliancewith,orenforcementof,theaward.Thearbitratormayordercessationoftheviolationof theArticleandotherappropriaterelief,andsuchawardshallbeservedonallpartiesbyhandor registeredmailuponissuance. (e)Suchawardshallbefinalandbindingonallpartiesandmaybeenforcedbyanycourtof competentjurisdictionuponthefilingofthisAgreementandallotherrelevantdocumentsreferredto hereinaboveinthefollowingmanner.Writtennoticeofthefilingofsuchenforcementproceedingsshall begiventotheotherparty.Intheproceedingtoobtainatemporaryorderenforcingthe©,z·©·š©x­ 12 award,asissuedunderSection6(d)ofthisArticle,allpartieswaivetherightstoahearingandagreethat suchproceedingsmaybeexparte.Suchagreementdoesnotwaiveany¦©·äx­righttoparticipateina hearingforafinalorderofenforcement.The/šÒ©·x­orderorordersenforcingthe©,z·©·š©x­award shallbeservedonallpartiesbyhandorbydeliverytotheirlastknownaddressbyregisteredmail. (f)Anyrightscreatedbystatuteorlawgoverningarbitrationproceedingsinconsistentwiththe aboveprocedurewhichinterferewithcomplianceheretoareherebywaivedbythepartiestowhom theyaccrue. (g)Thefeesandexpensesofthearbitratorshallbeequallydividedbetweenthemovingpartyor partiesandthepartyorpartiesrespondent. (h)UponnotificationfromtheGeneralContractorthataworkstoppagehasoccurredin accordancewiththisArticle,theUnionrepresentingthecraftinvolvedwillimmediatelydirectallthe employeesitrepresentsontheProjecttoreturntowork. (i)IfthearbitratordeterminesthataviolationofSection1abovehasoccurredinaccordance theUnion(s) withSection6(d)above,andifthetradeinvolveddoesnotreturntoworkimmediately,and hasnotcompliedwithSection2ofthisArticle,thentheUnion(s)shallpaythesumoftenthousand dollars($10,000.00)asliquidateddamagestotheOwner,suchliquidateddamagestoaccruefromthe timetheworkstoppagefirstoccurredandtheUnion(s)wasnotified.TheUnion(s)shallpayan additionaltenthousanddollars($10,000.00)pershiftforeachshiftthereafteronwhichthetradehas notyetreturnedtowork. IfthearbitratordeterminesthatalockouthasoccurredinviolationofSection1,s/heshallbe empoweredtoawardbackpaytotheemployeeswhowerelockedoutandtoorderthatthelockout ceaseimmediately.Failuretocomplywiththe©,z·©·š©x­awardshallresultinthepermanentremoval fromtheProjectoftheemployerengaginginthelockout. ThearbitratorshallretainjurisdictiontodeterminecompliancewiththissectionandSection2 ofthisArticle. Section7.TheOwnerisapartyininterestinallproceedingsarisingunderthisArticleand ArticlesIXandX,andshallbesentcontemporaneouscopiesofallnotificationsrequiredunderthese Articles,and,atitsoption,mayinitiateorparticipateasafullpartyinanyproceedinginitiatedunder theseArticles. ARTICLEIXGRIEVANCEPROCEDURE Section1.(a)ThisAgreementisintendedtoprovideclosecooperationbetween managementandlabor.OwnerandtheUnionshalleachassignarepresentativetothisProjectforthe purposeofassistingwiththeconstructionoftheProjecteconomically,efficiently,continuouslyand withoutinterruption,delaysorworkstoppages. 13 (b)TheContractors,Union,andemployeescollectivelyandindividually,realize theimportancetoallpartiestomaintaincontinuousanduninterruptedperformanceoftheworkonthe Project,andagreetoresolvedisputesinaccordancewiththearbitrationprovisionssetforthinthis Article. Section2.Anyquestionarisingoutof,andduringthetermof,thisAgreement,involvingits interpretationandapplication(otherthantradejurisdictionaldisputesorallegedviolationofArticle VIII),shallbeconsideredagrievanceandsubjecttoresolutionunderthefollowingprocedures. (a)Grievancesmustbefiledwithinfive(5)workingdaysaftertheeventgivingrisetothe grievanceoccurred.Agrievancecanbefiledbyanemployeeorthelocalunion.Atthisstage,the grievancewillbehandledbythebusinessrepresentativeoftheappropriatelocalunion.Anygrievance notfiledwithinthatfive(5)workingdaysshallbedeemedwaived.Allgrievancesmustbefiledin writing.AcopyofanygrievanceandsubsequentnotificationsrelatingtoitmustbesenttotheUnion andtheOwner. (b)ThebusinessrepresentativeandContractorwhoarepartiestothegrievanceshallmeet withinthree(3)workingdaysofthegrievanceandattempttosettleit.Thereshallbenoextendingthe deadlineforthismeeting.TheUnionandtheOwnershallbenotifiedofanysettlementreached.Ifthe grievanceisnotsettledwithinthesethree(3)workingdays,thegrievancemaybereferredbyeither partywithintwo(2)workingdaystotheCoChairsoftheProjectLaborAgreementJointAdministrative Committee›{W!/|œforadjustment.IfaUnionoraContractormemberoftheJACisapartytothe grievance,thatrepresentativeshouldexcusehim/herselffromtheJACforthepurposesofthat grievance. (c)TheJACshallmeettoresolveanygrievancereferredtoitwithinthree(3)workingdaysofits referral.ThereshallbenoextendingthedeadlineforthisJACmeeting.Providedthereisaleastone(1) memberoftheJACpresentthegrievanceshallbeheard.TheUnionandtheContractormembersofthe JACshallhaveequalvotingstrengthonlyifatleastone(1)memberfromeachispresent.Inthose situationswherenocontractorornounionrepresentativeappears,fullauthoritytoresolvethe grievanceshallvestinthosecommitteememberswhoarepresent. (d)Thegrievancemaybedeliveredbyfacsimile,U.S.Mail,overnightmail,orhanddeliveredto theappropriatepartyworkingunderthisAgreement.Thegrievanceshallbeconsideredfiledwhensent totheotherparty. (e)Failureonthepartofapartytofulfillitsobligationsunderthisprocedureortoattendthe JAChearingshallbedeemedasacompleteandtotalwaiverofthat¦©·äx­position,andthegrievance shallbeconsideredsustainedordenied,asisappropriate,andasifrenderedpursuanttoafinalbinding decisionbythearbitrator. (f)IftheJACdeadlocks,eitherpartymayreferthegrievancetothepermanentarbitratoror his/heralternate.Themattermustbeheardwithinseven(7)workingdaysofitsreceiptbythe 14 permanentarbitrator.Adecisionwillberenderedwithinthree(3)hoursafterthehearinghas concluded.Thedecisionwillbeinwriting.Thedecisiondoesnotneedasupportingopinion. (g)AtitssolediscretiontheOwnermayelecttoparticipateinanon‘Ýš·z“mcapacityatany stageofthegrievanceprocess. (h)Thefeesandexpensesofthearbitratorshallbeequallydividedbetweenthemovingpartyor partiesandthepartyor¦©·äx­respondent. Section3.Onlytheactualpartiestothedisputeshallbeallowedtopresenttheir respectivecases.OnlyemployeesoftheapplicableContractorandUnionwillbeallowedtorepresent thepartiesathearingsbeforetheJACorthepermanentArbitrator.Anyindividualwhohasrelevant evidencecanbecalledasawitness. Section4.Anydecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedureshallbefinalandbindingonall parties,andshallnotbesubjecttojudicialappealunlesstheawardhasbeenobtainedfraudulentlyorin someotherillegalmanner.Nodecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedureshallhaveanyprecedential valueinanyproceedingconductedpursuanttothegrievance/arbitrationprocedure,establishedbyany collectivebargainingagreementbetweenanyemployeroremployerassociationandanylocalunion signatorytothisProjectLaborAgreement,norshallanydecisionissuedpursuanttothisprocedurebe admissibleinanysubsequenthearingorproceedinginvolvingtheUnion,excepttoenforcethetermsof thatdecision. ARTICLEXJURISDICTIONALDISPUTES Section1.WorkshallbeassignedbytheContractorinaccordancewiththeProcedural RulesofthePlanfortheSettlementofJurisdictionalDisputesintheConstructionIndustry(hereinafter the{tŒ“|œrandshallbebasedupontheappropriateagreementsofrecords,decisionsofrecordsand previouslocalpracticesbetweenand/oramongtheunions.Suchassignmentsshallbedisclosedbythe Contractorataprejobconference,whichprejobconferencewillincludearepresentativeofthe ArchitectandtheOwner. Section2.(a)Thepartiesagreethatalljurisdictionaldisputesoverdivisionofworkwillbe settledinaccordancewiththeproceduralrulesandregulationsofthePlanfortheSettlementof JurisdictionalDisputesintheConstructionIndustry,effectiveJune1,1984,oranysuccessorplan. (b)Anyawardorresolutionmadepursuanttothisprocedure,shallbefinaland bindingonthedisputingUnionandtheinvolvedContractorunderthisAgreementonly,andmaybe enforcedinanycourtofcompetentjurisdictioninaccordancewiththePlan.Suchawardorresolution shallnotestablishaprecedentonanyconstructionworknotcoveredbythisAgreement.Inalldisputes underthisArticle,theOwnershallbeconsideredapartyininterest,withafullrightofparticipation. Section3.Inmakinganydeterminationhereunder,thereshallbenoauthoritytoassign worktoadoublecrew,thatis,tomoreemployeesthantheminimumrequiredtoperformthework involved;nortoassigntheworktoemployeeswhoarenotqualifiedtoperformtheworkinvolved.This 15 doesnotprohibittheestablishment,withtheagreementoftheinvolvedContractor,ofcompositecrews wheremorethanone(1)employeeisneededforthejob.Theaforesaiddeterminationshalldecideonly towhomthedisputedworkbelongs. Section4.Therewillbenostrikes,workstoppages,slowdowns,orotherdisruptive activityarisingoutofanyjurisdictionaldispute.Pendingtheresolutionofthedispute,theworkshall proceedasassignedbytheContractor.Theawardorresolutionshallbeconfirmedinwritingtothe involvedparties.Thereshallbenostrike,workstoppage,orinterruptioninprotestofanysuchawardor anyresolution. Section5.EachContractorwillconductaprejobconferencewiththeUnionandany appropriateaffiliatespriortocommencingwork.TheArchitectandtheOwnerwillbeadvisedin advanceofallsuchconferencesandmayparticipateiftheywish. ARTICLEXICOMPENSATION Section1.ThecompensationpackageofeachcraftissetforthintheAppendicesattached tothisAgreement.Thecompensationpackage,ataminimum,includesthewagerateforthe journeyman,foreman,generalforeman,apprentices,andothermiscellaneousclassificationsofcraft workersaswellasthefringebenefitsprovidedforintheAppendices. Section2.(a)ThecompensationpackageofthecraftssignatorytothisAgreementmay increaseduringthetermoftheProject.Insomeinstances,theamountoftheincreaseinthe compensationpackagehasalreadybeenagreedto.WherethisisthecasetheapplicableAppendix specifiestheamountoftheincrease.Thedistributionofthatincreasetothevariouscomponentsofthe compensationpackagewillbeannouncedinatimelymannertoanycontractorsignatorytothis Agreementtobeaffectedbytheincrease,andtotheOwnerandtheUnion. (b)Insomeinstancestheamountoftheincreasetothecompensationpackage, ifany,hasnotyetbeenagreedto.Inthosecircumstances,everycontractorsignatorytothisAgreement agreestopayanyincreasetothecompensationpackagenegotiatedbytheapplicableunionandits employersandalsoagreestopaysuchincreaseretroactivelytothefirsteffectivedayofthenew collectivebargainingagreementbetweentheaffectedcraftanditssignatoryemployers.However,there shallbenoobligationtopayanyincreasetothecompensationpackageretroactivelytoanydateearlier thanthatbindingonthepartiestothisnegotiation. Section3.AllemployeescoveredbythisAgreementmaybepaidbycheckandshallbe paidnolaterthantheendoftheworkshiftFriday.Undernocircumstanceswillthewagesearnedbythe employeesbeheldbackbytheContractorformorethanseventytwo(72)hoursbeforepayday.If Fridayfallsonaholiday,thepaymentshallbemadebytheendoftheshiftonThursday.Anyemployee whoisdischargedorlaidoffshallbeentitledtoreceiveallaccruedwagesimmediatelyupondischarge orlayoff.Notificationoflayoffshallbeatthe-š“·©-·š©x­discretionbutnotgivenlaterthantheendof theworkshiftonthedatethelayoffistobeeffective.Suchnotificationshallbeprovidedinwritingto theemployeeandtotheapplicableunion. 16 Section4.TheContractorwillpaycontributionstotheestablishedemployeebenefits fundsforallemployeeswhochoosetoparticipateinsuchbenefitfundsintheamountsdesignatedin theappropriateAppendixandmakeallemployeeauthorizeddeductionsintheamountsdesignatedin thecontractorandtheUnionagreethatonlysuch theappropriateAppendix;providedhowever,that bonafideemployeebenefitsasaccruetothedirectbenefitoftheemployees(suchaspensionand annuity,healthandwelfare,vacation,apprenticeship,trainingfunds,etc.)shallbeincludedinthis thisProject.Bonafidejointlytrusteedbenefit requirementandrequiredtobepaidbytheContractoron plansorauthorizedemployeedeductionprogramsestablishedundertheapplicableAppendix,orbythe partiestothisAgreement,duringthelifeofthisAgreementmaybeadded.Suchcontributionsshallbe dueandpayableontheduedatecontainedintheapplicableAppendix. TheContractoradoptsandagreestobeboundbythewrittentermsofthelegallyestablished trustagreements,specifyingthedetailedbasisonwhichpaymentsaretobemadeinto,andbenefits paidoutof,suchTrustFunds.TheContractorauthorizesthepartiestosuchTrustFundstoappoint successorTrusteestoadministertheTrustFunds,andherebyratifiesandacceptsthe Trusteesand Trusteessoappointed,asifmadebytheContractor. A/š“·©-·š©x­{-š©;|employees,asdescribedinArticleIVofthisAgreement,maychoose whethertoparticipateintheunionsponsoredbenefitplanfortheirrespectivecraft,ortheymay choosetobecoveredbythefringebenefitplanofferedbytheContractor. Section5.Contractorsofwhatevertiershallmakeregularandtimelycontributionsrequiredby theapplicableTrustandEmployeebenefitfundsinamountsandonthetimeschedulesetforthinthe appropriateAppendix.DelinquencyinremissionofcontributionsisabreachofthisAgreement.Ifa Contractororsubcontractorisdelinquentinanysuchcontributions,theUnionortheTrustFundshall providepromptnotificationtotheOwneranditshallprovidedocumentaryevidenceofthedelinquency endorsedbytheFund. Section6.Uponsuchnotification,theOwnerwillattempttoresolvethedelinquency amongtheContractororsubcontractor,theUnionandtheFund.Ifthedelinquencyisnotresolved withinten(10)daysthereafter,theContractor,inthecaseofadelinquentsubcontractor,shallwithhold anamounttocoverthedelinquencyfromanyretainedfundsotherwisedueandowingtothe subcontractorandshallnotreleasesuchwithholdinguntilthesubcontractorisincompliance,provided, however,thatifthedelinquentamountisundisputedinwholeorinpartbetweentheFundandthe theFundandthe delinquentsubcontractor,theContractorshallissueajointcheckpayableto subcontractorintheamountoftheundisputeddelinquency.InthecaseofadelinquentContractor,if thedelinquencyisnotresolvedwithinten(10)daysafternotificationtotheOwner,theOwnerwill Pursuanttothe withhold,inanappropriateamount,anyfundsdueandowingtotheContractor. commitmentoftheOwner,theContractorshallbesubjecttowithholdingofretainedamountswhich mayonlybereleaseduponthe-š“·©-·š©x­resolutionofthedelinquencyasevidencedbyawritten statementendorsedbytheFund.Wherethereisnodisputeastotheamountofthedelinquency, retainedamountsmaybereleasedbyajointcheckpayabletotheContractorandtheFundinthe amountofanyundisputeddelinquency. 17 Section7.Itisagreedthatbeforefinalretainagesarereceivedbyacontractoror subcontractor,theOwnerwillobtaincertificationthatallapplicablefringebenefitandwagepayments havebeenmadebytheContractororsubcontractor. ARTICLEXIIHOURSOFWORK,OVERTIME,SHIFTS Section1.WorkDayandWorkWeek.Eight(8)hoursperdaybetweenthehoursof6:00 a.m.and5:30p.m.,plusonehalf(1/2)hourunpaidforlunch,approximatelymidwaythroughtheshift, shallconstitutethestandardworkday.Forty(40)hoursperweekshallconstitutearegularÞ;;‰x­work. TheworkweekwillstartonMondayandconcludeonSunday.Auniformstartingtimewillbe establishedforallcraftsoneachprojectorsegmentofthework.Nothinghereinshallbeconstruedas guaranteeinganyemployeeeight(8)hoursperdayorforty(40)hoursperweek.TheUnion(s)shallbe informedoftheworkstartingtimesetbytheContractorattheprejobconferencewhichmaybe changedthereafteruponthree(3)7ä­xnoticetotheUnion(s)andtheworkers. Section2.StartingTimes.Employeesshallbeattheirplaceofworkatthestartingtime andshallremainattheirplaceofwork(asdesignatedbytheContractor)performingtheirassigned functionsuntilquittingtime.Theplaceofworkshallbedefinedasthegangortoolbox,orequipmentat the;’¦Œšä;;x­assignedworklocationortheplacewheretheforemangivesinstructions.Theparties reaffirmtheirpolicyofafair7äx­workforafair7äx­wage. Section3.Overtime.Therewillbenorestrictiononthe/š“·©-·š©x­schedulingof overtimeorthenondiscriminatorydesignationofemployeeswhowillwork.Thereshallbeno pyramidingofovertimepayunderanycircumstances.Overtimeshallbedefinedasallhoursworkedin excessofeight(8)daily,MondaythroughFridayoroutsidethenormalhoursestablishedforanyshift. TheratesofpayforovertimehoursareestablishedbytherelevantAppendices. Section4.(a)Shifts.ShiftworkmaybeperformedattheoptionoftheContractor(s)upon three(3)7ä­xpriornoticetotheUnionandshallcontinueforaperiodofnotlessthanfive(5)working days.SaturdaysandSundays,ifworked,maybeusedforestablishingthefive(5)dayminimumwork shift. (b)TheContractormay,uponfive(5)7ä­xnoticetotheappropriateunion(s), establishaworkweekoffour(4)consecutiveten(10)hourworkdays(exclusiveofonehalf(1/2)hour unpaidlunch,approximatelymidwaythroughtheshift).SuchaworkweekwillstartonMondayand concludeonThursday.TheContractorshallprovidenoticeofanyintenttoreturntoaneight(8)hour day,five(5)dayworkweeknolaterthantheendoftheshiftonThursdayforachangethatwillbegin thefollowingMonday. Section5.ReportingPay.Reportingpayandcalloutpayshallbeassetoutinthe Appendicesforeachcraft. 18 Section6.TimeKeeping.TheContractormayutilizebrassingsystemstocheckemployees inandout.Eachemployeemustcheckhimselfinandout.TheContractorwillprovideadequatefacilities forcheckinginandoutinanexpeditiousmanner. Section7.MealPeriod.TheContractorwillscheduleamealperiodnotlessthanonehalf (1/2)hourdurationattheworklocationatapproximatelythemidpointofthescheduledworkshift(4 hoursinafivedayworkweek,6hoursinfourdayworkweek),consistentwithSection1;provided, however,thattheContractormay,forefficiencyoftheoperation,establishaschedulewhich coordinatesthemealperiodoftwo(2)ormorecrafts.Ifanemployeeisrequiredtoworkthroughhis mealperiod,heshallbecompensatedinamannerestablishedintheapplicableAppendix. ARTICLEXIIIWORKPLACESAFETYANDWATERANDSANITARYFACILITIES Section1.TheemployeescoveredbythetermsofthisAgreementshallatalltimeswhile intheemployofanapplicableContractororSubcontractorbeboundbythesafetyrulesandregulations asestablishedbytheOwner,Contractor,Subcontractor,thisAgreement,orapplicablesafetylaws. provideadequatesuppliesofdrinkingwaterandsanitary Section2.TheContractorshall facilitiesforallemployees. ARTICLEXIVSUBCONTRACTING&WORKPRESERVATION TheGeneralContractoragreesthatneitheritnoranyofitssubcontractorswillsubcontractany worktobedoneontheProjectexcepttoaperson,firmorcorporationwhois,oragreestobecome, partytothisAgreement.AnycontractororsubcontractorworkingontheProjectshall,asaconditionto workingonsaidProject,providealetterofassenttobeboundbyandtoperformallworkunderthe termsofthisAgreement.Thefurnishingofmaterials,suppliesorequipmentandthedeliverythereof shallbeinnocaseconsideredsubcontracting,withtheexceptionofreadymix,aggregates,andasphalt. ARTICLEXVDUESCHECKOFF NoemployeecoveredbythisAgreementshallberequiredtojoinanyUnion,orpayanyagency feesordues,asaconditionofbeingemployed,orremainingemployed,ontheProject.Where, however,theContractorisprovidedavoluntarywrittenduesdeductionauthorization,executedbythe employeeonastandardformfurnishedbytheUnion,theContractoragreestodeductunionduesfrom thepayoftheemployeeandtoremittheduestotheUnionatthesametimethattrustfund contributionsarerequiredtoberemittedtotheadministratorsoftheappropriatetrustfundsonbehalf ofthatemployee. ARTICLEXVIHOLIDAYS&PREMIUMDAYS Section1.Recognizedholidaysshallbe: New—;©x­Day MemorialDay 19 IndependenceDay LaborDay ThanksgivingDay ChristmasDay Section2.AholidayfallingonaSundaywillbeobservedontheimmediatelyfollowing Monday. Section3.AllhoursworkedonSundayoraholidayshallbepaidatdoubletime. ARTICLEXVIIAPPRENTICES Section1.TheGeneral Contractor,theUnionandthesubcontractorsunderstandtheneed tosupportapprenticeshipandtrainingprogramsdesignedtodevelopanadequatenumberof competentandskilledworkersintheconstructionindustry. Section2.ItiswiththisunderstandingthattheGeneralContractorandsubcontractors agreetoworkwiththeUnioninvolvedontheProject,toemployapprenticesintherespective-©E·­x programstoperformsuchworkasiswithintheircapabilities.Theemploymentandplacementof apprenticesshallbeaccordingtoproceduresassetforthbytheBureauofApprenticeshipTraining(BAT) oftheUnitedStatesDepartmentofLabor.TheUnionshallendeavortomeetsuchrequeststothelimits ofitsmanpowersupplyandtotheextentnotrestrictedbyfederalorstatelaw.ApprenticesinanyBAT approvedprogram,andonlysuchapprentices,shallbeeligibletoworkunderthisAgreement.Inthe eventanapprenticefromaBATapprovedprogramotherthantheoneinwhichtheUnionparticipatesis hired,thentheappropriateunionandthecontractorshallreachanagreement,forpurposesofthis Projectonly,astotheappropriateclassificationforpurposesofwagesandbenefitsasestablishedinthe applicableAppendix.InnoeventshallanyapprenticeparticipatingandregisteredwithaBATapproved programbedeniedanemploymentopportunityonthisProjectonthesolebasisthathis/herprogramis notonesponsoredbytheUnion. Section3.AllContractors,subcontractorsandtheUnionagreetoaratioofapprenticesto journeymenemployedontheProjectasperlocalpracticeanddescribedintheattachedAppendixfor eachcraft. Section4.IftheapplicableAppendixforanycraftsoprovides,othernonjourneymen classificationsmaybeutilizedatthe/š“·©-·š©x­discretionaspartoftheapplicableratio. ARTICLEXVIIINONDISCRIMINATION Section1.TheContractorandUnionagreethattheywillnotdiscriminateagainstany employeeorapplicantforemploymentbecauseofrace,color,creed,religion,sex,nationalorigin,age, maritalstatus,unionmembership,genderidentity,sexualorientationorphysicalormentaldisabilityin applicationofthisprovision anymannerprohibitedbylaworregulation.Anycomplaintsregardingthe 20 shallbebroughttotheimmediateattentionoftheinvolvedContractorandtheOwnerforconsideration andresolution. Section2.Itisrecognizedthatspecialproceduresmaybeestablishedbyjointagreement ofthepartiestothisAgreementandgovernmentalagenciesforthetrainingandemploymentofpersons whohavenotpreviouslyqualifiedtobeemployedonconstructionprojectsofthetypecoveredbythis Agreement.Thepartiesagreethattheywillmakeallgoodfaitheffortstoassistintheproper implementationofsuchorders,regulationsoragreements,andtocooperatewithprogramsthat andretainminoritiesandwomenforthegeneralbenefitoftheresidentsof enhanceeffortstorecruit Iowa. Section3.Thepartiesrecognizethehޓ;©x­interestinprovidingopportunitiesto participateontheProjecttominorityandwomenownedbusinessenterprises,aswellasother enterprises,whichmaynothavepreviouslyhadarelationship withtheUnionsignatorytothe Agreement.ItisrecognizedthattheCountymayadoptcertainpoliciesandcommitmentsforthe utilizationofbusinessenterprisesownedand/orcontrolledbyminoritiesand/orwomen.Theparties shalljointlyendeavortoassurethatthecommitments,andanyamendmentsthatmaybeadoptedby theCountyduringthelifeofthisAgreement,arefullymet,andthatanyprovisionsofthisAgreement, whichmayappeartointerferewithanyminorityorwomenownedbusinessenterprisesuccessfully biddingforworkwithinthescopeofthisAgreement,shallbecarefullyreviewed,andadjustmentsmade asmaybeappropriate,andagreeduponamongtheparties,toassurefullcompliancewiththespiritand theletterofthehޓ;©x­policiesandcommitmentsandallapplicablefederal,stateandlocalrulesand regulationsrelatingtoemploymentandutilizationofminoritiesandminorityand/orwomenowned businesses. ARTICLEXIXBONDING Everycontractoragreestoandshall,upondemandtotheUnion(s),furnishasuretybondinthe totalamountof$30,000.00foreachcraftitemploys.Thisbondistoassurepaymentsofwagesand fringebenefitcontributionsasrequiredbytheapplicableAppendix.Acopyofthisbondmustbefiled withtheLocalUnionoffice.Satisfactoryproofofcompliancewiththeaboverequirementsand qualificationsshallbefurnishedwithinseventytwo(72)hourstotheUnionandtheOwner. ARTICLEXXSAVINGSCLAUSE Section1.ItisnottheintentionofeithertheContractorortheUnionpartiestoviolateany lawsgoverningthesubjectmatterofthisAgreement.Thepartiesheretoagreethatintheeventany provisionsoftheAgreementarefinallyheldordeterminedtobeillegalorvoidasbeingincontravention andeffect,unlessthe ofanyapplicablelaw,theremainderoftheAgreementshallremaininfullforce partorpartssofoundtobevoidarewhollyinseparablefromtheremainingportionsofthisAgreement. Further,theContractorandUnionagreethatifandwhenanyprovisionsofthisAgreementarefinally competentjurisdiction,thepartieswillpromptly heldordeterminedtobeillegalorvoidbyacourtof enterintonegotiationsconcerningthesubstanceaffectedbysuchdecisionforthepurposeofachieving conformitywiththerequirementsofanyapplicablelawandtheintentofthepartieshereto. 21 Section2.ThepartiesrecognizetherightoftheOwnertowithdraw,atitsabsolute discretion,theutilizationofthisAgreementaspartofanybidspecification,shouldacourtofcompetent jurisdictionissueanyorderwhichcouldresult,temporarilyorpermanently,indelayofthebidding, constructionworkontheProject. awarding,and/or ARTICLEXXIMISCELLANEOUS Itisfurtheragreedthat,wherethereisaconflict,thetermsandconditionsofthisProjectLabor Agreementshallsupersedeandoverridetermsandconditionsofanyandallothernational,areaorlocal collectivebargainingagreements,exceptworkcoveredundertheNTLArticlesofAgreement,the NationalStack/ChimneyAgreement,theNationalCoolingTowerAgreement,andtheNational AgreementoftheInternationalUnionofElevatorConstructors.Notwithstandingrecognitionofthe abovecitednationalagreements,ArticlesVII,VIII,IXandXofthisProjectLaborAgreementshallstill applytosuchwork. ARTICLEXXIIDURATIONOFTHISAGREEMENT ThisProjectLaborAgreementshallbeeffectiveonthedateapprovedbytheOwner,andshall continueineffectforthedurationoftheProjectConstructionworkdescribedinArticleIIhereof. Section1.(a)Turnover.Constructionofanyphase,portion,sectionorsegmentofthe Projectshallbedeemedcompletewhensuchphase,portion,sectionorsegmenthasbeenturnedover totheOwnerbytheContractorandtheOwnerhasacceptedsuchphase,portion,sectionorsegment. AsareasandsystemsoftheProjectareinspectedandconstructiontestedand/orapprovedbythe ArchitectandacceptedbytheOwnerorthirdpartieswiththeapprovaloftheOwner,theAgreement shallhavenofurtherforceoreffectonsuchitemsorareas,exceptwhentheContractorisdirectedby theArchitectorOwnertoengageinrepairsormodificationsrequiredbyitscontract(s)withtheOwner. (b)Notice.NoticeofeachfinalacceptancereceivedbytheContractorwillbe providedtotheUnionwithadescriptionofwhatportion,segment,etc.hasbeenaccepted.Final acceptancemaybesubjecttoa{¦Ò“-w|list,andinsuchcase,theAgreementwillcontinuetoapplyto eachsuchitemonthelistuntilitiscompletedtothesatisfactionoftheOwnerandNoticeofAcceptance isgivenbytheOwnertotheContractor. (c)Termination.Finalterminationofallobligations,rights,liabilitiesand disagreementsshalloccuruponreceiptbytheUnionofanoticefromtheArchitectortheOwnersaying thatnoworkremainswithinthescopeoftheAgreement. Section2.Appendicesincorporated,aspartofthisAgreementshallcontinueinfullforce andeffectuntilthecontractorand/orunionpartiestothecollectivebargainingagreementswhichare thebasisforsuchAppendicesnotifytheOwnerofmutuallyagreeduponchangesinsuchAgreements andtheireffectivedate(s). Thepartiesagreetorecognizeandimplementsuchchangesontheireffectivedates.Any disagreementbetweenthepartiesovertheincorporationintoanAppendixofanysuchprovisionagreed 22 uponinthenegotiationofthelocalcollectivebargainingagreement,whichservesasthebasisforthe Appendix,shallbereferredtothepermanentarbitratorforresolutionundertheproceduresestablished inArticleIX.Aspartofthisunderstanding,theContractoragreesandconsentstopaytheincreased totherelevantjointlyadministeredtrustfundspursuanttotheprovisionsofanycollective contributions bargainingagreementsnegotiatedbytheUnionduringtheworkperformedontheProjectretroactively totheexpirationdatesetoutintheapplicableAppendix,provided,however,iftheprovisionsofany thatsaidincreasesshallnotbecomeeffectiveuntila suchnewcollectivebargainingagreementprovide laterdateafterthedatefollowingtheexpirationdate,thenthatlaterdateshallprevail. Section3.TheUnionagreesthattherewillbenostrikes,workstoppages,sympathy strikes,picketing,slowdowns,oranyotherdisruptiveactivityaffectingtheProjectbyanyunion involvedinthenegotiationofsuchlocalcollectivebargainingagreementandtheresultingAppendices, norshalltherebeanylockoutonthisProjectaffectingtheUnionduringthecourseofsuchnegotiations. OnbehalfoftheJohnsonCountyBoardofSupervisors BY:_____________________________________________________ JanelleRettig,ChairpersonDate Attest:______________________________ TravisWeipert,Auditor Onbehalfof____________________(GeneralContractor) BY:_____________________________________________________ _________________________________Date (PrintedName&Title) OnbehalfofInternationalBrotherhoodofElectricalWorkersLocal405 BY:_____________________________________________________ BillHanesDate 23 PROJECTLABORAGREEMENTFORTHEJOHNSONCOUNTY SECONDARYROADSREPLACEMENTFACILITY, LETTEROFASSENT ToWhomItMayConcern: Thisistoconfirmthat_________________________________________(CompanyName) herebyagreestobeapartytoandboundbytheProjectLaborAgreementsfortheJohnsonCounty SecondaryRoadsReplacementFacilityassuchAgreementsmay,fromtimetotime,beamendedbythe partiesorinterpretedpursuanttoitsterms. Theundersigned,asaContractororSubcontractorontheJohnsonCountySecondaryRoads ReplacementFacilityProject(hereinafter{t©š†;-·|œrforandinconsiderationoftheawardtoitofa contracttoperformworkonsaidProject,andinfurtherconsiderationofthemutualpromisesmadein theProjectLaborAgreementsfortheJohnsonCountySecondaryRoadsReplacementFacility (hereinafter{!m©;;’;“·­|œracopyofwhichwasreceivedandisacknowledged,hereby: 1.Acceptsandagreestobeapartytoandboundbythetermsandconditionsofthe Agreements,withsaidobligationstobeapartytoandboundbytheAgreements extendingtoallworkundertakenontheProject; 2.Certifiesthatithasnocommitmentsoragreementsthatwouldprecludeitsfulland completecompliancewiththetermsandconditionsofsaidAgreements; 3.AgreestosecurefromanyContractor(s),asdefinedinsaidAgreements,whichisor becomesaSubcontractor(ofanytier)toit,adulyexecutedAgreementtobeboundin formidenticaltothisdocument; 4.Specificallyacknowledgesandagreestoobtainsuretybond(s)asrequiredinArticleXIX, Section1oftheAgreements. ______________________________________________________________________ Date(NameofContractor/Subcontractor) ________________________________________ (AuthorizedOfficer&Title) ________________________________________ (Address) ________________________________________ (Phone)(Fax)(Email) ________________________________________ (Contractor/SubcontractorStateLicenseNumber) RESOLUTION ______________ RESOLUTION APPROVING USE OF PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENTS FOR THE JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY PROJECT WHEREAS, the Johnson County Board of Supervisors has determined that project labor agreements should be drafted and entered into with the Cedar Rapids and Iowa City Building Trades Council and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local 405 for the Johnson County Secondary Roads Replacement Facility Project (hereinafter “the Project”); and WHEREAS, applicable project labor agreements have been drafted by County staff and their terms considered by the Board of Supervisors; and WHEREAS, the Board of Supervisors believes that project labor agreements will positively affect the construction of the Project by prohibiting work stoppages, providing access to a broad workforce, and ensuring that skilled labor is utilized, and that the quality of the work performed will be enhanced due to the existence of project labor agreements; and WHEREAS, the Board of Supervisors further believes that for all of these reasons entering into project labor agreements is in the best interests of the residents of Johnson County. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Board of Supervisors approves the use of project labor agreements in the construction contracts for the Secondary Roads Replacement Facility; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Johnson County Board of Supervisors hereby approves the format of the attached project labor agreements, to be signed by the Board, the general contractor, and the individual trades listed therein, and further authorizes the Chair to sign the project labor agreements on behalf of the Board of Supervisors and Johnson County, Iowa. On motion by ________________ seconded by ________________, passed and approved the _____ day of November, 2013. Rettig _____ Etheredge _____ Harney _____ Neuzil _____ Sullivan _____ ________________________________ Janelle Rettig, Chairperson Johnson County Board of Supervisors Attest: By:_____________________________ Travis Weipert, Auditor APPENDIX1 TradeHourlyPensionAnnuityH&WApprentOtherTotal RatePackage Teamsters$24.92$6.20$5.20$0.25$0.30$36.87 238 Glaziers581$27.36$5.47$1.05$6.94$0.45$0.20$41.47 Painters$21.75$3.40$5.25$0.30$0.21$30.91 447 Plumbers&$35.79$5.39$7.21$0.84$0.29$49.52 Pipefitters 125 SheetMetal$29.84$7.73$6.35$0.50$2.90$47.32 Workers 263 Cement$24.68$6.37$6.80$0.32$0.08$38.25 Masons21 Heat&$29.76$9.55$5.45$0.95$2.80$48.51 Frost Insulators 81 Ironworkers$26.67$6.70$3.00$5.50$0.86$0.31$43.04 89 Carpenters$25.40$6.78$7.14$0.41$0.10$39.83 1260 Interior Carpenters$25.50$6.88$7.18$0.41$0.18$40.15 1260 Commercial Operators$25.70$5.60$7.30$0.50$0.61$39.71 234 SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Project Description: The Project consists of a new mechanics and storage replacement building of 38,600 GSF approximately (nominal 100’ x 340’ ground floor with an 80’ x 57.5’ mezzanine space above) and site improvements on the existing Secondary Roads site in Iowa City, Iowa. The intent is to construct a pre-engineered metal building, with concrete slab-on-grade and foundations, service bays served by overhead doors, metal wall and roof panels; as well as other site improvements for the building and other surrounding structures and facilities. The Project will also require a phased demolition of an existing structure, with a portion of that structure being dismantled and moved by Johnson County after the new building is constructed and occupied; and the final phase is for replacement of the site access road that must remain open during most of the construction period until other site improvements are completed and allows alternative circulation around the new facilities. In addition, this project may become a LEED certified facility and as such, some of the provisions in the process of construction, the completed project and materials used for the work may be documented to accomplish that goal. The contractor shall take precautions to compile and preserve related records for that purpose. 1.02WORK BY OWNER A.The Owner may award contracts or undertake the supply and installation of materials and equipment that may be done concurrent with this construction. B.Items also noted NIC (Not-In-Contract), will be supplied and installed by Owner. C.The Owner will provide miscellaneous equipment for installation in this project immediately upon occupancy. 1.03OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A.Owner's Responsibilities: 1.Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, to Contractor. 2.Arrange and pay for Product delivery to site. 3.On delivery, inspect Products jointly with Contractor. 4.Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5.Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B.Contractor's Responsibilities: 1.Review Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.Receive and unload Products at site; inspect for completeness ordamage, jointly with Owner. 3.Handle, store, install and finish Products. 4.Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. C.The following abbreviations are utilized in the Contract Documents: G03613.10 01100-1 SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.OFOI -Owner FurnishedOwner Installed. 2.OFCI -Owner FurnishedContractor Installed. 1.04CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A.Access to Site: Contractor’s access to the areas can start immediately. B.Site and Facility Egress must be kept open for the Owner during construction. C.Construction Operations: Limited to areasnoted onDrawings. D.Utility Outages and Shutdown: It is absolutely required that these be coordinated with Owner priorto implementation. 1.05WORK SEQUENCE A.Construct Work inphases to accommodate Owner's site occupancy requirements during the construction period, coordinate construction schedule and operations with both the Owner and Architect/Engineer. 1.06OWNER OCCUPANCY A.The Owner may occupy the existing site during the period of construction. B.Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement. PART 2PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01100 G03613.10 01100-2 SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Coordination. B.Pre-construction Meeting C.Progress Meetings. D.Pre-installation Meetings. 1.02COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of the Contract Documents to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs D.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E.Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. F.After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.03PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A.Owner and Architect/Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B.Attendance Required: Owner, Architect/Engineer, Contractor, and major subcontractors (mechanical and electrical). C.Agenda: 1.Distribution of Contract Documents. G03613.10 01310-1 SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 2.Requirements and schedule for Contractor's submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, project schedule, bonds and insurance certificates. 3.Designation of responsible personnel representing the Owner, the Contractor, and the Architect/Engineer. 4.Review construction schedule: Official contract start date Substantial completion deadline Final completion deadline Critical dates during Construction Equipment deliveries and priorities Critical Work sequencing 5.Procedures and processing of Field decisions Shop Drawings Product Data Samples Substitutions Applications for payment Change Orders Contract close out 6.Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 7.Requirements and procedures for testing. 8Scheduling activities of a Geo-technical Engineer and other testing Personnel. 9.Survey and building layout. 10.Safety. 11.Security. 12.Contractor's field office. 13.Housekeeping. 14.Working hours. 15.Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 16.Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 17.Procedures for maintaining record documents. 18.Requirements for start-up of equipment. 19.Review and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. 20.Other items of discussion. 1.04PROGRESS MEETINGS A.Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bi- weekly (every two weeks) intervals. B.Make arrangements for meetings and prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C.Attendance Required Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner and Architect/Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D.Agenda: 1.Review minutes of previous meetings. 2.Review of Work progress. 3.Field observations, problems, and decisions. G03613.10 01310-2 SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 4.Identification of problems that impede planned progress. 5.Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6.Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7.Maintenance of progress schedule. 8.Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9.Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10.Coordination of projected progress. 11.Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12.Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13.Other business relating to work. E.Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with , one copy to each to the Architect/Engineer and Owner and other participantsand those affected by decisions made. 1.05PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A.When required in individual specification sections, convene a pre-installation meeting at work siteprior to commencing work of the section. B.Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C.Notify Owner and Architect/Engineer four days in advance of meeting date. D.Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1.Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures. 2.Review coordination with related work. 3.Review existing building conditions on the exterior and interior. E.Record minutes and distribute copies within two daysafter meeting to participants, with one copy each to Architect/Engineer, Owner, and other participants, and those affected by decisions made. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01310 G03613.10 01310-3 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Submittal Procedures. B.Construction Progress Schedules. C.Proposed Products List. D.Shop Drawings. E.Product Data. F.Samples. G.Manufactures' Installation Instructions. H.Manufacturers' Certificates. 1.02SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G810 or other form as decided during the pre construction meeting. B.Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate. D.Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E.Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, submit a completed schedule ofvalues, to the Architect/Engineer. Schedule submittals to expedite the project and deliver to Architect/Engineer Coordinate submission of related items. F.For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the contractor. G.Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. H.Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. I.Revise and re-submit, and identify changes made since previous submission. G03613.10 01330-1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS J.Distribute copiesof reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with provisions. K.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 1.03CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A.Submit initial schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. B.Revise and resubmit as required. C.Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. D.Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, identifying first workday of each week. E.Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float-dates, and duration. F.Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. G.Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and required by Allowances. 1.04PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A.Within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit a Document 01330-A Proposed Products List listing of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B.For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.05SHOP DRAWINGS A.Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. B.Shop Drawings: Submit for review. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with the SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents purposes described in Section 01780 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. C.Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. 1.06PRODUCT DATA G03613.10 01330-2 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS A.Submit the number of copies that the Contractor requires, plus two copies that will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. B.Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Provide Supplements to manufacturers' standard data that gives information unique to this Project. C.Indicate Product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D.After review, distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above and provide copies for record documents described in Section 01780 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 1.07SAMPLES A.Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. B.Submit finish samples from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer selection. C.Include identification on each sample, with full Project information. D.Submit the number of samples specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. E.Reviewed samplesthat may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections. 1.08MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A.When specifiedin individual specificationsections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Architect/Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data. B.Submit two copies for information only. C.Indicate conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and the Contract Documents, special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 1.09 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES A.When specified in 'individual specification sections, submit certification by manufacturer toArchitect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data. B.Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C.Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect/Engineer. G03613.10 01330-3 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01330 G03613.10 01330-4 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Quality Assurance -Control of Installation. B.Tolerances. C.References. D.Mock-up E.Inspecting and Testing Laboratory Services. FManufacturers' Field Services and Reports. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE -CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A.Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B.Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C.Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. D.Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E.Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F.Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. G.The Contractor is the inspector for the project. The Contractor shall review the work and verify that it is in conformance with the contract documents. Any work found not to be in conformance shall be corrected by the Contractor, so that it does conform. As a minimum, the Contractor shall reply, within 7 days of the discovery of work found not to be in conformance with the contract documents, with a written plan of the corrective actionrequired to bring this work into conformance. 1.03TOLERANCES A.Monitor tolerance control of installed Products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B.Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. G03613.10 01450-1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL C.Adjust Products to appropriate dimensions and position before securing Products in place. 1.04REFERENCES A.For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B.Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, are date specified in the individual specification sections, except where a specific date is established by code. C.Obtain copies of standards when required by product specification sections. D.The contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Architect/Engineer shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.05MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A.When specified in individual specification sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment test, adjust, and balance of equipment and as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B.Submit qualifications of observer to Architect/Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer shall be subject to approval of Architect/Engineer. C.Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers’ written instructions. D.Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for information. 1.06INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A.The Owner will pay for all testing lab services in association with concrete, soils, and masonry work expected for this project. Coordinate the scheduling of testing services with the Owner and Architect during the project to allow sufficient time for the testing work to be completed during construction. B.Testing for all concrete work shall comply with the requirements of ACI 318 regarding frequency of samples and tests to be completed. PART 2PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3EXECUTION NOT USEDEND OF SECTION 01450 G03613.10 01450-2 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Temporary Utilities: Electricity, ventilation, water, and sanitary facilities. B.Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing, protection of the Work, and water control. C.Construction Facilities: Access roads, progress cleaning, and temporary buildings. 1.02TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A.Cost: The Contractor shall extend temporary electrical service to be used during construction, and pay for power used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. B.Provide temporary electric feeder from existing site electrical service at location as directed. C.Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required. D.Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required. Provide flexible power cords as required. E.Provide main service disconnect and over-current protection at convenient location. F.Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction. 1.03TEMPORARY VENTILATION A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Utilize existing ventilation equipment where applicable. Extend and supplement equipmentwith temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. 1.04TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A.Connect to existing water source for construction operations. B.The Contractorwill pay cost of water usedduring construction. Exercise measures to conserve water. C.Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide temporary pipe insulation to prevent freezing. 1.05TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A.The existing facility may be usedif/when completed. Clean facility prior to substantial completion. G03613.10 01520-1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 1.06BARRIERS A.Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B.Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing adjacent areas of the building. C.Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. 1.07INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A.Provide temporary partitions as indicated to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas(if any), to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B.Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.08PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. C.Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D.Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E.Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing material manufacturer. 1.09SECURITY A.Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and existing facilities and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B.Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.10PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces and other closed or remote spares, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. G03613.10 01520-2 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site. 1.11REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A.Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials prior toSubstantial Completion inspection. B.Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C.Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D.Restore existing and permanent facilities usedduring construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART2PRODUCTS NOT USED PART3EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01520 G03613.10 01520-3 SECTION 01610 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Products. B.Transportation and Handling. C.Storage and Protection. D.Product Selection. E.Product Options. F.Substitutions. 1.02PRODUCTS A.Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C.Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for components being replaced. 1.03TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.04STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. B.Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate controlled enclosures. C.Fabricated products, requiring exterior storage, shall be placed on sloped supports, above ground. D.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. E.Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation or potential degradation of Product. G03613.10 01610-1 SECTION 01610 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS F.Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area Prevent mixing with foreign matter. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 1.05PRODUCT SELECTION A.Provide products that comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise noted, unused at the time of installation. B.Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for the installation and for the intended use and effect. C.Standard Products: Provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar conditions on other projects. D.Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or manufacturer is No named, or where “No Substitution” is indicated provide the product indicated. substitutions will be permitted. E.Semi-Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or No substitutions will manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. be permitted. F.Where products are specified by name, accompanied by the term “or approved equivalent”, comply with provisions for “Substitutions” to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. G.Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe products, listing characteristics required, without use of a brand name, furnish a product that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with requirements. H.Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications stipulate compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply and are recommended for the application. Manufacturer’s recommendations may be contained in product literature, or by certification of performance. I.Visual Selection: Where requirements include the phrase “…as selected from manufacturer’s standard colors, patterns, textures…” or a similar phrase,provide a product that complies with designated requirements. The Architect/Engineer will select color, pattern, and texture from the approved product line. J.Compliance with Standards: Where Specifications require compliance with a standard, select a product that complies with the standard specified. K.Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching a sample, the Architect/Engineer’s decision on whether a proposed product matched will be final. Where no product matches and complies with otherrequirements, comply with provisions for “Product Substitutions” for selection of a matching product in another category. 1.06PRODUCT OPTIONS G03613.10 01610-2 SECTION 01610 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a revision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance withthe following Article. 1.07SUBSTITUTIONS A.Request for substitutions shall be governed by applicable provisions of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions, in accordancewith the stipulations specified governing Product Selection, and as specified. B.Request for changes in products, materials, equipment and methods of construction required by Contract Documents, proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract, are considered requests for "Substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: 1.Substitutions requested by bidders during the bidding period, and accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered as included inthe Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2.Revisions to Contract Documents request by the Owner or Architect/Engineer 3.Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 4.The Contractor's compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. C.Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect/Engineer. D.Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration using the following Document 01610-A, Product Substitution Request. Submit request in the form and in accordance with procedures required for Change Order proposals. E.Provide data including the product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request (including applicable UL and FM approval data) and identify, the applicable portions of such data. Include related Project Specification Sections and Drawing numbers. Provide documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate and applicable: 1.Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. 2.Request is timely, documented and properly submitted. 3.Request is directly related to an "or approved equivalent" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 4.Specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the specified product or method cannot be provided because of the Contractor's failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. G03613.10 01610-3 SECTION 01610 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 5.Specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 6.A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect/Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. 7.Specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 8.Specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 9.Specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents, and the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution will provide the required warranty. F.The Contractor's submittal and Architect/Engineer's review of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities-not complying with the Contract Documents do not, of themselves, constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, and the Architect/Engineer's action does not constitute approval of a substitution not otherwise properly requested. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01610 G03613.10 01610-4 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A.Contractor: 1.Submit written certification to Architect that project, or designated portion of project, is substantially complete. 2.Submit list of major items to be completed or corrected. B.Architect will make an observation within seven days after receipt of certification together with Owner's representative. C.Should Architect consider that work is substantially complete: 1.Architect shall prepare an amended list of items to be completed or corrected as determined by the inspection. 2.Architect will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion containing: a.Date of substantial completion. b.Amended list of items to be completed or corrected. c.Time schedule to complete or correct work. d.Time and date Owner will assume possession of work or designated portion thereof. e.Signatures of: (1)Architect. (2)Contractor. (3)Owner. D.Should Architect consider that work is not substantially complete: 1.Architect shall notify Contractor in writing stating reasons. 2.Contractor shall complete work and send second written notice to Architect certifying that project, or designated portion of project, is substantially complete. 3.Architect will re-observe work. 1.02FINAL INSPECTION A.Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1.Contract documents have been reviewed. 2.Project has been inspected for compliance with contract documents. G03613.10 01700-1 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 3.Work has been completed in accordance with contract documents. 4.Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of Owner's representative and are operational. 5.Project is completed and ready for final inspection. B.Architect will make final observation within seven days after receipt of certification. C.Should Architect consider that work is finally complete in accordance with requirements of contract documents, he shall request Contractor to make project closeout submittals. D.Should Architect consider that work is still not finally complete: 1.He shall notify Contractor in writing stating reasons. 2.Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send second written notice to Architect certifying that work is complete. 3.Architect will re-observe work. 1.03RE-OBSERVATION COSTS A.Should Architect be required to perform second observation because of failure of work to comply with original certifications of Contractor, Owner will compensate Architect for additional services and deduct amount paid from final payment to Contractor. 1.04CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Project record documents: Provide one set of marked-up documents showing any changes from original design done during construction. B.Guarantees and Bonds specified in General Conditions. 1.05INSTRUCTION A.Instruct Owner's personnel in operation of all systems, mechanical, electrical and other equipment. 1.06EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS AND RELEASE OF LIENS A.Submit the following documents before final payment is made: 1.Contractor's release or waiver of liens. 2.Separate releases or waivers of liens for subcontractors, suppliers and others with lien rights against property of Owner together with list of those parties. B.All submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to Architect. 1.07FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A.Contractor shall submit final application in accordance with requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. G03613.10 01700-2 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT B.Architect will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. C.Should final completion be materially delayed through no fault of Contractor, Architect may issue a Semi-final Certificate of Payment, in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. 1.08POST-CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION A.Prior to expiration of one year from date of substantial completion, Architect may make visual observation of project in company with Owner and Contractor to determine whether correction of work is required inaccordance with provisions of General Conditions. B.For guarantees beyond one year, Architect will make observations at request of Owner after notification to Contractor. C.Architect will promptly notify Contractor in writing of any observed deficiencies. END OF SECTION 01700 G03613.10 01700-3 SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.02SUBMITTALS A.Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affect: 1.Structural integrity of element. 2.Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3.Efficiency, maintenance or safety of element. 4.Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B.Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety-related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or results in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. C.Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces ina manner that would, in the Architect/Engineer's judgment, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities or result in visual evidence of cutting or patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible withregard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will be equivalent to or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01INSPECTION A.Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 3.02PREPARATION A.Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B.Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching, to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. G03613.10 01732-1 SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING C.Avoid interference with use ofadjoining areasof interruption of free passageto adjoining areas. D.Take precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.03PERFORMANCE A.General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. B.Cut existing construction only where required to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities, and perform the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. C.Execute cutting, fitting and patching including excavation and fillto complete Work, and to: 1.Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2.Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3.Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4.Remove samples of installed Work fortesting. 5.Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D.Execute Work by methods which win avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide proper surfacesto receive patching and finishing. E.Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. F.Restore Work with new Products in accordancewith requirements of Contract Documents. G.Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; seal voids. I.Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the Work to the Architect/Engineer for decision or remedy. J.Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. K.Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken portion containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 3.04CLEANING A.Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01732 G03613.10 01732-2 SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 1.01Division 00 -- Procurement and Contracting Requirements A.00 0110 - Table of Contents SPECIFICATIONS 2.01Division 01 -- General Requirements 2.02Division 02 -- Existing Conditions A.02 4100 - Demolition 2.03Division 03 -- Concrete A.03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 2.04Division 04 -- Masonry A.04 2002 - Single-Wythe Unit Masonry B.04 2616 - Adhered Masonry Veneer 2.05Division 05 -- Metals A.05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing B.05 3100 - Steel Decking C.05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing D.05 5000 - Metal Fabrications E.05 5100 - Metal Stairs F.05 5213 - Pipe and Tube Railings 2.06Division 06 -- Wood, Plastics, and Composites A.06 1000 - Rough Carpentry 2.07Division 07 -- Thermal and Moisture Protection A.07 2100 - Thermal Insulation B.07 9005 - Joint Sealers 2.08Division 08 -- Openings A.08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames B.08 3100 - Access Doors and Panels C.08 3323 - Overhead Coiling Doors D.08 3613 - Sectional Doors E.08 5113 - Aluminum Windows F.08 8000 - Glazing 2.09Division 09 -- Finishes G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 00 0110 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS A.09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies B.09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings C.09 9000 - Painting and Coating 2.10Division 10 -- Specialties A.10 1400 - Signage B.10 2113.19 - Plastic Toilet Compartments C.10 2800 - Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories D.10 4400 - Fire Protection Specialties E.10 5100 - Lockers 2.11Division 11 -- Equipment 2.12Division 12 -- Furnishings A.12 3100 - Manufactured Metal Casework B.12 3600 - Countertops 2.13Division 13 -- Special Construction A.13 3419 - Metal Building Systems 2.14Division 14 -- Conveying Equipment 2.15Division 21 -- Fire Suppression 2.16Division 22 -- Plumbing 2.17Division 23 -- Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) 2.18Division 26 -- Electrical 2.19Division 27 -- Communications 2.20Division 28 -- Electronic Safety and Security 2.21Division 31 -- Earthwork A.31 2200 - Grading B.31 2316 - Excavation C.31 2323 - Fill 2.22Division 32 -- Exterior Improvements 2.23Division 33 -- Utilities END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 00 0110 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 02 4100 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Building demolition excluding removal of hazardous materials and toxic substances. B.Selective demolition of built site elements. C.Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. D.Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Description of items to be removed by Johnson County Board of Supervisors. C.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re-use by Contractor. D.Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. E.Section 01 5713 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. (See site plans for notes) F.Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. G.Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. H.Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling. I.Section 02 6500 - Underground Storage Tank Removal. J.Section 31 2323 - Fill: Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Site Plan: Showing: 1.Areas for temporary construction and field offices. C.Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities. 1.Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2.Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications. 3.Include a summary of safety procedures. D.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 1 DEMOLITION 2.01MATERIALS A.Fill Material: As shown on the plans and acceptable by Johnson County PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01SCOPE A.Remove the entire building designated in stages as shown on the plans. B.Remove paving and curbs as required to accomplish new work. C.Remove all other paving and curbs within site boundaries. D.Within area of new construction, remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of 6 feet below finished grade. E.Outside area of new construction, remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. F.Remove concrete slabs on grade within construction limits indicated on drawings. G.Remove underground tanks. H.Remove manholes and manhole covers, curb inlets and catch basins. I.Remove fences and gates. J.Remove creosote-treated wood utility poles. K.Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. 3.02GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1.Obtain required permits. 2.Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3.Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4.Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 5.Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6.Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 7.Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B.Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Johnson County Board of Supervisors. C.Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D.Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1.Provide bracing and shoring. 2.Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3.Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 2 DEMOLITION E.Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. F.If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Ament Design and Johnson County Board of Supervisors; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. G.Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1.Dismantle existing construction and separate materials. 2.Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. H.Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. I.Underground Storage Tanks: Remove and dispose of as specified in Section 02 6500. 3.03EXISTING UTILITIES A.Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B.Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C.Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D.Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Johnson County Board of Supervisors. E.Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Johnson County Board of Supervisors. F.Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G.Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. H.Prepare building demolition areas by disconnecting and capping utilities outside the demolition zone; identify and mark utilities to be subsequently reconnected, in same manner as other utilities to remain. 3.04SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A.Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1.Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2.Report discrepancies to Ament Design before disturbing existing installation. 3.Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B.Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1.Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 5000 in locations indicated on drawings. C.Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. D.Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1.Remove items indicated on drawings. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 3 DEMOLITION E.Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, Telecommunications, and ______): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1.Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2.Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3.Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4.Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. F.Protect existing work to remain. 1.Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2.Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4.Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.05DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A.Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B.Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C.Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 4 DEMOLITION SECTION 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Concrete formwork. B.Concrete for composite floor construction. C.Elevated concrete slabs. D.Floors and slabs on grade. E.Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building. F.Concrete reinforcement. G.Joint devices associated with concrete work. H.Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads and light pole bases. I.Concrete curing. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3511 - Concrete Floor Finishes: Densifiers, hardeners, applied coatings, and polishing. B.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealants for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. C.Section 32 1313 - Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. B.ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). C.ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1998 (Reapproved 2004). D.ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. E.ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004 (Errata 2007). F.ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. G.ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). H.ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. I.ASTM A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2007. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE J.ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2012. K.ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2011a. L.ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2012a. M.ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2010a. N.ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. O.ASTM C330 - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2009. P.ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2012. Q.ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999 (Reapproved 2008). R.ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2012. S.ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. C.Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. D.LEED Submittals: If any wood or wood-based form materials, including supports, are permanently installed in the project, submit documentation required for sustainably harvested wood as specified in Section 01 6000. E.LEED Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used; use LEED New Product Content Form. F.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01FORMWORK A.Form Materials: Contactor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1.Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Steel. 2.Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 3.Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.02REINFORCEMENT A.Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60 (420). 1.Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2.Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B.Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1.Form: Coiled Rolls. 2.Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings. C.Reinforcement Accessories: 1.Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2.Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3.Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03CONCRETE MATERIALS A.Cement: ASTM C150, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1.Acquire all cement for entire project from same source. B.Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1.Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source. C.Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. D.Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. E.Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. F.Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. G.Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Underslab Vapor Retarder: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, or aluminum-reinforced polyethylene or equivalent, complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1.Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.Products: a.Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 15-mil (Class A): www.stegoindustries.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A.Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059 Type II. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc.; ACRY-LOK-: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc; Fiber Expansion Joint Filler with Snap-Cap: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.06CURING MATERIALS A.Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin-film-forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc; Evapre or Evapre-RTU: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.07CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A.Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. 1.Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. B.Proportioning Structural Lightweight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.2 recommendations. 1.Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. C.Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1.For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Ament Design for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. D.Normal Weight Concrete: 1.Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,000 pounds per square inch. 2.Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3.Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. E.Structural Lightweight Concrete: 1.Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,000 pounds per square inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02PREPARATION A.Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B.Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. C.Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 1.Granular Fill Over Vapor Retarder: Cover vapor retarder with compactible granular fill as shown on the drawings. Do not use sand. 3.03INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A.Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE coverage required for protection. B.Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04PLACING CONCRETE A.Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B.Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R. C.Notify Ament Design not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D.Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. E.Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. F.Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05SLAB JOINTING A.Locate joints as indicated on the drawings. B.Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C.Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. D.Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. 3.06FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1.Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. 2.Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. 3.Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. B.Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. C.Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.07CONCRETE FINISHING A.Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B.Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C.In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on drawings. 3.08CURING AND PROTECTION A.Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B.Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C.Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1.Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2.Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.09FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. B.Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C.Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D.Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E.Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cu yd or less of each class of concrete placed. F.Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C143/C143M. 3.10DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A.Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Ament Design and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B.Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C.Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Ament Design. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D.Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Ament Design for each individual area. 3.11PROTECTION A.Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. 3.12SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES-see plans for locations END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 04 2002 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Concrete masonry units. B.Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories. C.Flashings. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 2000 - Concrete Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel for grouted masonry. B.Section 04 2500 - Unit Masonry Panels. C.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Nailing strips for installation in masonry. D.Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Cap flashings over masonry work. E.Section 07 8400 - Firestopping: Firestopping at penetrations of masonry work. F.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control joints. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. B.ASTM A82/A82M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. C.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. D.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. E.ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2012. F.ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2011. G.ASTM C140 - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units; 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 1 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY A.Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A.Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1.Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 8 inches and nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations. 2.Special Shapes: Provide non-standard blocks configured for corners. 3.Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C90, normal weight. a.Hollow block, as indicated. b.Exposed faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture where indicated. 4.Non-Loadbearing Units: ASTM C129. a.Hollow block, as indicated. 2.02REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A.Manufacturers of Joint Reinforcement and Anchors: 1.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Reinforcing Steel: Type specified in Section 03 2000; size as indicated on drawings; galvanized finish. C.Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; ASTM A 82/A 82M steel wire, hot dip galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage on each exposure. 2.03FLASHINGS A.Pre-Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage total thickness, shop precoated with fluoropolymer coating in color matching masonry. 2.04ACCESSORIES A.Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused joints. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self expanding; 1 inch wide x by maximum lengths available. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C.Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B.Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C.Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 2 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY 3.02PREPARATION A.Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03COURSING A.Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B.Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C.Concrete Masonry Units: 1.Bond: Running. 2.Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3.Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.04PLACING AND BONDING A.Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. 3.05REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE 3.06MASONRY FLASHINGS A.Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1.Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 4 inches into adjacent masonry or turn up at least 4 inches to form watertight pan at non-masonry construction. 2.Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3.Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B.Lap end joints of flashings at least 4 inches and seal watertight with mastic or elastic sealant. 3.07LINTELS A.Install loose steel lintels over openings. B.Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are not scheduled. 1.Openings to 42 inches: Place two, No. 3 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. 2.Openings from 42 inches to 78 inches: Place two, No. 5 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. C.Maintain minimum ____ inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.08GROUTED COMPONENTS A.Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. B.Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 3.09CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A.Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints. B.Size control joint in accordance with Section 07 9005 for sealant performance. 3.10BUILT-IN WORK A.As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 3 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY B.Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C.Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 1.Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. 3.11TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation from Alignment of Columns: 1/4 inch. B.Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. D.Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. E.Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. F.Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. G.Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 3.12CUTTING AND FITTING A.Cut and fit for chases. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape,and location. B.Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.13FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: Test each variety of concrete unit masonry in accordance with ASTM C140 for conformance to requirements of this specification. 3.14CLEANING A.Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. B.Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. C.Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.15PROTECTION A.Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 4 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04 2616 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Building Wainscot Masonry Veneer-Alternate No 1 B.Mortar and Grout. C.Adhesives. D.Accessories. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel stud backup for masonry veneer. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood stud backup for masonry veneer. C.Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Air barrier over sheathing. D.Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Through-wall masonry flashings. E.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. B.ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2012.1. C.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. D.ASTM C91/C91M - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement; 2012. E.ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. F.ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). G.ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2012. H.ASTM C841 - Standard Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring; 2003 (Reapproved 2008)e1. I.ASTM C1063 - Standard Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-Based Plaster; 2012a. J.TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America, Inc.; 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for thin brick units, mortar, grout, and adhesive. C.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that thin brick units, adhesives, mortar, and grout meet or exceed specified requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 1 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER D.LEED Submittal: Documentation of recycled content and location of manufacture. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Maintain one copy of TCNA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series on site. 1.06MOCK-UP A.Construct a mock-up panel sized 4 feet long by 4 feet high; include mortar, grout, adhesives, accessories, substrate, and representative wall openings in mock-up. B.Locate where directed. C.Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.08FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment. B.Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01THIN MASONRY VENEER A.Manufacturers: 1.Coronado Stone; Product Playa Vista Limestone Ashlar-Alaskan Sunset. B.Thin Brick: ASTM C1088. 1.Type: TBX. 2.Size: Manufacturer's standard Ashlar. 3.Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4.Tolerances: 1/16 inch. 5.Color, Texture, Range, Special Shapes: As scheduled. 6.Protective Coating: None. 2.02ADHESIVE MATERIALS A.Manufacturers (as recommended by veneer manufacturer or): 1.LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Masonry Veneer Mortar: www.laticrete.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A.Masonry Cement: ASTM C91/C91M Type N. 1.Colored mortar: Premixed cement as required to match Ament Design's color sample. 2.Acceptable product: as recommended by veneer manufacturer. B.Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved color sample. C.Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D.Water: Clean and potable. 2.04MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 2 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER A.Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. 1.Exterior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type N. B.Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Ament Design's sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. 2.05FLASHINGS A.Pre-Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage, 0.0239 inch total thickness, shop precoated with fluoropolymer coating in color matching masonry. 2.06LATH A.Glass-Fiber Lath: Open weave, self-furred, 1/8 inch thick glass fiber reinforcing lath, 39 inches wide and weighing 4.34 ounces per yard. B.Corner Mesh: Formed sheet steel, minimum 0.018 inch thick, perforated flanges shaped to permit complete embedding in plaster, minimum 2 inch size; same finish as lath. C.Strip Mesh: Expanded metal lath, same weight as lath, 2 inch wide x 24 inch long; same finish as lath. D.Beads, Screeds, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: Depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum possible lengths. 1.Material: PVC, open grid flanges or perforated with nailing holes. 2.07ACCESSORIES A.Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive thin brick veneer. B.Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C.Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for installation of thin brick veneer. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Exterior Applications: Comply with TCNA installation method W201, W202, or W244E. B.Install interior lath and furring in accordance with ASTM C841. C.Install lath and furring for Portland cement plaster in accordance with ASTM C1063. D.Lath Installation: 1.Apply metal lath taut, with long dimension perpendicular to supports. 2.Lap ends minimum 1 inch. Secure end laps with tie wire where they occur between supports. 3.Continuously reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, except where the metal lath returns 3 inches from corner to form the angle reinforcement; fasten at perimeter edges only. 4.Place corner bead at external wall corners; fasten at outer edges of lath only. 5.Place 4 inch wide strips of metal lath centered over junctions of dissimilar backing materials. Secure rigidly in place. 6.Place lath vertically above each top corner and each side of door frames to 6 inches above ceiling line. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 3 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER 7.Place additional strip mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings. Secure rigidly in place. 3.03COURSING A.Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B.Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C.Brick Units: 1.Bond: Ashlar coursing. 2.Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.04PLACING AND BONDING A.Remove excess mortar as work progresses. 3.05MASONRY FLASHINGS A.Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1.Extend flashings full width at such interruptions at least 4 inches to form watertight pan. 2.Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3.Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B.Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and turn down to form drip. 3.06EXPANSION JOINTS A.Size joints in accordance with Section 07 9005 for sealant performance. B.Form expansion joint as detailed. 3.07TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. B.Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. C.Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. D.Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet and 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet. E.Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. 3.08CUTTING AND FITTING A.Cut and fit for pipes and conduit. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. 3.09CLEANING A.Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. 3.10PROTECTION A.Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 4 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Structural steel framing members, support members. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Support framing for small openings in deck. B.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. B.AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. C.ASTM A1 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails; 2000 (Reapproved 2010) D.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. E.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. F.ASTM A242/A242M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel; 2004 (Reapproved 2009). G.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. H.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. I.ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and fasteners. 2.Connections not detailed. C.Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual." PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Steel Angles and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. B.Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M. C.Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 1200 - 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING D.Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 242/A 242M high-strength, corrosion-resistant structural steel. E.Crane Rails: ASTM A1 end hardened and ultrasonic tested; cross section and length as indicated on the drawings. F.Cold-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. G.Structural Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. 2.02FABRICATION A.Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B.Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth. C.Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors. 2.03FINISH A.Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded, in contact with concrete, or high strength bolted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may properly proceed. 3.02ERECTION A.Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". 3.03TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 1200 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal form deck. B.Supplementary framing for openings up to and including 18 inches. C.Bearing plates and angles. D.Stud shear connectors. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete topping over metal deck. B.Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel: Placement of embedded steel anchors for bearing plates in cast-in-place concrete. C.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel angle concrete stops at deck edges. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. B.ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished; 2007. C.ASTM A510/A510M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel; 2011. D.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. E.AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel; American Welding Society; 2008. F.IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; International Accreditation Service, Inc.; 2011. G.ICC-ES AC70 - Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power Driven into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.; 2012. H.SDI (DM) - Publication No.31, Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks; Steel Deck Institute; 2007. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate deck plan, support locations, projections, openings, reinforcement, cellular raceways and outlet box locations, pertinent details, and accessories. C.Product Data: Provide deck profile characteristics, dimensions, structural properties, and finishes. D.Certificates: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Design deck layout, spans, fastening, and joints under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in Iowa. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 1 STEEL DECKING B.Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by the International Accreditation Service (IAS) Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (AC172). 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Cut plastic wrap to encourage ventilation. B.Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Steel Deck: 1.Nucor-Vulcraft Group; Product ____: www.vulcraft.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02STEEL DECK A.All Deck Types: Select and design metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual. 1.Calculate to structural working stress design and structural properties specified. B.Metal Form Deck: Corrugated sheet steel, with provision for ventilation of concrete: 2.03ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Bearing Plates and Angles: ASTM A36/A36M steel, unfinished. B.Stud Shear Connectors: Made from ASTM A108 Grade 1015 bars. C.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. D.Fasteners: Galvanized hardened steel, self tapping. E.Powder Actuated Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; with knurled shank and forged ballistic point. Comply with applicable requirements of ICC-ES AC70. 1.Design Requirements: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI design method for roof deck and floor deck applications. 2.Material: Steel; ASTM A510/A510M, Grade 1077. 3.Fastener Manufacturers: a.Hilti, Inc.; X-EDNK22 THQ12: www.us.hilti.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. F.Mechanical Sidelap Connectors: Steel; hex washer head undercut with reverse serrations and self-piercing or stitch point at center. 1.Design Requirements: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI design method for roof deck and floor deck applications. 2.Material: Steel; ASTM A510/A510M, Grade 1022. 3.Fastener Manufacturers: a.Hilti, Inc.; S-SLC01 M HWH Sidelap Connector: www.us.hilti.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G.Weld Washers: Mild steel, uncoated, 3/4 inch outside diameter, 1/8 inch thick. H.Flute Closures: Closed cell foam rubber, 1 inch thick; profiled to fit tight to the deck. 2.04FABRICATED DECK ACCESSORIES A.Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Metal closure strips, wet concrete stops, and cover plates, 22 gage thick sheet steel; of profile and size as indicated; finished same as deck. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 2 STEEL DECKING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Erect metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual and manufacturer's instructions. Align and level. B.On steel supports provide minimum 1-1/2 inch bearing. C.Fasten deck to steel support members at ends and intermediate supports at 12 inches on center maximum, parallel with the deck flute and at each transverse flute using methods specified. D.At mechanically fastened male/female side laps fasten at 24 inches on center maximum. E.Drive mechanical sidelap connectors completely through adjacent lapped sheets; positively engage adjacent sheets with minimum three-thread penetration. F.Weld deck in accordance with AWS D1.3. G.Close openings above walls and partitions perpendicular to deck flutes with single row of foam cell closures. H.Weld stud shear connectors through steel deck to structural members below. I.Immediately after welding deck and other metal components in position, coat welds, burned areas, and damaged surface coating, with touch-up primer. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 3 STEEL DECKING SECTION 05 4000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Formed steel stud interior wall framing. B.Exterior wall sheathing. C.Formed steel joist and purlin framing and bridging. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and miscellaneous framing. C.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. D.Section 09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings: Ceiling suspension system. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AISI SG02-1 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2001 with 2004 supplement. (replaced SG-971) B.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. D.ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases; 2011c. E.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory-made framing connectors, showing compliance with requirements. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work. 1.Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout. 2.Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections. 3.Provide design engineer's stamp on shop drawings. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention, and ________. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in Iowa. PART 2 PRODUCTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 1 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1.Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02FRAMING SYSTEM A.Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system. 2.03FRAMING MATERIALS A.Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, "C", or "Sigma" shape with punched web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height. B.Joists and Purlins: Fabricated from ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, with G90/Z275 hot dipped galvanized coating. 1.Base Metal: Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33/230. 2.Gage and depth: As required to meet specified performance levels. C.Framing Connectors: Factory-made formed steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 50, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating and factory punched holes. 1.Structural Performance: Maintain load and movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members; minimum 16 gage, 0.06 inch thickness. 2.Provide non-movement connections for tie-down to foundation, floor-to-floor tie-down, roof-to-wall tie-down, joist hangers, gusset plates, and stiffeners. 2.04WALL SHEATHING 2.05ACCESSORIES A.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.06FASTENERS A.Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M. B.Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B.Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required. 3.02INSTALLATION OF STUDS A.Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007 requirements. B.Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout. Secure in place with fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks. C.Place studs at 12 inches on center; not more than 2 inches from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using clip and tie method. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 2 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING D.Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs. E.Install load bearing studs full length in one piece. Splicing of studs is not permitted. F.Install load bearing studs, brace, and reinforce to develop full strength and achieve design requirements. G.Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing at non-load bearing framing. H.Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls. I.Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation. J.Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.03INSTALLATION OF JOISTS AND PURLINS A.Install framing components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing. C.Place joists at 12 inches o.c.; not more than 2 inches from abutting walls. Connect joists to supports using fastener method. D.Set floor and ceiling joists parallel and level, with lateral bracing and bridging. E.Locate joist end bearing directly over load bearing studs or provide load distributing member to top of stud track. F.Provide web stiffeners at reaction points. G.Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.04WALL SHEATHING A.Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using self-tapping screws. 1.Use plywood or other acceptable structural panels at building corners, for not less than 96 inches, measured horizontally. 2.Provide steel diagonal bracing at corners. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 3 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. B.Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs. C.Section 05 5213 - Pipe and Tube Railings. D.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 2008. B.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. C.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. E.ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2012. F.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. G.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. H.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. I.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. J.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. K.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. L.SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004). M.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). N.SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1.Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C.Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS - STEEL A.Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B.Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C.Plates: ASTM A283. D.Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E.Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components. F.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. G.Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02FABRICATION A.Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B.Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C.Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D.Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03FABRICATED ITEMS A.Ladders: Steel; in compliance with ANSI A14.3; with mounting brackets and attachments; prime paint finish. 1.Side Rails: 3/8 x 2 inches members spaced at 20 inches. 2.Rungs: one inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center. 3.Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface. B.Bumper Posts and Guard Rails: As detailed; prime paint finish. C.Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. D.Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking; prime paint finish. E.Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish. F.Door Frames for Overhead Door Openings and Wall Openings: Channel sections; prime paint finish. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.04FINISHES - STEEL A.Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. B.Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. C.Prime Painting: One coat. 2.05FABRICATION TOLERANCES A.Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B.Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D.Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E.Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B.Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B.Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C.Field weld components indicated. D.Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E.Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F.After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C.Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 4 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 5100 METAL STAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Stairs with grating treads. B.Structural steel stair framing and supports. C.Handrails and guards. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal anchors in concrete. B.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications. C.Section 06 2000 - Finish Carpentry: Wood handrails. D.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. B.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. C.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. D.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. E.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. F.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. G.ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2007. H.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. I.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. J.NAAMM AMP 510 - Metal Stairs Manual; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 1992, Fifth Edition. K.NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 2009. L.NAAMM MBG 532 - Heavy Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual; 2009 (ANSI/NAAMM MBG 532). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 1 METAL STAIRS 1.Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2.Include the design engineer's stamp or seal on each sheet of shop drawings. C.Delegated Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. D.Welders' Certificates. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in Iowa, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. B.Welder Qualifications: Show certification of welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS 2.02METAL STAIRS - GENERAL A.Metal Stairs: Provide stairs of the design specified, complete with landing platforms, vertical and horizontal supports, railings, and guards, fabricated accurately for anchorage to each other and to building structure. 1.Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings complying with the most stringent requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where requirements of the contract documents exceed those of regulations, comply with the contract documents. 2.Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies complying with the applicable local code. 3.Dimensions: As indicated on drawings. 4.Shop assemble components; disassemble into largest practical sections suitable for transport and access to site. 5.No sharp or rough areas on exposed travel surfaces and surfaces accessible to touch. 6.Separate dissimilar metals using paint or permanent tape. B.Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels: 1.Commercial: Exposed joints as inconspicuous as possible, whether welded or mechanical; underside of stair not covered by soffit IS considered exposed to view. a.Welded Joints: Intermittently welded on back side, filled with body putty, and sanded smooth and flush. b.Welds Exposed to View: Ground smooth and flush. c.Mechanical Joints: Butted tight, flush, and hairline. d.Bolts Exposed to View: Countersunk flat or oval head bolts; no exposed nuts. e.Exposed Edges and Corners: Eased to small uniform radius. f.Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded or ground smooth, suitable for satin or matte finish. 2.Industrial: All joints made neatly. a.Welded Joints: Welded on back side wherever possible. b.Welds Exposed to Touch: Ground smooth. c.Bolts Exposed to Touch in Travel Area: No nuts or screw threads exposed to touch. C.Fasteners: Same material or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with design and specified quality level. D.Anchors and Related Components: Same material and finish as item to be anchored, except where specifically indicated otherwise; provide all anchors and fasteners required. 2.03METAL STAIRS WITH GRATING TREADS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 2 METAL STAIRS A.Jointing and Finish Quality Level: Industrial, as defined above. B.Risers: Open. C.Treads: Steel bar grating. 1.Grating Type: Welded. 2.Bearing Bar Depth: 3/4 inch, minimum. 3.Top Surface: Standard. 4.Nosing: Checkered plate. 5.Nosing Width: 1-1/4 inch, minimum. 6.Anchorage to Stringers: End plates welded to grating, bolted to stringers. D.Stringers: Rolled steel channels. 1.Stringer Depth: 10 inches. 2.End Closure: Sheet steel of same thickness as risers welded across ends. E.Railings: Steel pipe railings. F.Finish: Shop- or factory-prime painted. 2.04HANDRAILS AND GUARDS A.Wall-Mounted Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. 1.Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. B.Guards: 1.Top Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. a.Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. 2.Infill at Picket Railings: Vertical pickets. a.Horizontal Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center. b.Material: Solid steel bar. c.Shape: Square. d.Size: 1/4 inch square. e.Top Mounting: Welded to underside of top rail. f.Bottom Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer. 3.Infill at Pipe Railings: Pipe or tube rails sloped parallel to stair. a.Outside Diameter: 1 inch. b.Material: Steel pipe or tube, round. c.Vertical Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center. d.Jointing: Welded and ground smooth and flush. 4.End and Intermediate Posts: Same material and size as top rails. a.Horizontal Spacing: As indicated on drawings. b.Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer. 2.05MATERIALS A.Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B.Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 or ASTM A501 structural tubing, round and shapes as indicated. C.Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. D.Gratings: Bar gratings complying with NAAMM MBG 531 or NAAMM MBG 532, whichever applies based on bar sizes. E.Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, and galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components. F.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 2.06SHOP FINISHING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 3 METAL STAIRS A.Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02PREPARATION A.When field welding is required, clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal. B.Supply items required to be cast into concrete and embedded in masonry with setting templates. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B.Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C.Provide welded field joints where specifically indicated on drawings. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. D.Other field joints may be either welded or bolted provided the result complies with the limitations specified for jointing quality levels. E.Obtain approval prior to site cutting or creating adjustments not scheduled. F.After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 4 METAL STAIRS SECTION 05 5213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall mounted handrails. B.Balcony railings and guardrails. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of anchors in concrete. B.Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs: Handrails other than those specified in this section. C.Section 06 2000 - Finish Carpentry: Wood handrail. D.Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Placement of backing plates in stud wall construction. E.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. B.ASTM E935 - Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006). C.ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01RAILINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most stringent requirements of ASTM E985 and applicable local code. B.Distributed Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist distributed force of 75 pounds per linear foot applied to the top of the assembly and in any direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E 935. C.Concentrated Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist a concentrated force of 200 pounds applied at any point on the top of the assembly and in any direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E 935. D.Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without damage to connections or members. E.Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5213 - 1 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS F.Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. 1.For anchorage to concrete, provide inserts to be cast into concrete, for bolting anchors. 2.For anchorage to stud walls, provide backing plates, for bolting anchors. 3.Posts: Provide adjustable flanged brackets. G.Provide slip-on non-weld mechanical fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T-shapes, splice connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 2.02STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. B.Non-Weld Mechanical Fittings: Slip-on, galvanized malleable iron castings, for Schedule 40 pipe, with flush setscrews for tightening by standard hex wrench, no bolts or screw fasteners. C.Exposed Fasteners: No exposed bolts or screws. 2.03FABRICATION A.Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to building structure. B.Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes for delivery to site. C.Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02PREPARATION 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, with tight joints. C.Anchor railings securely to structure. D.Conceal anchor bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per floor level, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C.Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5213 - 2 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS SECTION 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. B.Preservative treated wood materials. C.Fire retardant treated wood materials. D.Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Miscellaneous steel connectors and support angles for wood framing. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. B.ASTM D2898 - Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing; 2010. C.ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2012. D.AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood Protection Association; 2010. E.PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide technical data on insulated sheathing, wood preservative materials, and application instructions. 1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B.Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1.If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 06 1000 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY 2.Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. B.Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. C.Provide sustainably harvested wood; see Section 01 6000 for requirements. D.Provide wood harvested within a 500 mile radius of the project site; see Section 01 6000 for requirements for locally-sourced products. E.Lumber salvaged from deconstruction or demolition of existing buildings or structures is permitted in lieu of sustainably harvested lumber provided it is clean, denailed, and free of paint and finish materials, and other contamination; identify source; see Section 01 6000 for requirements for reused products. 2.02DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A.Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B.Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C.Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1.Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2.Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03ACCESSORIES A.Fasteners and Anchors: 1.Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. B.Decorative wainscot at building base: provide Coronado Stone Playa Vista Limestone Ashlar, Alaskan Sunset on all 4 elevations as shown for the Alternate No 1. Provide exterior grade gypsum sheathing underneath wainscot. 2.04FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A.Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1.Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2.Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B.Fire Retardant Treatment: 1.Manufacturers: a.Arch Wood Protection, Inc: www.wolmanizedwood.com. 2.Exterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated weathering test performed in accordance with ASTM D2898. a.Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b.Treat all exterior rough carpentry items. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 06 1000 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY c.Do not use treated wood in direct contact with the ground. 3.Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a.Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b.Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c.Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. C.Preservative Treatment: 1.Manufacturers: a.Arch Wood Protection, Inc: www.wolmanizedwood.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01PREPARATION A.Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02INSTALLATION - GENERAL A.Select material sizes to minimize waste. B.Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C.Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A.Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B.In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to code authorities may be used in lieu of solid wood blocking. C.In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. D.In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. E.Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B.Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 3.05CLEANING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 06 1000 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY A.Waste Disposal: Comply with the requirements of Section 01 7419. 1.Comply with applicable regulations. 2.Do not burn scrap on project site. 3.Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4.Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation facilities or “waste-to-energy” facilities. B.Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C.Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 06 1000 - 4 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Board insulation and integral vapor retarder at perimeter foundation wall and underside of floor slabs. B.Batt insulation and vapor retarder in exterior wall, ceiling, and roof construction. C.Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall and roof. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Field-applied termiticide for concrete slabs and foundations. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Supporting construction for batt insulation. C.Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic insulation inside walls and partitions. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2011be1. B.ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. C.ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2012. D.ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750 Degrees C; 2012. E.NFPA 285 - Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components; 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. 1.05FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01APPLICATIONS A.Insulation Under Concrete Slabs: Extruded polystyrene board. B.Insulation at Perimeter of Foundation: Expanded polystyrene board. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 2100 - 1 THERMAL INSULATION 2.02FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A.Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type X; Extruded polystyrene board with either natural skin or cut cell surfaces; with the following characteristics: 1.Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3.Complies with fire-resistance requirements shown on the drawings as part of an exterior non-load-bearing exterior wall assembly when tested in accordance with NFPA 285. 4.Board Size: 48 x 96 inch. 5.Board Thickness: 2 inches. 6.Board Edges: Square. 7.Thermal Conductivity (k factor) at 25 degrees F: 0.18. 8.Compressive Resistance: 15 psi. 9.Board Density: 1.3 lb/cu ft. 10.Water Absorption, maximum: 0.3 percent, volume. 11.Manufacturers: a.Dow Chemical Co: www.dow.com. 12.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A.Where batt insulation is indicated, either glass fiber or mineral fiber batt insulation may be used, at Contractor's option. B.Glass Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit. 1.Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E136, except for facing, if any. 2.Facing: Unfaced. 3.Manufacturers: a.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C.Mineral Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero) when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.Where indicated, provide foil facing on one side; with flame spread index of 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.Smoke Developed Index: 0 (zero), when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.04ACCESSORIES A.Insulation Fasteners: Impaling clip of unfinished steel with washer retainer and clips, to be adhered to surface to receive insulation, length to suit insulation thickness and substrate, capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. B.Protection Board for Below Grade Insulation: Cementitious, 1/4 inch thick. C.Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation and adhesive. B.Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. 3.02BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 2100 - 2 THERMAL INSULATION A.Install boards horizontally on foundation perimeter. B.Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.03BOARD INSTALLATION UNDER CONCRETE SLABS A.Place insulation under slabs on grade after base for slab has been compacted. B.Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. C.Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing vapor retarder and placing slab. 3.04BATT INSTALLATION A.Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C.Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D.Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 2100 - 3 THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 07 9005 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Sealants and joint backing. B.Precompressed foam sealers. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. B.Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2010. B.ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012. C.ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2011. D.ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2011a. E.ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2005 (Reapproved 2010). F.SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. 1.04ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordinate the work with other sections referencing this section. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. C.LEED Report: Submit VOC content documentation for all non-preformed sealants and primers. 1.06QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Maintain one copy of each referenced document covering installation requirements on site. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Gunnable and Pourable Sealants: 1.Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com. 2.Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 3.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Preformed Compressible Foam Sealers: 1.Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 9005 - 1 JOINT SEALERS 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02SEALANTS A.Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B.General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; single component. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Polyurethane Products: a.Pecora Corporation; DynaTrol I-XL General Purpose One Part Polyurethane Sealant: www.pecora.com. C.Exterior Expansion Joint Sealer: Precompressed foam sealer; urethane with water-repellent; 1.Color: Black. 2.Size as required to provide weathertight seal when installed. 3.Provide product recommended by manufacturer for traffic-bearing use. 4.Products: a.Tremco Global Sealants; ____: www.tremcosealants.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D.General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Applications: Use for: a.Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b.Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c.Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. 3.Products: a.Pecora Corporation; AC-20 + Silicone Acrylic Latex Caulking Compound: www.pecora.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E.Type ___ - Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Locations: F.Concrete Floor Joint Filler: Self-leveling, pourable, semi-rigid sealant intended for filling cracks and control joints not subject to significant movement; rigid enough to support concrete edges under traffic. 1.Composition: Polyurea or epoxy, single or multi-part,100 percent solids by weight. 2.Hardness: 75 to 80 after 7 days, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 Shore A. 3.VOC Content: 0 g/L. 4.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard colors. 5.Joint Width: 1/8 to 1/4 inch. 6.Applications: Use for: a.Control joints in concrete slabs and floors not filled with filler placed in form. b. joints in concrete slabs and floors. 7.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc; Rezi-Weld Flex: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G.Interior Floor Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M and A; single component. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Products: a.Pecora Corporation; NR-201 Self-Leveling Traffic and Loop Sealant: www.pecora.com. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 9005 - 2 JOINT SEALERS b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. H.Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C920, Class 25, Uses T, I, M and A; single component. 1.Color: Gray. 2.Applications: Use for: a.Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving. 3.Products: a.Pecora Corporation; NR-201 Self-Leveling Traffic and Loop Sealant: www.pecora.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. I.Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses NT, M, A, O; single component, solvent curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Products: a.Red Devil; Siliconized Acrylic Construction Grade (35 Year) Sealant: www.reddevil.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. J.Butyl Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses NT, M, A, G, O; single component, solvent release, non-skinning, non-sagging. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Products: a.Pecora Corporation; : www.pecora.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. K.Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single component, solvent curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. 2.Products: a.Pecora Corporation; 890NST Ultra Low Modulus Architectural Silicone Sealant - Class 100: www.pecora.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03ACCESSORIES A.Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B.Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C.Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D.Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B.Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02PREPARATION A.Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B.Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 9005 - 3 JOINT SEALERS C.Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D.Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B.Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C.Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D.Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E.Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F.Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G.Tool joints concave. H.Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface. 3.04CLEANING A.Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05PROTECTION A.Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 07 9005 - 4 JOINT SEALERS SECTION 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Non-fire-rated steel doors and frames. B.Fire-rated steel doors and frames. C.Thermally insulated steel doors. D.Steel glazing frames. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. B.Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. C.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Field painting. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI/ICC A117.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009. B.ANSI A250.3 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory-Applied Finish Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2007 (R2011). C.ANSI A250.8 - SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003. D.ANSI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2011). E.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. F.BHMA A156.115 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2006. G.NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 2007. H.NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. I.UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. J.UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced grade standard. C.Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. 1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 1113 - 1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A.Store in accordance with NAAMM HMMA 840. B.Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Steel Doors and Frames: 1.Assa Abloy Ceco, Curries, or Fleming: www.assaabloydss.com. 2.Republic Doors: www.republicdoor.com. 3.Steelcraft, an Ingersoll Rand brand; Product ____: www.steelcraft.com. 4.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02DOORS AND FRAMES A.Requirements for All Doors and Frames: 1.Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC A117.1. 2.Door Top Closures: Flush with top of faces and edges. 3.Door Edge Profile: Beveled on both edges. 4.Door Texture: Smooth faces. 5.Glazed Lights: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. 6.Hardware Preparation: In accordance with BHMA A156.115, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard. 7.Galvanizing for Units in Wet Areas: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed), manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 8.Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B.Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.03STEEL DOORS A.Exterior Doors Type ___: 1.Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. 2.Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. B.Interior Doors, Non-Fire-Rated: 1.Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 1, physical performance Level C, Model 1, full flush. 2.Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. C.Interior Doors, Fire-Rated: 1.Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 2, physical performance Level B, Model 1, full flush. 2.Fire Rating: As indicated on Door and Frame Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C ("positive pressure"). a.Provide units listed and labeled by UL. b.Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. 2.04STEEL FRAMES A.General: 1.Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. 2.Finish: Same as for door. B.Exterior Door Frames: Face welded, seamless with joints filled. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 1113 - 2 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 2.Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100. C.Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire-Rated: Knock-down type. D.Interior Door Frames, Fire-Rated: Knock-down type. 1.Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. E.Frames for Interior Glazing or Borrowed Lights: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. 2.05ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000, factory installed. B.Removable Stops: Formed sheet steel, shape as indicated on drawings, mitered or butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. C.Astragals for Double Doors: Specified in Section 08 7100. 1.Exterior Doors: Steel, Z-shaped. 2.Fire-Rated Doors: Steel, shape as required to accomplish fire rating. D.Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. E.Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for all factory- or shop-assembled frames. 2.06FINISH MATERIALS A.Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. B.Factory Finish: Complying with ANSI A 250.3, manufacturer's standard coating. 1.Color: To be selected by Ament Design from manufacturer's standard range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions before starting work. B.Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard and NAAMM HMMA 840. B.In addition, install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. C.Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D.Coordinate installation of hardware. E.Coordinate installation of glazing. F.Touch up damaged factory finishes. 3.03TOLERANCES A.Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.04ADJUSTING A.Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 1113 - 3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 1113 - 4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall access door and frame units. B.Ceiling access door and frame units. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. B.UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of all access door units. D.LEED Submittals: Submit applicable LEED Submittal Form for each different product, showing recycled content and geographic source of products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01ACCESS DOOR AND PANEL APPLICATIONS A.Walls, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1.Size: 12 x 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Standard duty, hinged door. 3.Tool-operated spring or cam lock; no handle. 4.In All Wall Types: Surface mounted face frame and door surface flush with frame surface. B.Fire Rated Walls: See drawings for wall fire ratings. 1.Material: Steel. 2.Size: 12 x 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 3.Uninsulated, single thickness door panel. 4.Tool-operated spring or cam lock; no handle. C.Ceilings, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Same type as for walls. 1.Material: Steel. 2.Size in Lay-in Grid Ceilings: To match grid module. 3.Size in Other Ceilings: 12 x 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 4.Standard duty, hinged door. 5.Tool-operated spring or cam lock; no handle. 2.02WALL AND CEILING UNITS A.Manufacturers: 1.Karp Associates, Inc: www.karpinc.com. 2.Milcor by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.milcorinc.com. 3.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3100 - 1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS B.Access Doors: Factory fabricated door and frame units, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled, and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with assemblies units are to be installed in. 1.Style: Exposed frame with door surface flush with frame surface. a.In Gypsum Board: Use drywall bead type frame. 2.Door Style: Single thickness with rolled or turned in edges. 3.Heavy Duty Frames: 14 gage, 0.0747 inch, minimum. 4.Heavy Duty Single Thickness Steel Door Panels: 14 gage, 0.0747 inch, minimum. 5.Door Panels to Receive Wall/Ceiling Finish: Surface recessed 0.625 inch back from wall face. 6.Units in Fire Rated Assemblies: Fire rating as required by applicable code for the fire rated assembly in which they are to be installed. a.Provide products listed and labeled by UL or ITS (Warnock Hersey) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 7.Steel Finish: Primed. 8.Primed Finish: Polyester powder coat; manufacturer's standard color. 9.Hardware: a.Hardware for Fire Rated Units: As required for listing. b.Hinges for Non-Fire-Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type. c.Latch/Lock: Screw driver slot for quarter turn cam latch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install frames plumb and level in openings. Secure rigidly in place. C.Position units to provide convenient access to the concealed work requiring access. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3100 - 2 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS SECTION 08 3323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Overhead coiling doors and shutters, operating hardware, fire-rated, non-fire-rated, and exterior, manual, and electric operation. B.Wiring from electric circuit disconnect to operator to control station. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware: Cylinder cores and keys. B.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish. C.Section 26 2717 - Equipment Wiring: Power to disconnect. D.Section 26 0534 - Conduit: Conduit from electric circuit to operator and from operator to control station. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. B.ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. C.NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2008. D.NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2000 (R2005). E.NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2011. F.NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. G.UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. H.UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide general construction, component connections and details, electrical equipment, . C.Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3323 - 1 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A.Overhead Coiling Doors: 1.Cornell Iron Works, Inc: www.cornelliron.com. 2.The Cookson Company: www.cooksondoor.com. 3.Wayne-Dalton, a Division of Overhead Door Corporation: www.wayne-dalton.com. 4.______; Product ____. 5.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02COILING DOORS A.Exterior Coiling Doors: Steel slat curtain. B.Non-Fire-Rated Interior Coiling Doors: Steel slat curtain. 1.Single thickness slats. 2.Nominal Slat Size: 2 inches wide x required length. 3.Finish: Primed. 4.Guides: Angles; primed steel. 5.Hood Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard; primed steel. 6.Electric operation. 7.Mounting: Within framed opening. C.Fire-Rated Coiling Doors: Steel slat curtain; conform to NFPA 80. 1.Provide products listed and labeled by UL or ITS (Warnock Hersey) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.Oversized Openings: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of fire rated units and operating hardware assembly. 2.03MATERIALS A.Curtain Construction: Interlocking slats. 1.Slat Ends: Alternate slats fitted with end locks to act as wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement. 2.Curtain Bottom: Fitted with angles to provide reinforcement and positive contact in closed position. 3.Weatherstripping: Moisture and rot proof, resilient type, located at jamb edges, bottom of curtain, and where curtain enters hood enclosure of exterior doors. B.Steel Slats: Minimum 18 gage ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel sheet. C.Guide Construction: Continuous, of profile to retain door in place with snap-on trim, mounting brackets of same metal. D.Steel Guides: Formed from galvanized steel sheet, ____ gage; ____ inch wide; complying with ASTM A653/A653M. E.Hood Enclosure: Internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and shape. 1.Prime paint. F.Hardware: 1.Latching: Inside mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated latch bar with feature to keep in locked or retracted position. 2.Latch Handle: Interior and exterior handle. G.Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Steel pipe and helical steel spring system, capable of producing torque sufficient to ensure smooth operation of curtain from any position and capable of holding position at mid-travel; with adjustable spring tension; requiring 25 lb nominal force to operate. 2.04ELECTRIC OPERATION A.Operator, Controls, Actuators, and Safeties: Comply with UL 325; provide products listed by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3323 - 2 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS B.Electric Operators: 1.Mounting: Side mounted. 2.Motor Enclosure: a.Interior doors: NEMA MG 1 Type 1; open drip proof. 3.Motor Rating: 1/3 hp; continuous duty. 4.Motor Controller: NEMA ICS 2, full voltage, reversing magnetic motor starter. 5.Controller Enclosure: NEMA 250 Type 1. 6.Opening Speed: 12 inches per second. 7.Brake: Adjustable friction clutch type, activated by motor controller. 8.Manual override in case of power failure. C.Control Station: Standard three button (OPEN-STOP-CLOSE) momentary control for each operator. 1.24 volt circuit. D.Safety Edge: Located at bottom of curtain, full width, electro-mechanical sensitized type, wired to stop operator upon striking object, hollow neoprene covered. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.In addition, install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80. C.Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. D.Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. E.Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. F.Coordinate installation of electrical service with Section 26 2717. G.Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. H.Complete wiring from fire alarm system. I.Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 9005. 3.02TOLERANCES A.Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. B.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Variation From Level: 1/16 inch. D.Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch per 10 ft straight edge. 3.03ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless operation. 3.04CLEANING A.Clean installed components. B.Remove labels and visible markings. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3323 - 3 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3323 - 4 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS SECTION 08 3613 SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Overhead sectional doors, electrically operated. B.Operating hardware and supports. C.Electrical controls. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel channel opening frame. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Rough wood framing for door opening. C.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and backup materials. D.Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware: Lock cylinders. E.Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glazing for door lights. F.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Finish painting. G.Section 22 0513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment. H.Section 26 0534 - Conduit: Empty conduit from control units to door operator. I.Section 26 2717 - Equipment Wiring. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. B.DASMA 102 - American National Standard Specifications for Sectional Overhead Type Doors; Door & Access Systems Manufacturers' Association, International; 2004. C.NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D.UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. C.Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include any special procedures required by project conditions. E.Operation Data: Include normal operation, troubleshooting, and adjusting. F.Maintenance Data: Include data for motor and transmission, shaft and gearing, lubrication frequency, spare part sources. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3613 - 1 SECTIONAL DOORS G.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Conform to applicable code for motor and motor control requirements. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified. 1.06WARRANTY A.See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for warranty requirements. B.Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C.Warranty: Include coverage for electric motor and transmission. D.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric operating equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.______; Product ____. 2.02STEEL DOOR COMPONENTS A.Steel Doors: Flush steel, insulated; standard lift operating style with track and hardware; complying with DASMA 102, Commercial application. 1.Door Nominal Thickness: 2 inches thick. 2.Exterior Finish: Pre-finished with baked enamel of architect selected color. 3.Interior Finish: Pre-finished with baked enamel of white color. 4.Glazed Lights: Full panel width, two rows; set in place with resilient glazing channel. B.Door Panels: Flush steel construction; outer steel sheet of 0.058 inch thick, flat profile; inner steel sheet of 0.058 inch thick, flat profile; core reinforcement of minimum 2 inch thick sheet steel roll formed to channel shape, rabbeted weather joints at meeting rails; insulated. C.Glazing: Type IG-1 specified in Section 08 8000. 2.03DOOR COMPONENTS A.Track: Rolled galvanized steel, 0.090 inch thick; 2 inch wide, continuous one piece per side; galvanized steel mounting brackets 1/4 inch thick. B.Hinge and Roller Assemblies: Heavy duty hinges and adjustable roller holders of galvanized steel; floating hardened steel bearing rollers, located at top and bottom of each panel, each side. C.Lift Mechanism: Torsion spring on cross head shaft, with braided galvanized steel lifting cables. 1.For Manual Operation: Requiring maximum exertion of 25 lbs force to open. D.Sill Weatherstripping: Resilient hollow rubber strip, one piece; fitted to bottom of door panel, full length contact. E.Jamb Weatherstripping: Roll formed steel section full height of jamb, fitted with resilient weatherstripping, placed in moderate contact with door panels. F.Head Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber seal, one piece full length. G.Panel Joint Weatherstripping: Neoprene foam seal, one piece full length. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3613 - 2 SECTIONAL DOORS H.Lock: Inside center mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated latch bar with feature to retain in locked or retracted position; interior and exterior handle. I.Lock Cylinders: See Section 08 7100. 2.04MATERIALS A.Sheet Steel: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, with G60/Z180 coating, plain surface. B.Insulation: Fibrous glass batt, unfaced, bonded to facing. 2.05ELECTRICAL OPERATION A.Operator, Controls, Actuators, and Safeties: Comply with UL 325; provide products listed by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B.Electrical Characteristics: C.Motor: Comply with requirements of Section 22 0513. D.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. E.Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. F.Electric Operator: Side mounted on cross head shaft, adjustable safety friction clutch; brake system actuated by independent voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; enclosed gear driven limit switch; enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter; mounting brackets and hardware. G.Safety Edge: At bottom of door panel, full width; electro-mechanical sensitized type, wired to stop door upon striking object; hollow neoprene covered to provide weatherstrip seal. H.Control Station: Standard three button (open-close-stop) momentary type control for each electric operator. 1.24 volt circuit. 2.Surface mounted. 3.Locate at inside door jamb. I.Radio Control Antenna Detector: J.Hand Held Transmitter: Digital control, resettable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within specified limits. B.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02PREPARATION A.Prepare opening to permit correct installation of door unit to perimeter air and vapor barrier seal. B.Apply primer to wood frame. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3613 - 3 SECTIONAL DOORS C.Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only. D.Fit and align door assembly including hardware. E.Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from disconnect to unit components. F.Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 9005. G.Install perimeter trim. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch. B.Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch. C.Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch from 10 ft straight edge. D.Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 3.05ADJUSTING A.Adjust door assembly for smooth operation and full contact with weatherstripping. B.Have manufacturer's field representative present to confirm proper operation and identify adjustments to door assembly for specified operation. 3.06CLEANING A.Clean doors and frames and glazing. B.Remove temporary labels and visible markings. 3.07PROTECTION A.Protect installed products from damage during subsequent construction. B.Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 3613 - 4 SECTIONAL DOORS SECTION 08 5113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Extruded aluminum windows with fixed sash, operating sash, and infill panels. B.Factory glazing. C.Operating hardware. D.Insect screens. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel lintels. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Rough opening framing. C.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials. D.Section 08 8000 - Glazing. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 2011. B.AAMA 1503 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 2009. C.AAMA 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels; 2010. D.AAMA CW-10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 2012. E.ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2012. F.ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2012. G.ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2012. H.ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2004 (Reapproved 2012). I.ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2009). J.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 5113 - 1 ALUMINUM WINDOWS B.Product Data: Provide component dimensions. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, elevations of different types, framed opening tolerances, method for achieving air and vapor barrier seal to adjacent construction, anchorage locations,, and installation requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in fabrication of commercial aluminum windows of types required, with not fewer than three years of experience. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Comply with requirements of AAMA CW-10. B.Protect finished surfaces with wrapping paper or strippable coating during installation. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to substrate when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. B.Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of sealants. 1.08WARRANTY A.See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Basis of Design: See below under description of products. B.Aluminum Windows: 1.Wausau Window and Wall Systems: www.wausauwindow.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02WINDOWS A.Windows: Tubular aluminum sections, factory fabricated, factory finished, thermally broken, vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1.Frame Depth: nominal 4-1/2". 2.Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assembly to ____ cu ft/min/sq ft of wall area, measured at a specified differential pressure across assembly in accordance with ASTM E283. 3.Water Infiltration Test Pressure Differential: pounds per square foot. 4.Thermal Movement: Resists thermal movement caused by 180 degrees F surface temperature without buckling stress on glass, joint seal failure, damaging loads on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, reduction in performance or other detrimental effects. 5.Condensation Resistance Factor: 63 minimum. 6.Overall U-value, Including Glazing: 0.45, maximum. 7.Life Cycle Requirements: No damage to fasteners, hardware parts or other components that would render operable windows in operable and not reduction in air and water infiltration resistance when tested according to AAMA 910. B.Performance Requirements: 1.Grade: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 AW100. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 5113 - 2 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 2.Movement: Accommodate movement between window and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 3.Condensation Resistance Factor: Measured in accordance with AAMA 1503. 4.Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 and E 547. 5.Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly. 6.System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, or migrating moisture occurring within system. C.Fixed, Non-Operable Type: 1.Construction: Thermally broken. 2.Glazing: Double; gray tinted; low-e. 3.Exterior Finish: High performance organic coating. 4.Interior Finish: High performance organic coating. 5.For clerestory windows, provide Kalwall translucent panels in sizes and configurations as shown on the drawings for entire perimeter of building. Utilize standard aluminum framing along with plastic glazing capable of R-values of 4 or more for the entire assembly. The panels shall be in colors chosen by the architect and the frames shall be installed in rough openings provided in the metal building walls by the metal building manufacturer with accessories and flashings provided by the Kalwall installation sub-contractor for a complete water-tight condition. D.Horizontal Sliding Type: 1.Construction: Thermally broken. 2.Provide screens. 3.Glazing: Double; gray tinted; low-e. 4.Exterior Finish: High performance organic coating. 5.Interior Finish: High performance organic coating. 2.03COMPONENTS A.Frames: 2 inch wide x 4-1/2 inch deep profile, of.3 inch thick section; thermally broken with interior portion of frame insulated from exterior portion; flush glass stops of snap-on type. B.Sills: as recommended inch thick, extruded aluminum; sloped for positive wash; fit under sash leg to 1/2 inch beyond wall face; one piece full width of opening jamb angles to terminate sill end. C.Insect Screen Frame: Rolled aluminum frame of rectangular sections; fit with adjustable hardware; nominal size similar to operable glazed unit. D.Insect Screens: Woven copper mesh; 14/18 mesh size. E.Operable Sash Weatherstripping: Wool pile; permanently resilient, profiled to achieve effective weather seal. F.Fasteners: Stainless steel. G.Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08 8000. H.Sealant and Backing Materials: As specified in Section 07 9005. 2.04MATERIALS A.Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B.Concealed Steel Items: Profiled to suit mullion sections; galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 5113 - 3 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 2.05HARDWARE A.Sash lock: Lever handle with cam lock ______. B.Pulls: Manufacturer's standard type. C.Bottom Rollers: Stainless steel, adjustable. D.Limit Stops: Resilient rubber. 2.06FABRICATION A.Assemble insect screen frames with mitered and reinforced corners. Secure wire mesh tautly in frame. Fit frame with four, spring loaded steel pin retainers. B.Double weatherstrip operable units. C.Factory glaze window units. 2.07FINISHES A.High Performance Organic Finish: AAMA 2604; multiple coats, thermally cured fluoropolymer system; color as scheduled. B.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, zinc rich. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive aluminum windows. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C.Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. D.Install sill and sill end angles. E.Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F.Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air barrier and vapor retarder materials. G.Install operating hardware not pre-installed by manufacturer. H.Install glass and infill panels in accordance with requirements specified in Section 08 8000. I.Install perimeter sealant in accordance with requirements specified in Section 07 9005. 3.03TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 1/16 inches every 3 ft non-cumulative or 1/8 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. 3.04CLEANING A.Remove protective material from factory finished aluminum surfaces. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 5113 - 4 ALUMINUM WINDOWS B.Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. C.Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 5113 - 5 ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08 8000 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Glass. B.Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers. B.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealant and back-up material. C.Section 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Glazed doors and borrowed lites. D.Section 08 5113 - Aluminum Windows: Glazing furnished by window manufacturer. E.Section 10 2800 - Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories: Mirrors. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B.ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2010. C.ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005 (Reapproved 2011). D.ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2011. E.ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. F.ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass; 2012. G.ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2011a. H.ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings; 2012a. I.ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2010. J.GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2008. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C.Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. D.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County Board of Supervisors's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2.Extra Insulating Glass Units: One of each glass size and each glass type. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 1 GLAZING 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 1.06FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F. B.Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.07WARRANTY A.See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Provide a five (5) year warranty to include coverage for seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, including replacement of failed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01GLAZING TYPES A.Type IG-1 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Vision glazing, low-E. 1.Application(s): All exterior glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. a.Ament Design's decision on substitutions is final. 3.Between-lite space filled with air. 4.Thermal Resistance (U-Value):.5, nominal. 5.Basis of Design: Guardian Industries Corp: www.sunguardglass.com. 6.Outboard Lite: Annealed float glass, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. a.Tint and Coating: Guardian Crystal Gray with SunGuard SN 68 on #2 surface. 7.Inboard Lite: Annealed float glass, 1/4 inch thick. a.Tint: None (clear). 8.Total Thickness: 1 inch. B.Type S-1 - Single Vision Glazing: 1.Applications: All interior glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.Type: Annealed float glass. 3.Tint: Clear. 4.Thickness: 1/4 inch. C.Type S-2 - Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing: 1.IBC Fire Protection Rating: D-H-T-90 or W-90, minimum. 2.Applications: Provide this type of glazing in the following locations: a.Glazed lites in fire doors. b.Fire windows. c.Sidelights, borrow lites, and other glazed openings in partitions indicated as having an hourly fire rating. d.Other locations indicated on the drawings. 3.Thickness: 1/4 inch. 4.Glazing Method: As required for fire rating. 2.02EXTERIOR GLAZING ASSEMBLIES A.Structural Design Criteria: Select type and thickness to withstand dead loads and wind loads acting normal to plane of glass at design pressures calculated in accordance with ________ code. 1.Use the procedure specified in ASTM E1300 to determine glass type and thickness. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 2 GLAZING 2.Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass, whichever is less, with full recovery of glazing materials. 3.Thicknesses listed are minimum. B.Air and Vapor Seals: Provide completed assemblies that maintain continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier: 1.In conjunction with vapor retarder and joint sealer materials described in other sections. 2.To maintain a continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout the glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. 2.03GLASS MATERIALS A.Float Glass Manufacturers: 1.Guardian Industries Corp: www.sunguardglass.com. 2.Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Float Glass: All glazing is to be float glass unless otherwise indicated. 1.Annealed Type: ASTM C1036, Type I, transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing select). 2.Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Types: ASTM C1048. 3.Tinted Types: Color and performance characteristics as indicated. 4.Thicknesses: As indicated; for exterior glazing comply with specified requirements for wind load design regardless of specified thickness. C.Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing: 1.IBC Fire Protection Rating: D-H-T-90 or W-90, minimum. 2.Safety Certification: 16 CFR 1201 Category II. 3.Products: a.Vetrotech Saint-Gobain North America; Keralite L: www.vetrotechusa.com. 2.04SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS A.Manufacturers: 1.Any of the manufacturers specified for float glass. 2.Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Types as indicated. 1.Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E2190. 2.Edge Spacers: Aluminum, bent and soldered corners. 3.Edge Seal: Glass to elastomer with supplementary silicone sealant. 4.Purge interpane space with dry hermetic air. 2.05GLAZING COMPOUNDS A.Manufacturers: 1.Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 2.Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Butyl Sealant (Type ___): Single component; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M and A; Shore A hardness of 10 to 20; black color; non-skinning. C.Silicone Sealant (Type ___): Single component; neutral curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non-bleeding, non-staining; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, A, and G; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25; ________ color. 2.06GLAZING ACCESSORIES A.Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C864 Option I. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 3 GLAZING space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B.Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C 864 Option I. Minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C.Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; inch size; black color. 1.Manufacturers: a.Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. b.Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. c.Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D.Glazing Gaskets: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTM C864 Option I; color. E.Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. B.Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B.Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C.Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. D.Install sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193 and GANA Sealant Manual. E.Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03GLAZING METHODS 3.04INSTALLATION - EXTERIOR/INTERIOR DRY METHOD (GASKET GLAZING) A.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. B.Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on gasket to attain full contact. C.Install removable stops without displacing glazing gasket; exert pressure for full continuous contact. 3.05INSTALLATION - EXTERIOR WET/DRY METHOD (PREFORMED TAPE AND SEALANT) A.Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, 3/16 inch below sight line. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with butyl sealant. B.Apply heel bead of butyl sealant along intersection of permanent stop with frame ensuring full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete the continuity of the air and vapor seal. C.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. D.Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane or glass unit. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 4 GLAZING E.Install removable stops, with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops, ____ inch below sight line. Place glazing tape on glazing pane or unit with tape flush with sight line. F.Fill gap between glazing and stop with type sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing, but not more than 3/8 inch below sight line. G.Apply cap bead of type sealant along void between the stop and the glazing, to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. 3.06INSTALLATION - EXTERIOR WET METHOD (SEALANT AND SEALANT) A.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points and install glazing pane or unit. B.Install removable stops with glazing centered in space by inserting spacer shims both sides at 24 inch intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line. C.Fill gaps between glazing and stops with type sealant to depth of bite on glazing, but not more than 3/8 inch below sight line to ensure full contact with glazing and continue the air and vapor seal. D.Apply sealant to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. 3.07INSTALLATION - INTERIOR DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A.Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) above sight line. B.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C.Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. D.Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. E.Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F.Knife trim protruding tape. 3.08INSTALLATION - INTERIOR WET/DRY METHOD (TAPE AND SEALANT) A.Cut glazing tape to length and install against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) above sight line. B.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C.Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape to ensure full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. D.Install removable stops, spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at 24 inch intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line. E.Fill gaps between pane and applied stop with ________ type sealant to depth equal to bite on glazing, to uniform and level line. F.Trim protruding tape edge. 3.09INSTALLATION - INTERIOR WET METHOD (COMPOUND AND COMPOUND) A.Install glazing resting on setting blocks. Install applied stop and center pane by use of spacer shims at 24 inch centers, kept 1/4 inch below sight line. B.Locate and secure glazing pane using glazers' clips. C.Fill gaps between glazing and stops with glazing compound until flush with sight line. Tool G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 5 GLAZING surface to straight line. 3.10MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A.Glass and Glazing product manufacturers to provide field surveillance of the installation of their products. B.Monitor and report installation procedures and unacceptable conditions. 3.11CLEANING A.Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B.Remove labels after Work is complete. C.Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. 3.12PROTECTION A.After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. 3.13SCHEDULE A.Aluminum Windows: Type ___, exterior wet/dry method with Type ___ compound. B.Hollow Steel Frames - Interior: Interior wet method with Type [___] compound. C.Steel Doors: 1.Fire-rated: Wired glass, Type [____], 6 mm thick, interior wet method with Type [___] compound. 2.Interior: Type [___], 6 mm thick, interior wet method with Type [___] compound. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 08 8000 - 6 GLAZING SECTION 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B.Metal stud wall framing. C.Metal channel ceiling framing. D.Acoustic insulation. E.Cementitious backing board. F.Gypsum wallboard. G.Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B.Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Exterior wind-load-bearing metal stud framing. C.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Building framing and sheathing. D.Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation: Acoustic insulation. E.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Acoustic sealant. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2012.1. B.ANSI A118.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 2012.1. C.ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2002 (Reapproved 2007). D.ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2011a. E.ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. F.ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2011. G.ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2011. H.ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2011. I.ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007. J.ASTM C1325 - Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cement Substrate Sheets; 2008b. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 2116 - 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K.ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2011. L.ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2012. M.GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2010. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. C.LEED Submittals: 1.For gypsum wallboard, submit documentation of recycled content and location of manufacture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A.Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B.Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1.Fire Rated Partitions:; [___] hour rating. 2.Fire Rated Ceilings and Soffits:; [___] hour rating. 3.Fire Rated Area Separation Walls:; [___] hour rating. 2.02METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A.Manufacturers - Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1.Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. 1.Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 2.Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 3.Ceiling Channels: C shaped. 4.Furring: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. C.Loadbearing Studs for Application of Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 05 4000. D.Ceiling Hangers: Type and size as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. E.Partition Head To Structure Connections: Provide track fastened to structure with legs of sufficient length to accommodate deflection, for friction fit of studs cut short and fastened as indicated on drawings. 2.03BOARD MATERIALS A.Manufacturers - Gypsum-Based Board: 1.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 2.National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 3.USG Corporation: www.usg.com. 4.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1.Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 2116 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 2.Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. a.Mold-resistant board is required at any wet wall locations in restrooms. 3.Thickness: a.Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b.Ceilings: 5/8 inch. c.Multi-Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings. C.Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products: 1.Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including tub and shower surrounds and shower ceilings. 2.Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3.ANSI Cement-Based Board: Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. a.Thickness: 5/8 inch. b.Products: 1)National Gypsum Company; PermaBase Brand Cement Board. 2)USG Corporation; Durock Brand Cement Board. 3)Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D.Ceiling Board: Special sag-resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1.Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3.Edges: Tapered. 4.Products: a.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock CD Ceiling Board. b.National Gypsum Company; High Strength Brand Ceiling Board. c.USG Corporation; Sheetrock Brand Sag-Resistant Interior Gypsum Ceiling Board. d.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04ACCESSORIES A.Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: __ inch. B.Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board. C.Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1.Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2.Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 3.Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. 4.Chemical hardening type compound. D.Screws for Attachment to Steel Members Less Than 0.03 inch In Thickness, to Wood Members, and to Gypsum Board: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations. E.Screws for Attachment to Steel Members From 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws for application of gypsum board to loadbearing steel studs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 2116 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 3.02FRAMING INSTALLATION A.Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B.Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. C.Studs: Space studs as permitted by standard. 1.Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2.Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach extended leg top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and brace both flanges of studs with continuous bridging. D.Standard Wall Furring: Install at concrete walls scheduled to receive gypsum board, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines and abutting walls. Secure in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches on center. 1.Orientation: Horizontal. 2.Spacing: As indicated. 3.03ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A.Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B.Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04BOARD INSTALLATION A.Comply with ASTM C 840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B.Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. C.Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. D.Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members and plywood substrate where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. 3.05INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A.Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B.Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C.Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and as indicated. 3.06JOINT TREATMENT A.Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound and finished with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. B.Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1.Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Level 3: Walls to receive textured wall finish. 3.Level 2: In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive tile finish. 4.Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 2116 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES C.Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1.Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 2.Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile and fixed cabinetry. D.Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. 3.07TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 2116 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES SECTION 09 5100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B.Acoustical units. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of special anchors or inserts for suspension system. C.Section 05 3100 - Steel Deck: Placement of special anchors or inserts for suspension system. D.Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation: Acoustical insulation. E.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Acoustical sealant. F.Section 08 3100 - Access Doors and Panels: Access panels. G.Section 21 1300 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. H.Section 23 3700 - Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. I.Section 26 5100 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C635 - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2007. B.ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2008e1. C.UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B.Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning. C.Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. D.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County Board of Supervisors's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2.Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed. E.LEED Submittal: Documentation of recycled content and location of manufacture. 1.06QUALITY ASSURANCE G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 5100 - 1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A.Fire-Resistive Assemblies: Complete assembly listed and classified by UL for the fire resistance indicated. B.Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01ACOUSTICAL UNITS A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2.USG: www.usg.com. 3.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Acoustical Units - General: ASTM E1264, Class A. 1.Units for Installation in Fire-Rated Suspension System: Listed and classified for the fire-resistive assembly the suspension system is a part of. C.Acoustical Panels:. 1.VOC Content: Certified as Low Emission by one of the following : a.Product listing in the CHPS Low-Emitting Materials Product List at; www.chps.net/manual/lem_table.htm. 2.Size: 24 x 24 inches. 3.Panel Edge: Beveled. 4.Surface Pattern: Perforated. 5.Surface Color: White. 2.02SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A.Manufacturers: 1.Same as for acoustical units. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Suspension Systems - General: ASTM C635; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. C.Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; intermediate-duty. 1.Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face. 2.Construction: Double web. 3.Finish: White painted. D.Fire-Rated Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; light-duty. 1.Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face. 2.Construction: Double web. 3.Fire Rating: Listed and classified for use in a 1 hour fire-resistive assembly. 4.Finish: White painted. 2.03ACCESSORIES A.Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B.Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 5100 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C.Acoustical Insulation: Specified in Section 07 2100. 1.Thickness: 2 inch. 2.Size: To fit acoustical suspension system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions before starting work. B.Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A.Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. B.Lay out system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of acoustical unit size. C.Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D.Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. E.Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. F.Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. G.Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. H.Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. I.Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1.Use longest practical lengths. 2.Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A.Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C.Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D.Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. E.Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F.Cutting Acoustical Units: 1.Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. G.Lay acoustical insulation for a distance of 48 inches either side of acoustical partitions as indicated. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 5100 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS H.Install hold-down clips on each panel to retain panels tight to grid system; comply with fire rating requirements. I.Install hold-down clips on panels within 20 ft of an exterior door. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B.Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 5100 - 4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Surface preparation. B.Field application of paints and other coatings. C.Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: 1.Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing equipment. 2.Exposed surfaces of steel lintels and ledge angles. 3.Prime surfaces to receive wall coverings. 4.Mechanical and Electrical: a.In finished areas, paint all insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated. b.In finished areas, paint shop-primed items. D.Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1.Items fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2.Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3.Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4.Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5.Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 6.Glass. 7.Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 013515 - LEED Certification Procedures: LEED rating system definition. B.Section 32 1723.13 - Painted Pavement Markings: Painted pavement markings. C.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. D.Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs: Shop-primed items. E.Section 21 0553 - Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment: Painted identification. F.Section 22 0553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Painted identification. G.Section 23 0553 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Painted identification. H.Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Painted identification. 1.03DEFINITIONS A.Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.04REFERENCE STANDARDS A.40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 1 PAINTING AND COATING B.ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2012. C.ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials; 2007. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1.Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2.MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3.Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4.Manufacturer's installation instructions. C.LEED Report: VOC content of all interior opaque coatings actually used. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. E.Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces. F.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County Board of Supervisors's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2.Extra Paint and Coatings: 1 gallon of each color; store where directed. 3.Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B.Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C.Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B.Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C.Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. D.Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E.Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 2 PAINTING AND COATING A.Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B.Provide all paint and coating products from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1.In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide all specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Ament Design is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2.Substitution of other products by the same manufacturer is preferred over substitution of products by a different manufacturer. C.Paints: 1.Base Manufacturer: See Section 09 9100. 2.Diamond Vogel Paints: www.diamondvogel.com. 3.Glidden Professional: www.gliddenprofessional.com. 4.Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. D.Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. E.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A.Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed coating. 1.Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2.Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3.Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B.Primers: Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. C.Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1.Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a.40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2.Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D.Colors: As indicated on drawings 1.Allow for minimum of three colors for each system, unless otherwise indicated, without additional cost to Johnson County Board of Supervisors. 2.Extend colors to surface edges; colors may change at any edge as directed by Ament Design. 3.In finished areas, finish pipes, ducts, conduit, and equipment the same color as the wall/ceiling they are mounted on/under. 2.03PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A.Paint EC-OP - All Exterior Concrete and Masonry Surfaces Indicated to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including concrete and cement board. 1.Preparation as specified by manufacturer. 2.Two top coats and one coat primer recommended by manufacturer. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 3 PAINTING AND COATING 3.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 2.04PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR A.Paint I-OP - All Interior Surfaces Indicated to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum board, concrete, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1.Two top coats and one coat primer. 2.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 3.Primer(s): As follows unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats: a.Gypsum Board: MPI #50, Interior Latex Primer Sealer. b.Concrete: MPI #3, Alkali Resistant Water Based Primer. c.Steel, Uncoated: MPI #79, Anti-Corrosive Alkyd Primer for Metal. d.Steel, Uncoated: MPI #107, Rust-Inhibitive Water Based Primer. e.Steel -- Shop Primer: MPI #76, Quick Dry Alkyd Primer for Metal. f.Galvanized Steel: MPI #134, Water Based Galvanized Primer. g.Galvanized Steel: Cementious primer. B.Paint I-OP-MD-DT - Medium Duty Door/Trim: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals: 1.Two top coats and one coat primer. 2.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 3.Primer(s): As recommended by manufacturer of top coats. C.Paint I-OP-MD-WC - Medium Duty Vertical/Overhead: Including gypsum board, concrete, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1.Two top coats and one coat primer. 2.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 3.Top Coat Product(s): a.Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Zero VOC Acrylic. (gloss 4,5, 6) 4.Primer(s): As follows unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats: a.Gypsum Board: MPI #50, Interior Latex Primer Sealer. b.Concrete: Same as top coats. c.Concrete: MPI #3, Alkali Resistant Water Based Primer. d.Steel, Uncoated: MPI #107, Rust-Inhibitive Water Based Primer. D.Paint I-OP-HD - Heavy Duty Vertical and Overhead: Including gypsum board, concrete, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1.Applications: See Finish Schedule. 2.Two top coats and one coat primer; primer may be omitted if top coat manufacturer approves. 3.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 4.Top Coat Product(s): a.Sherwin-WilIiams Pro Industrial High Performance Epoxy. 5.Primer(s): As recommended by manufacturer of top coats. E.Paint I-OP-DF - Dry Fall: Metals; exposed structure and overhead-mounted services in utilitarian spaces, including shop primed steel deck, structural steel, metal fabrications, galvanized ducts, galvanized conduit, and galvanized piping. 1.Shop primer by others. 2.One top coat; white. 3.Top Coat: MPI Latex Dry Fall; MPI #118, 155, 226. 4.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. F.Paint I-OP-FL - Concrete and Wood Floors Indicated to be Painted. 1.Two top coats and one coat primer. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 4 PAINTING AND COATING 2.Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 3.Top Coat Product(s): a.Sherwin-Williams ArmorSeal HS Polyurethane Floor Enamel with ArmorSeal 1000HS Epoxy Floor Enamel as primer. G.Paint MI-OP-3L - Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat: 1.One coat of latex primer. 2.Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; . H.Paint MgI-OP-3L - Galvanized Metals, Latex, 3 Coat: 1.One coat galvanize primer. 2.Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; . I.Paint GI-OP-3L - Gypsum Board/Plaster, Latex, 3 Coat: 1.One coat of alkyd primer sealer. 2.Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; . 2.05ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Accessory Materials: Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials required to achieve the finishes specified whether specifically indicated or not; commercial quality. B.Patching Material: Latex filler. C.Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B.Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C.Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D.Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1.Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2.Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3.Exterior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 4.Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application. B.Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C.Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D.Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E.Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F.Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 5 PAINTING AND COATING phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. G.Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. H.Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces to be Painted: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. I.Aluminum Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. J.Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. K.Corroded Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Prepare using at least SSPC-PC 2 (hand tool cleaning) or SSPC-SP 3 (power tool cleaning) followed by SSPC-SP 1 (solvent cleaning). L.Uncorroded Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand or power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime paint entire surface; spot prime after repairs. M.Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. N.Exterior Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. 3.03APPLICATION A.Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B.Exterior Wood to Receive Opaque Finish: If final painting must be delayed more than 2 weeks after installation of woodwork, apply primer within 2 weeks and final coating within 4 weeks. C.Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. E.Apply each coat to uniform appearance. F.Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. G.Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. H.Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection. 3.05CLEANING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 6 PAINTING AND COATING A.Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.06PROTECTION A.Protect finished coatings until completion of project. B.Touch-up damaged coatings after Substantial Completion. 3.07SCHEDULE - COLORS (will be chosen after bid) END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 09 9000 - 7 PAINTING AND COATING SECTION 10 1400 SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Cash allowance for signs. B.Room and door signs. C.Interior directional and informational signs. D.Emergency evacuation maps. E.Building identification signs. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.03PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.See Section 01 2100 - Allowances, for cash allowances affecting this section. B.Room and door signs are not covered by the allowance. C.Allowance amount covers purchase and delivery but not installation. 1.04REFERENCE STANDARDS A.36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B.ANSI/ICC A117.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. C.Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1.When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on the drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2.When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Johnson County Board of Supervisors through Ament Design at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3.Submit for approval by Johnson County Board of Supervisors through Ament Design prior to fabrication. D.Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. E.Selection Samples: Where colors are not specified, submit two sets of color selection charts or chips. F.Verification Samples: Submit samples showing colors specified. G.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 1400 - 1 SIGNAGE H.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County Board of Supervisors's use in maintenance of project. 1.Curved Sign Media Suction Cups: One for each 100 signs; for removing media. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B.Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building. C.Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B.Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Flat Signs: 1.Best Sign Systems, Inc: www.bestsigns.com. 2.InPro Corporation; Aspen produced in one piece photopolymer media: www.inprocorp.com. 3.Mohawk Sign Systems, Inc: www.mohawksign.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec. 5.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Curved Signs: 1.Vista System; Model _____: www.vistasystem.com. C.Dimensional Letter Signs: 1.InPro Corporation S600-060: www.inprocorp.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D.Other Signs: 2.02SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A.Accessibility Compliance: All signs are required to comply with ADA Standards for Accessible Design and ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B.Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1.Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified. 2.Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille. 3.Character Height: 1 inch. 4.Sign Height: 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 5.Office Doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for replaceable occupant name. 6.Conference and Meeting Rooms: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section with sliding "In Use/Vacant" indicator. 7.Service Rooms: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not those shown on the drawings. 8.Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names "MEN" and "WOMEN", room numbers to be determined later, and braille. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 1400 - 2 SIGNAGE C.Interior Directional and Informational Signs: 1.Sign Type: Same as room and door signs. 2.Where suspended, ceiling mounted, or projecting from wall signs are indicated, provide two-sided signs with same information on both sides. D.Emergency Evacuation Maps: 1.Allow for one map per main areas (minimum 4 total). 2.Map content to be provided by Johnson County Board of Supervisors. 3.Use clear plastic panel silk-screened on reverse, in brushed aluminum frame, screw-mounted. E.Building Identification Signs: 1.Use individual plastic letters. 2.Mount on outside wall in location shown on drawings. 2.03SIGN TYPES A.Flat Signs: Signage media without frame. 1.Edges: Square. 2.Corners: Square. 3.Wall Mounting of One-Sided Signs: Tape adhesive. 4.Wall and Ceiling Mounting of Two-Sided Signs: Aluminum wall bracket, powder coated, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, attached with screws in predrilled mounting holes, set in clear silicone sealant. 5.Suspended Mounting: Stainless steel suspension cables, cable clamps, and ceiling fastener suitable for attachment to ceiling construction indicated. B.Radius / Curved Signs: One-piece, curved extruded aluminum media holder securing flat, flexible sign media by curved lip on two sides; other two sides closed by end caps; concealed mounting attachment. 1.Sizes: As indicated on the drawings. 2.Finish: Natural (clear) anodized. 3.Sign Orientation: Curved in horizontal section. 4.End Caps: Plastic, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, paintable. 5.Wall Mounting of One-Sided Signs: Mechanical anchorage, with predrilled holes, and set in clear silicone sealant. 6.Wall and Ceiling Mounting of Two-Sided Signs: Aluminum wall bracket, powder coated, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, attached with screws in predrilled mounting holes, set in clear silicone sealant. 7.Suspended Mounting: Stainless steel suspension cables, cable clamps, and ceiling fastener suitable for attachment to ceiling construction indicated. C.Color and Font: Unless otherwise indicated: 1.Character Font: Helvetica, Arial, or other sans serif font. 2.Character Case: Upper case only. 3.Background Color: Clear. 4.Character Color: Contrasting color. 2.04TACTILE SIGNAGE MEDIA A.Engraved Panels: Laminated colored plastic; engraved through face to expose core as background color: 1.Total Thickness: 1/16 inch. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 1400 - 3 SIGNAGE 2.05NON-TACTILE SIGNAGE MEDIA A.Silk Screened Plastic Panels: Letters and graphics silk screened onto reverse side of plastic surface: 1.Sign Color: Clear. 2.Total Thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.06DIMENSIONAL LETTERS A.Plastic Letters: 1.Material: Injection molded plastic. 2.Color: As selected. 3.Mounting: Tape adhesive. 2.07ACCESSORIES A.Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal. B.Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. C.Locate signs where indicated: 1.Room and Door Signs: Locate on wall at latch side of door with centerline of sign at 60 inches above finished floor. 2.If no location is indicated obtain Johnson County Board of Supervisors's instructions. D.Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 1400 - 4 SIGNAGE SECTION 10 2113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Solid plastic toilet compartments. B.Urinal and Vestibule screens. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. B.Section 10 2800 - Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2010. 1.04ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: Coordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in walls and ceilings. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. C.Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Plastic Toilet Compartments: 1.Metpar Corp: www.metpar.com. 2.Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02COMPONENTS A.Toilet Compartments: Solid molded phenolic plastic panels, doors, and pilasters, floor-mounted headrail-braced. B.Door and Panel Dimensions: 1.Thickness: 1 inch. 2.Door Width: 24 inch. 3.Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out-swinging. 4.Height: 58 inch. 5.Thickness of Pilasters: 1 inch. C.Urinal Screens: Wall mounted with two panel brackets, and floor-to-ceiling vertical upright consisting of pilaster anchored to floor and ceiling. 2.03ACCESSORIES G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2113.19 - 1 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A.Pilaster Shoes: Formed chromed steel with polished finish, 3 in high, concealing floor fastenings. 1.Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. B.Head Rails: Hollow chrome plated steel tube, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size, with anti-grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C.Pilaster Brackets: Polished stainless steel. D.Wall Brackets: Continuous type, polished stainless steel. E.Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. 1.For attaching panels and pilasters to brackets: Through-bolts and nuts; tamper proof. F.Hardware: Polished stainless steel: 1.Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. 2.Nylon bearings. 3.Door Latch: Slide type with exterior emergency access feature. 4.Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 5.Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 6.Provide door pull for outswinging doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. C.Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C.Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D.Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. E.Field touch-up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. B.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04ADJUSTING A.Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B.Adjust hinges to position doors in full closed position when unlatched. Return out-swinging doors to closed position. C.Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2113.19 - 2 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2113.19 - 3 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS SECTION 10 2800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Accessories for toilet rooms, showers, and utility rooms. B.Grab bars. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 10 2113.19 - Plastic Toilet Compartments. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B.ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip; 1999 (Reapproved 2009). C.ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2010. D.ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2010. E.ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008. 1.04ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Toilet Accessories: 1.A & J Washroom Accessories Inc: www.ajwashroom.com. 2.American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. 3.Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 4.Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 2.02MATERIALS A.Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1.Grind welded joints smooth. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2800 - 1 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 2.Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces. B.Keys: Provide 2 keys for each accessory to Johnson County Board of Supervisors; master key all lockable accessories. C.Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. D.Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304 or 316. E.Mirror Glass: Float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. F.Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof. G.Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamper-proof, security type. H.Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. 2.03FINISHES A.Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. 2.04TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A.Toilet Paper Dispenser: Single roll, surface mounted bracket type, chrome-plated zinc alloy brackets, spindleless type for tension spring delivery designed to prevent theft of tissue roll. B.Paper Towel Dispenser: Folded paper type, stainless steel, surface-mounted, with viewing slots on sides as refill indicator and tumbler lock. C.Combination Towel Dispenser/Waste Receptacle: Recessed with projecting waste receptacle, stainless steel; seamless wall flanges, continuous piano hinges, tumbler locks on upper and lower doors. 1.Waste receptacle liner: Reusable, heavy-duty vinyl. 2.Towel dispenser capacity: 400 C-fold. 3.Waste receptacle capacity: 4 gallons. D.Soap Dispenser: Liquid soap dispenser, deck-mounted on vanity, with polyethylene container concealed below deck; piston and 4 inch spout of stainless steel with bright polished finish; chrome-plated deck escutcheon. 1.Minimum Capacity: 16 ounces. E.Grab Bars: Stainless steel, nonslip grasping surface finish. 1.Standard Duty Grab Bars: a.Push/Pull Point Load: 250 pound-force, minimum. b.Dimensions: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, exposed flange mounting, 1-1/2 inch clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. c.Length and Configuration: As indicated on drawings. F.Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel, surface-mounted, self-closing door, locking bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable receptacle. 2.05SHOWER AND TUB ACCESSORIES A.Shower Curtain Rod: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04 inch wall thickness, satin-finished, with 3 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin-finished stainless steel flanges, for installation with exposed fasteners. B.Shower Curtain: 1.Material: Opaque vinyl, 0.008 inch thick, matte finish, with antibacterial treatment, flameproof and stain-resistant. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2800 - 2 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 2.Material: Cotton, machine washable, and mildew-resistant. 3.Size: 36 by 72 inches, hemmed edges. 4.Grommets: Stainless steel; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers. 5.Color: White. 6.Shower curtain hooks: Chrome-plated or stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure. C.Folding Shower Seat: Wall-mounted recessed; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, hinges and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, L-shaped, right hand seat. 1.Seat: Phenolic or polymeric composite one-piece seat or seat slats, of white color. 2.Size: ADA compliant. D.Wall-Mounted Soap Dish: Heavy duty, seamless stainless steel, surface-mounted with drain holes, without grab bar, satin finish; with concealed mechanical fastening suitable for substrate and backplate. E.Towel Bar: Stainless steel Type 304, 3/4 inch square tubular bar; rectangular brackets, concealed attachment, satin finish. F.Robe Hook: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single-prong, rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish. 2.06UTILITY ROOM ACCESSORIES A.Combination Utility Shelf/Mop and Broom Holder: 0.05 inch thick stainless steel, Type 304, with 1/2 inch returned edges, 0.06 inch steel wall brackets. 1.Drying rod: Stainless steel, 1/4 inch diameter. 2.Hooks: 2, 0.06 inch stainless steel rag hooks at shelf front. 3.Mop/broom holders: 3 spring-loaded rubber cam holders at shelf front. 4.Length: 36 inches. 5.Length: Manufacturer's standard length for number of holders/hooks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions before starting work. B.Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02PREPARATION A.Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B.Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C.Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations, as indicated on drawings, and as follows: END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 2800 - 3 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 4400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Fire extinguishers. B.Fire extinguisher cabinets. C.Accessories. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. B.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2010. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate cabinet physical dimensions. C.Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. 1.05FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Fire Extinguishers: 1.Ansul, Inc: www.ansul.com. 2.Pyro-Chem: www.pyrochem.com. 3.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Accessories: 1.Ansul, Inc.: www.ansul.com. 2.JL Industries, Inc: www.jlindustries.com. 3.Larsen's Manufacturing Co: www.larsensmfg.com. 4.Pyro-Chem: www.pyrochem.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A.Fire Extinguishers - General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. B.Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with pressure gage. 1.Class: A:B:C. 2.Size: 10 pound. 2.03FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 4400 - 1 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES A.Cabinet Configuration: Surface type. 1.Sized to accommodate accessories. 2.Trimless type. 3.Form cabinet enclosure with right angle inside corners and seams. Form perimeter trim and door stiles. B.Door: 0.036 inch thick, reinforced for flatness and rigidity; latch. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinge. Provide nylon catch. C.Door Glazing: Plastic, clear, 1/8 inch thick acrylic. Set in resilient channel gasket glazing. D.Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet. Pre-drill for anchors. E.Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. F.Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: Red baked enamel. G.Finish of Cabinet Interior: White enamel. 2.04ACCESSORIES A.Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, chrome-plated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions before starting work. B.Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install cabinets plumb and level, 36 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet. C.Secure rigidly in place. D.Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 4400 - 2 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 5100 LOCKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Locker units with hinged doors. B.Metal tops and filler panels. C.Locker benches. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete base construction. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood base construction. C.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and nailers. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on locker types, sizes and accessories. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout, numbering plan and combination lock code. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate component installation assembly. 1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect locker finish and adjacent surfaces from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Lockers: 1.Art Metal Products: www.artmetalproducts.com. 2.Lyon Workspace Products: www.lyonworkspace.com. 3.Republic Storage Systems Co: www.republicstorage.com. 4.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02MATERIALS A.Sheet Steel: ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33/230, with G60/Z180 coating, stretcher leveled; to the following minimum thicknesses: 1.Body and Shelf: 24 gage, 0.024 inch. 2.Door Outer Face: 18 gage, 0.048 inch. 3.Door Inner Face: 20 gage, 0.036 inch. 4.Door Frame: 16 gage, 0.060 inch. 5.Hinges: 14 gage, 0.075 inch. 6.Base: 20 gage, 0.036 inch. 7.Sloping Top: 20 gage, 0.036 inch. 8.Trim: 20 gage, 0.036 inch. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 5100 - 1 LOCKERS B.Accessories For Each Locker: Two single prong wall hooks, coat hanger bar. C.Locker Benches: Stationary type; bench top of laminated birch species wood, stained, sealed and varnished; pedestals of chrome steel, 16 inches high. 2.03LOCKER UNITS A.Width: 18 inches. B.Depth: 18 inches. C.Height: 72 inches. D.Configuration: single tier. E.Mounting: Surface mounted. F.Base: Fabricate for wood base. 1.Base Height: 4 inch. G.Top: Sloped metal with closures. H.Locking: Equipped for padlock hasps. I.Ventilation Method: Door louvers. J.Class: Conventional. K.Locker Body: Formed and flanged; with steel stiffener ribs; electric spot welded. L.Frames: Formed channel shape, welded and ground flush, welded to body, resilient gaskets and latching for quiet operation. M.Doors: Hollow double pan, sandwich construction, 1-3/16 inch thick; welded construction, channel reinforced top and bottom with intermediate stiffener ribs, grind and finish edges smooth. N.Hinges: Two for doors under 42 inches high; three for doors over 42 inches high; weld securely to locker body and door. O.Locking device supplied by Johnson County Board of Supervisors. P.Number Plates: Provide oval shaped brass plates. Form numbers 1 inch high of block font style with ADA designation, in contrasting color. Q.Provide ventilation openings at top and bottom of each locker. R.Form recess for operating handle and locking device. S.Finish edges smooth without burrs. T.Fabricate sloped metal tops, ends and closure pieces. U.Provide perforated end panels and filler strips. 2.04FINISHING A.Clean, degrease, and neutralize metal; prime and finish with one coat of baked enamel. B.Paint locker units 1 color, as selected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that prepared bases are in correct position and configuration. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 5100 - 2 LOCKERS B.Verify bases and embedded anchors are properly sized. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install lockers plumb and square. C.Place and secure on prepared base. D.Secure lockers with anchor devices to suit substrate materials. Minimum Pullout Force: 100 lb. E.Bolt adjoining locker units together to provide rigid installation. F.Install end panels, filler panels, and sloped tops. G.Install accessories. H.Replace components that do not operate smoothly. 3.03CLEANING A.Clean locker interiors and exterior surfaces. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 10 5100 - 3 LOCKERS SECTION 12 3100 MANUFACTURED METAL CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal Cabinets and bases. B.Counter tops and reagent shelves. C.Casework hardware. D.Service fittings and outlets. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. B.BHMA A156.9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2010 (ANSI/BHMA A156.9). C.NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2005. 1.04ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Large Components: Ensure that large components can be moved into final position without damage to other construction. B.Service Fixtures: Coordinate location and characteristics of service connections. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide component dimensions, configurations, construction details, joint details, and attachments, utility and service requirements and locations. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate casework locations, large scale plans, elevations, cross sections, rough-in and anchor placement dimensions and tolerances, clearances required. 1.06QUALIFICATIONS A.Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.07DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept casework on site. Inspect on arrival for damage. B.Coordinate size of access and route to place of installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Metal Casework: 1.Kewaunee Scientific Corp: www.kewaunee.com. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3100 - 1 MANUFACTURED METAL CASEWORK 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02MATERIALS A.Sheet Steel: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, CS or FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating; stretcher leveled. B.Plastic Laminate Finish: NEMA LD 3, HGP; acid resistant, black color; textured, low gloss finish. C.Counter Tops, Back Splash, and Side Splash: Modified epoxy resin, acid resistant. D.Service Fittings and Fixtures: E.Electrical Outlet Covers: Stainless steel. F.Sound Deadening Material: Inorganic, for sandwich panel fabrication. G.Sealant: Sanitary type, specified in Section 07 9005. 2.03HARDWARE A.Hardware: Manufacturer's standard. B.Shelf Standards and Rests: Vertical chrome steel standards with rubber button fitted steel rests. C.Shelf Brackets: Vertical chrome steel standards with chrome steel arms. D.Drawer and Door Pulls: Chrome wire pulls, 4 inches wide. E.Sliding Door Pulls: Recessed steel circular design. F.Cabinet Locks: Lock with 4 pin cylinder and 2 keys per lock. G.Catches: Magnetic. H.Drawer Slides: Full extension arms, steel construction; ____ lb capacity. I.Hinges: Offset pin. 2.04FABRICATION - GENERAL A.Fabricate casework, assembled and welded. B.Fabricate corners and joints without gaps or inaccessible spaces or areas where dirt or moisture could accumulate. C.Fabricate components of die formed sheet steel. Form each unit rigid, not dependent on building structure for rigidity. D.Form edges and seams to be smooth. Form material for counter tops, shelves, and drain boards from continuous sheets. E.Turn down edges of shelves 1 inch on each side and return 5/8 inch front and back. F.Electric spot weld casework; grind joints smooth and flush. G.Fabricate drawer and door fronts of solid plastic laminate 3/4 inch thick. Fill with sound deadening core. H.Fabricate countertop surfaces pressure glued to plywood core backing, without visible joints. I.Component Thicknesses: 1.Gables, Front and Back Panels, Gusset Plates and Rails: 18 gage. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3100 - 2 MANUFACTURED METAL CASEWORK 2.Drawers, Door Fronts, Cabinet Floors, Shelves, Filler Panels and Drawer Dividers: 20 gage. 3.Backing Sheet to Door and Door Fronts: 22 gage. J.Cut and drill counter tops, backs, and other components for service outlets and fixtures. K.Install fixtures and fittings built into or part of casework. Provide access panels for maintenance of utility service and mechanical and electrical components. 2.05FINISHES A.Metal (Except Stainless Steel): Degrease and phosphate etch followed by primer; minimum two coats baked epoxy; architect selected color. B.Shop finish all components. C.Coat metal surfaces in contact with cementitious materials with bituminous paint. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify adequacy of support framing and anchors. B.Verify that service connections are correctly located and of proper characteristics. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Install casework, components and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Use anchoring devices to suit conditions and substrate materials encountered. C.Set casework items plumb and square, securely anchored to building structure. D.Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals. E.Scribe to abutting surfaces and align adjoining components. Apply matching filler pieces where casework abuts dissimilar construction. F.Close ends of units, splash aprons, shelves and bases with sealant. G.Field touch-up blemishes to original finish. 3.03ADJUSTING A.Adjust doors, drawers, hardware, fixtures, and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly. 3.04CLEANING A.Clean casework, counters, shelves, glass, legs, hardware, fittings and fixtures. 3.05PROTECTION A.Do not permit finished casework to be exposed to continued construction activity. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3100 - 3 MANUFACTURED METAL CASEWORK SECTION 12 3600 COUNTERTOPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Countertops for architectural cabinetwork. B.Countertops for manufactured casework. C.Wall-hung counters and vanity tops. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 06 4100 - Architectural Wood Casework. B.Section 12 3100 - Manufactured Metal Casework. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI A161.2 - Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure Decorative Laminate Countertops; 1998. B.AWI (QCP) - Quality Certification Program, www.awiqcp.org; current edition at www.awiqcp.org. C.AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2009. D.ISSFA-2 - Classification and Standards for Solid Surfacing Material; International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; 2001 (2007). E.NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1.Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2.Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3.Specimen warranty. C.Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation; combine with shop drawings of cabinets and casework specified in other sections. D.Test Reports: Chemical resistance testing, showing compliance with specified requirements. E.LEED Report: Submit for wood products made from sustainably harvested wood, salvaged and reused wood, wood fabricated from recovered timber, and locally-sourced wood, as specified in Section 01 3515. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Fabricator Qualifications: Same fabricator as for cabinets on which tops are to be installed. B.Quality Certification: Provide AWI Quality Certification Program inspection report and quality certification of completed work. 1.Provide labels or certificates indicating that the work complies with requirements of AWS Grade or Grades specified. 2.This project has been registered as AWI/QCP project number. 3.Prior to delivery to the site provide shop drawings with certification labels. 4.Provide labels on each product when required by certification program. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3600 - 1 COUNTERTOPS 5.Upon completion of installation provide certificate certifying that the installation and products meet the specified requirements. 6.Arrange and pay for inspections required for certification. 7.Replace, repair, or rework all work for which certification is refused. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B.Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01COUNTERTOP ASSEMBLIES A.Quality Standard: Premium Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards. B.Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over continuous substrate. 1.Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/4 inch, minimum. 2.Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISSFA-2 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a.Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Matte, gloss rating of 5 to 20. b.Color/Pattern Family: Large-grained terrazzo look, low contrast. c.Manufacturers: 1)Avonite Surfaces: www.avonitesurfaces.com. 2)Wilsonart International, Inc: www.wilsonart.com. 3)Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 3.Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 4.Exposed Edge Treatment: Built up to minimum 1-1/4 inch thick; radiused edge. 5.Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. 6.Skirts: As indicated on drawings. 2.02ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined. B.Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, white. 2.03FABRICATION A.Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1.Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2.Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3.Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3600 - 2 COUNTERTOPS B.Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1.Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2.Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C.Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D.Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as indicated on drawings, finished to match. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B.If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Ament Design of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C.Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B.Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B.Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. B.Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. C.Field Joints: 1/8 inch wide, maximum. 3.05CLEANING A.Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. 3.06PROTECTION A.Protect installed products until completion of project. B.Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 12 3600 - 3 COUNTERTOPS SECTION 13 3419 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Manufacturer-engineered, shop-fabricated structural steel building frame. B.Insulated Metal wall and roof panels including soffits, gutters and downspouts, and roof mounted equipment curbs. C.Exterior doors, windows, overhead doors, and louvers. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications. C.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. D.Section 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. E.Section 08 3613 - Sectional Doors. F.Section 08 5123 - Steel Windows. G.Section 08 5113 - Aluminum Windows. H.Section 08 8000 - Glazing. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2010. B.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. D.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. E.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. F.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. G.ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2007. H.ASTM A529/A529M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality; 2005 (Reapproved 2009). I.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. J.ASTM A792/A792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process; 2010. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 1 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K.ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011. L.ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. M.ASTM C991 - Standard Specification for Flexible Glass Fiber Insulation for Metal Buildings; 2008e1. N.ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2011. O.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. P.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. Q.IAS AC472 - Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems; 2012. R.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). S.UL 580 - Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.Installed Thermal Resistance of Wall System: R value of 20. B.Installed Thermal Resistance of Roof System: R value of 40. C.Design members to withstand dead load, applicable snow load, and design loads due to pressure and suction of wind calculated in accordance with applicable code. D.Design members to withstand UL 580 Uplift Class 90. E.Exterior wall and roof system shall withstand imposed loads with maximum allowable deflection of 1/90 of span. F.Permit movement of components without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects, when subject to temperature range of 140 degrees F. G.Size and fabricate wall and roof systems free of distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1.05ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.06SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on profiles, component dimensions, fasteners. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly dimensions, locations of structural members, connections; wall and roof system dimensions, panel layout, general construction details, anchorages and method of anchorage, installation; framing anchor bolt settings, sizes, and locations from datum, foundation loads; indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols; indicate net weld lengths; provide professional seal and signature. D.Samples: Submit two samples of precoated metal panels for each color selected, 2x2 inch in size illustrating color and texture of finish. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 2 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS E.Manufacturer Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing metal building manufacturer is accredited under IAS AC472. Include statement that manufacturer designs and fabricates metal building system as integrated components and assemblies, including but not limited to primary structural members, secondary members, joints, roof, and wall cladding components specifically designed to support and transfer loads and properly assembled components form a complete or partial building shell. F.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate preparation requirements, anchor bolt placement. G.Erection Drawings: Indicate members by label, assembly sequence, and temporary erection bracing. H.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of concealed components and utilities. 1.07QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Design structural components, develop shop drawings, and perform shop and site work under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work. 1.Design Engineer Qualifications: Licensed in Iowa. 2.Conform to applicable code for submission of design calculations as required for acquiring permits. 3.Cooperate with regulatory agency or authority and provide data as requested. B.Perform work in accordance with AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 1.Maintain one copy on site. C.Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. D.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of products similar to those required for this project. 1.Not less than 3 years of documented experience E.Erector Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years experience. 1.08WARRANTY A.See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for entire enclosure package. 1.Include coverage for exterior pre-finished surfaces to cover pre-finished color coat against chipping, cracking or crazing, blistering, peeling, chalking, or fading. Include coverage for weather tightness of building enclosure elements after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Metal Buildings: 1.Butler Manufacturing Company: www.butlermfg.com/speclink. 2.Ceco Building Systems: www.cecobuildings.com. 3.Chief Buildings: www.chiefbuildings.com. 4.Nucor Building Systems: www.nucorbuildingsystems.com 5.VP Buildings: www.vp.com. 6.Behlen. 7.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02METAL BUILDING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 3 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A.Single span rigid frame. B.Bay Spacing: nominal 20 ft. C.Primary Framing: Rigid frame of rafter beams and columns, canopy beams and end wall columns, and wind bracing. D.Secondary Framing: Purlins and Girts, and other items detailed. E.Wall System: Preformed metal panels of vertical profile, with sub-girt framing/anchorage assembly, and accessory components. F.Roof System: Preformed metal panels oriented parallel to slope, with sub-girt framing/anchorage assembly, insulation, and liner panels, and accessory components. G.Roof Slope: see drawings inches in 12 inches. 2.03MATERIALS - FRAMING A.Structural Steel Members: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50. B.Structural Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B cold-formed. C.Plate or Bar Stock: ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50. D.Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M. E.Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M, Class C. F.Welding Materials: Type required for materials being welded. G.Primer: SSPC-Paint 20, zinc rich. H.Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Non-shrink type, premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents, capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2400 psi in two days and 7000 psi in 28 days. 2.04MATERIALS - WALLS AND ROOF A.Steel Sheet: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, SS Grade 33/230, with G90/Z275 coating. B.Steel Sheet: ASTM A792/A792M aluminum-zinc alloy coated to AZ50/AZM150. C.Insulation: ASTM C665 Type I; as required for R-values inches thick. 1.Facing: Sheet vinyl, as required by manufacturer inch thick, white. D.Joint Seal Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard type. E.Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard type, galvanized to comply with requirements of ASTM A153/A153M, finish to match adjacent surfaces when exterior exposed. F.Bituminous Paint: Asphaltic type. G.Sealant: Manufacturer's standard type. H.Roof Curbs: Insulated metal same as roofing, as required inch thick, designed for imposed equipment loads, anchor fasteners to equipment, counterflashed to metal roof system. I.Trim, Closure Pieces, Caps, Flashings, Rain Water Diverter: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; brake formed to required profiles. 2.05COMPONENTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 4 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A.Doors and Frames: Specified in Section 08 1113. B.Overhead Doors: Specified in Section 08 3613. C.Overhead Door Frame: Formed steel sections braced to building frame specified in Section 05 5000. D.Windows: Specified in Section 08 5123. E.Wall Louvers: see drawings for type Z blade design, same finish as adjacent material, with steel mesh bird screen and frame, blank sheet metal at unused portions. F.Wall and Roof insulation system: Provide Super Saver banded-type insulation system for all wall and roof areas of enclosure. System shall be as manufactured by CMI Specialty Insulation or building manufacturer-acceptable alternative, capable of providing the R-values as listed with R-20 for the walls and R-30 for the roof assemblies. 2.06FABRICATION - FRAMING A.Fabricate members in accordance with AISC Specification for plate, bar, tube, or rolled structural shapes. B.Anchor Bolts: Formed with bent shank, assembled with template for casting into concrete. 2.07FABRICATION - WALL AND ROOF PANELS A.Siding: Minimum 24 gage metal thickness, in standard profile, 2 inch deep, lapped edges fitted with continuous gaskets. B.Roofing: Minimum 24 gage metal thickness, in standard profile, lapped edges fitted with continuous gaskets. C.Liner: Minimum 24 gage metal thickness, V crimped profile indicated, lapped V edges fitted with continuous gaskets. D.Girts/Purlins: Rolled formed structural shape to receive siding, roofing and liner sheet. E.Internal and External Corners: Same material thickness and finish as adjacent material, profile brake formed to required angles. Back brace mitered internal corners with 24 gage inch thick sheet. F.Expansion Joints: Same material and finish as adjacent material where exposed, 24 gage inch thick, manufacturer's standard brake formed type, of profile to suit system. G.Flashings, Closure Pieces, Fascia: Same material and finish as adjacent material, profile to suit system. H.Fasteners: To maintain load requirements and weather tight installation, same finish as cladding, non-corrosive type. 2.08FABRICATION - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A.Fabricate of same material and finish as roofing metal. B.Form gutters and downspouts and scuppers of manufacturer's recommended profile and size indicated to collect and remove water. Fabricate with connection pieces. C.Form sections in maximum possible lengths. Hem exposed edges. Allow for expansion at joints. D.Fabricate support straps of same material and finish as roofing metal, color as selected. 2.09FINISHES G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 5 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A.Framing Members: Clean, prepare, and shop prime. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded. B.Exterior Surfaces of Wall Components and Accessories: Precoated enamel on steel of modified silicone finish, TBD color as selected from manufacturer's standard range. C.Interior Surfaces of Wall Components and Accessories: Precoated enamel on steel of modified silicone finish, TBD color as selected from manufacturer's standard range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that foundation, floor slab, mechanical and electrical utilities, and placed anchors are in correct position 3.02ERECTION - FRAMING A.Erect framing in accordance with AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. B.Provide for erection and wind loads. Provide temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb and in alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. Locate braced bays as indicated. C.Set column base plates with non-shrink grout to achieve full plate bearing. D.Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval. E.After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed. 3.03ERECTION - WALL AND ROOF PANELS A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Exercise care when cutting prefinished material to ensure cuttings do not remain on finish surface. C.Fasten cladding system to structural supports, aligned level and plumb. D.Locate end laps over supports. End laps minimum 2 inches. Place side laps over bearing. E.Provide expansion joints where indicated. F.Use concealed fasteners. G.Install insulation and vapor retarder utilizing steel banding system for attachment. Place wire mesh under vapor retarder for support between framing members. H.Install sealant and gaskets to prevent weather penetration. 3.04ERECTION - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A.Rigidly support and secure components. Join lengths with formed seams sealed watertight. Flash and seal gutters to downspouts. B.Slope gutters minimum 1/16 inch/ft. C.Connect downspouts to storm sewer system. 3.05INSTALLATION - ACCESSORIES A.Install door frames, doors, overhead doors, and windows and glass in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 6 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS B.Seal wall and roof accessories watertight and weather tight with sealant in accordance with Section 07 9005. 3.06TOLERANCES A.Framing Members: 1/4 inch from level; 1/8 inch from plumb. B.Siding and Roofing: 1/8 inch from true position. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 13 3419 - 7 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS SECTION 31 2200 GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Removal of topsoil. B.Rough grading the site for site structures, building pads, and other features. C.Finish grading. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 31 2316 - Excavation. B.Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. C.Section 31 2323 - Fill: Filling and compaction. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. 1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Perform Work in accordance with State of Iowa, Highway Department standards. 1.Maintain one copy on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Topsoil: See Section 31 2323. B.Other Fill Materials: See Section 31 2323. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 3.02PREPARATION A.Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B.Stake and flag locations of known utilities. C.Locate, identify, and protect from damage above- and below-grade utilities to remain. D.Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. E.Protect site features to remain, including but not limited to bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, from damage by grading equipment and vehicular traffic. F.Protect trees to remain by providing substantial fencing around entire tree at the outer tips of its branches; no grading is to be performed inside this line. G.Protect plants, lawns, rock outcroppings, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2200 - 1 GRADING 3.03ROUGH GRADING A.Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without mixing with foreign materials. B.Do not remove topsoil when wet. C.Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded. D.Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture content. E.When excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. F.See Section 31 2323 for filling procedures. G.Benching Slopes: Horizontally bench existing slopes greater than 1:4 to key fill material to slope for firm bearing. H.Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill. 3.04SOIL REMOVAL A.Stockpile excavated topsoil on site. B.Stockpile excavated subsoil on site. C.Stockpiles: Use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 8 feet; protect from erosion. 3.05FINISH GRADING A.Before Finish Grading: 1.Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected. 2.Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted. B.Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch in size. Remove soil contaminated with petroleum products. C.Where topsoil is to be placed, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches. D.In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches. E.Place topsoil in areas where seeding are indicated. F.Place topsoil to nominal depth of 4". G.Place topsoil during dry weather. H.Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading. I.Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage. J.Fine grade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of subgrade. K.Lightly compact placed topsoil. 3.06TOLERANCES A.Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus 0.10 foot (1-3/16 inches) from required elevation. B.Top Surface of Finish Grade: Plus or minus 0.04 foot (1/2 inch). G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2200 - 2 GRADING 3.07REPAIR AND RESTORATION A.Existing Facilities, Utilities, and Site Features to Remain: If damaged due to this work, repair or replace to original condition. B.Other Existing Vegetation to Remain: If damaged due to this work, replace with vegetation of equivalent species and size. 3.08FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 31 2323 for compaction density testing. 3.09CLEANING A.Remove unused stockpiled topsoil and subsoil. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing water. B.Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2200 - 3 GRADING SECTION 31 2316 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Excavating for building volume below grade, footings, pile caps, slabs-on-grade, paving, site structures, and utilities within the building. B.Trenching for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 02 4100 - Demolition: Shoring and underpinning. B.Section 31 2200 - Grading: Soil removal from surface of site. C.Section 31 2200 - Grading: Grading. D.Section 31 2323 - Fill: Fill materials, filling, and compacting. 1.03PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. 3.02PREPARATION A.Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B.See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements. 3.03EXCAVATING A.Underpin adjacent structures that could be damaged by excavating work. B.Excavate to accommodate new structures and construction operations. C.Notify Ament Design of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume work. D.Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet to angle of repose or less until shored. E.Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. F.Cut utility trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. G.Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. H.Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd measured by volume. I.Correct areas that are over-excavated and load-bearing surfaces that are disturbed; see Section 31 2323. J.Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. K.Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2316 - 1 EXCAVATION L.Stockpile excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 2200. M.Remove excess excavated material from site. 3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B.Provide for visual inspection of load-bearing excavated surfaces before placement of foundations. 3.05PROTECTION A.Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. B.Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2316 - 2 EXCAVATION SECTION 31 2323 FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Filling, backfilling, and compacting for building volume below grade. B.Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. C.Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal (demolition) operations. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B.Section 31 2200 - Grading: Removal and handling of soil to be re-used. C.Section 31 2200 - Grading: Site grading. D.Section 31 2316 - Excavation: Removal and handling of soil to be re-used. E.Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching: Excavating for utility trenches outside the building to utility main connections. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; 2010. B.ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2012. C.ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m3)); 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials used. C.Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B.When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1.Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2.Prevent contamination. 3.Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01FILL MATERIALS A.General Fill: Conforming to State of Iowa Highway Department standard. B.Structural Fill: Conforming to State of Iowa Highway Department standard. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2323 - 1 FILL C.Concrete for Fill: Lean concrete. D.Granular Fill: Coarse aggregate, conforming to State of Iowa Highway Department standard. E.Sand: Conforming to State of Iowa Highway Department standard. F.Topsoil: See Section 31 2200. 2.02ACCESSORIES A.Geotextile Fabric: Non-biodegradable, woven,. 2.03SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material. B.Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site. C.If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. B.Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. C.See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements. D.Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support imposed loads by the fill. 3.02PREPARATION A.Scarify subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches to identify soft spots. B.Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. C.Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. D.Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation. 3.03FILLING A.Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. B.Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. C.Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. D.Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. E.Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. F.Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. G.Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth. H.Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. I.Correct areas that are over-excavated. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2323 - 2 FILL 1.Load-bearing foundation surfaces: Use structural fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to 100 percent of maximum dry density. 2.Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 97 percent of maximum dry density. J.Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: 1.Under paving, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: 98 percent of maximum dry density. K.Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.04FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A.Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. B.Under Interior Slabs-On-Grade: 1.Use granular fill. 2.Depth: 6 inches deep. 3.Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 4.Cover with sand. a.Depth: 2 inches. b.Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. C.At Foundation Walls and Footings: 1.Use general fill. 2.Fill up to subgrade elevation. 3.Compact each lift to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 4.Do not backfill against unsupported foundation walls. D.Over Buried Utility Piping, Conduits, and Duct Bank in Trenches: 1.Bedding: Use general fill. 2.Cover with general fill. 3.Fill up to subgrade elevation. 4.Compact in maximum 8 inch lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density. E.At Lawn Areas: 1.Use general fill. 2.Fill up to 6 inches below finish grade elevations. 3.Fill up to subgrade elevations. 4.Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 5.See Section 31 2200 for topsoil placement. 3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B.Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), ASTM D1557 ("modified Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180. C.If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. D.Frequency of Tests: ________. 3.06CLEANING A.Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. B.Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2323 - 3 FILL END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2323 - 4 FILL END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 31 2323 - 4 FILL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0010FIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21 0040FIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 21 0070FIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 21 0500COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 1300FIRE SUPPERSSION SPRINKLERS DIVISION 22 -PLUMBING 22 0100ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 0110PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 22 0120EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 22 0130CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 22 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 0719PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 1005PLUMBING PIPING 22 1006PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 3000PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 4000PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR- CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 0100ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 0110PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 23 0120EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 23 0130CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 23 0513COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 0519METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0553IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0593TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0713DUCT INSULATION 23 0719HVAC PIPING INSULATION 23 0993SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 2110IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM 23 2113HYDRONIC PIPING 23 2114HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 23 2123HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 2300REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 2500HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 3100HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 3300AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3423HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 3700AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 5400FURNACES 23 6213PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 23 7210AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS SECTION 21 0010 -FIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Coordination drawings. B.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. C.Number of copies of submittals. D.Submittal procedures. 1.2PROJECT COORDINATION A.Make the following types of submittals to the Architect/Engineer through the Project Coordinator: 1.Requests for interpretation. 2.Requests for substitution. 3.Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 4.Test and inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6.Applications for payment and change order requests. 7.Progress schedules. 8.Coordination drawings. 9.Closeout submittals. 10.As-built Record Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Provide information required by Project Coordinator for preparation of coordination drawings. B.Review drawings prior to submission to West Plains Engineering/Engineer. C.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate theconstruction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings on first through third floors, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. B.Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C.Contractor is responsible for dimensions and compliance with construction documents. Engineer's review is to assist the Contractor only. D.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. Johnson County21 0010-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. B.Submit for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the JohnsonCounty. No action will be taken. 3.4SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.5NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by theEngineer.A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. B.Documents for Information: Submit 3 copies. C.Documents for Project Closeout: Make 3 reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.6SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to theEngineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F.Provide space for the Engineer's review stamp. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission and identify it as a RESUBMITTAL. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed if they have not been checked and stamped by the General Contractor and Mechanical Contractor. Johnson County21 0010-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS J.The Contractor shall be responsible for timely submittal of shop drawings to avoid delays in material delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate with all sub-contractors and/or suppliers to expedite the generation ofshop drawings. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer on a reasonable timeframe for the review of shop drawings by the Engineer for each set of shop drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for a periodic checking on the status of all shop drawingsand material delivery. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0010-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0040 -FIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. B.Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced. C.Motors: NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections. D.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. E.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by NamingOne or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. D.Manufacturers listed as "equivalent" to the specified manufacturer are encouraged to submit information on their product prior to bid. E.Manufacturers interested in bidding their materials shall review the drawings, specifications, and construction codes during the bidding period to assure that their products meet the application requirements for the project. Manufacturers shall include all accessories and components for their material/equipment to be installed per the project requirements, applicable building codes, and their own written installation instructions and/or recommendations. F.Manufacturers shall advise the engineer in writing of any potential issues or additional material requirements at least eight (8) days prior to bid date so any corrections can be addressed in an addendum. Requests for additional compensation after the bid to install materials per the project requirements, building codes, or manufacturer's instructions and/or recommendations shall be denied. Johnson County21 0040-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B.Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in that section in addition to any in this section giving preference to the Instructions to Bidders. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost toJohnsonCounty. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. Johnson County21 0040-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS G.Provide equipment and personnel to store productsby methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0040-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0070 -FIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Cleaning and protection. D.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. E.Demonstration and instruction of personnel. F.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work ofJohnsonCounty or separate Contractor. 1.3DRAWINGS ANDMEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.4ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 21 and pay all fees in connection with same. C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.5PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. Johnson County21 0070-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1.6COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G.After JohnsonCounty occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of JohnsonCounty's activities. H.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B.Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C.Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Division 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1CLARIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A.Prior to submitting written questions in the form of Requests for Information (RFI's) or similar paperwork, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer by telephone to discuss the question and possible solutions. Written correspondence shall follow the verbal communications where paperwork is necessary to document significant changes to the construction documents or contract price. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. Johnson County21 0070-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS D.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. E.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. F.Protect the work of other trades. 3.3PREPARATION A.Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and finishes. B.Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. C.Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. D.Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.4LAYING OUT THE WORK A.Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B.Promptly notify West Plains Engineering of any discrepancies discovered. C.Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D.Promptly report to West Plains Engineering the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E.Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to West Plains Engineering. F.Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G.Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1.Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2.Grid or axis for structures. 3.Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. H.Periodically verify layouts by same means. I.Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.5GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. B.Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. C.When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to West Plains Engineering. D.Where there are multiple similar rooms or equipment installations, the Contractor shall "mock- up" a completed room or installation prior to beginning construction of the remaining similar rooms or equipment. This will give the Engineer, Architect, and/or Owner the opportunity to view a typical installation. 3.6CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete thework, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in Johnson County21 0070-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E.Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F.Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. H.Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. I.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.7PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and removewaste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.8PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.9STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checkedfor proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. Johnson County21 0070-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.10DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to JohnsonCounty's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.11ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B.Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: 3.12FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. D.Replace filters of operating equipment. E.Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F.Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.13CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to the Engineer. B.Notify the Engineerwhen work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C.Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents andready for the Engineer's review. D.Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to JohnsonCounty-occupied areas. E.Notify the Engineerwhen work is considered finally complete. The Contractor shall review the project for completion and prepare a punchlist prior to notifying the architect. F.Prior to a formal onsite visit by the Engineer to verify project completion, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the final punchlist for review. If the Engineer travels to the site to find the construction not ready for the observation visit, the Contractor shall pay for the Engineer's time and travel expenses. G.Complete items of work determined by Engineer's Final Review. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0070-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 21 0500 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler systems. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. B.ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2005. C.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 1998 (R2006). D.ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 1998 (R2006). E.ASME B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2009 (ANSI/ASME B16.5). F.ASME B16.9 -Factory-made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. G.ASME B16.11 -Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-welding and Threaded; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2009. H.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005) (ANSI B16.18). I.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005). J.ASME B16.25 -Buttwelding Ends; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. K.ASME B36.10M -Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2004. L.ASTM A47/A47M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings; 1999 (Reapproved 2009). M.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2007. N.ASTM A135/A135M -Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance Welded Steel Pipe; 2009. O.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2007. P.ASTM A795/A795M -Standard Specification forBlack and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use; 2008. Q.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2010. R.NFPA 24 -Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances; National Fire Protection Association; 1995. S.UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. T.UL 262 -Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Johnson County21 0500-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION U.UL 312 -Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.SeeDivision 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. Provide piping layouts on drawings prepared to a common architectural scale on 24"x36" sheet size. Clearly identify geographical orientation, plan title, scale, and all applicable installation notes & dimensions including elevation above finished floor. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering. E.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare parts lists. F.COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. 2.Review drawings prior to submission to Architect/Engineer. 3.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. Coordination drawings shall be prepared for all of first floor due to the limited space available above ceilings and the limited floor-to-floor space. Coordination drawings shall also be prepared specifically forthe main chase at all levels. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience approved by manufacturer. C.Conform to UL requirements. D.Valves: Bear UL label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. E.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A.Sprinkler Systems: Conform work to NFPA 13. B.Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code. 2.2ABOVE GROUND PIPING A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A 795 Schedule 10 or ASTM A 53 Schedule 40, black. 1.Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded. 2.Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings and ASME B16.4, threaded fittings. 3.Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings. Johnson County21 0500-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 4.Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 5.Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon steel housing with integral pipe stop and O-ring pocked and O-ring, uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. 2.3PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. D.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook. E.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. F.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. G.Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 2.4GATE VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch,handwheel, OS&Y, solid rubber covered bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends. 2.5BALL VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle or gear drive handwheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged. 2.6BUTTERFLY VALVES A.Bronze Body: 1.Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. B.Cast or Ductile Iron Body 1.Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. 2.7CHECK VALVES A.Up to and including 2 inches: 1.Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends. B.Over 2 inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends with automatic ball check. C.4 inches and Over: 1.Iron body, bronze disc, stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. Johnson County21 0500-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 2.8DRAIN VALVES A.Compression Stop: 1.Bronze with hose thread nipple and cap. B.Ball Valve: 1.Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13. B.Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C.Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E.Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors. F.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G.Inserts: 1.Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork. 2.Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3.Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4.Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5.Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt withrecessed square steel plate and nut above slab. H.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 2.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 3.Use hangers with1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 4.Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 5.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. I.Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. J.Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K.Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. L.Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Johnson County21 0500-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION M.When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. N.Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation. O.Provide gate, ball, or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service. P.Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0500-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 21 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification. C.Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. D.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. B.Champion America, Inc: www.Champion-America.com. C.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2NAMEPLATES A.Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters. 1.Letter Color: White. 2.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 3.Background Color: Black. 2.3TAGS A.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. B.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. C.Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.4PIPE MARKERS A.Color: Conform to ASME A13.1. B.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. C.Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Johnson County21 0553-1 Highway Maintenance Building IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.Install plastic pipe markers inaccordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E.Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 0553-2 Highway Maintenance Building IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 21 1300 -FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wet-pipe sprinkler system. B.System design, installation, and certification. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 28 3100 -Fire Detection and Alarm. B.Section 21 0500 -Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Pipe, fittings, and valves. C.Section 21 0553 -Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FM P7825 -Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition. B.ITS (DIR) -Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. C.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2010. D.UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. C.Shop Drawings: 1.Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. 2.Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. 3.Submit shop drawings, product data, and hydraulic calculations to authority having jurisdiction for approval. Submit proof of approval to West Plains Engineering. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. E.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds code requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment: 2.2SPRINKLER SYSTEM A.Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building. B.Occupancy: Light hazard; comply with NFPA 13, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. C.Water Supply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data. Johnson County21 1300-1FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Highway Maintenance Building 2.3SPRINKLERS A.Suspended Ceiling and Plaster Ceiling Types: Concealed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 1.Finish: Brass. 2.Escutcheon Plate Finish: In rooms with acoustical tile ceilings, escutheon plates shall be white. In all other areas, escutheon plates shall be Enamel, color -painted to match exiting color of adjacent surface. 3.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. B.Exposed Area Type: Standard upright type with guard. 1.Finish: Brass. 2.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. C.Sidewall Type: Recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate and guard. 1.Finish in the Rotunda: Enamel, color -painted to match existing adjacent surface. 2.Escutcheon Plate Finish: Brass. 3.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. D.Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. E.Spray Nozzles: Brass with solid cone discharge, 30 degrees of arc with blow-off dust cap. 2.4PIPING SPECIALTIES A.Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim; with test and drain valve. B.Water Motor Alarm: Hydraulically operated impeller type alarm with aluminum alloy red enameled gong and motor housing, nylon bearings, and inlet strainer. C.Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B.Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Provide post indicator. D.Provide approved double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. E.Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated. F.Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. G.Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. H.Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. I.Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers. J.Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. K.Install guards on sprinklers where indicated. L.Hydrostatically test entire system. M.Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshal. END OF SECTION Johnson County21 1300-2FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0100 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. B.Number of copies of submittals. C.Submittal procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0120 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B.Section 22 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. 3.Samples for selection. 4.Samples for verification. B.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.4NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall besubmitted. Johnson County22 0100-1ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.5SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. F.Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. J.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0100-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0110 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturers'standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and otherdata. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. B.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the samewarranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. Johnson County22 0110-1PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 4.Request shall be made in writing and be delivered to A/E no later than seven days prior to receipt of bids. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intactand legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage andprotection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilationto prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0110-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0120 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Surveying for laying out the work. D.Cleaning and protection. E.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. F.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. B.Section 22 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.4DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions areset forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.5ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 22 and pay all fees in connection with same. Johnson County22 0120-1EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations,it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.6PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.7COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G.After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. D.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. E.Protect the work of other trades. 3.2GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. Johnson County22 0120-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.3CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. E.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.4PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean andorderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.5PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.6STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. Johnson County22 0120-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.7DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction ofowner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.8ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B.Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Section 23 0593. 3.9FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Replace filters of operating equipment. D.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.10CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to Architect/Engineer. B.Notify Architect/Engineer when work is considered finally complete. C.Complete items of work determined by Architect/Engineer's final inspection. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0120-4EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0130 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Project Record Documents. B.Operation and Maintenance Data. C.Warranties and bonds. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 22 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B.Section 22 0120 -Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect/Engineer 2 weeks prior to substantial completion review. B.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 3.Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within10 days after final inspection. C.Warranties and Bonds: 1.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner 's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Make other submittals within tendays after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3.For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1.Drawings. 2.Specifications. 3.Addenda. 4.Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5.Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6.Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B.Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C.Record information concurrent with construction progress. D.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1.Manufacturer's name and product model and number. Johnson County22 0130-1CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building 2.Changes made by Addenda and modifications. E.Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1.Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2.Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3.Field changes of dimension and detail. 4.Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.2OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B.Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C.Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 3.3OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1.Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2.Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3.Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4.Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B.Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C.Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. D.Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E.Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions for each component. F.Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G.Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H.Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. (Record Drawings) I.Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. J.Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. K.Include test and balancing reports. L.Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.4OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B.Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C.Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 3 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Johnson County22 0130-2CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building D.Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify Contractor Name; identify Architect and Engineer Firms names; identify subject matter of contents. E.Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F.Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H.Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I.Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0130-3CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Piping:Pipe markers. B.Small-sized Equipment: Tags. 2.2TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. 2.3PIPE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.MIFAB, Inc.: www.mifab.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Comply with ASME A13.1. C.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. Johnson County22 0553-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT D.Color code as follows: 1.Potable, Cooling, Boiler, Feed, Other Water: Green with white letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. 1.Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2.Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3.Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0553-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 22 0719 -PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. B.Jackets and accessories. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B.ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. C.ASTM B209M -Standard Specificationfor Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]. D.ASTM C177 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. E.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. F.ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. G.ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. H.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. J.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. K.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum three years of experience. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. Johnson County22 0719-1PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building B.Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTSOF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2GLASS FIBER A.Manufacturers: 1.einsulation.com, Inc.: www.einsulation.com 2.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 3.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 4.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 5.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 6.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C547and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1.'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2.Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F. 3.Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches. D.Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: 1.Compatible with insulation. 2.3JACKETS A.PVC Plastic. 1.Manufacturers: a.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. 2.Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a.Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b.Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d.Thickness: 10 mil. e.Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D.Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. Johnson County22 0719-2PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building E.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1.Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive orPVC fitting covers. F.For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. G.For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment. H.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1.Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. I.Inserts and Shields: 1.Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2.Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4.Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5.Insert material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. J.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations. K.Pipe Exposedin Mechanical Equipment RoomsFinished SpacesorontheMezzanine(less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Plumbing Systems: 1.Domestic Hot Water Supply: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: Less than 1-1/2 inch. 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. b.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. 2.Domestic Hot Water Recirculation: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: All sizes. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. 3.Domestic Cold Water: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: Less than 1-1/2 inch. 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. b.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger. 2)Thickness: 1 inch. Johnson County22 0719-3PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 4.Plumbing Vents Within 10 Feet of the Exterior: a.Glass Fiber Insulation: 1)Pipe Size Range: All Sizes 2)Thickness: 1/2 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 0719-4PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 1005 -PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems. 1.Sanitary sewer. 2.Domestic water. 3.Gas. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0553 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2012 (ANSI B16.18). C.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings -DWV; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME B16.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. F.ASME B31.1 -Power Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2010 (ANSI/ASME B31.1). G.ASME B31.2 -Fuel Gas Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. H.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2011 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). I.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. J.ASTM A74 -Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. K.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. L.ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. M.ASTM B42 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. N.ASTM B68 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed. O.ASTM B75/B75M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. P.ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. Q.ASTM B88M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric). R.ASTM B306 -Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). S.ASTM C564 -Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. T.ASTM F477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. U.ASTM F679 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. Johnson County22 1005-1PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building V.ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. W.AWWA C105/A21.5 -Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems; American Water Works Association; 2010 (ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5). X.AWWA C651 -Disinfecting Water Mains; American Water Works Association; 2005 (ANSI/AWWA C651). Y.CISPI 301 -Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittingsfor Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. Z.CISPI 310 -Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute AA.MSS SP-69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AB.MSS SP-71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AC.MSS SP-80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AD.MSS SP-110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. AE.NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association. AF.NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 01 for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B.Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, potable water certification, water pressure rating. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Perform Work in accordance with State of Iowa plumbing code. B.Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices. C.Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. Johnson County22 1005-2PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A.Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B.PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 1.Fittings: PVC. 2.Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. C.PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665, ASTM D3034, or ASTM F679. 1.Fittings: PVC. 2.Joints: Push-on, using ASTM F477 elastomeric gaskets. 2.2SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joint Seals: ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets, or lead and oakum. B.Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1.Fittings: Cast iron. 2.Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. C.Copper Tube: ASTM B306, DWV. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.29, wrought copper, or ASME B16.32, sovent. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn50 solder. 2.3WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H). 1.Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copperand bronze. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.4WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE (CONCEALED INSIDE WALLS) A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type K (A), Drawn (H). 1.Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2.Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.5NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1.Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type. 2.Joints: ASME B31.1, welded. 3.Jacket: AWWA C105/A21.5 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.6NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type. 2.Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ASME B31.1. 2.7FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A.Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under: 1.Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints. B.Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch: 1.Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. C.Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. Johnson County22 1005-3PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building 2.8PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 1.If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2.Overhead Supports: Individual steel rod hangers attached to structure or to trapeze hangers. 3.Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channel frames attached to structure. 4.Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp. B.Plumbing Piping -Drain, Waste, and Vent: 1.Conform to ASME B31.9. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 5.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 6.Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 7.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. C.Plumbing Piping -Water: 1.Conform to ASME B31.9. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4.Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 5.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. 2.9BALL VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 3.Grinnell Mechanical Products, a Tyco International Company: www.grinnell.com. 4.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 5.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 6.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Construction, 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blow-out proof stem, lever handle with balancing stops, solder ends with union. 2.10SWING CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 3.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 4.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Up to 2 Inches: 1.MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body and cap, bronze swing disc with rubber seat, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.MSS SP-71, Class 125, iron body, bronze swing disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged or grooved ends. Johnson County22 1005-4PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C.Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D.Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. E.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F.Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 0719. G.Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 4.0 ft of cover. H.Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly; refer to Section 07 4100 Manufactured Metal Roofing Panels. I.Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. J.Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. K.Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. L.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. M.Install water piping to ASME B31.9. N.PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D2855. O.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2.Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5.Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6.Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9.Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 3.4APPLICATION A.Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B.Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C.Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. D.Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. Johnson County22 1005-5PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building 3.5TOLERANCES A.Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope unless noted otherwise on the drawings. B.Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at low points. 3.6DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A.Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. B.Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C.Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. D.Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. E.Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. F.If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. G.Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. H.Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.7SCHEDULES A.Pipe Hanger Spacing: 1.Metal Piping: a.Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 6.5 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inches. b.Pipe size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch. c.Pipe size: 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 1/2 inch. d.Pipe size: 4 inches to 6 inches: 1)Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. 2)Hanger rod diameter: 5/8 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 1005-6PLUMBINGPIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 1006 -PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Drains. B.Cleanouts. C.Hose bibbs. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping. B.Section 22 4000 -Plumbing Fixtures. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B.ASME A112.6.3 -Floor and Trench Drains; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASSE 1011 -Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2004 (ANSI/ASSE 1011). D.ASSE 1012 -Backflow Preventer with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2009 (ANSI/ASSE 1012). E.ASSE 1019 -Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant Automatic Draining Type; American Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2011 (ANSI/ASSE 1019). F.DIN 19580 -Drainage Channels for Vehicular and Pedestrian Areas -Durability, Mass per Unit Area and Evaluation of Conformity. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 22 0100 for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, backflow preventers, water hammer arrestors. F.Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. G.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 22 0110 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2.Extra Loose Keys for Outside Hose Bibbs: One. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years documented experience. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. Johnson County22 1006-1PLUMBING PIPNG SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DRAINS A.Manufacturers: 1.Josam Company: www.josam.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1. B.Floor Drain: 1.ASME A112.6.3; lacquered cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer. C.Prefabricated Trench Drain: Trench drain system assembled from factory fabricated, polymer concrete castings in standard lengths and variable depths, with integral joint flanges and integral grating support rails; includes joint gaskets and grating. 1.Trench Width: 12 inches. 2.Trench Section Length: 39 inches, and 19-1/2 inches. 3.Grating Support Rail: Galvanized steel. 4.Allcatchbasinsshallbeselectedtoallowatleastsixinchesofsedimentcollectionbelow theoutletpipefromthebasin. D.Floor Sink: 1.Lacquered cast iron body with dome strainer. 2.2CLEANOUTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 2.Josam Company: www.josam.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1. B.Cleanouts at Exterior Surfaced Areas: 1.Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover. C.Cleanouts at Interior Finished Floor Areas: 1.Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, threaded top assembly, and round gasketed scored cover in service areas and round gasketed depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. D.Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas: 1.Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. E.Cleanouts at Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: 1.Calked or threaded type. 2.3HOSE BIBBS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acorn Engineering Company: www.acorneng.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Watts Regulator Company: www.wattsregulator.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 B.Interior Hose Bibbs: 1.Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with handwheel, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011. Johnson County22 1006-2PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building 2.4HYDRANTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Arrowhead Brass Company: www.arrowheadbrass.com. 2.Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com. 3.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Wall Hydrants: 1.ASSE 1019; freeze resistant, self-draining type with chrome plated wall plate hose thread spout, lockshield and removable key, and integral vacuum breaker. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C.Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D.Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 1006-3PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 3000 -PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Water heaters. B.Diaghram-type compression tanks. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI Z21.10.1 -Gas Water Heaters -Volume I -Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu per Hour or Less. B.ANSI Z21.10.3 -Gas Water Heaters -Volume III -Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters. C.ASME (BPV VIII, 1) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 -Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.UL 1453 -Standard for Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: 1.Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2.Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, tappings, and drains. C.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. D.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.5CERTIFICATIONS A.Water Heaters: NSF approved. B.Gas Water Heaters: Certified by CSA International to ANSI Z21.10.1 or ANSI Z21.10.3, as applicable, in addition to requirements specified elsewhere. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 1.7WARRANTY A.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS A.A.O. SmithWater Products Co: www.hotwater.com. B.Bock Water Heaters, Inc: www.bockwaterheaters.com. C.Rheem Manufacturing Company: www.rheem.com. Johnson County22 3000-1PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Highway Maintenance Building 2.2COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS A.Type: Automatic, LP gas-fired, condensing-type B.Tank: Glass lined welded steel ASME labeled; multiple flue passages, 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches glass fiber, encased in corrosion- resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish; floor shield and legs. C.Accessories: Provide: 1.Water Connections: Brass. 2.Dip tube: Brass. 3.Drain Valve. 4.Anode: Magnesium. 5.Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME labelled. D.Controls: Automatic water thermostat with temperature range adjustable automatic reset high temperature limiting thermostat factory set gas, pressure regulator, multi-ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot and thermocouple. 2.3DIAPHRAGM-TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A.Construction: Welded steelwith flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. B.Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psig. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. B.Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping work to achieve operating system. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 3000-2PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 22 4000 -PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Water closets. B.Urinals. C.Lavatories. D.Sinks. E.Service sinks. F.Electric water coolers. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Seal fixtures to walls and floors. B.Section 22 1005 -Plumbing Piping. C.Section 22 1006 -Plumbing Piping Specialties. D.Section 22 3000 -Plumbing Equipment. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE Std 18 -Methods of Testing for Rating Drinking-Water Coolers with Self-Contained Mechanical Refrigeration. B.ASME A112.6.1M -Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASME A112.18.1 -Plumbing Supply Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D.ASME A112.19.2 -Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures and Hydraulic Requirements for Water Closets and Urinals; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME A112.19.3 -Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use); The American Society ofMechanical Engineers. F.ASME A112.19.5 -Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and Urinals; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Providecatalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation methods and procedures. D.Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. E.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. Johnson County22 4000-1PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. B.Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.8WARRANTY A.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric water cooler. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS A.Water Closets: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, floor mounted, siphon jet flush action, china bolt caps. 1.Flush Valve: Exposed (top spud). 2.Flush Operation: Manual, oscillating handle. 3.Handle Height: 44 inches or less. B.Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories. 1.Exposed Type: Chrome plated, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop. C.Seats: 1.Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, self-sustaining hinge, brass bolts, with cover. 2.2WALL HUNG URINALS A.Wall Hung Urinal Manufacturers: 1.American Standard Inc: www.americanstandard.com. 2.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 3.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. B.Urinals: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, wall hung with side shields and concealed carrier. 1.Flush Volume: 1.0 gallon, maximum. 2.Flush Style: Washout. 3.Flush Valve: Exposed (top spud). 4.Flush Operation: Manual, oscillating handle. 5.Trap: Integral. 6.Removable stainless steel strainer. 7.Supply Size: 3/4 inch. 8.Outlet Size: 2 inches. C.Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories. 1.Exposed Type: Chrome plated, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop. 2.Metering Type: Easily accessible adjustment nut. 3.Manufacturers: a.Coyne & Delany Co: www.coynedelany.com. b.Sloan Valve Company: www.sloanvalve.com. c.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. D.Carriers: 1.Manufacturers: a.JOSAM Company: www.josam.com. b.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. 2.ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs. Johnson County22 4000-2PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building 2.3LAVATORIES A.Lavatory Manufacturers: 1.American Standard Inc: www.americanstandard.com. 2.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 3.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 4.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. B.Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china wall hung lavatory,with 4 inch high back, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression. 1.Drilling Centers: 4 inch. C.Supply Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with open grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum flow of 2.2 gallons per minute, indexed handles. D.Accessories: 1.Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. 2.Offset waste with perforated open strainer. 3.Wheel handle stops. 4.Rigid supplies. 5.Carrier: a.Manufacturers: 1)JOSAM Company: www.josam.com. 2)Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. b.ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs. 2.4SINKS A.Sink Manufacturers: 1.American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com. 2.Kohler Company: www.kohler.com. 3.Elkay. B.Double Compartment Bowl: ASME A112.19.3; 33 by 22 by 12 inch outside dimensions 20 gage thick, Type 302 stainless steel, self rimming and undercoated, with ledge back drilled for trim. 1.Drain: 1-1/2 inch chromed brass drain. 2.5ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS A.Electric Water Cooler Manufacturers: 1.Oasis: www.tripalmint.com. 2.Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com. 3.Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com. B.Water Cooler: Electric, mechanically refrigerated; surface handicapped mounted; stainless steel top, stainless steel body, elevated anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard, automatic stream regulator, push button, mounting bracket; integral air cooled condenser and stainless steel grille. 1.Capacity: 8 gallons per minute of 50 degrees F water with inlet at 80 degrees F and room temperature of 90 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASHRAE Std 18. 2.Electrical: 115 V, 60 Hertz compressor, 6 foot cord and plug for connection to electric wiring system including grounding connector. 2.6SERVICE SINKS A.Service Sink Manufacturers: 1.Commercial Enameling Company: www.cecosinks.com. 2.Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com. 3.Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC: www.gerberonline.com. 4.Just Manufacturing Company: www.justmfg.com. 5.Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com. Johnson County22 4000-3PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building B.Bowl: 24 by 24 by 10 inch high white molded stone, floor mounted, with one inch wide shoulders, vinyl bumper guard, stainless steel strainer. C.Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type supply with cross handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges. D.Accessories: 1.5 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain end reinforced plastic hose. 2.Hose clamp hanger. 3.Mop hanger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. C.Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. 3.2PREPARATION A.Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B.Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C.Install components level and plumb. D.Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts. E.Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 9005, color to match fixture. F.Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. 3.4INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A.Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. 3.5ADJUSTING A.Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.6CLEANING A.Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.7PROTECTION A.Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction operations. B.Repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Johnson County22 4000-4PLUMBINGFIXTURES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0100 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. B.Number of copies of submittals. C.Submittal procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0120 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B.Section 23 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. 3.Samples for selection. 4.Samples for verification. B.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Test and balance reports. 6.System certification as required. 7.Other types as indicated. 3.4NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1.Small size sheets, not larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall be submitted. 2.Larger sheets, not larger than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 3 copies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. A minimum of eight submittals shall besubmitted. Johnson County23 0100-1ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.5SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. F.Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. J.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0100-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0110 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. B.Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the samewarranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. Johnson County23 0110-1PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 4.Request shall be made in writting and be delivered to A/E no later than seven days prior to receipt of bids. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of insurance shall be presented prior to storing products or materials off- site. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0110-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0120 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Surveying for laying out the work. D.Cleaning and protection. E.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. F.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. B.Section 23 0130 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.4DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A.Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. B.Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. C.Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. D.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. E.The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing measurements nor to serveas shop drawings. F.The installation details, instruction and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, shall form the basis of the installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. 1.5ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES A.All work shall be executed in accordance with the Local, State and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspectionof these departments. B.Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 23 and pay all fees in connection with same. Johnson County23 0120-1EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Where work required by the drawings and specification is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 1.6PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.7COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.Coordinate installation of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. with electrical gear. Equipment shall not be located in front of panels. Ductwork and piping shall not be routed above panels. Coordinate location of electrical equipment with Division 26. Install per NEC requirements. E.In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F.Coordinate completion and clean-up ofwork of separate sections. G.After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. D.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. E.Protect the work of other trades. 3.2GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. Johnson County23 0120-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.3CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. E.Coordinate all cutting and patching with General Contractor and other trades. 3.4PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition as per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.5PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specifiedin individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3.6STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Report shall include all test results and procedures. H.Provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel, where indicated, in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment. I.Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc. shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance. J.Run operating test for three (3) eight (8) hour periods. Johnson County23 0120-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building K.All equipment shall be freshly oiled, filtes charged with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 3.7DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. Date shall be coordinated with owner. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction ofowner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.8ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.9FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Replace filters of operating equipment. D.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.10CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to Architect/Engineer. B.Notify Architect/Engineer when work is considered finally complete. C.Complete items of work determined by Architect/Engineer's final inspection. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0120-4EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0130 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Project Record Documents. B.Operation and Maintenance Data. C.Warranties and bonds. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 23 0100-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B.Section 23 0120 -Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect/Engineer 2 weeks prior to substantial completion review. B.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 3.Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within10 days after final inspection. C.Warranties and Bonds: 1.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner 's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2.Make other submittals within tendays after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3.For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1.Drawings. 2.Specifications. 3.Addenda. 4.Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5.Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6.Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B.Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C.Record information concurrent with construction progress. D.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1.Manufacturer's name and product model and number. Johnson County23 0130-1CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building 2.Changes made by Addenda and modifications. E.Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1.Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2.Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3.Field changes of dimension and detail. 4.Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.2OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B.Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C.Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 3.3OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1.Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2.Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3.Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4.Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B.Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C.Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. D.Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E.Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions for each component. F.Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G.Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H.Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. (Record Drawings) I.Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. J.Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. K.Include test and balancing reports. L.Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.4OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B.Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C.Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 3 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Johnson County23 0130-2CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building D.Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify Contractor Name; identify Architect and Engineer Firms names; identify subject matter of contents. E.Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F.Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H.Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I.Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0130-3CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0513 -COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Single phase electric motors. B.Three phase electric motors. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ABMA STD 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings; American Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc.. B.IEEE 112 -IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators; Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. C.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase motors larger than 1/2 horsepower. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and wiring instructions. D.Operation Data: Include instructions for safe operating procedures. E.Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings, bearing data including replacement sizes, and lubrication instructions. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacture of electric motors for HVAC equipment use, and their accessories, with minimum three years documented product development, testing, and manufacturing experience. B.Conform to NFPA 70. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Lincoln Motors: www.lincolnmotors.com. B.A. O. Smith Electrical Products Company: www.aosmithmotors.com. C.Reliance Electric/Rockwell Automation: www.reliance.com. 2.2GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS A.Electrical Service: 1.Motors 1/2 HP and Smaller: 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. 2.Motors Larger than 1/2 Horsepower: 480 volts, three phase, 60 Hz. Johnson County23 0513-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT B.Nominal Efficiency: 1.Open Motor with Four Poles: 82.5. 2.Enclosed Motor with Four Poles: 82.5. C.Construction: 1.Open drip-proof type except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment. 3.Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limitsfor insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 4.Motors with frame sizes 254T and larger: Premium High Efficient Type. D.Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, efficiency. E.Wiring Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit. 2.For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. 2.3APPLICATIONS A.Exception: Motors less than 250 watts, for intermittent service may be the equipment manufacturer's standard and need not conform to these specifications. B.Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers: Permanent split capacitor type. C.Motors located outdoors: Totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-sealed type. 2.4SINGLE PHASE POWER -PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque. B.Starting Current: Up to six times full load current. C.Multiple Speed: Through tapped windings. D.Open Drip-proof or Enclosed Air Over Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset overload protector. 2.5THREE PHASE POWER -SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. B.Starting Current: Six times full load current. C.Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. D.Design, Construction, Testing, and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors. E.Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. F.Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. G.Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. H.Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring intomotor starter; refer to Section 26 2913. I.Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA STD 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. JohnsonCounty23 0513-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT J.Sound Power Levels: To NEMA MG 1. K.Nominal Efficiency: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. L.Nominal Power Factor: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. M.Provide three-phase loss protection for units not controlled by a starter of a variable frequency drive (VFD). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. C.Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate. END OF SECTION JohnsonCounty23 0513-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingCOMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SECTION 23 0519 -METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pressure gauges and pressure gauge taps. B.Thermometers and thermometer wells. C.Test plugs. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. B.Section 23 0993 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME B40.100 -Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME MFC-3M -Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Orifice, Nozzleand Venturi; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASTM E1 -Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers. D.ASTM E77 -Standard Test Method for Inspection and Verification of Thermometers. E.UL 393 -Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and instrumentation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRESSURE GAUGES A.Manufacturers: 1.Dwyer Instruments, Inc: www.dwyer-inst.com. 2.Moeller Instrument Co., Inc: www.moellerinstrument.com. 3.Omega Engineering, Inc: www.omega.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements B.Pressure Gauges: ASME B40.100, UL 393 drawn steel case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, with front recalibration adjustment, black scale on white background. 1.Case: Steel with brass bourdon tube. 2.Size: 4-1/2 inch diameter. 3.Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4.Scale: Psi. 2.2PRESSURE GAUGE TAPPINGS A.Gauge Cock: Tee or lever handle, brass for maximum 150 psi. 2.3STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Dwyer Instruments, Inc: www.dwyer-inst.com. 2.Omega Engineering, Inc: www.omega.com. 3.Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp: www.wekslerglass.com. Johnson County23 0519-1METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Thermometers -Adjustable Angle: Red-or blue-appearing non-toxic liquid in glass; ASTM E1; lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish, cast aluminum adjustable joint with positive locking device; adjustable 360 degrees in horizontal plane, 180 degrees in vertical plane. 1.Size: 9 inch scale. 2.Window: Clear Lexan. 3.Stem: 3/4 inch NPT brass. 4.Accuracy: 2 percent, per ASTM E 77. 5.Calibration: Degrees F. 2.4THERMOMETER SUPPORTS A.Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain. B.Flange: 3 inch outside diameter reversible flange, designed to fasten to sheet metal air ducts, with brass perforated stem. 2.5TEST PLUGS A.Test Plug: 1/4 inch or 1/2 inch brass fitting and cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pressure or temperature probe with neoprene core for temperatures up to 200 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide one pressure gaugeon pump for installing taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump. Pipe to gauge. C.Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation. D.Install thermometer sockets adjacent to controls systems thermostat, transmitter, or sensor sockets. E.Coil and conceal excess capillary on remote element instruments. F.Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. G.Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. H.Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero. I.Locate test plugs where indicated. END OFSECTION Johnson County23 0519-2METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Pipe Markers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Control Panels: Nameplates. B.Piping: Pipe markers. C.Pumps: Nameplates. D.Tanks: Nameplates. 2.2NAMEPLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 5.Letter Color: White. 6.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 7.Background Color: Black. 8.Plastic: Conform to ASTM D709. 2.3TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com. 2.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C.Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. Johnson County23 0553-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.4PIPE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com. 2.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. 3.MIFAB, Inc.: www.mifab.com. 4.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Color: Conform to ASME A13.1. C.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic,preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. D.Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. E.Color code as follows: 1.Heating and Cooling: Green with white letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. 1.Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2.Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3.Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0553-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingIDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 23 0593 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Testing, adjustment, and balancing of all air movement equipment. B.Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic and airflow systems. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AABC MN-1-AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; Associated Air Balance Council. B.ASHRAE Std 111 -Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. C.NEBB (TAB) -Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems; National Environmental Balancing Bureau. D.SMACNA (TAB) -HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 7 days after award of Contract. B.TABPlan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1.Submit to the Commissioning Authority and Architect. 2.Submit 4 weeks prior to starting the testing, adjusting, and balancing work. 3.Include certification that the plan developer has reviewed the contract documents, the equipment and systems, and the control system with the Architect/Engineer and other installers to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system. C.Field Logs: Submit at least twice a week to Commissioning Authority. D.Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect, or could affect, the control system setup and operation. E.Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1.Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2.Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect/Engineer and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3.Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4.Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5.Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound) units only. 6.Include the following on the title page of each report: a.Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b.Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. c.Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d.Project name. e.Project location. f.Project Architect/Engineer. Johnson County23 0593-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC g.Project Engineer. h.Project Contractor. i.Project altitude. j.Report date. F.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1.AABC MN-1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2.ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. 3.NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4.SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. 5.Maintain at least one copy of the standard to be used at project site at all times. B.Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C.Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D.TAB Agency Qualifications: 1.Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3.Certified by one of the following: a.AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabchq.com; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b.NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org. c.TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org. E.TAB Supervisor Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1.Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2.Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3.Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4.Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 5.Pumps are rotating correctly. 6.Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 7.Service and balance valves are open. B.Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C.Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.3ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A.Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus zero percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. Johnson County23 0593-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC B.Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus 10 or minus zero percent of design. 3.4RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A.Field Logs: Maintain written logs including: 1.Running log of events and issues. 2.Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3.Contract interpretation requests. 4.Lists of completed tests. B.Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C.Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. D.Mark on the drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. E.After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. F.Leave systems in proper working order, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. G.At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Johnson County. H.Check andadjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.5AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B.Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C.Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D.Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E.Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F.Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G.Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H.Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I.Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J.Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. K.Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. 3.6WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust water systemsto provide required or design quantities. B.Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. Johnson County23 0593-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC C.Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D.Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. E.Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. F.Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.7SCOPE A.Test, adjust, and balance the following: 1.HVAC Pumps 2.Radiant floor manifolds 3.Registers 4.Furnaces 5.Water Tube Boilers 6.Energy Recovery Ventilator 7.Fans 3.8MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A.Electric Motors: 1.Manufacturer 2.Model/Frame 3.HP/BHP 4.Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load 5.RPM 6.Service factor 7.Starter size, rating, heater elements 8.Sheave Make/Size/Bore B.V-Belt Drives: 1.Identification/location 2.Required driven RPM 3.Driven sheave, diameter and RPM 4.Belt, size and quantity 5.Motor sheave diameter and RPM 6.Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual C.Pumps: 1.Identification/number 2.Manufacturer 3.Size/model 4.Impeller 5.Service 6.Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 7.Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 8.Discharge pressure 9.Suction pressure 10.Total operating head pressure 11.Shut off, discharge and suction pressures 12.Shut off, total head pressure D.Air Moving Equipment: 1.Location 2.Manufacturer 3.Model number Johnson County23 0593-4 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 4.Serialnumber 5.Arrangement/Class/Discharge 6.Air flow, specified and actual 7.Return air flow, specified and actual 8.Outside air flow, specified and actual 9.Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 10.Inlet pressure 11.Discharge pressure 12.Sheave Make/Size/Bore 13.Number of Belts/Make/Size 14.Fan RPM E.Exhaust Fans: 1.Location 2.Manufacturer 3.Model number 4.Serial number 5.Air flow, specified and actual 6.Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 7.Inlet pressure 8.Discharge pressure 9.Sheave Make/Size/Bore 10.Number of Belts/Make/Size 11.Fan RPM F.Air Distribution Tests: 1.Air terminal number 2.Room number/location 3.Terminal type 4.Terminal size 5.Area factor 6.Design velocity 7.Design airflow 8.Test (final) velocity 9.Test (final) air flow 10.Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0593-5 Highway Maintenance BuildingTESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC SECTION 23 0713 -DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Duct insulation. B.Duct Liner. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. B.ASTM C553 -Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. C.ASTM C612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. D.ASTM C916 -Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. E.ASTM C1071 -Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). F.ASTM C1290 -Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts. G.ASTM C1338 -Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. H.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. J.ASTM G21 -Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. K.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. L.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. M.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. Johnson County23 0713-1DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building B.Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.6FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B.Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTME 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A.Manufacturer: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Section 23 0110 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1.'K' value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.3GLASS FIBER, RIGID A.Manufacturer: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation:www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1.'K' value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent. 4.Maximum Density: 8.0 lb/cu ft. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. Johnson County23 0713-2DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 2.4DUCT LINER A.Manufacturers: 1.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Insulation: Non-corrosive, incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C1071; flexible blanket; impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer. 1.Fungi Resistance: ASTM G21. 2.Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. 3.Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 4.Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, minimum. 5.Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: a.1 inch Thickness: 0.45. C.Adhesive: Waterproof, fire-retardant type, ASTM C916. D.Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, impact applied or welded with integral head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that ducts have been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: 1.Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2.Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4.Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. D.Duct Liner Application: 1.Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. 2.Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible for spacing. 3.Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4.Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5.Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Outside Air Intake Ducts (Either of the following choices): 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1-1/2 inches thick. 2.Rigid Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1 inches thick. B.Supply Ducts (Either of the following choices): 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1 inches thick. C.Return Ducts: (Either of the Following:) 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Wrap Insulation: 1 inches thick. Johnson County23 0713-3DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building D.Outside Air Ducts (Either of the Following:) 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. 2.RigidGlass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1 inches thick. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0713-4DUCT INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0719 -HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B.ASTM C177 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. C.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. D.ASTM C534/C534M -Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. E.ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. F.ASTM C585 -Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System). G.ASTM C591 -Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. H.ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. I.ASTM D1056 -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Sponge or Expanded Rubber. J.ASTM D2842 -Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. K.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. L.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. M.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association. N.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum three years of experience. Johnson County23 0719-1HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B.Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. 2.2PRE-FORMED GLASS FIBER A.Manufacturers: 1.Knauf Insulation:www.knaufusa.com. 2.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3.Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4.CertainTeed Corporation;: www.certainteed.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1.'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2.Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F. 3.Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches. D.Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: 1.Compatible with insulation. E.Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black color. 2.3JACKETS A.PVC Plastic. 1.Manufacturers: a.Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. b.Substitituions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers andsheet material, off-white color. a.Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b.Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d.Thickness: 10 mil. e.Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. B.Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTM A666, Type 304 stainless steel. 1.Thickness: 0.010 inch. 2.Finish: Smooth. 3.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel. Johnson County23 0719-2HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D.Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers,flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. E.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1.Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting covers. F.For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. G.For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment. H.Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1.Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2.Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. I.Insertsand Shields: 1.Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2.Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4.Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5.Insert material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. J.Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3.3SCHEDULE A.Heating Systems: 1.Heating Water Supply and Return: a.Up to 3" Size: 1" thick pre-formed fiberglass with factory applied vapor barrier. b.4" Size and Above: 1-1/2" thick pre-formed fiberglass with factory applied vapor barrier. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 0719-3HVAC PIPING INSULATION Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 0993 -SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.The temperature controls shall be provided for the HVAC systems installed as part of this project. This section defines the manner and method by which controls function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified. Equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems are specified in other sections. B.Sequence of operation for: 1.In-slab heating. 2.Exhaust Fans. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Control System Diagrams: Submit graphic schematic of the control system showing each control component and each component controlled, monitored, or enabled. 1.Label with settings, adjustable range of control and limits. 2.Include flow diagrams for each control system, graphically depicting control logic. 3.Include the system and component layout of all equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls. 4.Include draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system components, and controlled function status and value. 5.Include all monitoring, control and virtual points specified in elsewhere. 6.Include a key to all abbreviations. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and setpoints of controls, including changes to sequences made after submission of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1HEATING WATER BOILER PLANT A.Central DDC System shall enable the lead boiler and energize the associated circulation pump whenever the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 60F. This central DDC system may be provided by either the boiler manufacturer or a temperature control contractor. B.Modular boilers shall be enabled as required to maintain the supply water temperature setpoint. The supply water temperature setpoint shall be adjustable by the Central DDC System. Manufacturer supplied boiler controlsshall cycle the boilers ON & OFF to maintain their internal setpoint of 180F (manually adjustable). C.Boilers shall be enabled on a “First ON/First OFF” basis and rotated monthly to prove serviceability. Each boiler shall be operated for a minimum of 1 hour each month. D.The primary circulating pump for each boiler shall be energized and the flow proved prior to enabling its respective boiler and will continue to operate for an adjustable time period (5 min. initially) after the boiler has been disabled. E.The lead secondary pump speed (Pump PU-15 or PU-16) shall be modulated as required to maintain the system differential pressure setpoint as measured in the mechanical room near the pumps. Verify exact location of the differential pressure sensor with the Engineer prior to installation. F.The lag secondary pump (Pump PU-15or PU-16) shall be cycled on whenever the lead pump fails to prove flow when it has been commanded ON. Johnson County23 0993-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS G.Lead and Lag secondary pumps shall be switched monthly to prove serviceability. The lag pump shall be operated for a minimum of 1 hour each month. H.Central DDC shall monitor the status of pumps, water temperature supplied to floor slab, and space temperature. 3.2 IN-FLOOR RADIANT HEAT A.Central DDC BAS shall enable manifold circulator pumps whenever Outside Air temperature is less than or equal to 50F. B.Cycle pumps to maintain floor slab temperature setpoint. Floor slab temperature setpoint shall be reset by space temperature from 70F minimum to 85F maximum. C.Temperature of In-floor heat supply water shall be manually set as scheduledon drawings (initial setpoint). This setting shall be adjusted during first heating season when the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 50F but warmer than 40F. D.Central DDC BAS shall monitor the status of pumps, water temperature supplied to floor slab, and space temperature. 3.3UNIT HEATERS A.Single temperature room thermostat set at 68F maintains constant space temperature by cycling unit fan motor and energizing electric heating elements. Integral thermostat continues fan operation until element temperature falls below 100F. 3.4FURNACES A.Controls for the furnaces and air-cooled condensing units shall be provided by the manufacturers. 3.5EXHAUST FANS A.EF-1, and EF-2shall beenergizedby any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its nitrous oxide action level. 3.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 4.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-1 and L-2 shall open. A wall- mounted variable speed drive shall allow adjustment of the airflow. B.EF-3, and EF-4 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its nitrous oxide action level. 3.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 4.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-3 and L-4 shall open. A wall- mounted variable speed drive shall allow adjustment of the airflow. C.EF-5 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in that bay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). 3.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever these fans are energized the operable damper on louver L-5 shall open. D.EF-6, 7, and 8 shall be energized via the light switch in the rooms that each fan serves. E.EF-9 shall be energized by any of the following: 1.The gas detection system in thatbay reaches its carbon dioxide action level (25 PPM). 2.The thermostat in that bay reaches its setpoint (initially set at 80F). G03613.10 -Johnson County23 0993-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 3.The fan is manually switched on via a wall switch. Whenever the fanisenergized the operable damper on louver L-6shall open.Awall-mounted variable. END OF SECTION G03613.10 -Johnson County23 0993-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS SECTION 23 2110 -IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.In-floor heating system 1.2DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.System supplier shall provide a design layout of the snow-melt systems to the Engineer prior to contractor beginning work. Layout shall indicate circuit sizing, spacing, location and other information pertinent to a properly working system. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, finishes, product description, model, dimensions, pressure ratings (both operating and burst), bend radius, material composition, and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout including circuit lengths and pipe sizes, locations of underfloor piping, circuit manifolds, circulators, valves, and other required system components. C.Design Data: Indicate heating capacity, flow rate, pressure drop, and supply and return water temperatures for each circuit. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of in-floor heat systems piping and components. 1.4DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A.Handle system components carefully to prevent damage, breaking or scoring. Do not install damaged system components; refer to manufacturer's guidelines. Project Engineer shall determine whether to repair or replace. B.Store in-floor heat system tubing and components so as to protect from physical damage. Tubing shall be capable of withstanding exposure to direct sunlight without degradation for a period of at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to installation. 1.5WARRANTY A.Correct defective Work within a three year period after Date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide three year manufacturer warranty for all new in-slab heating. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Wirsbo -hePEX plus B.Rehau -RAUPEX O2 C.orApproved Equivalent. 2.2TUBING A.Material: 5/8inchdiameterCrosslinked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured by PEX-a or Engle method in accordance with ASTM F876 and ASTM F877 and tested for compliance by an independent third-party agency. B.Pressure Ratings: Standard Grade hydrostatic design and pressure ratings as issued by the Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI), a division of the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI). C.Show compliance with ASTM E119 and ANSI/UL 263 through certification listings through UL. 1.UL Design No. K913 -2 hour concrete floor/ceiling assemblies 2.UL Design No. V444 -1 hour steel stud/gypsum wallboard wall assemblies Johnson County23 2110-1IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building D.Minimum Bend Radius (Cold Bending): No less than six times the outside diameter. Use the PEX tubing manufacturer's bend supports if radius is less than stated. E.Wirsbo hePEX plus tubing with an oxygen diffusion barrier that does not exceed an oxygen diffusion rate of 0.10 grams per cubic meter per day at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) water temperature in accordance with German DIN 4726. F.Provide radiant tubing in lengths and locations as indicated, with capacities, sizes, spacings as indicated by drawings and schedules. G.The radiant tubing shall be warranted to 210 degrees F in hydronic heating applications without detrimental effect. Operating pressures shall not be more than 100 psi at 35 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Burst pressure shall not be less than 800 psi at 70degrees F. H.Tubing shall be crush-proof, recovering its original cross-sectional area and shape without assistance after intermittent flattening due to construction, installation, or site abuse. Heat transfer fluids shall only be water or water/glycol mixtures. Use of other heat transfer fluids such as oil, alcohol, or automotive glycol, is not permitted. 2.3MANIFOLDS A.Copper Manifolds: Materials shall be of type L copper trunks and copper or brass base branches with brass tee (sweat) branches, or brass barbs/branches, soldered with high- strength solder. Standard diameter is one inch (1") with other diameters available or as specified up to four inches (4"). Manifolds shall be fitted with ball valves (mini or standard size) or zone valves (non-electrictype) for flow control and/or isolation purposes as specified by drawings and/or schedules. Manifolds shall be fitted with unions for acceptance of pressure test kits. Where so indicated on the drawings, the manifold shall include low-voltage control valve. 2.4ACCESSORIES A.This contractor shall provide the following accessories: 1.REPAIR KIT: Two (2) for each size of radiant tubing used in the project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B.Pressure test the existing tubing prior to commencement of installation. Report any leakage detected by testing to the Owner prior to proceeding with the new installation. C.Examine areas and conditions in which the in-slab heat tubing is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer and the architect/engineer. D.Install tubing as indicated by architect/engineer on drawings, schedules, and specifications, in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate tubing in the floors as indicated; cover areas continuously edge to edgeat specified spacings unless otherwise indicated. Provide insulation as indicated by architect/engineer drawings. E.Secure tubing to rewire/rebar by mechanical attachments every eighteen inches (18") and at the midpoint of each turn or bend, with a minimum of three inches (3") of concrete coverage above the top of the tubing. F.Fill system with the heat transfer fluid specified and remove air from system. Pressure test system at 100 psig for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to, during, and for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours after the concrete pour. G.Install access panels centered in front of each manifold set. H.After construction is completed (including painting), clean exposed surfaces and components inside cabinets and in mechanical rooms, where accessible according to manufacturer's instructions. Repair any damaged materials prior to system start-up. Johnson County23 2110-2IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building I.Provide system start-up and balancing to ensure proper operation. Check pumps for flows, valves for proper setting and operation, and water temperature and pressure levels in accordance with design specification and manufacturer's written recommendations. System shall be operated satisfactorily for two (2) days before the architect/engineer shall be required to review system for compliance. 3.2INTERFACE WITH OTHER WORK A.Coordinate installation with floor slab, footings and foundation, and other work related. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2110-3IN-SLAB HEATING SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2113 -HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe and pipe fittings for: 1.Heating water piping system. 2.Equipment drains and overflows. B.Valves: 1.Gate valves. 2.Globe or angle valves. 3.Ball valves. 4.Butterfly valves. 5.Check valves. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0553 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. C.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. D.Section 23 2500 -HVAC Water Treatment: Pipe cleaning. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. C.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001 (R2005) (ANSI B16.18). D.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. E.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2008 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). F.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. G.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. H.ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. I.ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. J.ASTM B88M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric). K.ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. L.ASTM D2241 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). M.ASTM D2310 -Standard Classification for Machine-Made "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. N.ASTM D2466 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. Johnson County23 2113-1HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building O.ASTM D2467 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. P.ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. Q.ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. R.ASTM F876 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. S.ASTM F877 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot-and Cold- Water Distribution Systems. T.AWS A5.8/A5.8M -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; American Welding Society. U.AWS D1.1/D1.1M -Structural Welding Code -Steel. V.AWWA C606 -Standard Specification for Grooved and ShoulderedJoints; American Water Works Association. W.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacture; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.. X.MSS SP-69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003. Y.MSS SP-89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003. 1.4SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Where more than one piping system material is specified, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. B.Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners in accessible locations. C.Use unions, flanges, and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment or other apparatus. D.Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. E.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 unless indicated otherwise. F.Use gate, ball, or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. G.Use globe or ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. H.Use spring loaded check valves on discharge of chilled water and heating water pumps. I.Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. J.Use 3/4 inch ball valves with cap for drains at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Pipe to nearest floor drain. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals, installation, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. Provide piping layouts on drawings prepared to a common architectural scale on 24"x36" sheet size. Clearly identify geographical orientation, plan title, scale, and all applicable installation notes & dimensions including elevation above finished floor. Johnson County23 2113-2HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 1.6QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. C.Welder Qualifications: Certify in accordance with ASME (BPV IX). D.COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. 2.Review drawings prior to submission to Architect/Engineer. 3.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coodination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations. B.Piping: Provide piping, fittings, hangers and supports as required, as indicated, and as follows: 1.Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. 2.Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. 3.Grooved mechanical joints may be used in accessible locations only. a.Accessible locations include those exposedon interior of building, in pipe chases, and in mechanical rooms, aboveground outdoors, and as approved by Architect/Engineer. b.Use rigid joints unless otherwise indicated. 4.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 unless indicated otherwise. C.Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges, unions, or grooved couplings to allow disconnection of components for servicing; do not use direct welded, soldered, or threaded connections. D.Valves: Provide valves where indicated and as follows: 1.Provide drain valves where indicated, and if not indicated provide at least at main shut-off, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Use 3/4 inch gate valves with cap; pipe to nearest floor drain. 2.Ondischarge of condenser water pumps, use spring loaded check valves. 3.Isolate equipment using butterfly valves with lug end flanges or grooved mechanical couplings. 4.For throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services, use ball or butterfly valves. Johnson County23 2113-3HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 5.In heating water, chilled water, or condenser water systems, butterfly valves may be used interchangeably with gate and globe valves. E.Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME (BPV IX). ABOVE-GROUND HEATING WATER PIPING 2.2 A.Copper Tube (2" & smaller): ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type K (A), drawn, using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings. a.Solder: ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. b.Braze: AWS A5.8/A5.8M BCuP copper/silver alloy. 2.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved tube, fittings of same material, and copper-tube- dimension mechanical couplings. 3.Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. 4.Joints: Solder, lead free, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver. B.Steel pipes (2" & larger): ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black; using one of the following joint types: 1.Welded Joints: ASTM A53/A53M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1 welded. 2.Threaded Joints; ASTM B16.3, malleable iron fittings. 3.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. 4.Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 5.Joints: Threaded or AWS D1.1 welded. 6.Mechanical Grooved Couplings; Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C: shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized piping. C.RTR Pipe (2"& larger): ASTM D 2996, fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin plastic. 1.Fittings: Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin. 2.Joints: Adhesive bonded matched tapered bell-and-spigot. 3.Manufacturer: Smith Fibercast Red Thread II. 2.3EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A.Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type K (A), drawn; using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings; ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. 2.Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. B.PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26. 1.Fittings: ASTM D2466 or D2467, PVC. 2.Joints: Solvent welded. 2.4PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Conform to ASME B31.9. B.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. C.Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D.Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. F.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G.Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. H.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Johnson County23 2113-4HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building I.Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J.Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. K.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. L.Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. M.Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.5UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS A.Unions for Pipe 2 Inches and Under: 1.Ferrous Piping: 150 psig malleable iron, threaded. 2.Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints. B.Flanges for Pipe Over 2 Inches: 1.Ferrous Piping: 150 psig forged steel, slip-on. 2.Copper Piping: Bronze. 3.Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene. C.Mechanical Couplings for Grooved and Shouldered Joints: Two or more curved housing segments with continuous key to engage pipe groove, circular C-profile gasket, and bolts to secure and compressgasket. 1.Dimensions and Testing: In accordance with AWWA C606. 2.Housing Material: Malleable iron or ductile iron, galvanized. 3.Housing Clamps: Malleable iron galvanized to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, andexpansion. 4.Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. 5.Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc-electroplated steel. 6.When pipe is field grooved, provide coupling manufacturer's groovingtools. D.Dielectric Connections: Union or waterway fitting with water impervious isolation barrier and one galvanized or plated steel end and one copper tube end, end types to match pipe joint types used. 2.6GATE VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, non-rising stem, lockshield stem, inside screw with backseating stem, solid wedge disc, alloy seat rings, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. 2.7BALL VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Conbraco Industries: www.conbraco.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. Johnson County23 2113-5HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze one piece body, chrome plated brass ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle with balancing stops, solder ends with union. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle, flanged. 2.8BUTTERFLY VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Crane Co.: www.cranevalve.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Body: Cast or ductile iron with resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer or lug ends, extended neck. C.Disc: Aluminum bronze. D.Operator: 10 position lever handle. 2.9SWING CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Nibco, Inc: www.nibco.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1.Bronze body, bronze trim, bronze rotating swing disc, with composition disc, solder ends. C.Over 2 Inches: 1.Iron body, bronze trim, bronze or bronze faced rotating swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. 2.10SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hammond Valve: www.hammondvalve.com. 2.Crane Co.: www.cranevalve.com. 3.Milwaukee Valve Company: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Iron body, bronze trim, split plate, hinged with stainless steel spring, resilient seal bonded to body, wafer or threaded lug ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Prepare pipe for grooved mechanical joints as required by coupling manufacturer. C.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. D.Prepare piping connections toequipment using jointing system specified. E.Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. F.After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. Refer to Section 23 2500 for additional requirements. Johnson County23 2113-6HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install heating water, water piping to ASME B31.9 requirements. ______ C.PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855. D.Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. E.Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space. F.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. G.Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. H.Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. I.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. J.Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. K.Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. L.Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting. M.Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 3.3SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch and 3/4 inch: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1 inch: Maximum span, 6feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3.1-1/2 inch and 2 inch: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4.2-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.3 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.4 inch: Maximumspan, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 7.6 inch: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. B.Hanger Spacing for Steel Piping. 1.1/2 inch, 3/4 inch, and 1 inch: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1-1/4 inches: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.1-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4.2 inches: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.2-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.3 inches: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7.4 inches: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 8.6 inches: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. C.Hanger Spacing for Plastic Piping. 1.1/2 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimumrod size, 1/4 inch. 2.3/4 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3.1 inch: Maximum span, 36 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 4.1-1/4 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5.1-1/2 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6.2 inches: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7.3 inches: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 8.4 inches: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 9.6 inches: Maximum span, 10feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2113-7HYDRONIC PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2114 -HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Expansion tanks. B.Air vents. C.Air separators. D.Strainers. E.Flow indicators, controls, meters. F.Relief valves. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description, model and dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A.Manufacturers: 1.Amtrol Inc: www.amtrol.com. 2.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 3.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordancewith ASME (BPV VIII, 1); supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psi, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel support stand. C.Accessories: Pressure gauge and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psi. 2.2AIR VENTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 2.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 3.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Manual Type:Short vertical sections of 2 inch diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. C.Float Type: 1.Brass or semi-steel body, copper, polypropylene, or solid non-metallic float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.Cast iron body and cover, float, bronze pilot valve mechanism suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.3AIR SEPARATORS A.In-line Air Separators (1-1/2 Inch and smaller): 1.Manufacturers: a.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. JohnsonCounty23 2114-1HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building b.Spirotherm: www.spirotherm.com. c.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. d.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. e.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Cast iron for sizes 1-1/2 inch and smaller, or steel for sizes 2 inch and larger; tested and stamped in accordance with ASME (BPV VIII, 1); for 125 psi operating pressure. 3.Air Eliminators shall be capable of removing 100% of the free and entrained air, and up to 99% of the dissolved air in the system fluid. B.Combination Air Separators/Strainers (2 Inch and larger): 1.Manufacturers: a.Spirotherm, Inc.: www.spirotherm.com. b.Taco, Inc; Model 4900 Series: www.taco-hvac.com. c.John Wood Company: www.johnwood.com. d.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.Steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME (BPV VIII, 1); for 150 psi operating pressure, with integral bronze strainer, and flanged inlet andoutlet connections. 3.Coalescing type air eliminator and dirt separator sized for entering velocities not to exceed 4 feet per second at specified GPM, internal bundle filling the entire vessel to suppress turbulence and provide high efficiency consisting of a copper core tube with continuous wound copper medium permanently affixed to the core. A separate copper medium is to be wound completely around and permanently affixed to the internal element. 4.Each separator shall have a separate venting chamber to prevent system contaminants from harming the float and venting valve operation. At the top of the venting chamber shall be an integral full port float actuated brass venting mechanism. 5.Units shall include a valved side tap to flush floating dirt or liquids and for quick bleeding of large amounts of air during system fill or refill. Separator shall have the vessel extended below the pipe connections an equal distance for dirt separation with ball valve at bottom of separator for blow-down. 6.Air Eliminators shall be capable of removing 100% of the free air, 100% of the entrained air, and up to 99.6% of the dissolved air in the system fluid. 7.Dirt separation shall be at least 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes. 2.4STRAINERS (Y PATTERN) A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 2.Green Country Filtration: greencountryfiltration.com. 3.WEAMCO: www.weamco.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Size 3 inch and Under: 1.Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.5SUCTION DIFFUSERS A.Manufacturers: 1.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 2.PACO: www.paco-pumps.com. 3.Taco: www.taco-hvac.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Fitting: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1/2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psi working pressure, with inlet vanes, cylinder strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. Johnson County23 2114-2HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building 2.6FLOW CONTROLS A.Manufacturers: 1.Amtrol Inc: www.amtrol.com. 2.Griswold Controls: www.griswoldcontrols.com. 3.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 4.Taco, Inc: www.taco-hvac.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet with blowdown/backflush drain. C.Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, maximum minimum pressure 3.5 psi. D.Control Mechanism:Stainless steel or nickel plated brass piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. E.Accessories: In-line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. 2.7RELIEF VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Tyco Flow Control: www.tycoflowcontrol.com. 2.Armstrong International, Inc: www.armstronginternational.com. 3.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. 4.Conbraco Industries, Inc: www.conbraco.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. B.Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. C.Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. D.For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. E.Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. F.Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. G.Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. H.Provide relief valveson expansion tanks. I.Select system relief valve capacity so that it is greater than make-up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. J.Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. K.Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2114-3HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2123 -HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.In-line circulators. B.Vertical in-line pumps. C.System lubricated circulators. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment. B.Section 22 0719 -Plumbing Piping Insulation. C.Section 23 0716 -HVAC Equipment Insulation. D.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. E.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. C.UL 778 -Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS -VERTICAL IN-LINE PUMPS A.Grundfos: www.grundfos.us B.ITT Bell & Gossett: www.bellgossett.com. C.Armstrong: www.armstrongpumps.com. 2.2HVAC PUMPS -GENERAL A.Provide pumps that operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL or testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.3SYSTEM LUBRICATED CIRCULATORS A.Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected with multiple speed wet rotor motor for in- line mounting, for 140 psi maximum working pressure, 230 degrees F maximumwater temperature. B.Casing: Cast iron with flanged pump connections. C.Impeller, Shaft, Rotor: Stainless Steel. Johnson County23 2123-1HYDRONICPUMPS Highway Maintenance Building D.Bearings: Metal Impregnated carbon (graphite) and ceramic. E.Motor: Impedance protected, multiple speed, with external speed selector. 2.4IN-LINE CIRCULATORS A.Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, with resiliently mounted motor for in-line mounting, oil lubricated, for 125 psi maximum working pressure. B.Casing: Cast iron, with flanged pump connections. C.Impeller: Non-ferrous keyed to shaft. D.Bearings: Oil-lubricated bronze sleeve. E.Shaft: Alloy steel with bronze sleeve, integral thrust collar. F.Seal: Mechanical seal, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. G.Drive: Flexible coupling. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum space recommended by manufacturer. C.Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. D.Provide line sized shut-off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized soft seat check valve and balancing valve on pump discharge. E.Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. F.Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains. G.Lubricate pumps before start-up (as applicable). END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2123-2HYDRONICPUMPS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2300 -REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping. B.Refrigerant. C.Expansion valves. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AHRI 730 -Flow-Capacity Rating and Application of Suction-Line Filters and Filter Driers; Air- Conditioning,Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. B.AHRI 750 -Standard for Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves; Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. C.ASHRAE Std 15 -Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2010 (ANSI/ASHRAE Std 15). D.ASHRAE Std 34 -Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. E.ASME (BPV VIII, 1) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 -Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. F.ASME (BPV IX) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX -Welding and Brazing Qualifications; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. G.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. H.ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components; The American Societyof Mechanical Engineers. I.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2011 (ANSI/ASME B31.9). J.ASTM B280 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. K.AWS A5.8/A5.8M -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; American Welding Society. L.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. 1.3SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Where more than one piping system material is specified ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. B.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5 unless indicated otherwise. C.Liquid Indicators: 1.Use line size liquid indicators in main liquid line leaving condenser. D.Valves: 1.Use service valves on suction and discharge of compressors. 2.Use gauge taps at compressor inlet and outlet. Johnson County23 2300-1REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building E.Filter-Driers: 1.Use a filter-drier immediately ahead of liquid-line controls, such as thermostatic expansion valves, solenoid valves, and moisture indicators. 2.Use a filter-drier on suction line just ahead of compressor. 3.Use sealed filter-driers in lines smaller than 1/2 inch outside diameter. 4.Use sealed filter-driers in systems utilizinghermetic compressors. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties, including manufacturer’s catalog information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. D.Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, andriser support hangers. E.Test Reports: Indicate results of leak test, acid test. F.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate support, connection requirements, and isolation for servicing. G.Project Record Documents: Record exact locations of equipment and refrigeration accessories on record drawings. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Conform to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL, as suitable for the purpose indicated. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store piping and specialties inshipping containers with labeling in place. B.Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation. C.Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment, until connected into system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PIPING A.Copper Tube: ASTM B280, H58 hard drawn or O60 soft annealed. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2.Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy. B.Pipe Supports and Anchors: 1.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. a.If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2.Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron adjustable swivel, split ring. 3.Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 4.Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 5.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. 6.Hanger Rods: Mild steelthreaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. Johnson County23 2300-2REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building 2.2REFRIGERANT A.Refrigerant: R-410a, as defined in ASHRAE Std 34. 2.3EXPANSION VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric: www.emersonflowcontrols.com. 2.ParkerHannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: www.parker.com. 3.Sporlan Valve Company: www.sporlan.com. B.Angle or Straight Through Type: AHRI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, internal or external equalizer, bleed hole, adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with non-replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb and remote bulb well. C.Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at part load. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Route piping in orderly manner, with plumbing parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. C.Install piping to conserve building space and avoid interference with use of space. D.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations and locations. Slopepiping one percent in direction of oil return. E.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. F.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2.Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. G.Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. H.Provide access to concealed valves and fittings. I.Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. J.Insulate piping and equipment. K.Follow ASHRAE Std.15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant. L.Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line. M.Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor connected to evaporator. Johnson County23 2300-3REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building N.Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. 3.3FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. B.Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 200 psi. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psi using electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage. 3.4SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch, 5/8 inch, and 7/8 inch OD: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2.1-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2300-4REFRIGERANT PIPING Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 2500 -HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.System cleaner. B.Closed system treatment. C.Glycol solution D.By-pass (pot) feeder. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2113 -Hydronic Piping. B.Section 23 2114 -Hydronic Specialties. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide chemical treatment materials, chemicals, and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic, equipment locations, and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate placement of equipment in systems, piping configuration, and connection requirements. D.Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up of treatment systems when completed and operating properly. Indicate analysis of system water after cleaning and after treatment. E.Certificate: Submit certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of chemicals and their proposed disposal. F.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and piping, including sampling points and location of chemical injectors. G.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. H.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Johnson County's use in maintenance of project. 1.Sufficient chemicals for treatment and testing during required maintenance period. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. Company shall have local representatives with water analysis laboratories and full time service personnel. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.5REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Conform to applicable code for addition of non-potable chemicals to building mechanical systems and to public sewage systems. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. Johnson County23 2500-1HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Chemicals and chemical feed equipment for the boiler system and the snowmelt system shall be by Aqua Technologies of Iowa, LLC to match what Linn County is doing in the other county buildings. 2.2MATERIALS A.System Cleaner: 1.Manufacturer: Alliance Group, Inc., Product #WTC-10 2.A phosphate, carbonate, surfactant combination for use in pre-cleaning steam boilers, hot water boilers, and closed systems. Does not contain sodium or potassium hydroxide. Use at 4% by volume. B.Closed System Treatment 1.Manufacturer: Alliance Group, Inc. 2.Chilled Water: AGI Product #CS-167 C.Glycol Solution 1.Manufacturer: Dow, Dowfrost HD 2.Glycol Solution: a.Inhibited propylene glycol and deionized water pre-mixed solution suitable for operating temperatures from -30 degrees F to 250 degrees F. 1)Heating System: 30 percent glycol -70 percent water 2.3BY-PASS (POT) FEEDER A.1.8 gal quick opening cap for working pressure of 175 psi. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Systems shall be operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. B.Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. C.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2CLEANING SEQUENCE A.Concentration: 1.As recommended by manufacturer. B.Hot Water Heating Systems: 1.Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising temperature to 160 degrees F and maintain for 12 hours minimum. 2.Remove heat and circulate to 100 degrees F or less; drain systems as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. 3.Circulate for 6 hours at design temperatures, then drain. 4.Refill with clean waterand repeat until system cleaner is removed. C.Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and approval of Architect/Engineer. D.Flush glycol filled closed systems with clean water for one hour minimum. Drain completely and refill. E.Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. F.Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Johnson County23 2500-2HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building B.Fill the heating hot water system with 30%propylene glycol by weight. 3.4CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Training: Train JohnsonCounty's personnel on operation and maintenance of chemical treatment system. 3.5MAINTENANCE A.Provide service and maintenance of treatment systems for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide laboratory and technical assistance services during this maintenance period. C.Provide on site inspections of equipment during scheduled or emergency shutdown to properly evaluate success of water treatment program, and make recommendations in writing based upon these inspections. D.Perform monthly visits for two months to make glycol fluid concentration analysis on site with refractive index measurement instrument. Report findings in detail writing, including analysis and amounts of glycol or water added. Explain any corrective actions to JohnsonCounty's maintenance personnel in person. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 2500-3HVAC WATER TREATMENT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3100 -HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal ductwork. B.Kitchen hood ductwork. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 0713 -Duct Insulation: External insulation and duct liner. B.Section 23 3300 -Air Duct Accessories. C.Section 23 3700 -Air Outlets and Inlets. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE (FUND) -ASHRAE Handbook -Fundamentals. B.ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. C.ASTM A240/A240M -Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and General Applications. D.ASTM A480/A480M -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. E.ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. F.ASTM A1008/A1008M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. G.ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. H.ASTM B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]. I.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. J.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. K.NFPA 96 -Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; National Fire Protection Association. L.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. M.SMACNA (KVS) -Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication & Installation Guidelines. N.UL 181 -Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. O.UL 1978 -Grease Ducts. P.UL 2221 -Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for duct materials and duct connections. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for +/-2.0 inch w.c. pressure class and higher systems. Johnson County23 3100-1HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards. 1.7FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B.Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1DUCT ASSEMBLIES A.Low Pressure Supply (System with Cooling Coils): 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. B.Return and Relief: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. C.Dishwasher Exhaust: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. 1.Construct of 16 gauge un-galvanized steelusing continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. 2.Construct of 18 gauge stainless steel using continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. D.Grease Exhaust: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, stainless steel or un-galvanized steel. 1.Construct of ASTM A1011/A1011M 16 gage un-galvanized steel. 2.Construction: a.Liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. b.Where ducts are not self draining back to equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. 3.Access Doors: a.Provide for duct cleaning inside horizontal duct at drain pockets, every 20 feet and at each change of direction. b.Use same material and thickness as duct with gaskets and sealants rated 1500 degrees F for grease tight construction. 2.2MATERIALS A.Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating. B.Un-Galvanized Steel for Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold-rolled commercial steel. C.Stainless Steel for Ducts: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304. D.Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant. 1.Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2.VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. 3.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4.For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. Johnson County23 3100-2HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building E.Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. F.Hanger Fasteners: Attach hangers to structure using appropriate fasteners, as follows: 1.Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 2.Masonry Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC01. 3.Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 4.Masonry Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC106. 5.Concrete Adhesive Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC308. 2.3DUCTWORK FABRICATION A.Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B.Provide duct material, gauges, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C.Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide single thickness turning vanes. D.Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. E.Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller thanlouver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct. 2.4MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS A.Flexible Ducts: Two ply vinyl film supported by helically wound spring steel wire. 1.Insulation: Fiberglass insulation with polyethylene vapor barrier film. 2.Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. 3.Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 4.Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. B.Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA "E" rated rigidly class connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner clips. C.Grease Exhaust: Nominal 3 inches thick ceramic fiber insulation between 20 gauge, 304 stainless steel liner and 24 gauge, aluminized steel outer jacket. 1.Tested and UL listed for use with commercial cooking equipment in accordance with NFPA 96. 2.Certified for zero clearance to combustible material in accordance with: 3.Materials and construction of the modular sections and accessories to be in accordance with the terms of the following listings: a.UL 1978. b.UL 2221. D.Dishwasher Exhaust: Minimum 0.035 inches thick, single wall, type 304 stainless steel. 1.Single wall, factory built chimney liner system. 2.Designed, fabricated, and installed to be liquid tight preventing exhaust leakage into the building. 3.Joints to be sealed during installation with factory supplied overlapping V-bands and sealant. 2.5CASINGS A.Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and construct for operating pressures indicated. B.Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers toangles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18 gage galvanized Johnson County23 3100-3HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C.Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal andvertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. 2.6KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK A.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, SMACNA Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication & Installation Guidelines and NFPA 96. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. B.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. D.Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. E.Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. F.Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. G.Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. H.Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. I.Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly or with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. J.Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. K.Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position. L.At exterior wall louvers, seal duct to louver frame and install blank-out panels. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3100-4HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3300 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Air turning devices. B.Duct access doors. C.Duct test holes. D.Flexible duct connections. E.Volume control dampers. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 3100 -HVAC Ducts and Casings. B.Section 26 2717 -Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. B.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. C.UL 555 -Standard for Fire Dampers;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. D.UL 555S -Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers and duct access doors. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers and duct access doors. D.Project Record Drawings: Record actual locations of access doorsand test holes. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1AIR TURNING DEVICES A.Manufacturers: 1.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 2.Krueger: www.krueger-hvac.com. 3.PCI Industries, Inc; Pottorff Brand: www.portorff.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.Titus: www.titus-hvac.com. 6.Ward Industries by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.wardind.com. 7.Substitutions: SeeDivision 1-Product Requirements. Johnson County23 3300-1AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building B.Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.2DUCT ACCESS DOORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acudor Products Inc: www.acudor.com. 2.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 3.Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.SEMCO Incorporated: www.semcoinc.com. 6.Ward Industries by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.wardind.com. 7.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. 2.3DUCT TEST HOLES A.Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps. B.Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 2.4FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A.Manufacturers: 1.Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 2.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C.Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1.Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. a.Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. 2.Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gauge thick galvanized steel. D.Leaded Vinyl Sheet: Minimum 0.55 inch thick, 0.87 lbs per sq ft, 10 dB attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz range. E.Maximum Installed Length: 14 inch. 2.5VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Louvers & Dampers, Inc: www.louvers-dampers.com. 2.Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 3.PCI Industries, Inc; Pottorff Brand: www.portorff.com. 4.Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. 5.Substitutions: See Division 01. B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C.Splitter Dampers: 1.Material: Same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over 24 inches. 2.Blade: Fabricate of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured with continuous hinge or rod. 3.Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod inself aligning, universal joint action, flanged bushing with set screw. Johnson County23 3300-2AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building D.Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. 1.Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. 2.Blade: 24 gauge, minimum. E.Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 1.Blade: 18 gauge, minimum. F.End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G.Quadrants: 1.Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2.On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 3.Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1PREPARATION A.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 3100 for duct construction and pressure class. B.Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. C.Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. D.At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. E.At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. F.Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. G.Use splitter dampers only where indicated. H.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3300-3AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3423 -HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Roof exhausters. B.Cabinet exhaust fans. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0513 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment. B.Section 22 0548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. C.Section 23 3300 -Air Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers. D.Section 26 2717 -Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AMCA 99 -Standards Handbook; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. B.AMCA 210 -Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2007 (ANSI/AMCA 210, same as ANSI/ASHRAE 51). C.AMCA(DIR) -[Directory of] Products Licensed Under AMCA International Certified Ratings Program; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. D.AMCA 300 -Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. E.AMCA 301 -Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.. F.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.UL 705 -Power Ventilators; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Greenheck: www.greenheck.com. B.Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com. C.PennBarry: www.pennbarry.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1 -Product Requirements. 2.2POWER VENTILATORS -GENERAL A.Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B.Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C.Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. Johnson County23 3423-1HVACPOWERVENTILATORS Highway Maintenance Building D.UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705. E.Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.3ROOF EXHAUSTERS A.Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; resilient mounted motor; 1/2 inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire birdscreen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. B.Roof Curb: 14 inch high self-flashing of galvanized steel with continuously welded seams, built- in cant strips. C.Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor. D.Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked, and line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. E.Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. 2.4CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A.Centrifugal FanUnit: Direct driven with galvanized steel housing lined with acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge. B.Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug in housing for thermal overload protected motor and wall mounted solid state speed controller. C.Grille: Molded white plastic. D.Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb. C.Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening. D.Hung Cabinet Fans: 1.Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. 2.Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 3300 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. E.Provide sheaves required for final air balance. F.Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. G.Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3423-2HVACPOWERVENTILATORS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 3700 -AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Registers/grilles. B.Louvers. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AMCA 500-L-Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. B.ASHRAE Std.70-Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. C.SMACNA (DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70. B.Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carnes Company HVAC: www.carnes.com. B.Krueger: www.krueger-hvac.com. C.Price Industries: www.price-hvac.com. D.Titus: www.titus-hvac.com. E.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of grille, one-way deflection. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. C.Color: Off white. D.Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. 2.3CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades set at 45 degrees, vertical face. Johnson County23 3700-1AIROUTLETSANDINLETS Highway Maintenance Building B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. C.Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage minimum frames and 22 gage minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimumframe, or aluminum extrusions, with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: Off white. E.Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans. 2.4CEILING GRIDCORE EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Fixed grilles of 1 x 1 x 1 inch louvers. B.Fabrication: Aluminum with factory baked enamel finish. C.Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range. D.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with concealed mounting. 2.5LOUVERS A.Type: 6 inch deep with blades on 45 degree slope, heavy channel frame, 1/2 inch square mesh screen over exhaust and 3/4 inch square mesh screen over intake. B.Fabrication: 12 gage thick extruded aluminum, welded assembly, with factory anodized finish. C.Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range. D.Mounting: Furnish with exterior flat flange for installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C.Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. E.Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 3700-2AIROUTLETSANDINLETS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 5400 -FURNACES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Forced air furnaces. B.Controls. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.See Section 23 0100 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate rigging, assembly, and installation instructions. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and connections. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner s name and registered with manufacturer. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.4REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5WARRANTY A.See Division 1-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide five year manufacturers warranty for heat exchangers and compressors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. B.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. C.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2GAS FIRED FURNACES A.Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE): 0.95 ("condensing"). B.Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, heating element, controls, air filter, and accessories; wired for single power connection with control transformer. 1.Safety certified by CSA in accordance with ANSI Z 21.47. 2.Venting System: Direct. Johnson County23 5400-1FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building 3.Combustion: Sealed 4.Air Flow Configuration: Downflow. 5.Heating: Propane gas fired. 6.Accessories: a.Condensate drain. b.Concentric wall termination kit. C.Performance: 1.Refer to Furnace Schedule. Gas heating capacities are sea level ratings. D.Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed and secured accessdoors with safety interlock switches, glass fiber insulation with reflective liner. E.Primary Heat Exchanger: 1.Material: Aluminized steel 2.Shape: Clamshell type. F.Secondary Heat Exchanger: 1.Material: Stainless steel. 2.Shape: fin and tube G.Gas Burner: 1.Atmospheric type with adjustable combustion air supply, 2.Gas valve, two stage provides 100 percent safety gas shut-off; 24 volt combining pressure regulation, safety pilot, manual set (On-Off), pilot filtration, automatic electric valve. 3.Electronic pilot ignition, with SiN hot surface igniter. 4.Non-corrosive combustion air blower with permanently lubricated motor. H.Gas Burner Safety Controls: 1.Thermocouple sensor: Prevents opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. 2.Flame rollout switch: Installed on burner box and prevents operation. 3.Vent safety shutoff sensor: Temperature sensor installed on draft hood and prevents operation, manual reset. 4.Limit Control: Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de-energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature, automatic resets. I.Supply Fan: Centrifugal type rubber mounted with direct drive. J.Motor: NEMA MG 1; 1750 rpm multiple speed, permanently lubricated, hinge mounted. K.Air Filters: 1 inch thick glass fiber, disposable type arranged for easy replacement. L.Operating Controls 1.Room Thermostat: Cycles burner to maintain room temperature setting. 2.Supply Fan Control: Energize from bonnet temperature independent of burner controls, with adjustable timed off delay and fixed timed on delay, with manual switch for continuous fan operation. Provide continuous low speed fan operation. 2.3THERMOSTATS A.Manufacturers: 1.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. 2.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. 3.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. 4.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. B.Room Thermostat: Low voltage, electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat with remote sensor: 1.System selector switch (heat-off) and fan control switch (auto-on). 2.Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from setpoint. 3.Instant override of setpoint for continuous or timed period from one hour to 31 days. 4.Short cycle protection. Johnson County23 5400-2FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building 5.Programming based on weekdays, Saturday and Sunday. 6.Selection features including degree F or degree C display, 12 or 24 hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, fan on-auto. 7.Battery replacement without program loss. 8.Thermostat display: a.Time of day. b.Actual room temperature. c.Programmed temperature. d.Day of week. e.System mode indication: heating,cooling, fan auto, off, and on. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrates are ready for installation of units and openings are as indicated on shop drawings. B.Verify that proper power supply is available and located correctly. C.Verify that proper fuel supply is available for connection. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B.Install in accordance with NFPA 90A. C.Install gas fired furnaces in accordance with NFPA 54. D.Provide vent connections in accordance with NFPA 211. E.Mount counterflow furnaces installed on additive base when furnaceis to be located on combustible floor. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 5400-3FURNACES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 23 6213 -PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Condensing unit package. B.Charge of refrigerant and oil. C.Refrigerant piping connections. D.Motor starters. E.Electrical power connections. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 22 0548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Placement of vibration isolators. B.Section 23 2300 -Refrigerant Piping. C.Section 23 5400 -Furnaces. D.Section 23 8216 -Air Coils. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AHRI 210/240 -Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment; Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute. B.ASHRAE Std 15 -Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2010 (ANSI/ASHRAE Std 15). C.ASHRAE Std 23 -Methods of Testing for Rating Positive Displacement Refrigerant Compressors and Condensing Units; American Society of heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers, Inc. D.ASHRAE Std 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2007, Including All Addenda (ANSI/ASHRAE/ E.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.UL 207 -Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical;Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights specialties and accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. Include equipment served by condensing units in submittal, or submit at same time, to ensure capacities are complementary. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Include schematic layouts showing condensing units, cooling coils, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for complete system. D.Design Data: Indicate pipe and equipment sizing. E.Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturer's complete installation instructions. Johnson County23 6213-1 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include start-up instructions, maintenance instructions, parts lists, controls, and accessories. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.5WARRANTY A.See Division 1-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigerant compressors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. B.Trane Inc: www.trane.com. C.York International Corporation / Johnson Controls: www.york.com. D.Substitutions: See Division 1-Product Requirements. 2.2MANUFACTURED UNITS A.Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, integral sub-cooling coil, controls, liquid receiver, wind deflector, and screens. B.Construction and Ratings:In accordance with AHRI 210/240. Test in accordance with ASHRAE Std 23. C.Performance Ratings: Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than prescribed by ASHRAE Std 90.1. 2.3CASING A.House components in welded steel frame with galvanized steel panels with weather resistant, baked enamel finish. B.Mount starters, disconnects, and controls in weatherproof panel provided with full opening access doors. Provide mechanical interlock to disconnect power when door is opened. C.Provide removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners and piano hinges. 2.4CONDENSER COILS A.Coils: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Provide sub-cooling circuits. Air test under water to 425 psig, and vacuum dehydrate. Seal with holding charge of refrigerant. B.Coil Guard: Expanded metal with lint screens. 2.5FANS AND MOTORS A.Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. Equip with roller or ball bearings with grease fittings extended to outside of casing. B.Weatherproof motors suitable for outdoor use, single phase permanent split capacitor or 3 phase, with permanent lubricated ball bearings and built in current and thermal overload protection. 2.6COMPRESSORS A.Compressor: Hermetic scroll type. B.Mounting: Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts and mount on spring vibration isolators. Internally isolate hermetic units on springs. C.Lubrication System: Reversible, positive displacement oil pump with oil charging valve, oil level sight glass, and magnetic plug or strainer. Johnson County23 6213-2 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS D.Motor: Constant speed 1800 rpm suction gas cooled with electronic sensor and winding over temperature protection, designed for across-the-line starting. Furnish with starter. 2.7REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT A.Provide each unit with one refrigerant circuit, factory supplied and piped. Refer to Section 23 2300. B.For each refrigerant circuit, provide: 1.Thermal expansion valve for maximum operating pressure. 2.Insulated suction line. 3.Suction and liquid line service valves and gage ports. 4.Charging valve. 2.8CONTROLS A.For each compressor, provide across-the-line starter, non-recycling compressor overload, starter relay, and control power transformer or terminal for controls power. Provide manual reset current overload protection. For each condenser fan, provide across-the-line starter with starter relay. B.Provide safety controls arranged so any one will shut down machine: 1.High discharge pressure switch (manual reset) for each compressor. 2.Low suction pressure switch (automatic reset) for each compressor. 3.Oil Pressure switch (manual reset). C.Provide the following operating controls: 1.One minute off timer prevents compressor from short cycling. 2.Low ambient temperature controls. D.Provide controls to permit operation down to 0 degrees F ambient temperature. 1.Head pressure switch to cycle fan motors in response to refrigerant condensing pressure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B.Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C.Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators. Refer to Section 23 2300. Comply with ASHRAE Std 15. 3.2SYSTEM STARTUP A.Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system. Replace losses of oil or refrigerant prior to end of correction period. B.Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for leaks after completion of installation. Repair leaks, put system into operation, and test equipment performance. C.Provide cooling season start-up, and winter season shut-down for first year of operation. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 6213-3 Highway Maintenance Building PACKAGED AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS SECTION 23 7210 -AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Energy recovery units (and also named as heat recovery ventilators). 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data on heat recovery units and accessories including fanperformance, power, RPM, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AFBMA 9: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings B.AMCA Standard 99: Standards Handbook C.AMCA /ANSI Standard 204: Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans D.AMCA Standard 210: Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Ratings E.AMCA Standard 300: Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans F.AMCA 320; Laboratory Method for Sound Testing of Fans Using Sound Intensity G.AMCA Standard 500:Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters H.AHRI Standard 1060: Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment I.AHRI Standard 410: Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coil J.ASHRAE Standard 52: Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter K.ASHRAE 52.2: Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used for Removing Particulate Matter L.ASHRAE 84-91: Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers M.ASHRAE/ANSI Standard 111: Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems N.ASTM A-525: Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process O.IEEE 112-B: Standard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators P.NEMA MG-1: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Motor Standards Q.NFPA 90A: Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems R.SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association S.UL Standard 1995: Heating and Cooling Equipment T.UL Standard 900: Test Performance of Air Filter Units 1.4QUALIFICATIONS A.Air handling unit manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in the energy recovery market. B.Energy recovery units shall be capable of transferring sensible energy as listed in the equipment schedule. 1.5WARRANTY A.The complete units shall be covered by a parts warranty issued by the manufacturer, warranting the units to be free from defects in material and workmanship for twelve (12) months from date of shipment unless a start-up form is on file and accepted by the manufacturer, in Johnson County23 7210-1AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building which case the warranty is twelve (12) months from the date of startup, or eighteen (18) months from date of shipment, whichever is shorter. B.The installing contractor shall provide labor warranty during the units’ first year of operation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Venmar. B.Energy Conservation Systems. C.Spinnaker. D.Innovent E.Annexair F.Mitsubishi: (For VRF Systems only) G.Approved equals. 2.2ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS A.Product Requirements 1.Packaged dedicated outdoor air energy recovery ventilator consisting of an air-to-air plate heat exchanger, supply air fan, exhaust air fan, and a supply air bypass damper. The unit shall also be provided with internal controls for defrost control. All other controls and actuators shall be provided by the Temperature ControlContractor and shall include all necessary temperature sensors and controls. B.Construction 1.Unit construction shall consist of an all welded structural steel base, insulated double-wall panels, interior partitions and roof. All units shall have a 20 gauge galvanized interior steel panels and a baked on paint or galvanized steel exterior finish. 2.Base: Unit base shall be constructed of all welded structural steel designed to protect the integrity of the case during lifting. Integral lifting lugs shallbe provided. Base of outdoor units shall be protected with corrosion resistant coating. 3.Frame: Frame shall be constructed of a system of tubes and cast corners designed to support flush mounted insulated panels. 4.Insulation: All walls, floor and roofshall be insulated with an 1.5 pcf, R-12.9 minimum fiberglass insulation or equivalent R-value of expanded foam insulation. Insulation shall not be exposed to the airstream. Insulation shall comply with NFPA requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. 5.Service Access: Hinged, gasket, insulated double wall access doors shall be provided for access to fan sections, filter racks, heat exchanger, and any other area requiring maintenance. All other panels shall be individually removable to provide total access to the unit if required. 6.Coil drain pans shall be constructed of 18 gauge stainless steel. The pans shall have 1 inch drains extending from the unit to be field trapped. C.Blower/Motor Assemblies: 1.Blowers shall be selected to operate on a stable, efficient part of the fan curve when delivering air quantities scheduled against the static pressure of the system. 2.Blowers shall be provided with internal vibration isolation mounts. Blower blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced and tested prior to shipment. 3.Motors: Motors shall be continuous duty, permanently lubricated, matched to the fan load and rated for inverter duty. Blower motors 1/2 HP or above shall be Premium Efficiency rated per NEMA MG-1 Part 31 and shall be inverterduty rated. 4.Fan bearings shall be greasable and have an average L50 life of 200,000 hours. The motors will be mounted on an adjustable base for proper tensioning of the belts. 5.Blower discharge and intake connections to unit exterior shall have flexible duct connections internal to unit. Johnson County23 7210-2AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building D.Air Filters 1.Pleated throwaway MERV 8 filters shall be installed on both sides of the heat wheel (the incoming outside air and exhaust air streams). Filters shall be mounted in a side access slide rack, and shallbe sized for 500 fpm maximum face velocity. E.Electrical 1.The unit shall be wired according to the NEC. All major components shall be UL listed. Enclosures for outdoor units shall be NEMA 3 R type, complete with a non-fused disconnect with a single power point connection. Wiring and controls shall be factory tested before shipment. F.Controls 1.Defrost controls shall be provided with the unit. 2.All service connectors shall be quick disconnect type. 3.Unit circuitry shall allow the following operational characteristics: a.Dry contacts for occupancy control. b.Selection of low or high speeds. c.24 volt contacts (30VA) for external components. d.Unoccupied recirc contacts. 4.All other control components shall be provided by Temperature Control Contractor and field installed by Mechanical Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install 1 inch condensate traps on all drain pan outlet. Condensate drains shall discharge directly on to the roof. C.Provide sheaves required for final air balance. D.Make connections to coils with unions or flanges. E.Provide new filters prior to owner occupancy of facility. 3.2STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.Adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. B.Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner 's designated representative. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 7210-3AIR-TO-AIRENERGYRECOVERYUNITS Highway Maintenance Building TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 26 0132 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 26 0135 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0534 CONDUIT 26 0537 BOXES 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0918 REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2813 FUSES 26 2818 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 2913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 2924 VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS 26 3213 ENGINE GENERATORS 26 3600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 27 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 1996 VOICE & DATA CABLING SYSTEM 27 5132 TELEVISION SYSTEMS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 0130 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 3100 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 26 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Coordination drawings. B.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. C.Number of copies of submittals. D.Submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Provide information for preparation of coordination drawings. B.Review drawings prior to submission to the Owner. C.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades priorto installation of the equipment. This shall include the preparation of coordination drawings showing all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical components above the ceilings, in mechanical rooms, and other places containing a significant number of utilities or limited space for utilities. 3.2SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. B.Submit to the Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C.Contractor is responsible for dimensions and compliance with construction documents. Engineer's review is to assist the Contractor only. D.After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.3SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Other types indicated. 3.4SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Other types as indicated. 3.5NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A.Documents for Review: 1 Johnson County26 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Submit electronically in the form of pdf files. Engineer shall return comments and/or one marked-up copy. B.Documents for Project Closeout: Make two reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. 3.6SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Identify Project, Owner, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. B.Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C.Deliver submittals electronically via email or ftp site. D.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. E.Identify variations fromContract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F.Provide space for Engineer's review stamp. G.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. H.Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. I.Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed if they have not been checked and stamped by theGeneral Contractor and Electrical Contractor. J.The Contractor shall be responsible for timely submittal of shop drawings to avoid delays in material delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate with all sub-contractors and/or suppliers to expedite the generation of shop drawings. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer on a reasonable timeframe for the review of shop drawings by the Engineer for each set of shop drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for a periodic checking on the status of all shop drawings and material delivery. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0130-2ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0132 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.General product requirements. B.Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C.Product option requirements. D.Substitution limitations and procedures. E.Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide informationspecific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1PRODUCTS A.Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. 2.2PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. C.Manufacturers listed as "equal" to the specified manufacturer and model are encouraged to submit information on their product prior to bid. D.Manufacturers interested in bidding their materials shall review the drawings, specifications, and construction codes during the bidding period to assure that their products meet the applications for the project. Manufacturers shall include all accessories and components for their material/equipment to be installed per the project requirements, applicable building codes, and their own instructions and recommendations. Manufacturers shall advise the Engineer of any potential issues or additional material requirements before 8 days prior to bid so any corrections can be addressed in an addendum. Requests for additional compensation after the bid to install materials per the project requirements, construction codes, or manufacturer's instructions/recommendations shall be denied. 2.3SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A.Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A.The Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B.Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C.A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1 Johnson County26 0132-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. D.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E.Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3.2TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All transportation costs shall be by this Contractor. B.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 3.3STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. D.For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E.Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Certificate of Insurance is required for off-site storage. F.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0132-2PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS HighwayMaintenance Building SECTION 26 0135 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B.Cutting and patching. C.Cleaning and protection. D.Starting and testing of systems and equipment. E.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. F.Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.2PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.3COORDINATION A.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B.Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C.Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D.In finished areas, conceal conduits and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E.After occupancy of premises, coordinate access tosite for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. F.The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall coordinate the construction by all trades prior to installation of the equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1NOT USED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1CLARIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A.Prior to submitting written questions in the form of Requests for Information (RFI's) or similar paperwork, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer by telephone to discuss the question and possible solutions. Written correspondence shall follow the verbal communications where paperwork is necessary to document significant changes to the construction documents or contract price. 3.2EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. 1 Johnson County26 0135-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building C.Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.3GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install Products as specified in individual sections. 3.4CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Execute cutting and patching to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to executepatching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work. B.Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D.Fit work air tight to sleeves, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. E.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. 3.5PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition per OSHA standards. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off- site. 3.6PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. C.Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D.Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. 3.7STARTING SYSTEMS A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. C.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. D.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. E.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. F.Provide written test results to owner with all data. G.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. Johnson County26 0135-2EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building 3.8DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. B.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. C.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration andinstruction of owner personnel. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.9ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.10FINAL CLEANING A.Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. C.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 3.11CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. B.Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C.Completeitems of work determined by final inspections. D.Prior to a formal onsite observation visit by the Engineer to generate a punchlist, the Contractor shall perform an onsite observation to verify that the work is ready for the Engineer to visit the site. This shall include the generation and completion of a punchlist by the Contractor prior to the Engineer visiting the site. If the Engineer travels to the site to find the construction not ready for the observation visit, the Contractor shall pay for the Engineer's time and travel expenses. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0135-3EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0519 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wire and cable for 600 volts and less. B.Wiring connectors and connections. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1WIRING REQUIREMENTS A.Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. B.Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. C.Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. D.Exterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN/THWN insulation in raceway. E.Underground Installations: Use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway. F.Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 12 AWG and smaller. G.Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. H.Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet. I.Conductor sizes are based on copper. Aluminum conductors are not allowed. J.Provide a seperate neutral for each phase wire -NO SHARED NEUTRALS. 2.2BUILDING WIRE A.Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B.Conductor: Copper. C.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D.Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN. 2.3METAL CLAD CABLE A.Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. B.Conductor: Copper. C.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D.Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees C. E.Insulation Material: Thermoplastic. F.Armor Material: Aluminum. G.Armor Design: Interlocked metal tape. 1 Johnson County26 0519-LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER Highway Maintenance BuildingCONDUCTORS AND CABLES 2.4WIRING CONNECTORS A.Product: Burndy or T and B. B.Product: 3M #312 and #512 or equivalent Ideal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B.Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C.Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. D.Protect conductors from paint. 3.2PREPARATION A.Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 1.Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2.Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths. 3.Include wire/cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location shown. B.Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. C.Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for all building wire. D.Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. E.Clean conductor surfaces beforeinstalling lugs and connectors. F.Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity with no perceptible temperature rise. G.Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. H.Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. Twist the wires together a minimum of four times (and trim) beforeinstallation of connector. I.Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 0553. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. J.Wire shall not be installed until the building is enclosed and/or the masonry work is completed. K.All cable for major feeder shall be continuous from origin to termination where possible. L.Splices in branch circuit wiring shall be made in junction boxes only. Keep conductor splices to a minimum. M.The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependant on service connections such as lamp holders, receptacles, etc. where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0519-2LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER Highway Maintenance BuildingCONDUCTORS AND CABLES SECTION 26 0526 -GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Grounding and bonding components. B.Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of: 1.Metal underground water pipe. 2.Metal frame of the building. 3.Concrete-encased electrode. 4.Rod electrodes. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. B.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1ELECTRODES A.Rod Electrodes: Copper. 1.Diameter: 3/4 inch. 2.Length: 10 feet. B.Foundation Electrodes: 3/0 AWG. 2.2CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES A.Wire: Stranded copper. B.Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install ground electrodes at locations indicated.Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B.Install 4 AWG bare copper wire in foundation footing. C.Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. Bond steel together. D.Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance. E.Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.13. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 0526-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0529 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Conduit and equipment supports. B.Anchors and fasteners. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MATERIALS A.Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners -General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. B.Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized for metal conduit. C.Wire ties are not an approved conduit support. D.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder-actuated anchors, or preset inserts. 2.Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset fasteners, or welded fasteners. 3.Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors. 4.Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners. 5.Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors or preset inserts. 6.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 7.Wood Elements: Use wood screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1.Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2.Do notdrill or cut structural members. B.All supports shall be securely positioned to the structure, not equipment or ceiling tile supports. Coordinate structure load capabilities with General Contractor. C.Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in walls. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 0529-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0534 -CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. D.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). B.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. C.NECA 101 -Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT); National Electrical Contractors Association. D.NEMA FB 1 -Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. E.NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable forpurpose specified and shown. 1.5DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B.Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C.Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A.Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70. 1.Minimum Size: Electrical conduits -1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. 2.Conduits shall be sized as noted or as required by NEC for number and size of conductors installed except that 3/4 inch shall be minimum size for branch circuit home runs and 1/2 inch shall be minimum size for all other conduit runs. Maximum size shall be as allowed by the NEC and within the limits of commonly manufactured sizes. 3.Minimum Size:Data/Voice/CATV conduits -3/4 inch unless otherwise specified B.Underground Installations: 1.More than 5 Feet from Foundation Wall: Use thinwall non-metallic conduit. 2.Within 5 Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit. 3.In or Under Slab on Grade: Use thinwall non-metallic conduit. 4.Minimum Size: 3/4 inch. 1 Johnson County26 0534-CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building 5.Other locations shall be Schedule 40 PVC. C.Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit, rigid aluminum conduit, or intermediate metal conduit. 1.Liquid tight conduit with liquid tight fittings shall be used in kitchens, exterior, and other areas of moisture content. D.Dry Locations: 1.Concealed:Use electrical metallic tubing. 2.Exposed: Use electrical metallic tubing. 2.2METAL CONDUIT A.Manufacturers: Republic Steel Company, Triangle, Allied, or approved equivalent. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.3FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A.Description: Interlocked aluminum construction. B.Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.4LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A.Description: Interlocked aluminum construction with PVC jacket. B.Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.5ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron set screw type. 2.6NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A.Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. B.Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B.Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C.Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Conduit shall be run concealed where possible. B.Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. C.Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101. D.Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E.Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. F.Support conduit using method approved for installation. G.Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. H.Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces, not equipment. I.Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove temporary supports. J.Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. K.Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. L.Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. Johnson County26 0534-2CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building M.Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. N.Do not cross conduits in slab. O.Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. P.Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. Q.Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. R.Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. S.Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. T.Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. U.Provide grounding bushings on all conduits 2" and larger. V.Flexible metal conduit shall not be used in lengths longer then six feet. W.Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 0526. X.Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 0553. Y.Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all cabinets, junction boxes, pull boxes, and equipment. Z.All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile panel removal. All ceiling mounted equipment and fixtures in accessible ceilings shall be connected with flexible metal conduit or MC cable runfrom an accessible junction box on the structure above. AA.In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum in EMT. Conduit for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures, and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Do not use flexible metal conduit or MC cable inside new walls or for horizontal runs above ceilings. Short horizontal runs or flexible metal conduit in wood framing is acceptable. AB.Use condulet fittings for sharp turns, tees, etc. in exposed locations. AC.Conduit may be installed exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, and at connections to 3.3INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A.Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. B.Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork wherever possible. Where separate roofing penetration is required, coordinate location and installation method with roofing installation. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0534-3CONDUIT Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0537 -BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B.Pull and junction boxes. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA OS 1 -Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Appleton, Steel City, National Electric, or approved equivalent. 2.2OUTLET BOXES A.Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1.Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. B.Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. 2.3PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A.Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify locations of outlets in prior to rough-in. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B.Install in locations as shown on Drawings and approved by owner, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70. C.Provide multi-gang boxes for switches shown grouped on the drawings. D.Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. E.Electrical boxes are shown on Drawingsin approximate locations unless dimensioned. 1.Adjust box locations up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose. F.Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 2726. G.Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. H.Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. 1 Johnson County26 0537-BOXES Highway Maintenance Building I.Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters and backsplashes. J.Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. K.Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. L.Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. M.Secure flush mounting box to partition studs. Position to allow for surface finish thickness. N.Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. O.Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. P.Use properly supported, adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. Q.Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. R.Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. S.Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. T.Use 4" square box with plaster ring for single device outlets. U.Use cast outlet box, FS type, in exterior locations and wet locations. V.Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pull or junction boxes may not be shown. However, where these items are required by code, by other sections of the specifications, or for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 3.3ADJUSTING A.Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. B.Install knockout closures in unused box openings. C.Outlet boxes shall be plumb and square with wall face. 3.4CLEANING A.Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0537-2BOXES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates and labels. B.Wire and cable markers. C.Field-painted identification of conduit. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, black letters on white background. B.Locations: 1.Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2.Switchboards and panels shall have a nameplate designating voltage, phase, and name of equipment of service origin (name of upstream panel). 3.Disconnects,starters, and VFD’s. 4.Other equipment to be identified shall include, but not limited to, lighting controllers, pushbutton stations, special switches, special receptacles, and communication pull boxes.. C.Letter Size: 1.Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment. D.Circuit Numbers: Label panel and circuit numbers in a concealed location behind he cover plate of all receptacles and light switches. Label panel and circuit numbers on all equipment and junction boxes. 2.2WIRE MARKERS A.Description: tape type wire markers on feeder cables #4 and larger. Branch circuit wire and cable #6 and smaller shall be factory color coded by integral pigmentation. B.Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters and junction boxes each load connection. 2.3UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A.Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Equipment to be identified with nameplates shall include, but not limited to, panelboards, special system control panels, disconnects,pushbuttons stations, special lighting or control switches, special receptacles, communication pull boxes and j-boxes, and empty conduits provided for future use. B.Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. C.Secure nameplates to equipment front using screws. 1 Johnson County26 0553-IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building D.Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. E.All j-boxes shall be legibly and permanently marked to indicate the circuit numbers associated with the conductors in the j-box. F.Each panelboard shall be provided with a neatly typed directory with plastic protector. G.Identify feeder cables using the following: 1.Colors: a.208/120 Volt System: Phase A -black, phase B -red, phase C -blue, neutral -white, equipment ground -green, isolated ground -green with yellow stripes/bands, switchleg -purple. H.Identify conduit using field painting. 1.Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. 2.Paint bands 10 feet on center. Do not paint where conduits are exposed in finished areas and are being painted to match the adjacent finishes. 3.Colors: a.208 Volt System: none. b.Fire AlarmSystem: All j-boxes in the fire alarm system shall be painted Red. c.Telephone/Data and CATV systems: blue. d.Life Safety systems:yellow. e.Emergency:orange. I.Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0553-2IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 0918 -REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Networked switching controls. B.Programmable switching controls. C.Remote control switching relays. D.Remote switches. E.Power supplies. F.Relay cabinets. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0534 -Conduit. B.Section 26 0537 -Boxes: Switch outlets and installation of switch devices. C.Section 26 2416 -Panelboards. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 4 -Industrial Control and Systems: Terminal Blocks; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions and ratings for components. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate wiring diagrams ofsystem, showing interface with branch circuit wiring. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and record circuiting and switching arrangements. E.Maintenance Data: Include replacement parts numbers. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirementsof NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.6EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish two of each relay type. B.Furnish two of each switch type. C.Furnish two of each cabinet key. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Leviton Lighting Controls B.Watt-Stopper C.Synergy 1 Johnson County26 0918-REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building D.Crestron 2.2NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL A.Description: Distributed switching control using networking programmable relay panels, with central computer software for operator interface, programming control sequences, and monitoring. B.Software Features: 1.Security: Password protection for accessing and modifying data. 2.Data Protection: Full data backup capability. 3.Operating Schedules: Capacity of 12 for each programmable relay panel and 12 system wide time schedules. System-wide schedules adjust relaypanel schedules globally. 4.Programming: Available from central computer and downloaded to individual programmable relay panels. 5.Diagnostics: Include diagnostic and testing procedures to enable troubleshooting. 6.Maintenance Data: Track runtime in minutes and relay operation in cycles. 7.Warning Flicker: Flash lights 5 minutes before shutting down. 8.Time Delay: Allow adjustable time delay between scheduled ON-OFF and operation of individual relay. 9.Egress and Common Area Links: Operate identifiedrelays ON when other circuits in common area are energized; allow adjustable time delay after other circuits de-energize before operating identified relays OFF. C.Networking Hardware and Software: Support 2-wire communications between programmable relay panels, allow global switching and telephone control, and include RS-232 serial data port for connecting a computer. 2.3PROGRAMMABLE RELAY PANELS A.Description: Relay cabinet with power supply, terminal blocks, and logic cards for the specified programming functions. B.Relays per Panel: As indicated. C.Programming Functions: 1.Multiple Switch Control: More than 1 switch can control each relay. 2.Pilot Status Indication: Signal for indicating relay status at remote location. 3.Relay Grouping: Allow relays to be grouped for common control. 4.Scheduling: Allow scheduling of 99 events each capable of switching 12 relay groups according to a programmed time schedule. Allow for up to 12 holidays. 5.Sweep On/Off: Allow to "sweep" on and off loads at scheduled times. 6.Phone Control: Allow remote control using up to 50 telephone numbers, each capable of switching 1 relay groups. 7.Building Automation Interface: Allow interface to building automation system for time of day control and monitoring. D.Cabinet: Surface-mounted sheet metal cabinet. 2.4REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING RELAYS A.Description: Heavy duty, two-coil momentary contact type remote control relays. B.Contacts: Rated 20 amperes at 277 volts and with isolated and non-isolated pilot contacts whereindicated. C.Line Voltage Connections: Clamp type screw terminals. 2.5REMOTE SWITCHES A.Wall Switch: Pushbutton type. 1.Description: Momentary contact, three position switches, color to match wiring devices, ratings as required. Johnson County26 0918-2REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building 2.6RELAY CABINETS A.Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable endwalls. B.Box Size: 24 inches wide x 48 inches high x 6 inches deep. C.Interior Panel: Metal, suitable for mounting components, matte white. D.Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps door with concealed hinge, and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard. Finish with gray baked enamel. E.Metal Barriers: Between wiring of different systems and voltages. F.Power Terminals: NEMA ICS 4, unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. G.Signal and Control Terminals: NEMA ICS 4, modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. H.Ground Bus Terminal Block: Bond each connector to enclosure. I.Plastic Raceway: 1.Description: Plastic channel with hinged or snap-on cover. J.Power Supply: NFPA 70, Class 2 transformer. 1.Ratings: 120 /24 volt, 75 VA momentary, 40 VA continuous. 2.Rectifier: Silicon, rated 20 amperes intermittent, 7.5 amperes continuous, 30 VAC, 100 PRV. 2.7POWER LIMITED WIRE AND CABLE A.Remote Control Cable: Copper conductor, 300 volt insulation rated 60 degrees C, individual conductors twisted together and covered with plenum-rated jacket. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install all wiring in conduit or neatly bundled above accessible ceilings. B.Install relay cabinets to be accessible. Allow space for adequate ventilation and circulation of air. 3.2TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION A.Provide factory certified personnel to conduct on-site programming, check-out, and testing of the system. B.Demonstrate proper operation of system for a minimum of two hours to the Owner's representatives. 3.3DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS A.See the drawings for diagram. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 0918-3REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2416 -PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Main Distribution panelboards (Service Equipment). B.Lighting and appliance panelboards. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers. C.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D.NEMA PB 1 -Panelboards; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. E.NEMA PB 1.1 -General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Square D Company, General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, Siemens. 2.2MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS A.Panels shall be similar to Square D I-Line. B.Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type. C.Panel shall be UL listed and bear the UL label "Suitable for use as Service Equipment". D.All panels shall have a minimum of 20% spare space. E.Panelboard Bus: Copper or Aluminum, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus. F.Series rating is not allowed. 2.3LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A.Panels shall be similar to Square D Type NQ (120/208V) with Q series breakers. B.Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C.Panelboard Bus: Aluminum, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard. 1 Johnson County26 2416-PANELBOARDS Highway Maintenance Building D.Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: As indicated. Series rating not allowed. E.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. 1.Type SWD for lighting circuits. 2.Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits. 3.Do not use tandem circuit breakers. F.Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. Same height boxes for multi-tub panels. G.Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide. H.Cabinet Front: Flush or surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA 1. B.Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. C.Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. D.Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. E.Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. Hand written directories are not acceptable. F.Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 26 0553. G.Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 26 0526. 3.2ADJUSTING A.Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2416-2PANELBOARDS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2726 -WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall switches. B.Wall dimmers. C.Receptacles. D.Device plate covers. E.Occupancy sensors. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-596-Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for; Federal Specification. B.FS W-S-896-Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush-mounted (General Specification); Federal Specification. C.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. E.UL 20 -General-Use Snap Switches. F.UL 498 -Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. G.UL 514D -Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2PRODUCTS 2.1ALL WIRING DEVICES A.Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.2WALL SWITCHES A.Manufacturers: Hubbell CS series, or equal Pass and Seymour, or Leviton. B.Wall Switches: NEMA WD 1, Heavy Duty, AC only general-use snap switch. 1.Body and Handle: plastic (color per architect) with rocker handle. 2.Ratings: a.Voltage: 120 -277 volts, AC. b.Current: 20 amperes. 2.3WALL DIMMERS A.Wall Dimmers: NEMA WD 1; Semiconductor dimmer for incandescent and fluorescent lamps, Type as indicated on drawings. 2.4RECEPTACLES A.Manufacturers: Hubbell CR series or equal Pass and Seymour, or Leviton. 1 Johnson County26 2726-WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building B.Receptacles: General duty, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1.Device Body: Plastic (color per architect). C.Convenience Receptacles: Type 5 -20. D.GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. Receptacles shall be "WR" weather resistant. E.Surge Suppression Receptacles: Heavy duty, specification grade. 2.5WALL PLATES A.Decorative Cover Plates: color per architect, nylon. 1.Product: Hubbell P Series or equal Pass and Seymour or Leviton. B.In-Use Weatherproof Cover Plates: Self-closing, hinged, deep outlet cover with gasket between the hinged cover and mounting plate and between the enclosure and the mounting surface. Must be listed and labeled for wet location while in use. 2.6OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND DAYLIGHT HARVESTING SENSORS A.Sensors shall be of the ultrasonic, infrared, or multi-technology type per the schedule on the drawings. B.Provide relay packs and all accessories for sensors for control of the light fixtures. Relay packs shall be 120/277 volt, 20 amp minimum, for manual-on strategy. C.Sensor layout is based on the base manufacturer listed on the schedule. Manufacturers listed as equals shall raise the quantity of layout of sensors to fit their product's specifications prior to bid, and shall advise the bidding contractors of these adjustments. Do not lower quantity of sensors. D.See the schedule on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. B.Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C.Verify that floor boxes are adjusted properly. D.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to devices. 3.2PREPARATION A.Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B.Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes. 3.3INSTALLATION A.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1, including mounting heights specified in that standard unless otherwise indicated. B.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0537 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section. C.Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches long. Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. E.Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. F.Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. G.Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. Johnson County26 2726-2WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building H.Provide single coverplate for multi-gang boxes for switches shown grouped on the drawings. I.Install wall switches with OFF position down. J.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. K.Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom. L.Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. 3.4INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes to obtain mounting heights specified. B.Heights of devices shown on the drawings are to the center of the box. C.Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be on the "knob" side. D.Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verifyfrom the general construction drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes, and locations for counters and work benches. 3.5FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. B.Operate each wall switch, wall dimmer, and fan speed controller with circuit energized to verify proper operation. C.Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D.Verify that each receptacle device is energized. E.Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity. F.Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. G.Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.6ADJUSTING A.Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.7CLEANING A.Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2726-3WIRING DEVICES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2813 -FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fuses. 1.2REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data sheets showing electrical characteristics, including time-current curves. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.5MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A.Furnish three of each size and type fuse installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Bussman, Littlefuse. 2.2FUSES -GENERAL A.Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated. B.Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage. C.Motor Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install fuses with labeloriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 2813-FUSES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2818 -ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fusible switches. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 2813 -Fuses. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA (INST) -Standard of Installation; National Electrical Contractors Association. B.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. C.Shop Drawings: Provide product data and list of equipmet to be served. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Same manufacturer as panelboards. 2.2COMPONENTS A.Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, Type GD (general-duty) enclosed load interrupter knife switch. 1.Externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. 2.Handle lockable in OFF position. 3.Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1, Class R fuses. B.Enclosures: NEMA KS 1. 1.Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2.Exterior Locations: Type 3R. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches -size per nameplate & NEC. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.5.1.1. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County26 2818-ENCLOSED SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2913 -ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Magnetic motor controllers. B.Combination magnetic motor controllers and disconnects. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B.Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Engraved nameplates. C.Section 26 2813 -Fuses. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C.NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 -for submittal procedures.. B.Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Same as panelboards. 2.2AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS A.Magnetic Motor Controllers: NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower. B.Overload Relays: NEMA ICS 2; electronic. Provide phase loss, phase reversal, and phase unbalance protection. C.Enclosures: NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 unless otherwise noted. 2.3ACCESSORIES A.Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2, 2 field convertible contacts in addition to seal-in contact. B.Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, heavy duty oiltight type. Provide green -"run" & a red "off" lights. C.Pilot Device Contacts: NEMA ICS 5, Form Z, rated A150. D.Selector Switches: Rotary type. Cover mounted HOA. Provide on/off cover mounted switch. 1 Johnson County26 2913-ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building E.Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, as scheduled or as needed. Provide fused primary, secondary, and bond unfused leg of secondaryto enclosure. F.Provide phase loss, phase unbalance, and phase reversal protection on all 3 phase motors. 2.4DISCONNECTS A.Combination Controllers: Combine motor controllers with disconnects in common enclosure. Obtain IEC Class 2 coordinated componentprotection. B.Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install enclosed controllers where indicated, in accordancewith manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 0529. C.Height: 5 ft to operating handle. D.Provide fuses for fusible switches; refer to Section 26 2813 for product requirements. E.Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. F.Provide engraved plastic nameplates; refer to Section 26 0553 for product requirements and location. G.Neatly type label inside each motor controller door identifying motor served,nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Place label in clear plastic holder. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4. B.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.16.1. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2913-2ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 2924 -VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Variable frequency controllers. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 26 0553 -Identification: Engraved nameplates. 1.3REFERENCES A.NEMA ICS 7.1 -Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation, and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NEMA ICS 7 -Industrial Control and Systems: Adjustable Speed Drives; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1993. C.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1991. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Providecatalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions and weights shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; and nameplate legends. C.Test Reports: Indicate field test and inspection procedures and test results. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. E.Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up inspection findings. F.Operation Data: NEMA ICS 7.1. Includeinstructions for starting and operating controllers, and describe operating limits that may result in hazardous or unsafe conditions. G.Maintenance Data: NEMA ICS 7.1. Include routine preventive maintenance schedule. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience and with service facilities within 125 miles of Project. C.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.6DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. B.Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish. 1.7MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Provide service and maintenance of controller for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1 Johnson County26 2924-VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.ABB. B.Toshiba. C.Danfoss. 2.2DESCRIPTION A.Variable Frequency Controllers: Enclosed controllers suitable for operating the indicated loads, in conformance with requirements of NEMA ICS 7. Select unspecified features and options in accordance with NEMA ICS 3.1. 1.Employ microprocessor-based inverter logic isolated from power circuits. 2.Employ pulse-width-modulated inverter system. 3.Design for ability to operate controller with motor disconnected from output. 4.Design to attempt five automatic restarts following fault condition before locking out and requiring manual restart. B.Enclosures: NEMA 1, lockable, suitable for equipment application in places accessible only to qualified personnel. C.Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.3OPERATING REQUIREMENTS A.Rated Input Voltage: 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hertz. B.Motor Nameplate Voltage: 200 volts,three phase, 60 Hertz. C.HP Rating: See schedule. D.AIC Rating: 26,000 amps. E.Displacement Power Factor: Between 1.0 and 0.95, lagging, over entire range of operating speed and load. F.Operating Ambient: 0 degrees C to 40 degrees C. G.Volts Per Hertz Adjustment: Plus or minus 10 percent. H.Current Limit Adjustment: 30 to 110 percent of rated. I.Acceleration Rate Adjustment: 0.5 to 30 seconds. J.Deceleration Rate Adjustment: 1 to 30 seconds. K.Input Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC and 0/2 to 10 Vdc. 2.4COMPONENTS A.Display: Provide integral digital display to indicate output voltage, output frequency, and output current. B.Status Indicators: Separate indicators for overcurrent, overvoltage, ground fault, overtemperature, and input power ON. C.Furnish HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC selector switch and manual speed control. D.Include undervoltage release. E.Control Power Source: Integral control transformer. F.Door Interlocks: Furnish mechanical means to prevent opening of equipment with power connected, or to disconnect power if door is opened; include means for defeating interlock by qualified persons. G.Safety Interlocks: Furnish terminals for remote contact to inhibit starting under both manual and automatic mode. H.Control Interlocks: Furnish terminals for remote contact to allow starting in automatic mode. Johnson County26 2924-2VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building I.Manual Bypass: Furnish contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit protection for full voltage, non-reversing operation of the motor. Include isolation switch to allow maintenance of inverter during bypass operation. J.Line contactor: Furnish contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit protection for full voltage, non-reversing operation of the motor. Include full speed operation contactor. K.Emergency Stop: Use dynamic brakes for emergency stop function. L.Disconnecting Means: Include integral MCP circuit breaker on the line side of each controller. M.Motors shall be protected against phase reversal and single phase conditions. N.Intelligent Interface Card: Provide an intelligent interface card to communicate with the building automation system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1EXAMINATION A.Verify that surface is suitable for controller installation. B.Do not install controller until building environment can be maintainedwithin the service conditions required by the manufacturer. C.Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.2INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with NEMA ICS 7.1 and manufacturer's instructions. B.Tighten accessible connectionsand mechanical fasteners after placing controller. C.Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. D.Neatly type label inside each motor controller door identifying motor served, nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Place in clear plastic holder. 3.3MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A.Provide the service of the manufacturer's field representative to prepare and start controllers. 3.4ADJUSTING A.Make final adjustments to installed controller to assure proper operation of load system. Obtain performance requirements from installer of driven loads. 3.5DEMONSTRATION A.Demonstrate operation of controllers in automatic and manual modes. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 2924-3VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 26 3600 -TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Automatic Transfer Switch. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 3213 -Engine Generators: Testing requirements. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA ICS 10 -Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. D.Operation Data: Instructions for operating equipment under emergency conditions when engine generator is running. E.Maintenance Data: Routine preventative maintenance and lubrication schedule. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. C.Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D.Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.6MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Provide maintenance of transfer switches for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.ASCO B.Russelectric C.Caterpillar D.Kohler E.Onan 2.2AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A.Description: NEMA ICS10, automatic transfer switch, open transition type. B.Configuration: Electrically operated, mechanically held transfer switch. 1 Johnson County26 3600-TRANSFER SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building 2.3COMPONENTS A.Indicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE, ALTERNATE SOURCE AVAILABLE, and SWITCH POSITION. B.Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source. C.Return to Normal Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to initiate manual transfer from alternate source to normal source. D.Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: 2 normally open; 2 normally closed. E.Normal Source Monitor: Monitor each line of normal source voltage and frequency; initiate transfer when voltage drops below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value. F.Alternate Source Monitor: Monitor alternate source voltage and frequency; inhibit transfer when voltage is below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value. G.In-Phase Monitor: Inhibit transfer until source and load are within 3 electrical degrees. H.Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1, finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. I.See the schedule on the drawings. 2.4AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A.Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate SourceGenerator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. B.Time Delay To Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: adjustable. C.Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by alternate source monitor. D.Time Delay Before Transfer to Alternate Power Source: adjustable. E.Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor. F.Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Power: adjustable; bypass time delay in event of alternate source failure. G.Time Delay Before Engine Shut Down: adjustable, of unloaded operation. H.Engine Exerciser: Start engine every 7 days; run for 30 minutes before shutting down. Bypass exerciser control if normal source fails during exercising period. I.Alternate System Exerciser: Transfer load to alternate source during engine exercising period. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.22.3. 3.3MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A.Provide the services of the manufacturer's technical representative to check out transfer switch connections and operations and place in service. 3.4CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal, and emergency modes. END OF SECTION Johnson County26 3600-2TRANSFER SWITCHES Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 27 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.References to Division 26 for general project information. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. B.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. C.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1DIVISON 26 REFERENCES A.Refer to the following general information sections in Division 26. These shall apply to all Division 27 labor and materials. 1.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. 2.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. 3.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. B.Division 27 Contractor shall serve as a sub-contractor to the Division 26 Contractor. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County27 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 27 5132 -TELEVISION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Cable and accessories. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 0534 -Conduit. B.Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.4SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Premises wiring for broadband distribution of CATV signal, including individual outlets. 1.5SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Show installation details, cable routing, and system configuration. C.Product Data: Provide showing electrical characteristics and connection requirements for each component. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of outlets, devices, and cable routing. 1.6QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and cable television utility company. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section withminimum three years documented experience with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. C.Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D.Installer Qualifications: Authorized installer of specified manufacturer with service facilities within 100 miles of the project. E.Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1RECEIVING COMPONENTS A.Manufacturers: 1.Same as Voice/Data cabling. 2.2ACCESSORIES A.Splitter: 1.Inline, all channel, back-matched splitter. 2.Through Loss: 3.5 dB for two-way; 6.7 dB for four-way. 3.Isolation: 16 dB, minimum. 4.Install 4-way splitters at the termination board for the distribution cables. B.Branch Distribution Cable: 1 Johnson County27 5132-TELEVISION SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building 1.Description: RG 6/F. Quad-shield, copper covered steel. 2.Terminate in standard F connector, compression type. 3.Cable shall be plenum rated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Connect cable television service in accordance with cable utility instructions. C.Provide proper grounding of television system components and wiring. D.Label all cables at each end. E.Cables shall be neatly bundled and routed in a direct path between termination points. F.All cable shall be kept clear of heat sources and fluorescent lighting. 3.2FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform field inspection and testing. B.Measure signal level at each outlet. END OF SECTION Johnson County27 5132-2TELEVISION SYSTEMS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 28 0130 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.References to Division 26 for general project information. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. B.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. C.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1DIVISON 26 REFERENCES A.Refer to the following general information sections in Division 26. These shall apply to all Division 28 labor and materials. 1.Section 260130 -Administrative Requirements. 2.Section 260132 -Product Requirements. 3.Section 260135 -Execution Requirements. B.Division 28 Contractor shall serve as a sub-contractor to the Division 26 Contractor. END OF SECTION 1 Johnson County28 0130-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Highway Maintenance Building SECTION 28 3100 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Fire alarm system and components shall be addressable. B.Transmitters for communication with supervising station. C.Maintenance of fire alarm system under contract for specified warranty period. 1.2REFERENCES A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. B.NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code. C.NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 1.3SUBMITTALS A.Evidence of installer qualifications. B.Evidence ofmaintenance contractor qualifications, if different from installer. C.Inspection and Test Reports: 1.Submit inspection and test plan prior to closeout demonstration. 2.Submit documentation of satisfactory inspections and tests. 3.Submit NFPA 72 "Inspection and Test Form," filled out. D.Operating and Maintenance Data: Revise and resubmit until acceptable; have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1.Complete set of specified design documents, as approved by authority having jurisdiction. 2.Additional printed set of project record documents and closeout documents, bound or filed in same manuals. 3.Contact information for firm that will be providing contract maintenance and trouble call- back service. 4.List of recommended spare parts, tools, and instruments for testing. 5.Replacement parts list with current prices, and source of supply. 6.Detailed troubleshooting guide and large scale input/output matrix. 7.Preventive maintenance, inspection, and testing schedule complying with NFPA 72; provide printed copy and computer format acceptable to the Owner. 8.Detailed but easy to read explanation of procedures to be taken by non-technical administrative personnel in the event of system trouble, when routine testing is being conducted, for fire drills, and when entering into contracts for remodeling. E.Project Record Documents: Have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1.Complete set of floor plans showing actual installed locations of components, conduit, and zones. 2."As installed" wiring and schematic diagrams, with final terminal identifications. 3."As programmed" operating sequences, including control events by device, updated input/output chart, and voice messages by event. F.Closeout Documents: 1.Certification by manufacturer that the system has been installed in compliance with his installation requirements, is complete, and is in satisfactory operating condition. 2.NFPA 72 "Record of Completion", filled out completely and signed by installer and authorized representativeof authority having jurisdiction. 1.4QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum 3 years documented experience installing fire alarm systems of the specified type and providing contract maintenance service as a regular part of their business. Johnson County28 3100-1FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building 1.Authorized representative of control unit manufacturer; submit manufacturer's certification that installer is authorized; include name and title of manufacturer's representative making certification. 2.Installer Personnel: At least 2 years ofexperience installing fire alarm systems. 3.Supervisor: NICET level III or IV (3 or 4) certified fire alarm technician; furnish name and address. B.Maintenance Contractor Qualifications: Same entity as installer or different entity with specified qualifications. 1.5WARRANTY A.Provide control panel manufacturer's warranty that system components other than wire and conduit are free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide installer's warranty that the installation is free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Fire Alarm System Panel and Components: Provided products that meet or exceed the performance of the basis of design product, products of the following are acceptable: 1.Match Gamewell FCI system in office building. System shallbe by Hawkeye Communications. 2.2FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A.Fire Alarm System: Provide anewsystemtotieto the existing automatic fire detection and alarm system: 1.Provide all components necessary, regardless of whether shown in the contract documents or not. 2.Comply with the following; where requirements conflict, order of precedence of requirements is as listed: a.The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). b.The requirements of the local Fire Chief. c.Applicable local codes. d.The contract documents (drawings and specifications). e.NFPA 101. f.NFPA 72. 3.Evacuation Alarm: Single smoke zone; general evacuation of entire premises. B.Supervising Stations and Fire Department Connections: 1.Means of Transmission to Remote Supervising Station: Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), 2 telephone lines. C.Circuits: 1.Initiating Device Circuits (IDC): Class B, Style A. 2.Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) Within Single Building: Class B, Style 0.5. 3.Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC): Class B, Style W. D.Spare Capacity: 1.Initiating Device Circuits: Minimum 25 percent spare capacity. 2.Notification Appliance Circuits: Minimum 25 percent spare capacity. 2.3FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANEL A.Control Panel: Modular construction with flush wall-mounted enclosure. B.Provide a remote annunciators where indicated on plans with a minimum of a 80 character display. C.Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators, door holders, smoke dampers, and relays, and alarm signaling devices. Include Johnson County28 3100-2FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standbymode for 48 hours followed by alarm mode for 15 minutes. D.System Supervision: Component or power supply failure places system in trouble mode. E.Initiating Device Circuits: Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from initiating an alarm. F.Indicating Appliance Circuits: Supervised signal module, sufficient for signal devices connected to system; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from signaling an alarm. G.Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically supervised digital alarm communicator transmitter, capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over telephone lines to central station receiver. H.Auxiliary Relays: Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts for each detection zone to provide accessory functions specified. I.Provide TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE, DRILL, and ALARM SILENCE switch. J.Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit trouble places system in trouble mode, which causes the following system operations: 1.Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated by zone at fire alarm control panel. 2.Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated at remote annunciator panel. 3.Trouble signal transmitted to central station. 4.Manual acknowledge function at fire alarm control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating failure or circuit trouble is cleared. K.Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating device places circuit in alarm mode, which causes the following system operations: 1.Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with march time signal. 2.Transmit non-coded signal to central station. 3.Indicate location of alarm zone on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel. 4.Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and damper operation. 5.Transmit signal to release door hold-open devices. L.Alarm Reset: System remains in alarm mode until manually reset with key-accessible reset function; system resets only if initiating circuits are out of alarm mode. M.Lamp Test: Manual lamp test function causes alarm indication at each zone at fire alarm control panel at annunciator panel. N.Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual drill function causes alarm mode operation as described. O.Addresses: 99 detectors, 99 modules. 2.4COMPONENTS A.General: 1.Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface mounted unit are acceptable. 2.Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation and maintenance data. B.Remote Annunciators: Provide remote annunciators where indicated on plans with a minimum of a 80 character LCD display. C.Initiating Devices: 1.Manual Pull Stations: a.A double action type, red LEXAN or metal, and finished in red with molded, raised- letter operating instructions of contrasting color. Station will mechanically latch upon Johnson County28 3100-3FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building operation and remain so until manually reset by opening with a key common with the control units. 2.Smoke Detectors: a.Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric type. Each sensor base shall contain an LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the Control Unit. In alarm condition, the LED shall be on steady. 3.Heat Detectors: a.Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise unit with plug-in base and alarm indication lamp; 135-deg F fixed-temperature setting except as indicated. Sensor fixed temperature sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at 135-deg F or 155-deg F. Sensor shall have the capability to be programmed as a utility monitoring device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range from 32-deg F to 155-deg F. 4.Monitor Modules: a.Addressable type with built-in LED, programmable to monitor normall open contacts. D.Auxiliary Devices: 1.Control Modules: Addressable type with built-in LED, programmable to operate 24v DC relays. 2.Cut-out Relays: UL listed relay, 120 volt/10 amp rated. E.Notification Appliances: 1.Combination Audio/visuals: a.Audible/Visible: Combination Audible/Visible (A/V) Notification Appliances shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 464. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific strobe. The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 85 dBA @ 24VDC. The audible/visible enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapters or trim rings. b.Color shall be red. 2.Horns: a.Piezoelectric type horn shall be listed to UL 464. The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 85 dBA @ 24VDC. The horn shall mount directly to a standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapter or trim rings. b.Color shall be red. 3.Strobes: a.Visible/Only: Strobe shall be listed to UL 1971. The V/O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The V/O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box,without the use of special adapters or trim rings. V/O appliances shall be provided with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd, 75cd and 110cd. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible/Onlyappliance. b.Color shall be red. F.Circuit Conductors: Plenum and fire alarm rated jacketed twisted pair copper, color coded and labeled. Manufacturer shall be approved by the Fire Alarm system supplier. All cabling shall be in conduit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and the contract documents. B.Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas. Johnson County28 3100-4FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building 3.2INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION A.Notify 7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests. B.Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel. C.Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments. D.Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests as required. E.Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing. F.Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local authorities; document each inspection and test. G.Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with contract documents. 3.3CLOSEOUT A.Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to the Owner's Representative. 1.Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests. 2.Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during demonstration. 3.Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during demonstration. 4.Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration. 5.Repeat demonstration until successful. 3.4MAINTENANCE A.Provide to theOwner, at no extra cost, a written maintenance contract for entire manufacturer's warranty period, to include the work described below. B.Perform routine inspection, testing, and preventive maintenance required by NFPA 72, including: 1.Maintenance of fire safety interface and supervisory devices connected to fire alarm system. 2.Repairs required, unless due to improper use, accidents, or negligence beyond the control of the maintenance contractor. 3.Record keeping required by NFPA 72 and authorities having jurisdiction. C.Provide trouble call-back service upon notification by Owner: 1.Provide on-site response within 2 hours of notification. 2.Include allowance for call-back service during normal working hours at no extra cost to Owner. 3.Owner will pay for call-back service outside of normal working hours on an hourly basis, based on actual time spent at site and not including travel time; include hourly rate and definition of normal working hours in maintenance contract. END OF SECTION Johnson County28 3100-5FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Highway Maintenance Building DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 1 January 8, 2014 DATE: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department Replacement Facility PROJECT NAME: This addendum forms a part of the bidding and contract documents supplements all portions of the original bidding and contract do12-5-2013with which it conflicts. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY SUBJECT THE BIDDER TO DISQUALIFICATION. GENERAL ITEMS: 1.The Countywill apply and pay all applicable fees for a storm-water and erosion control permitfor this project. As such, the contractor shall cooperate with the Countyto develop a plan and other such documents necessary to obtain that permit. The county will arrange for the engineering required for that plan. 2.There are no as-built documents for the existing buildings to be demolished. Alls are encouraged to visit the site and review the construction of the 3.For clarification, the Owner will be performing some building re beginning, and then subsequently following construction of the new facility and Owner relocation. The north building within the construction limits as shown on Sh Owner prior to construction. The nominal 70 x 80 PEMB shown at removed by the Owner following their occupancy of the new facility. Then the remai and site work can be completed. 4.The General Contractor shall be responsible to apply and pay for the City of Iowa City. 5.See attached Pre bid sign in sheet for attendees ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1.Section 033000, Perminator 15 mil under-slab vapor barriers 2.Section 081113, Mesker Steel Doors and Frames 3.Section 085113, Manko Window Systems, model 3527i series 4.Section 099000, FlorockResinous Flooring for epoxy coating. 5.Section 105100, Olympus Lockers and Storage Products, Inc. stand 6.Section 133419, Schulte Building Systems, and American Building PROJECT MANUAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to Section 000110; delete references to Divisions 14, 32 and 33. They are not included in this project manual. 2.Refer to Document 00410, Note: change requirement from 2 copies 3.Refer to Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions, Change item 9.1 bold, as follows: Substantial Completion will be December 31, 2014. T completion in this context shall mean the new building is comple the Owner. Site work and demolition activities for the west sideite, after the Owner has moved, are not intended to be included in this definition. 4.Refer to Section 072100, item 2.02 A 8, change compressive stren 5.Refer to Section 081113, item 2.05 A, delete reference to factor field glazed. In addition, item 2.06 B shall be changed to indic for field painting. 6.Refer to Section 083613, Item 2.01; the basis of design for over 2016 with 26 gauge face sheets and 2 insulation. The glazing shall be ½ insulated clear glass for all glazed panels shown. Refer to item 2.05, each door shall and each shall be provided with 2 remote operators. All electric and high voltage wiring, shall be performed by the electrical cont 7.Refer to Section 085113, item 2.02 C 5; the Kalwall panels for t-3/4 thick for the R-value shown. These panels shall be furnished with a perimeter aluminum frame in G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-1 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 1 color as chosen by the architect from the standard range of colo These frames will be mounted into rough openings at the walls of and accessories shall be furnished with this product to construct a completely water-tight assembly for the clerestory openings. Other products that will b include Amerilux Lexan glazing products utilizing a conventional openings, and CPI translucent panels with their framing systems. In all systems, for the panels to be a minimum of R-4, be translucent, white or clear, and provide a water-tight enclosure along with the surrounding building wall panels. 8.Add specification Section 087100 as attached. This is the Door Hardware specificat for this project. Modify the hardware groupings at the back of t following: Hardware Group D01, add door 103. Hardware Group D03,d 120D. Hardware Group P02, add doors 117A, 117B, 201A and 201B. Note, t included in this work. Also, Freeman Lock and Alarm Inc is locat number is 319-354-4588. 9.Refer to Section 101400 Signage, Delete item1.03 A, there will be no signage allowance. The only signs required in this contract shall be interior room sign each room. Exterior doors and overhead doors will not receive si 10.Refer to specification Section 01520;items 1.06 and 1.09, these items refer to barriers around the construction site. Refer also to Sheet C3 and C4, there are desi north that are intended to allow the Owners use of the site dur 50 wide. The north lane is 20 wide. Refer to the limits shown i other C-sheets for the construction sequencing. 11.Refer to Section 102800, item 2.04, add item G: Stainless steel-framed mirrors-Provide manufacturers standard stainless steel-framed mirrors in locations as shown on the drawings. 12.Refer to Section 102800, item 2.04, add item H: Hand Dryers-Provide Hand dryers in locations shown on the drawings as manufactured by Xelerator or Equal. 13.Refer to Section 105100; thelockers listed in this specification may be knock-down type. The G60 galvanneal coating is not required for this project. They ma frame components for the larger 18 x 18 lockers from 24 gauge 14.Refer to Section 133419, item 1.04 B, the base bid design shall be for an R-30 insulated roof, with an R-40 bid as the alternate. Item 1.03 R and other subsequent refere comply with SSPC-15, not 20. Item 2.07, the wall panels shall be manufacturersstandard profile siding, 24 gauge with exposed fasteners. The Roof panels shall b standing seam profile with concealed fasteners, minimum 24 gauge- 26 gauge standard profile panels with exposed fasteners. All panels shall be installed per each manufacturers standards including gasketing materials and all o provide a water-tight enclosure. 15.Refer to Section 133419, item 2.05 F;an approved alternative system would be Simple Saver System by Thermal Design and JM products. DRAWINGS ITEMS: 1.Refer to Sheet C2 Contractor shall remove existing pavement to the removal limits reconstruct pavement base and surface. Contractor shall not ins seal coat over existing pavement surface. 2.Refer to Sheet C4-Phase 2 Removals, to clarify the Contractors responsibility reg removal the Owner will be moving ONLY the existing metal buildin being used as their maintenance shop. This building is nominal 70 x 80. The remainder of the structure and all foundations, slabs and any other elements of c superstructure is moved shall be removed and properly disposed o 3.Refer to Sheet C6, areas designated turf grass, provide hydro-seeding over a minimum of 4 topsoil for all designated areas 4.Refer to Sheet C6 See structural sheet for proposed retaining wall details. 5.Refer to Sheet C6 Turf grass shall be in accordance with Iowa Statewide Urban Designs and Specification Section 9010.2.02.A, Type 1 (Permanent Lawn Mixtu 6.Refer to Sheet C7 6 Water Line shall be PVC SDR 18 (thickness class 150) pipe and installed in accordance with the Iowa City Municipal Design Standards. G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-2 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 1 7.Refer to Sheet C7 8 storm sewer line shall be PVC pipe in accordance with Iowa St Urban Designs and Specification Section 4020.2.01.E, Polyvinyl pipe will tie into an existing storm sewer, the exact location of the storm sewer is unknown. 8.Refer to Sheet C7 Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed in accordance with Statewide Urban Designs and Specification standard detail SW-301, Circular Sanitary Sewer Manhole. 9.Refer to Sheet C7 Water service and fire service shall tie into the existing water main that runs along the east side of the building, south of the existing commu service shall run to the east and tie into the existing sanitarycurb and gutter line. Sanitary sewer shall be installed to limit disrupt Phase 3 removals. 10.Refer to all C sheets, especially C8; the exterior paving shall psi compressive strength. Portland Cement Concrete shall be in accordance with Iowa Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 11.Refer to Sheets S0.0 and S1.0, add the following notes: 1. Appl reviewed as submitted on a case-by-case basis as a substitution for wet-curing interior concrete slabs. However wet-curing shall be the basis of the bid and will be required if the found to be inadequate. 2. Floor flatness requirements are indic used in lieu of those listed in the specifications. 3. The exterior concrete a doors shall be reinforced with #5s @ 18 o. c. each way. 12.Refer to Sheet S0.0, change project note item 1 to state the gov 13.Refer to sheets SDA-01, SDA-02, A1.3, A1.4 and A4.1, change keyed note 13 to NEW MECHANICAL HOIST (OFOI) COORDINATE WITH OWNER (SEE MECH/ELEC FOR CONNECTIONS). Change keyed note 14 to CEILING SOFFIT @ 7'-4" A.F.F. (SEE MECHANICAL). Change keyed note 15 to HANDWASHING FOUNTAIN (SEE MECHANICAL). Change keyed note 16 to SHOP EQUIPMENT (OFOI). Change keyed no MACHINE (OFOI). Change keyed note 18 to TRENCH DRAIN (SEE MECH 14.Refer tosheets SDA-01, SDA-02, A1.3, A1.4 and A4.1, change 16 gauge liner panel in wall A1 tag to 24 gauge liner panel-8-0 high starting at floor. Add note that walls A2, A3, A5 have 1-hour fire rated gyp board.Change walls A4 to (2) 4 CMU. Add wall tag A6, and change inter walls shown to A6. 15.Refer to sheet SDA-01,for changedH window tags at office borrow-lites to two A window tags. These windows shall match type A profile but shall be Hollow Met single pane glass. These are fixed-glazing units; the glass itself will not be fire-rated. 16.Refer to sheet SDA01, add additional dimensions locating trench 17.Refer to sheet SDA01, add 5-0 x 5-0 stoops at every exterior personnel doors including 100, 105, 121A, 122A, 122B, 117C, 120A, 120B, 120C, and 120D. 18.Referto sheet SDA-01,50 overhead crane span is centered along grid line C. This cran have a 3-ton capacity and shall operate over the entire range shown on th The crane travel shall overlap the edges of the mezzanine by a mof 6. There are 2 cranes, one for the south end and one for the north. The cranes of the cranes themselves is approximately 12,000 to 14,000 for e 19.Refer to sheet SDA-01, add column locations for stairs to mezzanine. 20.Refer to sheet SDA-01, dashed line around Oil/Fuel Storage represents fence around fence will be OFOI. 21.Refer to Sheets SDA-01, all main floor areas shall have 2 rigid insulation under th extending down the faces of all perimeter foundation walls to the tops of the footings below. The main floor plan area is approximately 34,000 GSF. The foundation-0 to the tops of the footings except where they are deeper on the north e GLF. 22.Refer to Sheets SDA-01 and SDA-02, add notes: There are concrete foundations and pads, and housekeeping pads, for both the emergency generator and compress generator is shown on Sheet E3.1, and the air compressor is showe mezzanine. The contractor shall coordinate the requirements for with the other sub-contractors and provide the pads and foundations as a part of th 23.Refer to Sheet SDA-01, add note regarding lockers shown in the two restrooms, rooms 110, those lockers shall be 1 x 1 x 72 double tier lockers, 8 G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-3 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 1 24.Refer to Sheet SDA-01, add locations of rollup door hoods for OH4 and OH5 25.Refer to sheet SDA-02, add mezzanine dimensions. 26.Refer to sheet SDA-03 and SDA-04, intent of the drawings were to illustrate the nominal eave heights of the building along with a projected ½:1-0 roof slope. Actual dimensions may vary by ±1-2. We intended for the high eave to be nominal28-0 and the low eave to be nominal23-10 with the roof sloping nominal½:1-0 across a 100 nominalwidth or dropping 4-2 total. Further, the wall panel color change occurs at nominal 16-0 AFF. 27.Refer to Sheets SDA-03 and SDA-04, Overhead doors shown between grids 10 and 11 shall have glazed panels the same as all other exterior doors shown. 28.Refer to sheet SDA03, add door 120D at west edge of south elevat 29.Refer to Sheet SDA-04, East Elevation, change doortag between grids 8 and 9 to 105. 30.Refer to sheet SDA04, add doors 122A and 122B to north elevation door 122A utilizing same basic construction as shown for interio steel for construction. Thisstair shall set on a full length concrete stoop necessary to sup entire length of the stair. 31.Refer to sheet SDA-04, add retaining walls to east and west edges of north elevatio end of east elevation. Increase depth of foundation and seestructural addendum notes for changes to foundation. Retaining walls shall be concrete matchin 2/S2.0 with footing shown in structural addendum notes. 32.Refer to Sheet SDA-04, add notes: the masonry wainscot is only on the east elevation. It is nominal 4 high and is the adhered masonry veneer as listed in This veneer shall be mounted over nominal ¾ exterior grade plyw with flashings above and below, and accessories necessary for a complete water-tight condition. 33.Refer to sheet SDA-06, delete door 201. Doors 111, 113A, 114A, 117A, 117B, and 117C min fire rating. 34.Refer to Sheet SDA-06, room finish schedule, the epoxy floor finish is covered unde section 099000, 2.04 F 35.Refer to Sheet SDA-06, door schedule and door elevations: Door OH3 shall be a secti overhead door at the size shown. Door OH4 shall be a 20-min fire rated metal roll up door and shall be 8 high by 12 wide for the sign shop. Door OH 5 shall be metal roll-up doors (2) and shall be 10 high by 12 wide. These 2 doors shall be fire rated (20-min) and serve the forklift path between the two main shop areas. 36.Refer to Sheet SDA-06, Room Finish Schedule; add notes at bottom of schedule: Vinyl tile shall be Armstrong Resilient Flooring, and Rubber base shall be as man 37.Refer to Sheet SDA-06, change glazing type 1 to 23/4 Kalwall Panel. 38.Refer to sheets A3.1 and A3.2, delete gutter and downspout from 39.Refer to sheet A3.1;modular mezzanine and the perimeter fence are both OFOI. 40.Refer to sheet A3.3, for detail 3 from floor down, reference det 41.Refer to Sheet A3.3, Detail 3, disregard connection detail at co connection of railing to edge of platform. Change dimensions for bollar bollard total height to be 8-0, with 4-0 exposed and 4-0 embedded, sitting on a 1-0 crushed stone base, and surrounded with a 1-6 collar of concrete. See plans for bollard locations. 42.Refer to sheet A4.1, corridor lockers not shown for dimensional 43.Refer to Sheet A7.1;provide stainless steel framed mirrors as shown in elevations 1, These mirrors shall be provided by the same manufacturer for the other Toilet Accessories. 44.Refer to Sheet A7.2, change references for lab casework to indic casework as shown in specification Section 123100. All casework countertops shall be solid surfacing. All colors shall be chosen by the Architect and Owner from the standard range of colors offered by the manufacturers involv G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-4 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 1 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to attached sheets showing mechanical and electrical adden work. Ament, Inc. Prepared By: _____________________________ Allen M. Varney, III, AIA Iowa Registration No. 2283 Registration Renewal Date: June 30, 2015 End of Document 000901 G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-5 Bid Package ADDENDUM #1 CEDAR RAPIDS 215 Second Avenue SE, Ste 200 Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 Ph: (319) 365-0030 Fax (319) 365-4122 Date: January 8, 2014 Project: Johnson County Maintenance Facility Johnson County, Iowa WPE Project #BI13030 TO:All prime contract bidders and all others to whom Drawings and Specifications have been issued by the Engineer. Acknowledge receipt of the Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents. It modifies them as follows: PRODUCT APPROVALS: The manufacturers and products,which are listed in the following texts, are approved for bidding. Final acceptance is contingent upon receipt and approval of final shop drawings. Manufacturer shall conform to all warranties, performances, size, etc., as the item specified. The burdenof proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Those items not specifically listed by addendum shall not be approved for bidding. SECTIONDESCRIPTIONMANUFACTURER 22 1006Prefabricated Trench DrainHubble Polycast Plumbing Piping SpecialtiesWatts 22 3000Water HeaterLaars Compression TankTaco 22 4000Lavatory and Sink FaucetsMoen Commercial Wash FountainsWilloughby Urinal CarriersJay R. Smith Plumbing FixturesGuardian Safety Equipment 23 0519Pressure GaugesWeiss ThermometersWeiss 23 0553ID for HVACBrimar 23 2110In-Slab Heating SystemHeat-Link,Watts Roth 23 2113Butterfly ValvesMetraflex Check ValveMetraflex 23 2114StrainersMetraflex Expansion TanksPatterson Air SeparatorsThrush Flow ControlsPRO Hydronics 23 2123HVAC PumpsPatterson In-Line PumpsTaco System Lubricated CirculatorsTaco In-Line CirculatorsTaco 23 3700Air Outlets and InletsLouvers and Dampers 27 1996Voice & Data Cabling SystemTE Connectivity RAPID CITY, SDSIOUX FALLS, SDCASPER, WYCEDAR RAPIDS, IA MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 221005 PLUMBING PIPING 1.Paragraph 1.1.A. Add the following: “4.Compressed air. 5.Vehicle fluids (Rykon, engine oil, 1000 fluid, and ATF [Automatic Transmission Fluid])”. 2.Refer to Part 2-PRODUCTS. Add the following: “ 2.11CompressedAir Piping A.PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 1.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40 black. a.Fittings; ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel weldingtype. b.Joints; Threaded or welded to ASME B31.1. B.VALVES 1.Gate Valves: a.MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder ends. 2.Air Outlets: a.Quick Connector: 3/8 inch brass, snap onconnector with self-closing valve, Style A. C.UNIONS AND COUPLINGS 1.Unions: a.Ferrous Pipe: 150 psimalleable iron threaded unions. 2.12VEHICLE FLUIDS A.PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 2.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40 black. a.Fittings; ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type. b.Joints; Threaded or welded to ASME B31.1. B.VALVES 1.Gate Valves: a.MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder ends. 2.Air Outlets: a.Quick connector: 3/8 inch brass, snap onconnector with self-closing valve, Style A. C.UNIONS AND COUPLINGS 1.Unions: a.Ferrous Pipe: 150 psi malleable iron threaded unions.” 3.Refer to Paragraph 3.3. Add the following: “P.Install take-offs on compressed air piping from the top of the main. Slope take-off piping to all outlets. Install tees instead of elbows at all changes on direction of the compressed air mains. Fill the open end of each tee with a plug.” SECTION 235233 STEEL WATER-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERS 1.Add this section which is attached in its entirety at the end of this Addendum. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET M1.1–MAIN FLOOR –SOUTH –PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLAN: 1.Refer to Utility Room 116. Add a service sink (a molded stone Fiat MSD2424 or approved equal) in the southwest corner of Room 116. Include a Fiat 889-CC and 832-AA mop hanger, hose and bucket or approved equals. Rearrange the other plumbing work in this room as necessary to accommodate this service sink. For the service sink, install a 3” waste line, 2” vent, 3/4” CW, and 3/4” HW and connect to their nearby respective mains. 2.Refer to the area east of Corridor 100. Relocate the fire department connection (FDC) and the interior route of its 6 inch fire line 19 feet to the south such that the FDC is immediately south of Door 120B. 3.Refer to the area east of Office 108. Relocate the natural gas meter and its associated piping approximately 14 feet to the north to reduce the conflict with the existing tower in the same vicinity. 4.Refer to the Specific Plumbing and Fire Protection Notes. Revise Note 6 to read as follows: “6.Route 1/2 inch cold water line to a shut-off valve in a recessed ice maker box behind each refrigerator. Make final connection to each refrigerator.” 5.Refer to the Specific Plumbing and Fire Protection Notes. Revise Note 14 to read as follows: “14.Within these limits, the Contractor shall install a complete Light Hazard sprinkler system in the office area and a complete Ordinary Hazard(Group 2) sprinkler system in the rest of the area.” SHEET M1.2–MAIN FLOOR –NORTH –PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLAN: 1.Refer to the Specific Plumbing and Fire Protection Notes. Revise Note 6 to read as follows: “6.Within these limits, the Contractor shall install a complete Ordinary Hazard (Group 2) sprinkler system.” SHEET M1.3–MEZZANINE PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLAN: 1.Refer to the Specific Plumbing and Fire Protection Notes. Revise Note 3to read as follows: “3.Within these limits, the Contractor shall install a complete Ordinary Hazard (Group 2) sprinkler system.” SHEET M4.1–MECHANICAL SCHEDULES: 1.Refer to the Plumbing Fixture Schedule.ReviseP-11’sManufacturer’s Designation toread “BRADLEY S19314BF”. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 26 3213 ENGINE GENERATORS 1.Paragraph 2.3.C. Add the following: "The generator shall have all regulators, valves, controls, and other equipment to accommodate a "duel fuel" set-up with a propane tank." SECTION 27 1996 VOICE & DATA CABLING 1.Paragraph 1.6.B. Add the following to the approved manufacturers to items 1 and 2: 1.TE Connectivity. 2.TE Connectivity. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: SHEET E3.1 –ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN: 1.Refer to Electrical Site Plan. The 1" conduits from the new maintenance building to the existing fuel islands shall be bored under the existing shop that will remain until the new building is completed. SECTION 23 5233-STEEL WATER-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1SECTION INCLUDES A.Boilers. B.Controls and boiler trim. C.Hot water connections. D.Fuel burning system and connection. 1.2RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 23 2114-Hydronic Specialties. 1.3REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI Z21.13 -American National Standard for Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers; 2010. B.ASME (BPV IV) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV -Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. C.ASME (BPV VIII, 1) -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 -Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. D.HI BTS-2000 -Testing Standard, Method to Determine Heating Efficiency of CommercialSpace Heating Boilers; The Hydronics Institute of AHRI; 2007. E.NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2009. F.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008. 1.4SUBMITTALS A.See Division 1 for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data indicating general assembly, components, controls, safety controls, and wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, and service connections. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start up instructions. D.Manufacturer's Inspection Report: Submit authorized boiler inspection prior to shipment. E.Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate that specified performance and efficiency has been met or exceeded; at minimum provide report of the following combustion tests: boiler firing rate, over fire draft, gas flow rate, heat input, burner manifold gas pressure, percent carbon monoxide (CO), percent oxygen(O), percent excess air, flue gas temperature at outlet, ambient temperature, net stack temperature, percent stack loss, percent combustion efficiency, and heat output. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, cleaning procedures, replacement parts list, and maintenance and repair data. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Linn County's name and registered with manufacturer. Johnson County23 5233-1 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 23 5233-STEEL WATER-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERSCONTD. 1.5QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum threeyears of documentedexperience. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Conform to NFPA 70code for internal wiring of factorywired equipment. B.Conform to ASME (BPV IV), ASME (BPV VIII, 1), and ANSI Z21.13for construction of boilers. C.Units: AGA certified. D.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect boilers from damage by leaving factory inspection openings and shipping packaging in place until final installation. 1.8WARRANTY A.Provide a fiveyear warranty to includecoverage for heat exchanger. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1MANUFACTURERS A.Weil-McLain. B.Laars. C.Camus Hydronics. 2.2MANUFACTURED UNITS A.Factory assembled, factory fire-tested, self-contained, readily transported unit ready for automatic operation except for connection of water,fuel, electrical, and vent services. B.Unit: Condensing boiler with stainless steel water tube heat exchanger on integral structural steel frame base and integral forced draft burner, burner controls, boiler trim, insulation, and jacket. C.Efficiency: 1.Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency: 93.6%. 2.3BOILER SHELL A.Construct applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code for allowable working pressure of 30 psiwater. B.Provide adequate tappings, observation ports, removable panels and access doors for entry, cleaning, and inspection. C.Insulate casing with readily removable insulation and jacket. 2.4HOT WATER BOILER TRIM A.Low Water Cut-off: With drain valve and manual resetto automatically prevent burner operation whenever boiler water falls below safe level. B.Temperature Controls: 1.Auto reset type shall control burner firing rate to maintain temperature. Johnson County23 5233-2 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 23 5233-STEEL WATER-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERSCONTD. 2.Manual reset type shall control burner to prevent boiler water temperature from exceeding safe system water temperature. C.ASME rated pressure relief valves. D.Combination pressure and thermometer gage. 2.5FUEL BURNING SYSTEM A.General: Sealed combustion, forced draft automatic burner integral with front head of boiler designed to burn natural gasand maintainfuel-air ratios automatically. 1.Blower: Statically and dynamically balanced to supply combustion air; direct connected to motor. 2.Damper Motor: Single motor controls combustion air damper and fuel valves. B.Gas Burner: Sealed combustion, forced draft, high radiant multiport power burner with electric ignition modulating with low fire ignition position. 1.Natural Gas Burner Piping: Include on unit complete gas train including high and low gas pressure switches, plug valve, and gas pressure regulator. 2.6CONTROL PANEL A.Electronic combustion control to control ignition, starting and stopping of burner, and provide both pre-combustion purge and post combustion purge. Burner to shut down in event of ignition, pilot, or main flame failure. Interlock to shut down burner upon combustion air pressure drop. B.Electronic detector to prevent primary fuel valves from opening until pilot flame is established. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install boiler and provide connection of natural gas service in accordance with requirements of NFPA 54 and applicable codes. C.Provide piping connections and accessories as indicated; refer to Section 23 2114. D.Pipe relief valves to nearest floor drain. E.Install circulator on boiler as indicated on the plans. F.Connection to electrical service provided by Division 16 Contractor. 3.2SYSTEM STARTUP A.Provide the services of manufacturer's field representative for starting and testing unit. B.Submit start-up documentation to engineer for review following successful start-up. 3.3CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Train operating personnel in operation and maintenance of units. B.Provide the services of manufacturer's field representative to conduct training. END OF SECTION Johnson County23 5233-3 Highway Maintenance BuildingFIRE SUPPRESSION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Johnson County Secondary Roads SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide door hardware for hollow metal and wood doors. B. Where items of hardware are not definitely specified and are required for the intended service, such omission or other discrepancy shall be submitted to the Architect prior to the bid date for clarification by addendum. Otherwise provide such items in the type and quantity for the appropriate service intended. C. Coordinate access control system with Freeman Lock. D. Coordinate cylinders and keying by Freeman Lock. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit detailed door hardware schedule in quantities required by Division 1 - General Requirements. B. The door hardware schedule format shall be consistent with recommendations for a vertical format set forth in the Door & Hardware Institute's (DHI) publication "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule". Door hardware sets shall be consolidated to group multiple door openings which share similar hardware requirements. Schedule shall include the following information: 1. Door number, location, size, handing, and rating. 2. Door and frame material, handing. 3. Degree of swing. 4. Manufacturer 5. Product name and catalog number 6. Function, type and style 7. Size and finish of each item 8. Mounting heights 9. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, etc. 10. Numerical door index, indicating the hardware set/ group number for each door. C. The schedule shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC). Handwritten schedules are not acceptable. The supervising AHC shall attend meetings related to the project when requested by the Architect. D. Where items of hardware are not definitely specified and are required for the intended service, notify the Architect for clarification. If hardware is not specified but required for typical application, furnish and install such hardware items in the type and quantity for the appropriate service and function. D. Review drawings from related trades as required to verify compatibility with specified hardware. Indicate unsuitable or in compatible items, and proposed substitutions in the door hardware schedule. E. Submit manufacturers' catalog data for each item of door hardware in quantities required by Division 1 - General Requirements. F. Submit a sample of each type of door hardware requested by the Architect. Samples shall be of the same finish, style, and function as specified herein. Tag each sample with its permanent location so that it may be used in the final work. DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 1 Johnson County Secondary Roads G. Submit with the first submittal, a list of required lead times for door hardware items. H. After final approved schedule is returned, transmit corrected copies for distribution and field use in quantities required by Division 1 - General Requirements. I. Submit approved door hardware schedules, template lists, and pertinent templates as requested by related trades. J. Submit necessary diagrams, schematics, voltage and amperage requirements for electro- mechanical devices and systems when indicated and as required by related trades. K. After receipt of approved door hardware schedule, the door hardware supplier shall initiate a meeting including the Owner's Representative to determine keying requirements. Upon completion of the initial key meeting, the door hardware supplier shall prepare a key schedule with symbols and abbreviations as set forth in the Door and Hardware Institute's publication "Keying Procedures, Systems, and Nomenclature". Submit copies of the Owner approved key schedule for record and field use in quantities required by Division 1 - General Requirements. L. Electrical products: 1. Submit wiring diagrams prepared by factory authorized personnel showing exact point to point connections required for each electrical component that is being provided. 2. Submit elevation riser drawings indicating the conduit runs needed along with the quantity and gage of wire required at each electrical component supplied in this section. 3. Submit a brief written explanation of how all of the components are to operate together as a system. If there is an interface required with another electrical system (fire alarm, card reader, etc.) then the requirements of the hardware system shall be indicated by the hardware supplier 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This section may not deal individually with minute items such as components, parts, controls and devices which may be required to produce the door hardware performance specified. Provide such items where required, whether or not specifically identified. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers. No substitutions will be allowed. C. For products specified by naming only one product/manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified with no product/manufacturer listed, any product/manufacturer that meets the specification requirements will be allowed. E. Supplier qualifications: A recognized door hardware supplier, with office and warehousing facilities within 150 miles of the project site and who has been furnishing door hardware for a period of not less than three (3) years. F. Installation of door hardware shall be installed or directly supervised and inspected by a skilled installer certified by the manufacturer of locksets, door closers, and exit devices used on the project, or with not less than three (3) years experience in successful completion of projects similar in size and scope. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 2 Johnson County Secondary Roads A. The Contractor shall receive door hardware and provide secure and proper protection of door hardware items to avoid delays caused by lost or damaged hardware. B. Coordinate with related suppliers/fabricators under the direction of the Contractor for delivery of door hardware items necessary for factory installation. 1.5 TEMPLATES A. Furnish hardware templates and other information required to the fabricators of the doors and frames. This data is required to assist the fabricators in making proper cutouts, mortises, reinforcements, electrical connections and other preparations as required to properly receive the door hardware. B. The templates and/or physical door hardware, as required, shall be shipped prepaid to the fabricators. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Door hardware items shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship as set forth in Division 1 - General Requirements. B. Door hardware shall be warranted by the manufacturers to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from substantial completion of the project. 1. Exception: Mechanical closers shall be warranted for ten (10) years from date of substantial completion. Power assist closers shall be warranted for two (2) years from the date of substantial completion. 2. Exception: Exit devices shall be warranted for five (5) years from date of substantial completion. C. Repair, replace, or otherwise correct deficient materials and workmanship without additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FASTENERS A. Install door hardware with only fasteners provided by the manufacturer for use with the specific product and according to the manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Exposed fasteners shall match the finish of the adjacent door hardware. Fasteners exposed to the weather shall be non-ferrous or stainless steel. Furnish correct fasteners to accommodate surrounding conditions. C. Coordinate required hardware reinforcements for doors and frames. Furnish through-bolts as required for materials not readily reinforced. D. Furnish self-tapping (TEC) screws for attachment of sweeps and stop-applied weatherstripping. 2.2 BUTT HINGES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives (IVE) Stanley (STA) Hager (HAG) Standard weight, ball bearing, 5BB1 FBB179 BB1279 fire-rated, steel or stainless steel Standard weight, ball bearing, 5BB1 FBB191 BB1191 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 3 Johnson County Secondary Roads exterior exposure, non-ferrous, or stainless steel B. Hinges for fire-rated interior doors shall be steel or stainless steel. Hinges for non-rated interior doors shall be non-ferrous metal, stainless steel or steel. Hinges for exterior doors shall be stainless steel or non-ferrous metal. C. Furnish hinges with sufficient width to accommodate trim and allow for 180-degree swing. D. Furnish hinges with flat button tips with non-rising pins at interior doors, non-removable loose pins (NRP) at exterior and out-swinging interior doors. E. Furnish hinges to template standards. 2.3 CONTINUOUS GEARED HINGES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives (IVE) Stanley McKinney Hager (STA)(MCK) (HAG) Full Mortise Aluminum 224HD 662HD MCK-25HD 780-224HD Geared - Heavy Duty Continuous Hinge w/ Edge Protector B. Construct geared hinges of heavy-duty series, extruded 6063-T6 aluminum alloy. C. Hinge shall be non-handed with symmetrical template hole pattern and factory drilled. Hinge shall accept a minimum of 20 fasteners on the door and 20 fasteners on the frame. D. Provide machine screws for doors which have been reinforced to accept machine screws. E. Coordinate continuous hinges with door and frame supplier. 2.4 FLUSH BOLTS AND DUST PROOF STRIKES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives (IVE) Door Controls Rockwood (ROC) Hager (HAG) (DCI) Dust Proof Strike DP2 82 570 280X Auto Flush Bolt FB41P 962 1962 296W (Wood Door) Manual Flush Bolt FB358 790F 557 283D (Wood Door) B. Furnish 12" rods for manual flushbolts for door 7'-6" or less, 24" top rods for doors over 7'-6" to 8'-6". C. Furnish automatic flushbolts where required to maintain egress requirements on pairs of doors. D. Furnish flushbolts with non-locking dust proof strikes. 2.5 EXIT DEVICES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin Monarch Precision Sargent (VON) (MON) (PRE)(SAR) Wide Stile, 99 Series 18 Series 2000 GL-43-80 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 4 Johnson County Secondary Roads Push Pad Series Series Lever Trim 996 Series 180 3900740 ET Series Series Pull Trim 990 Series Vanguard 1700A 800 MAL Series B. Exit devices shall be equipped with a sound-dampening feature to reduce touch pad return noise. C. On full glass doors there shall be no exposed fasteners on the back of the mechanism visible through the glass. D. Exit devices shall be furnished with flush end caps to reduce potential damage from impact. E. Exit devices shall be furnished with dead-locking latchbolts to insure security. F. Exit devices shall be U.L. listed for accident hazard. Exit device for use on fire doors shall be U.L. listed for fire exit hardware. G. Furnish strikes, special length rods, and adapter plates to accommodate door and frame conditions. Furnish narrow style series devices in lieu of wide stile series devices where strikes will not accommodate door and frame conditions. H. Coordinate with related trades to insure adequate clearance and reinforcement is provided in doors and frames. Furnish thru bolts as required. I. Furnish glass bead kits as required to accommodate door conditions. Screws shall not be visible through full glass doors. 2.7 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Falcon Sargent (FAL) Best(BES) (SAR) Grade 1 LM Series 35H Series 8200 Series MortiseQN B. Levers shall match Falcon QN – Quantum-Napa design. C. Unless otherwise specified, locks and latches shall have: 1. 2-3/4" Backset 2. 1/2" minimum throw latchbolt 4. ANSI A115.2 strikes D. Furnish guarded latchbolts for locksets, and latchbolts with sufficient throw to maintain fire rating of both single and paired door assemblies. E. Length of strike lip shall be sufficient to clear surrounding trim. F. Furnish wrought boxes for strikes at inactive doors, wood frames, and metal frames without integral mortar covers. 2.10 CLOSERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN (LCN) Sargent (SAR) 1461 1331 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 5 Johnson County Secondary Roads B. Closers shall be constructed with high strength cast iron cylinders, forged main arms, and one piece forged steel pistons. C. Closers shall utilize a stable fluid withstanding temperature range of +120deg F to -30deg F without seasonal adjustment of closer speed to properly close the door. Furnish closers for fire-rated doors with temperature stabilizing fluid that complies with standards UL10C. D. Door closers shall have full plastic covers and separate adjusting valves for sweeps, latch, and backcheck. E. Furnish closers for all labeled doors. Furnish closers with adjustable spring power. Size closers to insure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Size other door closers to allow for reduced opening force not to exceed 5 lbs. F. Furnish closers complete with all components necessary for the complete installation of closers including, but not limited to special templates, mounting brackets and cover plates as required by door conditions, frame conditions, and adjacent hardware. G. Pressure relief valves (PRV’s) are not acceptable. H. Powder coat finish or equivalent meeting a 100 hour salt spray test for all metal surfaces. 2.12 KICK PLATES A. Furnish 10" high kick plates. 1. Metal protective plates shall be 0.050" thick satin stainless steel B. Protective plates shall be 2" less door width, or 1" less door width at pairs. Protective plates shall be beveled 4 sides and counter sunk 2.14 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives (IVE) Hager (HAG) Trimco (TRI) Burns (BUR) Wrought Concave Wall WS407CCV 236W 1270WV 575 Bumper B. Furnish a stop or holder for all doors. Furnish floor stops only where specifically specified. C. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish overhead stops. 2.15 WEATHERSTRIP, GASKETING A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Pemko NGPHager ZeroReese (PEM)(NGP) (HAG) (ZER) (REE) Weatherstrip 2891APK 700NA -- 328CPB 755C Sweeps 315N 200N -- -- 323 Drip Cap 346A 16A 810S 142 R201A Mullion Seal -- 5100 -- -- -- B. Furnish intumescent and other required edge sealing systems as required by individual fire door listings to comply with positive pressure standards UL 10C. C. Furnish smoke gaskets at fire rated doors and smoke and draft control assemblies. 2.16 THRESHOLDS DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 6 Johnson County Secondary Roads A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Pemko (PEM) NGP Reese Hager (HAG) Zero (ZER) (NGP) (REE) Saddle Thresholds 171A 425E S205 412BR 655A B. Hardware supplier shall verify finish floor conditions and coordinate proper threshold as required to insure a smooth transition between threshold and interior floor finish. 2.19 FINISHES AND BASE MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated in the hardware groups, hardware finishes shall be applied over base metals as specified in the following finish schedule: BHMA FINISH AND HARDWARE ITEM BASE MATERIAL Butt Hinges: Exterior, or Non-Ferrous 630 (US32D) Butt Hinges: Interior 652 (US26D) Continuous Geared Hinges 628 (US28) Flush Bolts 626 (US26D) Exit Devices 626 (US26D) Locks and Latches 626 (US26D) Pulls and Push Plates/Bars 630 (US32D) Coordinators 600 (Prime painted or mill alum.) Closers 689 (Powder Coat Aluminum) Protective Plates 630 (US32D) Overhead Stops 630 (US32D) Wall Stops and Holders 630 (US32D) Thresholds 628 (Mill Aluminum) Weather-strip, Sweeps Drip Caps Aluminum Anodized Magnetic Holders Sprayed Aluminum Magnetic Locks 628 (US28) Miscellaneous 626 (US26D) 2.20 KEYING A. Furnish locks and cylinders utilizing the Owner’s existing Medeco master key system. Coordinate with Freeman Lock. D. Keying shall be by the lock manufacturer where permanent records shall be kept. E. Furnish a total of two (2) keys per cylinder. Actual cut keys to be determined by owner. F. Master keys and control keys to be delivered by registered mail to the Owner. Change keys shall be delivered in a set up key cabinet. Construction keys shall be delivered to the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of door hardware, the door hardware installer shall examine door frame installation to insure frames have been set square and plumb. The installer shall examine doors, door frames, and adjacent wall, floor, and ceiling for conditions, which would adversely effect proper operation and function of door assemblies. Do not proceed with door hardware installation until such deficiencies have been corrected. DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 7 Johnson County Secondary Roads 3.2 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. Door hardware items requiring low voltage connections or 120 volt connections shall have wiring connected by Division 16. The conduit (if required), wire and installation shall be provided by Division 16. The installation of door hardware items requiring electrical connection by Division 16 shall be accomplished by the door hardware installer and shall be coordinated with Division 16. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Before beginning the door hardware installation, the Contractor shall coordinate a door hardware installation meeting with a seven (7) working day notice to parties involved. Conduct the meeting on the installation of door hardware, specifically of locksets, closers, exit devices, continuous hinges, overhead stops and electro-mechanical items. 1. The manufacturer's representative(s) of the above products shall present the meeting. 2. The meeting shall be held at the job site and attended by the Architect, the Contractor, door hardware installers (including low voltage hardware), the manufacturer’s representatives for above hardware items, and other effected subcontractors or suppliers. 3. Training shall include use of installation manuals, door hardware schedule, templates and physical products samples. B. Install door hardware in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and adjustment. C. Mount door hardware items at the following heights: 1. Hinges: a. Top hinge: 9-3/4" from top of door to centerline of hinge. b. Intermediate hinges: equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. c. Bottom hinge: 10-3/8" from floor to centerline of hinge. 2. Lockset/latchset: 40-5/16" from floor to centerline of lock strike. 4. Exit devices: per manufacturer's template. 5. Push plate: 48" from floor to centerline of plate. 6. Pull: 42" from floor to centerline of pull. 7. Wall bumper: set to allow lever to strike bumper. 8. Other: per manufacturer’s recommendation D. Set units level, plumb and true to the line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. E. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accord with industry standards. F. Drill appropriate size pilot holes for door hardware attached to wood doors and frames. G. Shim doors as required to maintain proper operating clearance between door and frame. H. Use only fasteners supplied by or approved by the manufacturer for each respective item of door hardware. I. Mortise and cut to close tolerance and conceal evidence of cutting in the finished work. J. Conceal push and pull bar fasteners where possible. Do not install through bolts through push plates. K. Install door hardware on UL labeled openings in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements to maintain the label. DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 8 Johnson County Secondary Roads L. Install wall stops to contact lever handles or pulls. Do not mount wall stops on casework, or equipment. M. Where necessary, adjust doors and door hardware to eliminate binding between strike and latchbolt. Doors shall not rattle. N. Install door closers on corridor side of lobby doors, room side of corridor doors, and stair side of stairways. O. Adjust spring power of door closers to insure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Adjust other door closers to insure opening force does not to exceed 5 lbs. P. Adjust "sweep", "latch", & "back check" valves on door closers to properly control door through out the opening and closing cycle. Adjust total closing speed as required to comply with applicable state and local building codes. Q. Unless otherwise specified or detailed, install thresholds with the bevel in vertical alignment with the outside door face. Notch and closely fit thresholds to frame profile. Set thresholds in full bed of sealant. 3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, After installation has been completed, the door hardware installer, the door hardware supplier and the manufacturer’s representative for locksets, door closers, exit devices, and overhead stops shall check the project and verify compliance with installation instructions, adjustment of hardware items, and proper application according to the approved door hardware schedule. The door hardware supplier shall submit a list of door hardware that has not been installed correctly. B. After installation has been completed, the door hardware supplier and the manufacturer’s representative shall meet with the Owner’s Representative to explain the functions, uses, adjustment, and maintenance of each item of door hardware. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. At final completion, and when HVAC equipment is in operation, the door hardware installer shall make final adjustments to and verify proper operation of door closers and other items of door hardware. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by the manufacturer. B. Door hardware shall be left clean and in good operation. Door hardware found to be disfigured, defective, or inoperative shall be repaired or replaced. C. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. C. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of door hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. D. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 9 Johnson County Secondary Roads 3.6 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The following schedule of door hardware groups is intended to describe opening function. Hardware Group No. D01 For use on mark/door #(s): 101 107 113 114 115 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10689 VON 1 EA EU STOREOOM LOCK MA881P QN626 FAL 1 EA CYLINDER BLD STD626 MED 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 FC689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE 1 CARD READER BY OTHERS 1 POWER SUPPLY BY OTHERS Operational Description Latch bolt operated by knob/lever from inside except when outer knob/lever is electrically unlocked, then latch bolt from either side. When locked, key in cylinder outside retracts latch bolt. Deadlocking latch. Self-Closing. Hardware Group No. D02 For use on mark/door #(s): 104 113A 114A 202A 202B Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10689 VON 1 EA EU STOREOOM LOCK MA881P QN626 FAL 1 EA CYLINDER BLD STD626 MED 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH FC689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 CARD READER BY OTHERS 1 POWER SUPPLY BY OTHERS Locate card reader inside toilet Operational Description Latch bolt operated by knob/lever from inside except when outer knob/lever is electrically unlocked, then latch bolt from either side. When locked, key in cylinder outside retracts latch bolt. Deadlocking latch. Self-Closing. Templating allows Spring CUSH Arm to stop the door's swing between 85 and 110 degrees. Hardware Group No. D03 For use on mark/door #(s): 100 105 120A 120B 120C 121A DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 10 Johnson County Secondary Roads 121B 122A 122B Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5630 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10689 VON 1 EA EU STOREOOM LOCK MA881P QN626 FAL 1 EA CYLINDER BLD STD626 MED 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH FC689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16ACL NGP 1 SET SEALS 700NACL NGP 1 EA DOOR SWEEP C607ACL NGP 1 EA SADDLE THRESHOLD 425719 NGP 1 CARD READER BY OTHERS 1 POWER SUPPLY BY OTHERS Operational Description Latch bolt operated by knob/lever from inside except when outer knob/lever is electrically unlocked, then latch bolt from either side. When locked, key in cylinder outside retracts latch bolt. Deadlocking latch. Self-Closing. Templating allows Spring CUSH Arm to stop the door's swing between 85 and 110 degrees. Hardware Group No. K02 For use on mark/door #(s): 109 110 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" O630 IVE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 6" X 16"630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE Operational Description Self-Closing. Hardware Group No. OHD For use on mark/door #(s): OH1 OH2 OH3 OH4 Provide each RU door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 1 BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER Hardware Group No. P01-A DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 11 Johnson County Secondary Roads For use on mark/door #(s): 102 108 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET MA101 QN626 FAL 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE Operational Description Latch bolt by knob/levers at all times. Hardware Group No. P02 For use on mark/door #(s): 111 112 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET MA101 QN626 FAL 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 FC689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE Operational Description Latch bolt by knob/levers at all times. Self-Closing. Hardware Group No. S02 For use on mark/door #(s): 106 116 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA STORE DOOR LOCK MA371P QN626 FAL 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE Operational Description Latch bolt by knobs/levers either side. Dead bolt by key from either side. Self-Closing. Hardware Group No. S04 For use on mark/door #(s): 202 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 12 Johnson County Secondary Roads Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 SET CONST LATCHING FB51P630 IVE BOLT 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2626 IVE 1 EA STORE DOOR LOCK MA371P QN626 FAL 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH FC689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE Operational Description Latch bolt by knobs/levers either side. Dead bolt by key from either side. Self-Closing. Templating allows Spring CUSH Arm to stop the door's swing between 85 and 110 degrees. Hardware Group No. T02-M For use on mark/door #(s): 104A Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK MA311 OCCUPIED/VACANT QNM QN626 FAL 1 EA MONITOR STRIKE 4670-T1US26D VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B4E630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV626 IVE Operational Description Latch bolt by knobs/levers. Dead bolt by turn from inside and emergency release outside. Rotating inside knob/lever retracts both bolts. Lock Indicator will read Occupied/Vacant Monitor strike for Cylindrical Locks. Self-Closing. Door/Hardware Index Door#HWSet#RefHWSet# 100D03E01 101D01E01 102P01AE01 104D02E01 104AT02ME01 105D03E01 106S02E01 107D01E01 108P01AE01 109K02E01 110K02E01 111P02E01 112P02E01 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 13 Johnson County Secondary Roads Door#HWSet#RefHWSet# 113D01E01 113AD02E01 114D01E01 114AD02E01 115D01E01 116S02E01 120AD03E01 120BD03E01 120CD03E01 121AD03E01 121BD03E01 122AD03E01 122BD03E01 202S04S04 202AD02E01 202BD02E01 OH1OHDOHD OH2OHDOHD OH3OHDOHD OH4OHDOHD END OF SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 - 14 DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 2 January 10, 2014 DATE: Johnson County Secondary Roads Department Replacement Facility PROJECT NAME: This addendum forms a part of the bidding and contract documents supplements all portions of the original bidding and contract do12-5-2013with which it conflicts. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY SUBJECT THE BIDDER TO DISQUALIFICATION. GENERAL ITEMS: 1.NPDES Permit: The Owner will provide a Stormwater Pollution Pre Contractor for use on the Project and two (2) newspaper proof of publications. It will be the Contractors responsibility to complete and apply for the City o Runoff (CSR) permit application and the Iowa Department of Natur Intent for the NPDES Permit. Payment of all fees associated with the permits is the respon of the Contractor. The permit fee for Citys CSR permit is $150 NPDES permit is $175 for a one-year permit and $350 for a three-year permit. The Contractor will also be responsible for filing the Notice of Discontinuatio acceptance of the Project by Johnson County.See attached documents for SWPPP Design Standards & inspection forms,Stormwater Pollution Prevention Planand the CSR (Construction SiteRunoff) permit application & checklists. 2.Refer to Addendum #1, General Note item 3 shall prevail over Dra has stated they will arrange to move two buildings, the northernand the Mechanics Shop portion of the southern building, shown withi 3.The Johnson County Secondary Roads Department will arrange for a concrete testing necessary for this project. There will be no cothat effort assigned to this bid. 4.The basis for design of the pre-engineered metal building roof and wall panels shall beas manufactured by Nucor Building Systems. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1.N/A PROJECT MANUAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to Addendum #1, SpecificationNote item 8, regarding Freeman Alarm. Freeman Alarm is Johnson Countys preferred vendor for access control. The biddin Freeman Alarm costs to coordinate and install the access control DRAWINGS ITEMS: 0.6C22 gauge. 1.Refer to sheet S1.0, Mezzanine metal deck shall be 2.See attached sheet SDA-01 which has been re-issued for print clarity. 3.Refer to Sheet SDA-06; Omit door 121B from Door Schedule. This door will not be use basis of design. 4.Refer to Sheet SDA-06 as referenced by Addendum #1-The following rooms shallhave gypsum board ceilings: Sign Shop 102, Fitness Room 104, Storage 106, Br and Womens 110. 5.Refer to Sheet SDA-06 as referenced by Addendum #1-the following rooms shall have ACP ceilings: Corridor 100, 108 & 112. 6.Refer to attached SDA-07 for tie-down details. These shall be set into slabs-on-grade within both shop and storage spaces as shown on Sheet A1.1. G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-1 Bid Package DOCUMENT 000901 ADDENDUM NO 2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS: 1.Refer to attached sheets showing mechanical and electrical addento this work. Ament, Inc. Prepared By: _____________________________ Allen M. Varney, III, AIA Iowa Registration No. 2283 Registration Renewal Date: June 30, 2015 End of Document 000901 G03613.10 JOHNSON COUNTY SECONDARY ROADS REPLACEMENT FACILITY000901-2 Bid Package SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. B.Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs. C.Section 05 5213 - Pipe and Tube Railings. D.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 2008. B.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. C.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. E.ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2012. F.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. G.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. H.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. I.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. J.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. K.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. L.SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004). M.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). N.SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1.Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C.Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS - STEEL A.Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B.Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C.Plates: ASTM A283. D.Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E.Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components. F.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. G.Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02FABRICATION A.Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B.Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C.Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D.Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03FABRICATED ITEMS A.Ladders: Steel; in compliance with ANSI A14.3; with mounting brackets and attachments; prime paint finish. 1.Side Rails: 3/8 x 2 inches members spaced at 20 inches. 2.Rungs: one inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center. 3.Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface. B.Bumper Posts and Guard Rails: As detailed; prime paint finish. C.Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. D.Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking; prime paint finish. E.Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish. F.Door Frames for Overhead Door Openings and Wall Openings: Channel sections; prime paint finish. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.04FINISHES - STEEL A.Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. B.Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. C.Prime Painting: One coat. 2.05FABRICATION TOLERANCES A.Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B.Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D.Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E.Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B.Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B.Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C.Field weld components indicated. D.Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E.Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F.After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C.Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 4 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 1.01Division 00 -- Procurement and Contracting Requirements A.00 0110 - Table of Contents SPECIFICATIONS 2.01Division 01 -- General Requirements 2.02Division 02 -- Existing Conditions A.02 4100 - Demolition 2.03Division 03 -- Concrete A.03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 2.04Division 04 -- Masonry A.04 2002 - Single-Wythe Unit Masonry B.04 2616 - Adhered Masonry Veneer 2.05Division 05 -- Metals A.05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing B.05 3100 - Steel Decking C.05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing D.05 5000 - Metal Fabrications E.05 5100 - Metal Stairs F.05 5213 - Pipe and Tube Railings 2.06Division 06 -- Wood, Plastics, and Composites A.06 1000 - Rough Carpentry 2.07Division 07 -- Thermal and Moisture Protection A.07 2100 - Thermal Insulation B.07 9005 - Joint Sealers 2.08Division 08 -- Openings A.08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames B.08 3100 - Access Doors and Panels C.08 3323 - Overhead Coiling Doors D.08 3613 - Sectional Doors E.08 5113 - Aluminum Windows F.08 8000 - Glazing 2.09Division 09 -- Finishes G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 00 0110 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS A.09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies B.09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings C.09 9000 - Painting and Coating 2.10Division 10 -- Specialties A.10 1400 - Signage B.10 2113.19 - Plastic Toilet Compartments C.10 2800 - Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories D.10 4400 - Fire Protection Specialties E.10 5100 - Lockers 2.11Division 11 -- Equipment 2.12Division 12 -- Furnishings A.12 3100 - Manufactured Metal Casework B.12 3600 - Countertops 2.13Division 13 -- Special Construction A.13 3419 - Metal Building Systems 2.14Division 14 -- Conveying Equipment 2.15Division 21 -- Fire Suppression 2.16Division 22 -- Plumbing 2.17Division 23 -- Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) 2.18Division 26 -- Electrical 2.19Division 27 -- Communications 2.20Division 28 -- Electronic Safety and Security 2.21Division 31 -- Earthwork A.31 2200 - Grading B.31 2316 - Excavation C.31 2323 - Fill 2.22Division 32 -- Exterior Improvements 2.23Division 33 -- Utilities END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 00 0110 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 02 4100 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Building demolition excluding removal of hazardous materials and toxic substances. B.Selective demolition of built site elements. C.Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. D.Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Description of items to be removed by Johnson County Board of Supervisors. C.Section 01 1000 - Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re-use by Contractor. D.Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. E.Section 01 5713 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. (See site plans for notes) F.Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. G.Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. H.Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling. I.Section 02 6500 - Underground Storage Tank Removal. J.Section 31 2323 - Fill: Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Site Plan: Showing: 1.Areas for temporary construction and field offices. C.Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities. 1.Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2.Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications. 3.Include a summary of safety procedures. D.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 1 DEMOLITION 2.01MATERIALS A.Fill Material: As shown on the plans and acceptable by Johnson County PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01SCOPE A.Remove the entire building designated in stages as shown on the plans. B.Remove paving and curbs as required to accomplish new work. C.Remove all other paving and curbs within site boundaries. D.Within area of new construction, remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of 6 feet below finished grade. E.Outside area of new construction, remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. F.Remove concrete slabs on grade within construction limits indicated on drawings. G.Remove underground tanks. H.Remove manholes and manhole covers, curb inlets and catch basins. I.Remove fences and gates. J.Remove creosote-treated wood utility poles. K.Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. 3.02GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1.Obtain required permits. 2.Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3.Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4.Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 5.Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6.Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 7.Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B.Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Johnson County Board of Supervisors. C.Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D.Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1.Provide bracing and shoring. 2.Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3.Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 2 DEMOLITION E.Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. F.If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Ament Design and Johnson County Board of Supervisors; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. G.Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1.Dismantle existing construction and separate materials. 2.Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. H.Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. I.Underground Storage Tanks: Remove and dispose of as specified in Section 02 6500. 3.03EXISTING UTILITIES A.Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B.Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C.Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D.Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Johnson County Board of Supervisors. E.Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Johnson County Board of Supervisors. F.Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G.Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. H.Prepare building demolition areas by disconnecting and capping utilities outside the demolition zone; identify and mark utilities to be subsequently reconnected, in same manner as other utilities to remain. 3.04SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A.Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1.Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2.Report discrepancies to Ament Design before disturbing existing installation. 3.Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B.Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1.Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 5000 in locations indicated on drawings. C.Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. D.Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1.Remove items indicated on drawings. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 3 DEMOLITION E.Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, Telecommunications, and ______): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1.Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2.Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3.Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4.Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. F.Protect existing work to remain. 1.Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2.Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4.Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.05DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A.Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B.Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C.Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 02 4100 - 4 DEMOLITION SECTION 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Concrete formwork. B.Concrete for composite floor construction. C.Elevated concrete slabs. D.Floors and slabs on grade. E.Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building. F.Concrete reinforcement. G.Joint devices associated with concrete work. H.Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads and light pole bases. I.Concrete curing. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3511 - Concrete Floor Finishes: Densifiers, hardeners, applied coatings, and polishing. B.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealants for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. C.Section 32 1313 - Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. B.ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). C.ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1998 (Reapproved 2004). D.ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. E.ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004 (Errata 2007). F.ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. G.ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). H.ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. I.ASTM A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2007. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE J.ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2012. K.ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2011a. L.ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2012a. M.ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2010a. N.ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. O.ASTM C330 - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2009. P.ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2012. Q.ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999 (Reapproved 2008). R.ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2012. S.ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. C.Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. D.LEED Submittals: If any wood or wood-based form materials, including supports, are permanently installed in the project, submit documentation required for sustainably harvested wood as specified in Section 01 6000. E.LEED Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used; use LEED New Product Content Form. F.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01FORMWORK A.Form Materials: Contactor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1.Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Steel. 2.Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 3.Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.02REINFORCEMENT A.Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60 (420). 1.Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2.Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B.Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1.Form: Coiled Rolls. 2.Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings. C.Reinforcement Accessories: 1.Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2.Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3.Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03CONCRETE MATERIALS A.Cement: ASTM C150, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1.Acquire all cement for entire project from same source. B.Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1.Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source. C.Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. D.Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. E.Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. F.Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. G.Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Underslab Vapor Retarder: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, or aluminum-reinforced polyethylene or equivalent, complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1.Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.Products: a.Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 15-mil (Class A): www.stegoindustries.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A.Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059 Type II. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc.; ACRY-LOK-: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc; Fiber Expansion Joint Filler with Snap-Cap: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.06CURING MATERIALS A.Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin-film-forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. 1.Products: a.W.R. Meadows, Inc; Evapre or Evapre-RTU: www.wrmeadows.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.07CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A.Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. 1.Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. B.Proportioning Structural Lightweight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.2 recommendations. 1.Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. C.Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1.For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Ament Design for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. D.Normal Weight Concrete: 1.Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,000 pounds per square inch. 2.Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3.Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. E.Structural Lightweight Concrete: 1.Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,000 pounds per square inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02PREPARATION A.Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B.Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. C.Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 1.Granular Fill Over Vapor Retarder: Cover vapor retarder with compactible granular fill as shown on the drawings. Do not use sand. 3.03INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A.Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE coverage required for protection. B.Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04PLACING CONCRETE A.Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B.Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R. C.Notify Ament Design not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D.Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. E.Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. F.Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05SLAB JOINTING A.Locate joints as indicated on the drawings. B.Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C.Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. D.Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. 3.06FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1.Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. 2.Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. 3.Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. B.Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. C.Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.07CONCRETE FINISHING A.Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B.Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C.In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on drawings. 3.08CURING AND PROTECTION A.Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B.Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C.Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1.Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2.Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.09FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. B.Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C.Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D.Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E.Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cu yd or less of each class of concrete placed. F.Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C143/C143M. 3.10DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A.Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Ament Design and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B.Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C.Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Ament Design. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D.Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Ament Design for each individual area. 3.11PROTECTION A.Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. 3.12SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES-see plans for locations END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 03 3000 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 04 2002 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Concrete masonry units. B.Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories. C.Flashings. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 2000 - Concrete Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel for grouted masonry. B.Section 04 2500 - Unit Masonry Panels. C.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Nailing strips for installation in masonry. D.Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Cap flashings over masonry work. E.Section 07 8400 - Firestopping: Firestopping at penetrations of masonry work. F.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control joints. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. B.ASTM A82/A82M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. C.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. D.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. E.ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2012. F.ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2011. G.ASTM C140 - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units; 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.07FIELD CONDITIONS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 1 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY A.Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A.Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1.Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 8 inches and nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations. 2.Special Shapes: Provide non-standard blocks configured for corners. 3.Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C90, normal weight. a.Hollow block, as indicated. b.Exposed faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture where indicated. 4.Non-Loadbearing Units: ASTM C129. a.Hollow block, as indicated. 2.02REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A.Manufacturers of Joint Reinforcement and Anchors: 1.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Reinforcing Steel: Type specified in Section 03 2000; size as indicated on drawings; galvanized finish. C.Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; ASTM A 82/A 82M steel wire, hot dip galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage on each exposure. 2.03FLASHINGS A.Pre-Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage total thickness, shop precoated with fluoropolymer coating in color matching masonry. 2.04ACCESSORIES A.Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused joints. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B.Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self expanding; 1 inch wide x by maximum lengths available. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hohmann & Barnard, Inc (including Dur-O-Wal brand): www.h-b.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C.Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B.Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C.Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 2 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY 3.02PREPARATION A.Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03COURSING A.Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B.Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C.Concrete Masonry Units: 1.Bond: Running. 2.Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3.Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.04PLACING AND BONDING A.Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. 3.05REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE 3.06MASONRY FLASHINGS A.Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1.Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 4 inches into adjacent masonry or turn up at least 4 inches to form watertight pan at non-masonry construction. 2.Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3.Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B.Lap end joints of flashings at least 4 inches and seal watertight with mastic or elastic sealant. 3.07LINTELS A.Install loose steel lintels over openings. B.Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are not scheduled. 1.Openings to 42 inches: Place two, No. 3 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. 2.Openings from 42 inches to 78 inches: Place two, No. 5 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. C.Maintain minimum ____ inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.08GROUTED COMPONENTS A.Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. B.Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 3.09CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A.Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints. B.Size control joint in accordance with Section 07 9005 for sealant performance. 3.10BUILT-IN WORK A.As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 3 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY B.Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C.Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 1.Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. 3.11TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation from Alignment of Columns: 1/4 inch. B.Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. D.Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. E.Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. F.Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. G.Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 3.12CUTTING AND FITTING A.Cut and fit for chases. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape,and location. B.Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.13FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: Test each variety of concrete unit masonry in accordance with ASTM C140 for conformance to requirements of this specification. 3.14CLEANING A.Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. B.Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. C.Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.15PROTECTION A.Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2002 - 4 SINGLE-WYTHE UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04 2616 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Building Wainscot Masonry Veneer-Alternate No 1 B.Mortar and Grout. C.Adhesives. D.Accessories. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel stud backup for masonry veneer. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood stud backup for masonry veneer. C.Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Air barrier over sheathing. D.Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Through-wall masonry flashings. E.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. B.ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2012.1. C.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. D.ASTM C91/C91M - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement; 2012. E.ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. F.ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). G.ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2012. H.ASTM C841 - Standard Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring; 2003 (Reapproved 2008)e1. I.ASTM C1063 - Standard Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-Based Plaster; 2012a. J.TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America, Inc.; 2012. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for thin brick units, mortar, grout, and adhesive. C.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that thin brick units, adhesives, mortar, and grout meet or exceed specified requirements. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 1 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER D.LEED Submittal: Documentation of recycled content and location of manufacture. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Maintain one copy of TCNA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series on site. 1.06MOCK-UP A.Construct a mock-up panel sized 4 feet long by 4 feet high; include mortar, grout, adhesives, accessories, substrate, and representative wall openings in mock-up. B.Locate where directed. C.Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.08FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment. B.Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01THIN MASONRY VENEER A.Manufacturers: 1.Coronado Stone; Product Playa Vista Limestone Ashlar-Alaskan Sunset. B.Thin Brick: ASTM C1088. 1.Type: TBX. 2.Size: Manufacturer's standard Ashlar. 3.Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4.Tolerances: 1/16 inch. 5.Color, Texture, Range, Special Shapes: As scheduled. 6.Protective Coating: None. 2.02ADHESIVE MATERIALS A.Manufacturers (as recommended by veneer manufacturer or): 1.LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Masonry Veneer Mortar: www.laticrete.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A.Masonry Cement: ASTM C91/C91M Type N. 1.Colored mortar: Premixed cement as required to match Ament Design's color sample. 2.Acceptable product: as recommended by veneer manufacturer. B.Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved color sample. C.Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D.Water: Clean and potable. 2.04MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 2 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER A.Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. 1.Exterior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type N. B.Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Ament Design's sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. 2.05FLASHINGS A.Pre-Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage, 0.0239 inch total thickness, shop precoated with fluoropolymer coating in color matching masonry. 2.06LATH A.Glass-Fiber Lath: Open weave, self-furred, 1/8 inch thick glass fiber reinforcing lath, 39 inches wide and weighing 4.34 ounces per yard. B.Corner Mesh: Formed sheet steel, minimum 0.018 inch thick, perforated flanges shaped to permit complete embedding in plaster, minimum 2 inch size; same finish as lath. C.Strip Mesh: Expanded metal lath, same weight as lath, 2 inch wide x 24 inch long; same finish as lath. D.Beads, Screeds, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: Depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum possible lengths. 1.Material: PVC, open grid flanges or perforated with nailing holes. 2.07ACCESSORIES A.Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive thin brick veneer. B.Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C.Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for installation of thin brick veneer. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Exterior Applications: Comply with TCNA installation method W201, W202, or W244E. B.Install interior lath and furring in accordance with ASTM C841. C.Install lath and furring for Portland cement plaster in accordance with ASTM C1063. D.Lath Installation: 1.Apply metal lath taut, with long dimension perpendicular to supports. 2.Lap ends minimum 1 inch. Secure end laps with tie wire where they occur between supports. 3.Continuously reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, except where the metal lath returns 3 inches from corner to form the angle reinforcement; fasten at perimeter edges only. 4.Place corner bead at external wall corners; fasten at outer edges of lath only. 5.Place 4 inch wide strips of metal lath centered over junctions of dissimilar backing materials. Secure rigidly in place. 6.Place lath vertically above each top corner and each side of door frames to 6 inches above ceiling line. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 3 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER 7.Place additional strip mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings. Secure rigidly in place. 3.03COURSING A.Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B.Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C.Brick Units: 1.Bond: Ashlar coursing. 2.Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.04PLACING AND BONDING A.Remove excess mortar as work progresses. 3.05MASONRY FLASHINGS A.Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1.Extend flashings full width at such interruptions at least 4 inches to form watertight pan. 2.Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3.Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B.Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and turn down to form drip. 3.06EXPANSION JOINTS A.Size joints in accordance with Section 07 9005 for sealant performance. B.Form expansion joint as detailed. 3.07TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. B.Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. C.Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. D.Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet and 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet. E.Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. 3.08CUTTING AND FITTING A.Cut and fit for pipes and conduit. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. 3.09CLEANING A.Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. 3.10PROTECTION A.Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 04 2616 - 4 ADHERED MASONRY VENEER SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Structural steel framing members, support members. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Support framing for small openings in deck. B.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. B.AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. C.ASTM A1 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails; 2000 (Reapproved 2010) D.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. E.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. F.ASTM A242/A242M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel; 2004 (Reapproved 2009). G.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. H.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. I.ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and fasteners. 2.Connections not detailed. C.Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual." PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Steel Angles and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. B.Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M. C.Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 1200 - 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING D.Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 242/A 242M high-strength, corrosion-resistant structural steel. E.Crane Rails: ASTM A1 end hardened and ultrasonic tested; cross section and length as indicated on the drawings. F.Cold-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. G.Structural Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. 2.02FABRICATION A.Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B.Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth. C.Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors. 2.03FINISH A.Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded, in contact with concrete, or high strength bolted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may properly proceed. 3.02ERECTION A.Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". 3.03TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 1200 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal form deck. B.Supplementary framing for openings up to and including 18 inches. C.Bearing plates and angles. D.Stud shear connectors. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete topping over metal deck. B.Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel: Placement of embedded steel anchors for bearing plates in cast-in-place concrete. C.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel angle concrete stops at deck edges. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. B.ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished; 2007. C.ASTM A510/A510M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel; 2011. D.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. E.AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel; American Welding Society; 2008. F.IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; International Accreditation Service, Inc.; 2011. G.ICC-ES AC70 - Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power Driven into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.; 2012. H.SDI (DM) - Publication No.31, Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks; Steel Deck Institute; 2007. 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate deck plan, support locations, projections, openings, reinforcement, cellular raceways and outlet box locations, pertinent details, and accessories. C.Product Data: Provide deck profile characteristics, dimensions, structural properties, and finishes. D.Certificates: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Design deck layout, spans, fastening, and joints under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in Iowa. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 1 STEEL DECKING B.Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by the International Accreditation Service (IAS) Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (AC172). 1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Cut plastic wrap to encourage ventilation. B.Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Steel Deck: 1.Nucor-Vulcraft Group; Product ____: www.vulcraft.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02STEEL DECK A.All Deck Types: Select and design metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual. 1.Calculate to structural working stress design and structural properties specified. B.Metal Form Deck: Corrugated sheet steel, with provision for ventilation of concrete: 2.03ACCESSORY MATERIALS A.Bearing Plates and Angles: ASTM A36/A36M steel, unfinished. B.Stud Shear Connectors: Made from ASTM A108 Grade 1015 bars. C.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. D.Fasteners: Galvanized hardened steel, self tapping. E.Powder Actuated Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; with knurled shank and forged ballistic point. Comply with applicable requirements of ICC-ES AC70. 1.Design Requirements: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI design method for roof deck and floor deck applications. 2.Material: Steel; ASTM A510/A510M, Grade 1077. 3.Fastener Manufacturers: a.Hilti, Inc.; X-EDNK22 THQ12: www.us.hilti.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. F.Mechanical Sidelap Connectors: Steel; hex washer head undercut with reverse serrations and self-piercing or stitch point at center. 1.Design Requirements: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI design method for roof deck and floor deck applications. 2.Material: Steel; ASTM A510/A510M, Grade 1022. 3.Fastener Manufacturers: a.Hilti, Inc.; S-SLC01 M HWH Sidelap Connector: www.us.hilti.com. b.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G.Weld Washers: Mild steel, uncoated, 3/4 inch outside diameter, 1/8 inch thick. H.Flute Closures: Closed cell foam rubber, 1 inch thick; profiled to fit tight to the deck. 2.04FABRICATED DECK ACCESSORIES A.Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Metal closure strips, wet concrete stops, and cover plates, 22 gage thick sheet steel; of profile and size as indicated; finished same as deck. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 2 STEEL DECKING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Erect metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual and manufacturer's instructions. Align and level. B.On steel supports provide minimum 1-1/2 inch bearing. C.Fasten deck to steel support members at ends and intermediate supports at 12 inches on center maximum, parallel with the deck flute and at each transverse flute using methods specified. D.At mechanically fastened male/female side laps fasten at 24 inches on center maximum. E.Drive mechanical sidelap connectors completely through adjacent lapped sheets; positively engage adjacent sheets with minimum three-thread penetration. F.Weld deck in accordance with AWS D1.3. G.Close openings above walls and partitions perpendicular to deck flutes with single row of foam cell closures. H.Weld stud shear connectors through steel deck to structural members below. I.Immediately after welding deck and other metal components in position, coat welds, burned areas, and damaged surface coating, with touch-up primer. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 3100 - 3 STEEL DECKING SECTION 05 4000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Formed steel stud interior wall framing. B.Exterior wall sheathing. C.Formed steel joist and purlin framing and bridging. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking. B.Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and miscellaneous framing. C.Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers. D.Section 09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings: Ceiling suspension system. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AISI SG02-1 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2001 with 2004 supplement. (replaced SG-971) B.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011. D.ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases; 2011c. E.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory-made framing connectors, showing compliance with requirements. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work. 1.Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout. 2.Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections. 3.Provide design engineer's stamp on shop drawings. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention, and ________. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in Iowa. PART 2 PRODUCTS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 1 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1.Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02FRAMING SYSTEM A.Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system. 2.03FRAMING MATERIALS A.Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, "C", or "Sigma" shape with punched web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height. B.Joists and Purlins: Fabricated from ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, with G90/Z275 hot dipped galvanized coating. 1.Base Metal: Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33/230. 2.Gage and depth: As required to meet specified performance levels. C.Framing Connectors: Factory-made formed steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 50, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating and factory punched holes. 1.Structural Performance: Maintain load and movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members; minimum 16 gage, 0.06 inch thickness. 2.Provide non-movement connections for tie-down to foundation, floor-to-floor tie-down, roof-to-wall tie-down, joist hangers, gusset plates, and stiffeners. 2.04WALL SHEATHING 2.05ACCESSORIES A.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.06FASTENERS A.Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M. B.Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B.Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required. 3.02INSTALLATION OF STUDS A.Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007 requirements. B.Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout. Secure in place with fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks. C.Place studs at 12 inches on center; not more than 2 inches from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using clip and tie method. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 2 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING D.Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs. E.Install load bearing studs full length in one piece. Splicing of studs is not permitted. F.Install load bearing studs, brace, and reinforce to develop full strength and achieve design requirements. G.Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing at non-load bearing framing. H.Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls. I.Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation. J.Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.03INSTALLATION OF JOISTS AND PURLINS A.Install framing components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing. C.Place joists at 12 inches o.c.; not more than 2 inches from abutting walls. Connect joists to supports using fastener method. D.Set floor and ceiling joists parallel and level, with lateral bracing and bridging. E.Locate joist end bearing directly over load bearing studs or provide load distributing member to top of stud track. F.Provide web stiffeners at reaction points. G.Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.04WALL SHEATHING A.Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using self-tapping screws. 1.Use plywood or other acceptable structural panels at building corners, for not less than 96 inches, measured horizontally. 2.Provide steel diagonal bracing at corners. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 4000 - 3 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. B.Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs. C.Section 05 5213 - Pipe and Tube Railings. D.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 2008. B.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. C.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. E.ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2012. F.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010. G.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. H.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. I.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. J.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. K.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. L.SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004). M.SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). N.SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1.Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C.Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS - STEEL A.Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B.Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C.Plates: ASTM A283. D.Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E.Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components. F.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. G.Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H.Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02FABRICATION A.Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B.Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C.Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D.Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03FABRICATED ITEMS A.Ladders: Steel; in compliance with ANSI A14.3; with mounting brackets and attachments; prime paint finish. 1.Side Rails: 3/8 x 2 inches members spaced at 20 inches. 2.Rungs: one inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center. 3.Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface. B.Bumper Posts and Guard Rails: As detailed; prime paint finish. C.Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. D.Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking; prime paint finish. E.Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish. F.Door Frames for Overhead Door Openings and Wall Openings: Channel sections; prime paint finish. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.04FINISHES - STEEL A.Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. B.Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. C.Prime Painting: One coat. 2.05FABRICATION TOLERANCES A.Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B.Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C.Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D.Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E.Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02PREPARATION A.Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B.Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03INSTALLATION A.Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B.Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C.Field weld components indicated. D.Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E.Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F.After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B.Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C.Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5000 - 4 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 5100 METAL STAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Stairs with grating treads. B.Structural steel stair framing and supports. C.Handrails and guards. 1.02RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal anchors in concrete. B.Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications. C.Section 06 2000 - Finish Carpentry: Wood handrails. D.Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008. B.ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. C.ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. D.ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010. E.ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Tensile Strength (Metric); 2009. F.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a. G.ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2007. H.AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. I.AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010. J.NAAMM AMP 510 - Metal Stairs Manual; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 1992, Fifth Edition. K.NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 2009. L.NAAMM MBG 532 - Heavy Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual; 2009 (ANSI/NAAMM MBG 532). 1.04SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 1 METAL STAIRS 1.Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2.Include the design engineer's stamp or seal on each sheet of shop drawings. C.Delegated Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. D.Welders' Certificates. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in Iowa, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. B.Welder Qualifications: Show certification of welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS 2.02METAL STAIRS - GENERAL A.Metal Stairs: Provide stairs of the design specified, complete with landing platforms, vertical and horizontal supports, railings, and guards, fabricated accurately for anchorage to each other and to building structure. 1.Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings complying with the most stringent requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where requirements of the contract documents exceed those of regulations, comply with the contract documents. 2.Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies complying with the applicable local code. 3.Dimensions: As indicated on drawings. 4.Shop assemble components; disassemble into largest practical sections suitable for transport and access to site. 5.No sharp or rough areas on exposed travel surfaces and surfaces accessible to touch. 6.Separate dissimilar metals using paint or permanent tape. B.Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels: 1.Commercial: Exposed joints as inconspicuous as possible, whether welded or mechanical; underside of stair not covered by soffit IS considered exposed to view. a.Welded Joints: Intermittently welded on back side, filled with body putty, and sanded smooth and flush. b.Welds Exposed to View: Ground smooth and flush. c.Mechanical Joints: Butted tight, flush, and hairline. d.Bolts Exposed to View: Countersunk flat or oval head bolts; no exposed nuts. e.Exposed Edges and Corners: Eased to small uniform radius. f.Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded or ground smooth, suitable for satin or matte finish. 2.Industrial: All joints made neatly. a.Welded Joints: Welded on back side wherever possible. b.Welds Exposed to Touch: Ground smooth. c.Bolts Exposed to Touch in Travel Area: No nuts or screw threads exposed to touch. C.Fasteners: Same material or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with design and specified quality level. D.Anchors and Related Components: Same material and finish as item to be anchored, except where specifically indicated otherwise; provide all anchors and fasteners required. 2.03METAL STAIRS WITH GRATING TREADS G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 2 METAL STAIRS A.Jointing and Finish Quality Level: Industrial, as defined above. B.Risers: Open. C.Treads: Steel bar grating. 1.Grating Type: Welded. 2.Bearing Bar Depth: 3/4 inch, minimum. 3.Top Surface: Standard. 4.Nosing: Checkered plate. 5.Nosing Width: 1-1/4 inch, minimum. 6.Anchorage to Stringers: End plates welded to grating, bolted to stringers. D.Stringers: Rolled steel channels. 1.Stringer Depth: 10 inches. 2.End Closure: Sheet steel of same thickness as risers welded across ends. E.Railings: Steel pipe railings. F.Finish: Shop- or factory-prime painted. 2.04HANDRAILS AND GUARDS A.Wall-Mounted Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. 1.Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. B.Guards: 1.Top Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. a.Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. 2.Infill at Picket Railings: Vertical pickets. a.Horizontal Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center. b.Material: Solid steel bar. c.Shape: Square. d.Size: 1/4 inch square. e.Top Mounting: Welded to underside of top rail. f.Bottom Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer. 3.Infill at Pipe Railings: Pipe or tube rails sloped parallel to stair. a.Outside Diameter: 1 inch. b.Material: Steel pipe or tube, round. c.Vertical Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center. d.Jointing: Welded and ground smooth and flush. 4.End and Intermediate Posts: Same material and size as top rails. a.Horizontal Spacing: As indicated on drawings. b.Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer. 2.05MATERIALS A.Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B.Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 or ASTM A501 structural tubing, round and shapes as indicated. C.Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. D.Gratings: Bar gratings complying with NAAMM MBG 531 or NAAMM MBG 532, whichever applies based on bar sizes. E.Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), Type 1, and galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components. F.Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 2.06SHOP FINISHING G03613.10 / Johnson County Secondary Roads 05 5100 - 3 METAL STAIRS